EIA Jawahardweep

MUMBAI PORT TRUST
EIA/EMP & RA for Construction of 5 th Oil Berth

at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour
DRAFT EIA/EMP & RA REPORT

October - 2015
Prepared By
L&T INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING LIMITED

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS L&T-RAMBØLL CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIMITED)
C1151305
RP002, Rev.0
gw uFniat
CHIEF ENGINEER sqdrc
MUMBAI PORT TRUST MUMBAI PORT TRUST S fi-i se
+mwcrn qni
.irj qET rlrcir
Port House, rqrcs erfuiBb iflilq
Shoorji Vallabhdas Marg, CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT M seE geg- 400 001.
qcilfia.66564031
Ballard Estate,
Mumbai - 400 001
r.+q.2261 6804
Tel. No.6656 4031
Telefax No.2261 6804
Date : 9.10.2015
No.CE. JD 5/ Env/
UNDERTAKING BY THE PROJECT PROPONENT
TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN
Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) has conducted an Environmental lmpact

Assessment
in Mumbai
(ElA) for the "Proposed Construction of Fifth Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep
Harbour, Mumbai Port".
As per MoEF Office Memorandum No.J-1 101314112006-14.ll (l) dated october 05,
(information and data) provided
2.ol1,we herewith declare ownership of the contents
in this EIA RePort.
Chief Engineer
EIA/EMP & RA for Construction of 5th Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour C1151305
Draft EIA/EMP & RA Report RP002 rev. 0
th
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP & RA for Construction of 5 Oil Berth at
Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour , Maharashtra
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
EIA Coordinator:
Name: C.V. Sundara Rajan (with support from other EIA Coordinators; namely Susruta Amirapu & B.
Ratheesh)
Signature: Date: October 3, 2015

Period of Involvement: 2015 - Ongoing
Contact Information: L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
(Formerly known as L&T-RAMBØLL Consulting Engineers Limited)
th
6-3-1192/1/1, 5 Floor, Block No.3
White House, Kundan Bagh,
Begumpet, Hyderabad – 500 016
Phone: +91-40-4034444
Fax: +91-40-4034430
Email: cvs@lntiel.com & lntielhyd@lntiel.com
Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S. Functional Involvement
Name of the Expert/s Signature & Date
No. Areas (Period & Task*)
Period: Project
Duration
Susruta Amirapu *Task: Provided
the required input
for specific
October 3, 2015 Functional Areas
of Expertise
B. Ratheesh during project
period
1 AP October 3, 2015
N. Vamsee Krishna
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 Reji Baby Varghese
B. Ratheesh
October 3, 2015
2 WP
Reji Baby Varghese
October 3, 2015
Declaration of Experts
Page i
N. Vamsee Krishna
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 C. V. Sundara Rajan
B. Ratheesh
October 3, 2015
Susruta Amirapu
October 3, 2015
3 SHW
N. Vamsee Krishna
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 Jahnavi Reddy
 Jesse Benjamin Fullonton
Dr. Latha Bhaskar
October 3, 2015
4 SE
Ipsita Mangaraj
October 3, 2015
I.Siva Rama Krishna

October 3, 2015
5 EB
Varun Christopher Fernando
October 3, 2015
Dr. Subramanyam N. V. R. M.
October 3, 2015
Page ii
C.V. Sundara Rajan

6 HG
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 Jahnavi Reddy
7 GEO C.V. Sundara Rajan
October 3, 2015
C.V. Sundara Rajan

8 *SC
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 Dr. Subramanyam N. V. R. M.
B. Ratheesh
October 3, 2015
9 AQ
Susruta Amirapu
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 Jahnavi Reddy
N. Vamsee Krishna
10 NV
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 C.V. Sundara Rajan
C.V. Sundara Rajan

11 LU
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
 N. Vamseekrishna
Susruta Amirapu
12 RH
October 3, 2015
With Support From:
Page iii
*EIA coordinator contributed for this FA

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization
I, C.V. Sundara Rajan, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP & RA
th
for Construction of 5 Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour, Maharashtra. I also confirm
that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Date: October 3, 2015
Name: C.V. Sundara Rajan
Designation: City Office Manager & Head of Environment Section
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited
(Formerly known as L&T-RAMBØLL Consulting Engineers Limited)
Page iv
Scheme for Accreditation of EIAConsultant Orl:anizations
Scope of Accreditation Annexure I
NAME OF THE CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION: L & T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.

6-3-1192/1/1, 5th Floor, Block No.3,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet,
Hyderabad 500016
Sector number
Category
~ As per As per Name of Sector
A/B
No. MoEF NABET
Notification Scheme
1. l(c) 3 River Valley, Hydel, Drainage and Irrigation projects A
2. l(d) 4 Thermal Power Plants A
3. 7(a) 29 Air ports A
Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing
4. 7 (c) 31 Zones(EPZs), Special Economic Zones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, A
Leather Complexes
Ports, harbours, jetties, marine terminals, break waters and
5. 7(e) 33 A
dredging
Highways, railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport
6. 7(f) 34 A
systems
Total = 06 Sectors
Individual EIA Coordinators approved for different sectors are mentioned in Annexure /I
-£;
C.E.O.
L & T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd., Hyderabad Page 2 of 19

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations
List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations –170(as on Oct. 08, 2015)

Scope of Accreditation
As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per
S. Schedule of MoEF
Consultant Organization
No. Sector Notification dated
Name of Sector Category
Number September 14, 2006 and
subsequent amendments
Aarvee AssociatesArchitects Engineers & Consultants
Pvt. Ltd.*
Address: 8-2-5, Ravula Residency

Srinagar Colony, Hyderabad
Highways, Railways, transport
1 34 terminals, mass rapid transport A 7 (f)
E.mail: aarvee@aarvee.net, kprasad@aarvee.net,
system
water@aarvee.net
Tel.: 040-23737633
Conditions apply
Mining of minerals (Opencast only) A

1 1 (a) (i)
ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited(formerly Mining (Open cast and Underground) B
known as ABC Environ Solutions Pvt. Ltd.) 3 Irrigation projects only A 1 (c )
4 Thermal Power Plant A 1 (d)
Address: No. 2, 2nd Street, Thangam Colony, Anna Metallurgical industries (sec. ferrous
8 B 3 (a)
2 Nagar West, Chennai – 600040 only)
9 Cement Plants A 3 (b)
E-mail:abc@abctechnolab.com, 10 Petroleum refining industry A 4 (a)
info@abctechnolab.com Leather/skin/hide processing
15 A 4 (f)
industry
Tel.: 044-26161123/24/25/26 16 Chemical Fertilizers A 5 (a)
List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically)/ Rev. 35 (Oct. 08, 2015) Page 1
*denotes Provisionally Accredited Consultants
S. Schedule of MoEF
K.R. S Enterprises *
Address: # 66/15, 1st floor, 1st cross,1st Main Road,

R.T.Nagar post, Ganganagar, Bangalore-560 032.
94 Case sub-judice
E-mail: krsenterprises09@gmail.com,
krsenterprises09@gmail.com.
Tel.: 080- 23437714

08050719833
L & T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd. * Offshore and onshore oil and gas
2 exploration, development & A 1 (b)
Address: House No. 6-3-1192/1/1, 5th Floor, Block No. production
3, White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Hyderabad – River valley, hydel, Drainage and
3 A 1 (c)
500016 Irrigation projects
4 Thermal power plants A 1 (d)
95 E-mail: cvs@ltramboll.com Synthetic organic chemicals industry
ltrhyd@ltramboll.com (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk
drugs and intermediates excluding
Tel.: 040 – 40354444 21 drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; A 5 (f)
09491035051 basic organic chemicals, other
synthetic organic chemicals and
Conditions apply chemical intermediates)
S. Schedule of MoEF
29 Air ports A 7 (a)
Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/
Areas, export processing zones(EPZs),
31 A 7 (c)
Special economic zones (SEZs),
Biotech parks, Leather complexes
Ports, harbours, jetties, marine
33 A 7 (e)
terminals, break waters and dredging
Highways, Railways, transport
34 terminals, mass rapid transport A 7 (f)
systems
LEA Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. * Highways, Railways, transport

34 terminals, mass rapid transport A 7 (f)
Address: B-1/ E-27, Mohan Cooperative Industrial systems
Estate
E-mail: Chandra@lasaindia.com
96
Common municipal solid waste
Tel.: 011 – 41678150 37 B 7 (i)
management facility (CMSWMF)
09910060789
Conditions apply
97 Louis Berger Consulting Pvt. Ltd. * 29 Air ports A 7 (a)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Background ........................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Details of Project Proponent ................................................................................................. 1-1
1.3 Brief Port Profile .................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3.1 Location ...................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3.2 Existing Facilities ........................................................................................................ 1-2
1.3.3 Existing Marine Oil Terminal Berths at Jawahar Dweep ............................................ 1-2
1.3.4 Port Traffic/Throughput ............................................................................................... 1-3
1.4 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework ............................................................................... 1-3
1.5 Project Site ............................................................................................................................ 1-4
1.6 Need for the Project .............................................................................................................. 1-5
1.7 Project Development Plan .................................................................................................... 1-6
1.8 Consultants Appointed by Mumbai Port Trust ...................................................................... 1-6
1.9 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) ............................................................................. 1-7
1.10 Approach and Methodology .................................................................................................. 1-7
1.10.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area .................................................................... 1-7
1.10.2 Period of Study ........................................................................................................... 1-7
1.10.3 Methodology ............................................................................................................... 1-7
Chapter 2 Project Description ................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 General ................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Project Location .................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2.1 Port Limits ................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.3 Mumbai Port – Existing Salient Features .............................................................................. 2-2
2.3.1 Navigation Channel .................................................................................................... 2-2
2.3.2 Navigational Aids ........................................................................................................ 2-2
2.3.3 Docks/Berths .............................................................................................................. 2-3
2.3.4 Storage ....................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.5 Equipment’s ................................................................................................................ 2-4
2.3.6 Existing Cargo/Traffic ................................................................................................. 2-4
2.3.7 Port Railway ................................................................................................................ 2-5
2.3.8 Port Roads .................................................................................................................. 2-6
2.3.9 Bunkering .................................................................................................................... 2-6
2.3.10 Reefer Points .............................................................................................................. 2-6
2.3.11 Cruise Terminal .......................................................................................................... 2-6
2.4 Jawahar Dweep – Existing Salient Features ........................................................................ 2-6
2.4.1 Marine Oil Terminal (MOT) Berths ............................................................................. 2-6
2.4.2 Approach Trestle ........................................................................................................ 2-7
2.4.3 Approach Channel ...................................................................................................... 2-7
2.4.4 Cargo Handling Equipment ........................................................................................ 2-7
2.4.5 Transfer of Crude Oil/Products from Jawahar Dweep ................................................ 2-7
2.4.6 Dirty Ballast ................................................................................................................. 2-8
2.4.7 Hinterland Connectivity ............................................................................................... 2-8
2.4.8 Utility Services ............................................................................................................ 2-9
2.5 Field Surveys and Investigations ........................................................................................ 2-11
2.5.1 Bathymetry ................................................................................................................ 2-11
2.5.2 Geotechnical Investigation ....................................................................................... 2-12
2.5.3 Oceanographic Conditions ....................................................................................... 2-14
2.6 Mathematical Model Studies ............................................................................................... 2-15
2.6.1 Siltation ..................................................................................................................... 2-15
2.6.2 Dredge Spoil Disposal .............................................................................................. 2-15
2.6.3 Tranquility ................................................................................................................. 2-15
2.6.4 Shoreline Changes Study ......................................................................................... 2-16
2.7 Proposed Construction of Fifth Oil Berth ............................................................................ 2-16
2.7.1 Channel Width .......................................................................................................... 2-16
2.7.2 Turning Circle ........................................................................................................... 2-17
2.7.3 Channel Depth .......................................................................................................... 2-17
2.7.4 Layout of JD5 ............................................................................................................ 2-17
Table of Contents
Page i
C1151305 EIA/EMP & RA for Construction of 5th Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour
RP002 rev. 0 Draft EIA/EMP & RA Report
2.7.5 Approach Trestle ....................................................................................................... 2-19

2.7.6 Unloading Platform ................................................................................................... 2-19
2.7.7 Berthing Dolphins ...................................................................................................... 2-20
2.7.8 Mooring Dolphins ...................................................................................................... 2-21
2.7.9 Boat and Helicopter Landing Platform ...................................................................... 2-22
2.7.10 Link Bridge to Existing JD4 Unloading Platform ....................................................... 2-23
2.7.11 Link Bridge to Existing Pump House......................................................................... 2-23
2.7.12 Link Walkways .......................................................................................................... 2-23
2.7.13 Additional New Pump House .................................................................................... 2-23
2.7.14 Proposed Pipelines ................................................................................................... 2-23
2.7.15 Marine Loading Arm .................................................................................................. 2-25
2.7.16 Fire Fighting .............................................................................................................. 2-26
2.8 Dredging and Reclamation .................................................................................................. 2-26
2.8.1 Dredging .................................................................................................................... 2-26
2.8.2 Reclamation .............................................................................................................. 2-27
2.9 Traffic Increase/Forecast .................................................................................................... 2-28
2.9.1 Proposed Traffic Volume .......................................................................................... 2-28
2.10 Pollution Aspects ................................................................................................................. 2-28
2.10.1 Oil Spill Response Equipment .................................................................................. 2-28
2.11 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Compatibility .................................................................... 2-29
2.12 Project Implementation Schedule ....................................................................................... 2-31
2.12.1 Pre-Construction Activities ........................................................................................ 2-31
2.12.2 Implementation Schedule ......................................................................................... 2-31
2.13 Project Cost ......................................................................................................................... 2-31
Chapter 3 Analysis of Alternatives ........................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 Business Model Alternatives ................................................................................................. 3-1
3.1.1 Location Alternative – Selection Criteria ..................................................................... 3-1
3.1.2 Available Reclamation Alternatives............................................................................. 3-2
Chapter 4 Description of Environment ..................................................................................... 4-1
4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Study Area and Study Period ................................................................................................ 4-1
4.3 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 4-4
4.3.1 Proposed Fifth Oil Berth Location: .............................................................................. 4-4
4.3.2 Project Influence Area ................................................................................................. 4-5
4.3.3 Overview of Maharashtra State .................................................................................. 4-5
4.3.4 Land use - Land Cover Study ..................................................................................... 4-7
4.3.5 Environmental Setting of Study Area .......................................................................... 4-9
4.3.6 Ecological Sensitive Areas ........................................................................................ 4-10
4.3.7 Topography ............................................................................................................... 4-11
4.3.8 Geology ..................................................................................................................... 4-14
4.3.9 Geomorphology......................................................................................................... 4-15
4.3.10 Hydrogeology ............................................................................................................ 4-17
4.3.11 Physiography ............................................................................................................ 4-18
4.3.12 Soil ............................................................................................................................ 4-18
4.3.13 Climate and Rainfall .................................................................................................. 4-21
4.3.14 Earthquakes/ Seismicity ............................................................................................ 4-21
4.4 Other Natural Hazards ........................................................................................................ 4-22
4.4.1 Cyclones and Depressions ....................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.2 Tsunami .................................................................................................................... 4-25
4.4.3 Flood ......................................................................................................................... 4-26
4.4.4 Drought ..................................................................................................................... 4-26
4.4.5 Landslide ................................................................................................................... 4-27
4.5 Water Environment.............................................................................................................. 4-27
4.5.1 Surface Water Resources ......................................................................................... 4-27
4.5.2 Groundwater Resources ........................................................................................... 4-28
4.6 Marine Environment ............................................................................................................ 4-30
4.6.1 Ecological Sensitive Areas and Other Marine Protected Area ................................. 4-30
4.6.2 Coastal Hydrology/Geomorphology .......................................................................... 4-32
Table of Contents
Page ii
4.7 Bed Sediment Quality ......................................................................................................... 4-37

4.7.1 Marine Sediment Physico-chemical Parameters ...................................................... 4-38
4.7.2 Marine Benthos ......................................................................................................... 4-43
4.7.3 Marine Sediment Microbial Parameters ................................................................... 4-48
4.8 Marine Water Quality .......................................................................................................... 4-50
4.8.1 Physical Parameters ................................................................................................. 4-50
4.8.2 Chemical and Nutrient Parameters .......................................................................... 4-50
4.8.3 Marine Water Heavy Metal Parameters ................................................................... 4-55
4.8.4 Biological Parameters ............................................................................................... 4-58
4.8.5 Marine Water Microbial Parameters ......................................................................... 4-64
4.9 Biological Environment ....................................................................................................... 4-68
4.9.1 Flora and Fauna ....................................................................................................... 4-68
4.10 Fisheries .............................................................................................................................. 4-76
4.10.1 Maharashtra State Fisheries .................................................................................... 4-77
4.10.2 Marine Fishery Study in Project Area ....................................................................... 4-78
4.11 Air Environment .................................................................................................................. 4-89
4.11.1 Meteorological Data from Nearest Meteorological Station (Mumbai-Colaba) .......... 4-89
4.11.2 Meteorological Data .................................................................................................. 4-89
4.11.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) ........................................................................................ 4-90
4.11.4 Ambient Noise Levels ............................................................................................... 4-93
4.12 Socio-economic profile of the project influence area .......................................................... 4-93
4.12.1 Demographic/Socio-Economic Profile of the PIA District ......................................... 4-93
4.12.2 Demographic/Socio-Economic Profile of Study Area ............................................... 4-95
4.12.3 Existing Solid Waste Disposal Facilities ................................................................. 4-100
4.13 Public Utilities .................................................................................................................... 4-104
4.13.1 The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM) ....................................... 4-104
4.13.2 NMMC of Thane Taluk............................................................................................ 4-105
4.13.3 Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluk ............................................................................... 4-105
4.13.4 List of Industries ...................................................................................................... 4-105
4.14 4.3 Archaeological Monuments ........................................................................................ 4-106
4.14.1 Elephanta Caves: ................................................................................................... 4-106
4.14.2 Places of Worship ................................................................................................... 4-107
Chapter 5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................ 5-1
5.0 General ................................................................................................................................. 5-1
5.1 Land Environment ................................................................................................................. 5-2
5.1.1 Potential Impact Due to Location ................................................................................ 5-2
5.1.2 Potential Impact during Construction .......................................................................... 5-6
5.1.3 Potential Impact during Operation .............................................................................. 5-7
5.2 Water Environment ............................................................................................................... 5-8
5.2.2 Potential Impact Due to Construction ......................................................................... 5-8
5.2.3 Potential Impact during Operation .............................................................................. 5-9
5.3 Marine Environment (Coastal Hydrology/Bottom Contamination, Sea/Harbour Water Quality)
5-9
5.3.2 Potential Impact Due to Construction ....................................................................... 5-12
5.3.3 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................ 5-17
5.4 Biological Environment (Coastal and Marine Ecology) ....................................................... 5-19
5.4.1 Potential Impact Due to Location .............................................................................. 5-19
5.4.3 Potential Impact Due to Operation ........................................................................... 5-20
5.5 Air Environment .................................................................................................................. 5-21
5.5.1 Potential Impact during Construction ........................................................................ 5-21
5.5.2 Potential Impact due to Operation ............................................................................ 5-22
5.6 Noise Pollution .................................................................................................................... 5-27
5.7 Solid Waste Management ................................................................................................... 5-29
Table of Contents
Page iii

5.8 Socio-Cultural Impact .......................................................................................................... 5-31
5.8.1 Potential Impact Due to Location .............................................................................. 5-31
Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme .................................................................. 6-1
6.1 Background ........................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Budgetary Estimates for Environmental Management .......................................................... 6-6
6.3 Compliance Reports .............................................................................................................. 6-7
6.4 On-site Mock Drills Requirements ......................................................................................... 6-7
Chapter 7 Additional Studies .................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1 Risk Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.1 Hazard Identification ................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.2 System Features Considered for Quantitative Risk Analysis ..................................... 7-3
7.1.3 Software Used............................................................................................................. 7-3
7.1.4 Consequences Analysis .............................................................................................. 7-4
7.1.5 Results of Consequence Analysis/ Estimation of Damage Distances ........................ 7-7
7.1.6 Accident Scenarios and Damage Contour Mapping ................................................. 7-16
7.1.7 Failure Frequencies .................................................................................................. 7-22
7.1.8 Risk Analysis ............................................................................................................. 7-23
7.1.9 Observations and Recommendations ....................................................................... 7-25
7.2 Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................................. 7-28
7.2.1 Causes of Disaster .................................................................................................... 7-28
7.2.2 Crisis Management Group ........................................................................................ 7-28
7.2.3 Response Structure .................................................................................................. 7-30
7.2.4 Response Structure in General ................................................................................. 7-31
7.2.5 Disaster Level Classification ..................................................................................... 7-31
7.2.6 Disaster Level Matrix – Authority .............................................................................. 7-31
7.2.7 Roles and Responsibilities ........................................................................................ 7-31
7.2.8 Emergency Procedure .............................................................................................. 7-35
7.2.9 Fire Fighting - Standard Operating Procedure .......................................................... 7-36
7.2.10 Major Fire/Explosion-Response Plan ....................................................................... 7-37
7.2.11 Response Plan when Tanker on Fire at Marine Oil Terminal ................................... 7-39
7.2.12 Response Plan during Drowning of Dock Worker at JD ........................................... 7-41
7.2.13 Response Plan for Vessel Collision .......................................................................... 7-42
7.2.14 Oil Spill Contingency ................................................................................................. 7-45
7.2.15 Natural Hazards ........................................................................................................ 7-47
7.2.16 De-Activation or Restoration ..................................................................................... 7-55
7.2.17 Evacuation ................................................................................................................ 7-55
7.2.18 Medical and First Aid ................................................................................................ 7-57
7.2.19 Mutual Aid Response Group ..................................................................................... 7-57
7.2.20 Important Telephone Numbers ................................................................................. 7-58
7.3 Fire Protection Facilities ...................................................................................................... 7-63
7.3.1 Fire Fighting Facilities at JD ...................................................................................... 7-63
7.3.2 Fire Fighting System for JD5 .................................................................................... 7-64
7.4 Offsite Emergency Plan....................................................................................................... 7-67
7.5 Social Impact Assessment .................................................................................................. 7-68
7.5.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase ............................................................... 7-68
7.5.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase ................................................................... 7-69
Chapter 8 Project Benefits ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Induced Development ........................................................................................................... 8-1
8.3 Improved Socio-Economic Conditions .................................................................................. 8-1
8.4 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) ................................................................................. 8-1
8.4.1 Health .......................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.4.2 Educational Facilities .................................................................................................. 8-3
8.4.3 Skill Development Activities ........................................................................................ 8-3
Table of Contents
Page iv
8.5 Employment Opportunities .................................................................................................... 8-3

8.6 Environmental Conservation ................................................................................................. 8-3
8.7 Economic Stability, Revenue Generation and Growth ......................................................... 8-3
Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................... 9-1
9.1 Components of EMP ............................................................................................................. 9-1
9.2 Project Activities, Associated Impacts and Mitigation Measures .......................................... 9-1
9.3 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management .................................. 9-7
9.4 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures .................................... 9-7
9.4.1 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance/Environmental Management System ....... 9-7
9.4.2 Environmental Management Team ............................................................................ 9-8
9.5 Greenbelt Development Plan ................................................................................................ 9-9
9.5.1 Recommended Species for Plantation ....................................................................... 9-9
9.6 Occupational Health and Safety ......................................................................................... 9-10
9.1.1 Occupational Hazards .............................................................................................. 9-11
9.5.1 Personal Protective Equipments .............................................................................. 9-12
9.5.2 Occupational Health and Safety Improvement Measures ........................................ 9-12
9.5.3 Health Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 9-13
9.5.4 Safety ........................................................................................................................ 9-13
9.5.5 Legislations ............................................................................................................... 9-13
Chapter 10 Summary and Conclusion ..................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.2 Project Site Location ........................................................................................................... 10-1
10.3 Need and Justification of Project Development .................................................................. 10-1
10.4 Project Benefits ................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.4.1 Induced Development ............................................................................................... 10-2
10.4.2 Improved Socio-Economic Conditions ...................................................................... 10-2
10.5 Project Description .............................................................................................................. 10-2
10.6 CRZ Compatibility ............................................................................................................... 10-3
10.7 Description of Environment ................................................................................................. 10-3
10.7.1 Marine Environment .................................................................................................. 10-3
10.7.2 Terrestrial Environment ............................................................................................ 10-4
10.7.3 Socio-economic Conditions ...................................................................................... 10-5
10.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts with Mitigation Measures ............................................ 10-5
10.8.1 Construction Phase .................................................................................................. 10-5
10.8.2 Operation Phase ....................................................................................................... 10-5
10.9 Environmental Monitoring Programme ............................................................................... 10-6
10.10 Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................ 10-6
10.11 Additional Studies ..................................................................................................... 10-6
10.11.1 Risk Assessment ................................................................................................ 10-6
10.11.2 Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................ 10-6
10.11.3 Social Impact Assessment ................................................................................. 10-7
10.12 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) ..................................................................... 10-8
Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants ..................................................................................... 11-1
11.1 Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd ............................................................. 11-1
11.2 Sub Consultants Engaged .................................................................................................. 11-3
11.2.1 Institute of Remote Sensing-Anna University ........................................................... 11-3
11.2.2 Centre for Advanced Studies in Marine Biology, Annamalai University, Parangipettai
11-3
11.2.3 Indian Institute of Chemical Technology................................................................... 11-4
11.2.4 Flora and Fauna Study ............................................................................................. 11-5
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1: Location of Mumbai Port .................................................................................................... 1-2
Figure 1-2: Location of Proposed Fifth Oil Berth .................................................................................. 1-5
Figure 2-1: Port Limits .......................................................................................................................... 2-1
Table of Contents
Page v
Figure 2-2: Mumbai Port Layout ........................................................................................................... 2-2

Figure 2-3: Water Balance Diagram ..................................................................................................... 2-9
Figure 2-4: Bathymetry ....................................................................................................................... 2-12
Figure 2-5: Borehole Locations .......................................................................................................... 2-13
Figure 2-6: Location of JD5 Berth ....................................................................................................... 2-16
Figure 2-7: Layout of JD5 Berth ......................................................................................................... 2-18
Figure 2-8: Sectional View of Unloading Platform .............................................................................. 2-20
Figure 2-9: Sectional View of Breasting Dolphin ................................................................................ 2-21
Figure 2-10: Sectional View of Mooring Dolphin ................................................................................ 2-22
Figure 2-11: Submarine Pipeline Alignment ....................................................................................... 2-25
Figure 2-12: Proposed Area Available for Reclamation ..................................................................... 2-27
Figure 2-13: CRZ Demarcation Map .................................................................................................. 2-30
Figure 4-1: Study Area Map – 15 km Radius ....................................................................................... 4-2
Figure 4-2: Google Image of Proposed Project Location ..................................................................... 4-3
Figure 4-3: Proposed Project Location ................................................................................................. 4-3
Figure 4-4: Proposed location for fifth oil berth (JD5) ........................................................................... 4-4
Figure 4-5: Land use/land cover map for PIA (15 km radius)............................................................... 4-8
Figure 4-6: Land Use Pattern in the PIA............................................................................................... 4-8
Figure 4-7: Ecological Sensitive Areas around PIA ............................................................................ 4-10
Figure 4-8: Topography of PIA ........................................................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-9: Elevation map with Contours of PIA ................................................................................ 4-13
Figure 4-10: Slope Map of PIA ........................................................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-11: Geology and Lineament Map of PIA .............................................................................. 4-15
Figure 4-12: Geomorphology Map of PIA ........................................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-13: Hydrogeological Map of Greater Mumbai ...................................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-14: Drainage pattern and Streams in the PIA ...................................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-15: Soil map of Study area ................................................................................................... 4-19
Figure 4-16: Earthquake Hazard Map of PIA ..................................................................................... 4-22
Figure 4-17: Cyclone Hazard Map for PIA.......................................................................................... 4-24
Figure 4-18: Frequencies of Cyclones along Indian Coast during (1891 – 1989) .............................. 4-24
Figure 4-19: Storm Surge Map of PIA ................................................................................................ 4-25
Figure 4-20: Tsunami Hazard Risk Zoning Map for India ................................................................... 4-26
Figure 4-21: Marine Ecological Sensitive Areas around Study area .................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-22: Monthly variation of: (a) long shore wind stress and (b) current speed and spring (c) and
neap (d) tidal currents ......................................................................................................................... 4-32
Figure 4-23: Wind rose diagram ......................................................................................................... 4-33
Figure 4-24: Wave Rose Diagram in Offshore Area ........................................................................... 4-35
Figure 4-25: Current Speed and Components ................................................................................... 4-36
Figure 4-26: Marine Sampling Locations ............................................................................................ 4-38
Figure 4-27: Variations in Sand, Clay and Silt Content ...................................................................... 4-39
Figure 4-28: Variations in Sediment pH .............................................................................................. 4-39
Figure 4-29: Variations in Sediment TOC........................................................................................... 4-40
Figure 4-30: Variation in Sediment PHC ............................................................................................ 4-40
Figure 4-31: Variation in Marine Sediment Cadmium, Chromium and Copper .................................. 4-41
Figure 4-32: Variations in Marine Sediment Lead and Nickel Concentrations ................................... 4-42
Figure 4-33: Variations in Marine Sediment Zinc and Manganese Concentrations ........................... 4-42
Figure 4-34: Variations in Marine Sediment Mercury Concentrations ................................................ 4-42
Figure 4-35: Variations in Marcobenthos Density .............................................................................. 4-44
Figure 4-36: Species Composition of Macrobenthos ......................................................................... 4-44
Figure 4-37: Percentage Composition of Macrobenthos .................................................................... 4-44
Figure 4-38: Macrobenthos Diversity Indices ..................................................................................... 4-45
Figure 4-39: Variations in Meiobenthos Density ................................................................................. 4-46
Figure 4-40: Species Composition of Meiobenthos ............................................................................ 4-47
Figure 4-41: Percentage Composition of Meiobenthos ...................................................................... 4-47
Figure 4-42: Meiobenthos Diversity Indices ....................................................................................... 4-47
Figure 4-43: Variation in Total Viable Counts for the Sediment Samples .......................................... 4-49
Figure 4-44: Variations in EC, FC and TC for the Sediment Samples ............................................... 4-49
Figure 4-45: Variations in SH and SL for the Sediment Samples ...................................................... 4-49
Figure 4-46: Variations in SF, PK and PA for the Sediment Samples ............................................... 4-50
Figure 4-47: Variations in VP and VC for the Sediment Samples ...................................................... 4-50
Table of Contents
Page vi
Figure 4-48: Variations in Marine Water Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen ................................. 4-52
Figure 4-49: Variations in pH.............................................................................................................. 4-52
Figure 4-50: Variations in Salinity....................................................................................................... 4-52
Figure 4-51: Variations in Turbidity .................................................................................................... 4-53
Figure 4-52: Variations in Total Suspended Solids ............................................................................ 4-53
Figure 4-53: Variations in BOD .......................................................................................................... 4-53
Figure 4-54: Variations in Nitrite and Ammonia Concentrations ........................................................ 4-54
Figure 4-55: Variations in Nitrate and Total Nitrogen Concentrations ............................................... 4-54
Figure 4-56: Variations in Inorganic Phosphate and Total Phosphorous Concentrations ................. 4-54
Figure 4-57: Variations in POC and Silicate Concentrations ............................................................. 4-55
Figure 4-58: Variations in PHC Concentrations ................................................................................. 4-55
Figure 4-59: Variation in Marine Water Copper, Chromium and Iron Concentrations ....................... 4-56
Figure 4-60: Variations in Marine Water Lead, Nickel and Cadmium Concentrations ....................... 4-57
Figure 4-61: Variations in Marine Water, Zinc and Manganese Concentrations ............................... 4-57
Figure 4-62: Variations in Marine Water Mercury Concentrations ..................................................... 4-57
Figure 4-63: Variations in Primary Productivity Concentrations ......................................................... 4-58
Figure 4-64: Variations in Chlorophyll a and Phaeopigment Concentrations .................................... 4-59
Figure 4-65: Variations in Total Biomass Concentrations .................................................................. 4-59
Figure 4-66: Variations in Phytoplankton Population density ............................................................. 4-60
Figure 4-67: Species Composition of Phytoplankton ......................................................................... 4-61
Figure 4-68: Percentage Composition of Phytoplankton ................................................................... 4-61
Figure 4-69: Phytoplankton Density and Indices ................................................................................ 4-61
Figure 4-70: Variations in Zooplankton Population ............................................................................ 4-63
Figure 4-71: Species Composition of Zooplankton ............................................................................ 4-63
Figure 4-72: Percentage Composition of Zooplankton ...................................................................... 4-63
Figure 4-73: Zooplankton Density and Indices ................................................................................... 4-64
Figure 4-74: Variation in Tot al Viable Counts for the Marine Water Samples .................................. 4-65
Figure 4-75: Variations in FC, EC and TC for the Marine Water Samples ........................................ 4-65
Figure 4-76: Variations in SH and SL for the Marine Water Samples................................................ 4-66
Figure 4-77: Variations in SF, PK and PA for the Marine Water Samples ......................................... 4-66
Figure 4-78: Variations in VP and VC for the Marine Water Samples ............................................... 4-66
Figure 4-79: Field work in the core area during the study .................................................................. 4-70
Figure 4-80: Field work in the Buffer area during the study ............................................................... 4-71
Figure 4-81: Graph showing Habit wise distribution of Vegetation in Core and buffer areas ............ 4-73
Figure 4-82: Pie Chart showing habit & species wise distribution of Vegetation in Study area ......... 4-73
Figure 4-83: Fishing Villages map of PIA ........................................................................................... 4-81
Figure 4-84: Wind Rose for the locations near to project area .......................................................... 4-90
Figure 4-85: Entry to August Kranti Maidan ..................................................................................... 4-106
Figure 4-86: Entrance of Bandra Fort............................................................................................... 4-106
Figure 4-87: Full View of Banganga Tank ........................................................................................ 4-107
Figure 4-88: Front View of Elephanta Caves ................................................................................... 4-107
Figure 4-89: Gateway of India .......................................................................................................... 4-107
Figure 4-90: Side View of Mahim Fort .............................................................................................. 4-107
Figure 4-91: Inside View of Sewri Fort ............................................................................................. 4-107
Figure 4-92: Front View of Sion Fort ................................................................................................ 4-107
Figure 4-93: Mount Mary Church ..................................................................................................... 4-108
Figure 4-94: Haji Ali Dargah ............................................................................................................. 4-108
Figure 4-95: Walkeshwar Temple .................................................................................................... 4-108
Figure 4-96: Mandwa Beach ............................................................................................................ 4-108
Figure 5-1: Status of Existing Shoreline in Study Area ........................................................................ 5-4
Figure 5-2: Proposed Location for Reclamation ................................................................................... 5-5
Figure 5-3: Annual Silt Deposition Pattern ......................................................................................... 5-11
Figure 5-4: Annual Silt Deposition Rates ........................................................................................... 5-11
Figure 5-5: Subsea Pipeline ............................................................................................................... 5-13
Figure 5-6: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (2014) ................................................................................. 5-23
st
Figure 5-7: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10 ................................. 5-25
st
Figure 5-8: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5................................. 5-25
st
Figure 5-9: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 ................................... 5-26
st
Figure 5-10: Isopleth for 1 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NOX ................................ 5-26
Figure 5-11: Format of Noise Labels .................................................................................................. 5-29
Table of Contents
Page vii
Figure 7-1: Steps in Damage Calculations ........................................................................................... 7-4

Figure 7-2: Jet Fire Damage Distance for Rupture of 42” Crude Oil Pipeline on Berth ..................... 7-17
Figure 7-3: Jet Fire HRDD for Rupture of 42” Crude Oil Pipeline Near JD ........................................ 7-17
Figure 7-4: Jet Fire HRDD for Rupture of 36” Crude Oil Pipeline near Storage (Future) .................. 7-18
Figure 7-5: Late Pool Fire HRDD for Catastrophic Rupture of Crude Oil Storage (Future) Tank ...... 7-18
Figure 7-6: OPDD for 100 mm leak in 12” Bunkering Pipeline on Berth ............................................ 7-20
Figure 7-7: OPDD for 100mm Leak in 42” Crude Oil Pipeline near JD .............................................. 7-21
Figure 7-8: OPDD for 100mm Leak in 36” Crude Oil Pipeline near Storage (Future) ........................ 7-21
3
Figure 7-9: OPDD for Catastrophic Rupture of 1.7 Lakh M Crude Oil Storage (Future) Tank .......... 7-22
Figure 7-10: Risk Criterion .................................................................................................................. 7-23
Figure 7-11: Individual Risk Contours for Fifth Oil Berth .................................................................... 7-24
Figure 7-12: Individual Risk Contours for Storage Facility ................................................................. 7-25
FD0101: Location Map
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Port Traffic/Throughput ....................................................................................................... 1-3
Table 1-2: Percentage of Modes of Cargo Evacuation ........................................................................ 1-3
Table 1-3: Applicable/Relevant Environmental Regulation .................................................................. 1-4
Table 1-4: List of Consultants ............................................................................................................... 1-7
Table 2-1: Cargo Berths ....................................................................................................................... 2-3
Table 2-2: POL and Chemical Berths ................................................................................................... 2-4
Table 2-3: Passenger cum Cargo Berths ............................................................................................. 2-4
Table 2-4: Storage Capacity ................................................................................................................. 2-4
Table 2-5: Traffic Handled by MbPT ..................................................................................................... 2-5
Table 2-6: JD Berths Handling Capacity .............................................................................................. 2-6
Table 2-7: Pipelines on JD4 Approach Trestle ..................................................................................... 2-7
Table 2-8: Submarine Pipelines from Jawahar Dweep ........................................................................ 2-8
Table 2-9: Strata Classification ........................................................................................................... 2-13
Table 2-10: Tide Levels ...................................................................................................................... 2-14
Table 2-11: Pipelines for Fifth Oil Jetty............................................................................................... 2-24
Table 2-12: Datasheet for Marine Loading Arms ............................................................................... 2-25
Table 2-13: Crude Traffic Projections ................................................................................................. 2-28
Table 2-14: Oil Spill Response Equipments ....................................................................................... 2-29
Table 2-15: Implementation Schedule ................................................................................................ 2-31
Table 2-16: Cost Estimate .................................................................................................................. 2-32
Table 4-1: Land use Pattern in the Project Influence Area ................................................................... 4-7
Table 4-2: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary............................... 4-9
Table 4-3: Observations of soil quality ............................................................................................... 4-20
Table 4-4: Earth Quake history of Maharashtra ................................................................................. 4-21
Table 4-5: Observations of Surface water quality .............................................................................. 4-28
Table 4-6: Observations of Groundwater Sampling Location............................................................. 4-30
Table 4-7: Tide Levels ........................................................................................................................ 4-34
Table 4-8: Marine Sampling Locations (MSL) .................................................................................... 4-37
Table 4-9: Marine Sediment Physico-chemical Parameters .............................................................. 4-39
Table 4-10: Marine Sediment Heavy Metals ...................................................................................... 4-41
Table 4-11: Macrobenthos Density and Diversity Indices .................................................................. 4-43
Table 4-12: Meiobenthos Density and Diversity Indices .................................................................... 4-46
Table 4-13: Marine Water Physico-chemical Parameters .................................................................. 4-51
Table 4-14: Marine Water Nutrient Parameters ................................................................................. 4-51
Table 4-15: Marine Water Heavy Metals ............................................................................................ 4-56
Table 4-16: Biological Parameters ..................................................................................................... 4-58
Table 4-17: Phytoplankton Density and Diversity Indices .................................................................. 4-60
Table 4-18: Zooplankton Density and Diversity Indices ..................................................................... 4-62
Table 4-19: Sampling Locations with GPS Co-ordinates ................................................................... 4-68
Table 4-20: IVI for Plant species within Buffer area ........................................................................... 4-75
Table 4-21: Diversity index For Plant species within Buffer zone ...................................................... 4-75
Table 4-22: Annual Fish Production in Maharashtra .......................................................................... 4-78
Table 4-23: District profiles of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and Thane ............................................ 4-78
Table 4-24: Population Distribution Structure of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and Thane districts .. 4-79
Table of Contents
Page viii
Table 4-25: Active Fisherfolk of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and Thane districts ........................... 4-79
Table 4-26: Occupation Profile of Fisherfolk ...................................................................................... 4-79
Table 4-27: Types of Fishing Craft in the Fishery .............................................................................. 4-79
Table 4-28: Fishing Craft in the Fishery ............................................................................................. 4-79
Table 4-29: Fishing Gear owned by Fisherfolk (<100% ownership) .................................................. 4-79
Table 4-30: Infrastructure (In the Villages) ......................................................................................... 4-80
Table 4-31: Facilities (In the Villages) ................................................................................................ 4-80
Table 4-32: Infrastructure - Fishery Related (In the Villages) ............................................................ 4-80
Table 4-33: Details of Fish Available at Project area ......................................................................... 4-80
Table 4-34: Details of Fisherman Households in the Study Area ...................................................... 4-82
Table 4-35: Details of Fishermen in the study Area ........................................................................... 4-82
Table 4-36: Educational Status of Fishermen in the study Area ........................................................ 4-83
Table 4-37: Details of Active Fisherfolk in the study Area ................................................................. 4-84
Table 4-38: Occupational profile Of Fisherfolk in the Study Area ...................................................... 4-85
Table 4-39: Gender-Wise Fishing Allied Activities in the Study Area ................................................ 4-86
Table 4-40: Classification of Fisherfolk Based On Religion and Community ..................................... 4-87
Table 4-41: Members in Fisheries Cooperative Societies Within The Study Area ............................ 4-87
Table 4-42: Fishing Craft owned by fisherfolk in the study area ........................................................ 4-88
Table 4-43: Climatological Summary – Mumbai (Bombay) Region (1970-2000) .............................. 4-89
Table 4-44: Description of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations in JNPT area ........................................ 4-91
Table 4-45: Monthly Average Values of Air Quality Parameters at JNPT Area ................................. 4-91
Table 4-46: Monthly Average Values of Air Quality Parameters at ONGC Uren Area ...................... 4-91
Table 4-47: Air Quality Parameters monitored by MbPT during January to June 2015 .................... 4-92
Table 4-48: Concentrations of PM 10, SO2, NOX and NH3 parameters at the MbPT Area ................. 4-92
Table 4-49: Concentrations of SO2, NOX and NH3 parameters at the MbPT Area ............................ 4-92
Table 4-50: Category wise list of Villages present in the Study Area ................................................ 4-96
Table 4-51: Population Details of the Study Area .............................................................................. 4-96
Table 4-52: SC & ST Details of the Study Area ................................................................................. 4-97
Table 4-53: Work Force and Non Workers in the Study Area ............................................................ 4-97
Table 4-54: Classification of Main and Marginal Workforce in the Study Area .................................. 4-97
Table 4-55: Educational Details of the Study Area ............................................................................ 4-98
Table 4-56: Educational Facilities in Nerul-NMMC ............................................................................ 4-99
Table 4-57: Educational Facilities in Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks ............................................... 4-99
Table 4-58: Medical Facilities in Nerul-NMMC ................................................................................. 4-100
Table 4-59: Medical Facilities in Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks ................................................... 4-100
Table 4-60: Industrial Statistics of Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks ................................................ 4-106
Table 5-1: Point Sources Emission Details ........................................................................................ 5-22
Table 5-2: Receptor Details ................................................................................................................ 5-24
st
Table 5-3: 1 24-hour Average Incremental & Resultant Concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx 5-
24
Table 5-4: Average Noise Levels by Operation of Construction Equipment ...................................... 5-27
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Programme for Construction and Operation Phase .................. 6-2
Table 6-2: Environmental Management - Capital Cost ........................................................................ 6-6
Table 6-3: Environmental Management – Annual Recurring Cost ....................................................... 6-6
Table 7-1: Potential Hazards ................................................................................................................ 7-3
th
Table 7-2: Salient Features of 5 Oil Berth .......................................................................................... 7-3
Table 7-3: Damage due to incident radiation ....................................................................................... 7-6
Table 7-4: Effect of over pressure ........................................................................................................ 7-6
Table 7-5: Creditable Accident Scenarios ............................................................................................ 7-7
Table 7-6: Heat Radiation Damage Distances ..................................................................................... 7-9
Table 7-7: Over Pressure Damage Distances ................................................................................... 7-12
Table 7-8: Scenarios that can cause Cascade Effects ...................................................................... 7-14
Table 7-9: General failure frequencies* ............................................................................................. 7-22
Table 9-1: Project Activities, Associated Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........................................ 9-2
Table 9-2: Recommended Species for Greenbelt Development ....................................................... 9-10
Table 9-3: Occupational Health Hazards and Proposed Mitigation Measures .................................. 9-11
Table 9-4: List of Personnel Protective Equipment ............................................................................ 9-12
Table of Contents
Page ix
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A: MoEF & CC approved ToR Letter
Appendix B: Compliance to MoEF & CC Suggestions on ToR
Appendix C: Marine Sediment & Water Analytical Results
Appendix D: Flora Fauna Survey Results
Appendix E: National Ambient Air Quality Standards
Appendix F: National Ambient Noise Standards
Appendix G: Primary Water Quality Standards (SW-IV)
Appendix H: Emission limits for diesel engine-upto 800KW
Appendix I: Noise Limit for Generator Sets
Appendix J: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) classification of Hazards
Appendix K: Copy of draft MoU between MbPT and BPCL
LIST OF ACRONYMS
BIS - Bureau of Indian Standards
BOD - Biological Oxygen Demand
BOT - Build Operate Transfer
BPCL - Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
CASMB - Centre For Advanced Studies In Marine Biology
CD - Chart Datum
CISF - Central Industrial Security Force
CMFRI - Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute
COD - Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB - Central Pollution control Board
CPHEEO - Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization
CRZ - Coastal Regulation Zone
CSR - Corporate Social Responsibility
CSR - Corporate Social Responsibility
CWPRS - Central Water and Power Research Station
DMP - Disaster Management Plan
DO - Dissolved Oxygen
DPR - Detailed Project Report
EAC - Expert Appraisal Committee
EC - Electrical Conductivity
EDFDRD - Research and Development Directorate of the French Electricity Board
EHS - Environment Health & Safety
EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment
EMC - Environment Management Cell
EMP - Environmental Management Plan
ENE - East North Easterly
ENVIS - Environmental Information Systems
EPZ - Export Processing Zone
ERS - Emergency Release System
ESE - East South Easterly
FO - Fuel Oil
FW - Fresh Water
GIS - Geographic information Systems
GoI - Government of India
GPS - Global Positioning System
HAZOP - Hazard and Operability study
HDPE - High Density Polyethylene
HHW - High-High Water Level
HP - High pressure
HPCL - Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited
HTL - High Tide Line
ICEF - Indo-Canada Environmental Facility
IMD - Indian Meteorological Department
IMO - International Maritime Organisation
Table of Contents
Page x
IREL - Indian Rare Earths Limited

IRS - Institute of Remote Sensing
IVI - Importance Value Index
JD - Jawahar Dweep
JNPT - Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust
KLD - Kilolitres per day
LCD - Liquid Crystal Display
LDO - Light Diesel Oil
LECC - Local Emergency Control, Centre
LFP - Landfall point
LLW - Lowest Low Water Level
LPG - Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LSHS - Low Sulphur Heavy Stock
LTL - Low Tide Line
MARPOL - International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973/78
MbPT - Mumbai Port Trust
MCA - Maximum Credible Accident
MCGM - Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai
MHWN - Mean High Water Neap
MHWS - Mean High Water Spring
MLA - Marine Loading Arm
MLWN - Mean Low Water Neap
MLWS - Mean Low Water Spring
MoEF & CC - Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change
MOT - Marine Oil Terminal
MPCB - Maharashtra Pollution Control Board
MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheets
MSIHC - Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical
MSL - Mean Sea Level
MT - Metric Tonne
MTPA - Million Tonnes Per Annum
MWML - Mumbai Waste Management Ltd
NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NABET - National Accreditation Board of Education and Training
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
NGO - Non Governmental Organization
NIO - National Institute of Oceanography
NMMC - Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation
OCT - Offshore Container Terminal
OISD - Oil Industry safety Directorate
ONGC - Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
ORF - On-shore Receiving Facility
OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Association
OSR - Oil Spill Response
PABX - Private Branch Exchange
PAF - Project Affected Families
PAP - Project Affected People
PHC - Petroleum Hydrocarbons
PIA - Project Influenced Area
PM - Particulate Matter
POC - Products of Combustion
POL - Petroleum and Oil lubricants
PPE - Personal Protective Equipment
PUC - Pollution Under Control
QC/DC - Quick Connect/Disconnect Coupler
QCI - Quality Control of India
R&R - Resettlement and Rehabilitation
RA - Risk Analysis
RBA - Relative Basal Area
RBI - Reserve Bank of India
Table of Contents
Page xi
RD - Relative Density
REET - Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened
SDNP - Sustainable Development Network Partners
SE - South Easterly
SIA - Social Impact Assessment
SoI - Survey Of India
SSE - South-South Easterly
STV - Shell and tube vaporizers
TERI - Tata Energy and Resource Institute
TIFR - Tata Institute of Fundamental Research
ToR - Terms of Reference
TSDF - Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility
UGC - University Grants Commission
VLCC - Very Large Crude Carriers
VTS - Vessel Traffic System
WB - World Bank
Table of Contents
Page xii
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Background
Mumbai Port (Port) is one among the Twelve (12) Major Ports of India, established in 1873.
The Port situated in the state of Maharashtra has long been the principal gateway to India
and has played a pivotal role in the development of the national economy, trade & commerce
and prosperity of this City for achieving “economic capital of India” status in particular. The
Port has achieved this position through continuous endeavour to serve the changing needs
of maritime trade. Though traditionally designed to handle general cargo, over the years, the
Port has adapted to changing shipping trends and cargo packaging from break bulk to
unitisation/palletisation and containerisation. Besides, it has also developed specialised
berths for handling POL and chemicals. For several decades, Mumbai Port was India’s
premier port. Even today, with the development of several other ports, it caters to 10.7% of
the country’s seaborne trade in terms of volume and about 19.16% of POL traffic handled by
Major Ports of the country.
Having weathered and survived many a change in maritime trade in its long history, Mumbai
Port is today facing challenges posed by competition from adjoining ports and private ports,
changing traffic patterns, inherent physical constraints and continuing labour intensive
operations, etc. Even with such challenges, Mumbai Port is taking various measures to
render cost effective and quality services to the trade.
To keep up with the operational needs of Mumbai Port, the Port has identified the need for
construction of an additional Oil Berth. MbPT proposes to construct a Fifth Oil Berth at
Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Port area, which shall be a replacement to existing Fourth Oil
Berth. For construction of the proposed Oil Berth, MbPT needs to obtain prior
Environmental/Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Clearance after conducting an Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA).
In this regard, Mumbai Port has awarded L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd. (formerly
known as L&T-RAMBØLL Consulting Engineers Limited) the task for providing consultancy
services for conducting the EIA/EMP and RA for obtaining the Environmental/CRZ Clearance
for the proposed construction of Fifth Oil Berth at Mumbai Harbour.
1.2 Details of Project Proponent

Mumbai Port is managed by the Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT), an Autonomous Body under the
Government of India (GoI). MbPT in-turn is managed by a Board of Trustees constituted by
the GoI. The Board is headed by the Chairman. The contact details of the authorized person
of the Project Proponent are provided below:
The Chief Engineer Tel:+91-022-66564031
Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) Fax No: +91-022-22613469
Port House, 3rd Floor, Shoorji Vallabhdas Marg, e-mail: ce@mbptmail.com
Ballard Estate, Mumbai – 400 001 Website: www.mumbaiport.gov.in
1.3 Brief Port Profile
1.3.1 Location
Mumbai Port is situated almost midway (Latitude 18054’ N, Longitude 72049’ E) on the west
coast of India and is gifted with a natural deep water Harbour of about 400 square kilometres
Page 1-1
protected by the mainland of Konkan on its East and Island of Mumbai on its West. The deep
waters in the Harbour provide ample shelter for shipping throughout the year. The location of
the Port is shown in Figure 1-1.
A N
R Chhatrapati Shivaji
A International Airport
B
I Andheri East
A
N Navi Mumbai
S
E
A
Elephenta Island
JNPT
MUMBAI 0 5 km
PORT TRUST
Scale
Figure 1-1: Location of Mumbai Port
1.3.2 Existing Facilities

Existing facilities and infrastructure1 available at Mumbai Port include the following:
 Cargo berths – 24 Nos.  Tugs – Harbour Tugs: 04 Nos. and Other
 Berths for Handling POL and Chemicals Tugs; 04 Nos.
– 06 Nos.  Launches – Pilot Launches: 06 Nos.;
 Passenger cum Cargo Berths – 01 No. Other Launches: 09 Nos.; Survey
 Berths for Ferry Ships – 02 Nos. Vessel: 01 No.
 Storage Capacity – Covered Storage:  Dry Dock
294,961 m2; Open Storage: 487,798 m2;  Bunkering – Oil for bunkering can be
Slots: 6,221 m2 and Liquid Storage: obtained at all the berths
487,800 tonnes
 Dock Tugs – 06 Nos.
1.3.3 Existing Marine Oil Terminal Berths at Jawahar Dweep

The crude traffic at Mumbai Port is handled at Jawahar Dweep (JD). Currently there are four
marine oil terminal berths in operation for the purpose of handling crude traffic. The
jetties/berths are known as JD1, JD2, JD3 and JD4. Of the four berths, JD4 is the biggest in
terms of Design Draft of 14.30 m, Displacement Tonnage of 125,000 T and length of 300 m.
The crude oil and POL products are transferred between Jawahar Dweep and Pir Pau
through submarine pipelines.
1
Source: As confirmed by MbPT
Page 1-2
1.3.4 Port Traffic/Throughput

Month wise port traffic/throughput for last five years for Mumbai Port in MTPA is given in
Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Port Traffic/Throughput
Month 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
April 4.753 5.533 3.852 5.055 5.131
May 4.521 5.271 4.881 4.931 5.589
June 4.312 4.649 4.547 5.585 4.742
July 4.451 4.278 4.461 4.704 5.339
August 3.930 4.431 5.002 5.265 0.000
September 4.693 4.626 4.838 5.290 0.000
October 4.738 4.708 5.394 5.446 0.000
November 4.228 5.388 5.245 5.370 0.000
December 4.589 5.206 5.423 5.519 0.000
January 4.935 4.430 5.419 5.404 0.000
February 5.072 4.481 4.843 4.771 0.000
March 5.963 5.037 5.280 5.320 0.000
Total 56.186 58.039 59.185 61.660 20.801
(Source: MbPT Website)
The percentage share of various modes of evacuation of port cargo from Mumbai Port for
last five years is given in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2: Percentage of Modes of Cargo Evacuation
Moved By (%)
Year
Pipeline Road Rail Waterways
2011 - 12 60.76 19.66 4.96 14.62
2012 - 13 61.35 15.55 3.20 19.90
2013 - 14 61.22 14.31 5.01 19.45
2014 - 15 60.24 20.65 0.29 18.83
2015 - 16 (upto July 2015) 59.83 14.98 3.64 21.55
1.4 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework

The proposed construction of the Fifth Oil Berth at Mumbai Harbour attracts the provisions of
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006 (as amended) and Coastal
Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification, 2011 (as amended) in view of construction activities,
dredging, reclamation, widening/deepening of channels, etc.
The proposed project is categorised under Ports, Harbours listed as Item 7(e) in the
Schedule of the EIA Notification, 2006. Proposed development is replacement of
existing Fourth Oil Berth in phases and planned for a handling capacity of 20 Million
Tonnes Per Annum (MTPA). The increase in traffic which is commensurate with
expansion of oil refineries is about 3.5 MTPA. Also the proposed development
activities involve dredging and reclamation. As the cargo handling capacity is more
than 5 MTPA the proposed Fifth Oil Berth Construction at Mumbai Harbour is
classified as Category “A” project. Most important regulations applicable/relevant to the
proposed project are listed in Table 1-3.
Page 1-3
Table 1-3: Applicable/Relevant Environmental Regulation

Applicable/Relevant GoI Reason for
Year Objective
Policies & Regulations Applicability
Environmental (Protection) To protect and improve overall Environment in
1986
Act environment general
Environmental Impact
Re-engineered EIA notification for a more
Assessment Notification (as 2006 Direct
effective Environmental clearance process
amended)
Coastal Regulation Zone To protect the Coastal ecological
2011 Direct
Notification (as amended) resources and to prevent coastal pollution
To control air pollution by controlling
Air (prevention and control Control of Air
1981 emissions according to prescribed
of pollution) Act pollution
standards
Noise Pollution (Regulation 2000
Control of Noise
and Control) (Amendment) & Noise pollution regulation and controls
pollution
rules 2010
Water (Prevention and To control water pollution by controlling
Control of Water
Control of Pollution) Act and 1974 emission & Water pollutants as per the
pollution
Cess Act of 1977 prescribed standards
In order to obtain prior Environmental Clearance from statutory authorities for proposed
construction of the Fifth Oil Berth at Mumbai Harbour, an EIA has been carried out as per
approved Terms of Reference (ToR) obtained from Ministry of Environment, Forests and
Climate Change (MoEF & CC) vide letter F.No.10-4/2015-IA.III, dated June 19, 20152.
1.5 Project Site

The Mumbai Port is a natural harbour sheltered between Mumbai Island and the main land.
The Mumbai Harbour houses the MbPT Jetties located in Jawahar Dweep (JD) Island and
Pir Pau Jetties.
The proposed construction of the Fifth Oil Berth is planned in the Mumbai Harbour near the
Jawahar Dweep Island. Proposed location of JD5 is down stream of existing JD4 berth at a
distance of approximately 600 m south west of JD4 along the main channel. Figure 1-2
shows the location of proposed Fifth Oil Berth (JD5).
2
The process for obtaining the ToR was carried out by competent Port staff itself
Page 1-4
JD1, 2 & 3
JD4
Proposed JD5
Location
Figure 1-2: Location of Proposed Fifth Oil Berth
1.6 Need for the Project

Of the four oil handling berths at Jawahar Dweep (JD) i.e. berths JD1, JD2, JD3 and JD4,
JD4 is the only berth which can handle larger vessels of Displacement Tonnage 125,000 T.
The crude traffic through MbPT is primarily to cater the requirement of HPCL and BPCL. The
oil companies have been insisting Mumbai Port that a facility to handle fully laden Suez Max
Tankers for crude import to be created. The existing JD4 berth has deteriorated and
expensive rehabilitation of structures are being carried out. However, this would enhance the
life of the berth for another 8-10 years.
Both the oil companies have informed that due to lack of berthing facilities for handling Suez
Max and VLCC vessels, they have been incurring cost of Rs. 150 to 170 Crores every year
towards additional freights / demurrage to the vessels.
The issue of infrastructural constraints at Jawahar Dweep was discussed by the
Parliamentary Committee for Petroleum and Natural Gas, during their visit in November
2014. The Committee has recommended for the early construction of JD5 to avoid incurring
additional freight.
Considering the limited life of the existing Fourth Oil Berth and no other berths can cater to
larger vessels, it is necessary to construct the 5th Oil Berth catering to the fully laden Suez
Max Vessels and Light Drafted VLCC, with sharing of cost of construction by Oil PSUs.
Page 1-5
Mumbai Port had appointed consultants for the Preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR)
for Construction of Fifth Oil Berth catering to fully laden Suez Max tankers and light drafted
VLCC. The DPR has since been prepared and submitted to MbPT.
1.7 Project Development Plan

Proposed development plan includes the following:
 Unloading Platform
 Four berthing dolphins
 Six mooring dolphins
 Boat Landing and Helicopter Landing Platform including Control Tower Building
 Link Bridge to Existing JD4 Unloading Platform
 Link Bridge to Existing Pump House
 Link Walkways
 New Pump House
 Approach Bund
 Approach Trestle
 Submarine pipeline
 Capital Dredging for berth, channel, and anchorage
 Reclamation at Jawahar Dweep reef of 13 ha. for tankages and buffer stock to meet
exigencies
Considering constraints of space availability for the oil companies/refineries for augmentation
of their storage capacities and buffer stock to meet exigencies, it is proposed to reclaim
about 13 hectare of area for development of tank farms on the south side of Jawahar Dweep
reef area, abutting the existing approach trestle to JD4 berth. Necessary Environmental/CRZ
clearances for setting up of the tank farms will be taken up separately by the respective oil
companies.
The proposed berth will accommodate vessels up to LOA of 349 m and draft up to 17.6 m.
Components of proposed development includes the following:
 Offshore berth with Six (06) mooring dolphins of size 15.6 m x 15.6 m
 Four (04) berthing dolphins of size 20 m x 16 m
 Central service platform of size 50 m x 25 m
o To accommodate Seven (07) Marine (un) Loading Arms for handling crude oil,
Products, dirty ballast/bunkering
 Approach trestle
o Length of trestle is approximately 2.4 km and overall width is 14.9 m (of cross beam;
road width is 4.3 m)
 Operational buildings over the offshore berth
o Control room, fire monitor tower, pump room, etc.
 Dredging of ~ 4 to 5.0 million M3
 Reclamation of about 13 hectare of area
 Laying of additional submarine pipeline of 42” diameter next to the existing submarine
pipelines for handling crude import from JD to MbPT Manifold at Pir Pau
1.8 Consultants Appointed by Mumbai Port Trust

MbPT has appointed agencies/organizations for conducting various surveys/studies as part
of the proposed construction of Fifth Oil Berth project which are listed in Table 1-4.
Page 1-6
Table 1-4: List of Consultants

S. No. Studies Consultants
1. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.
Department of Ocean Engineering, Indian
2. Detailed Project Report (DPR)
Institute of Technology Madras
Central Water and Power Research Station
3. Mathematical modelling studies
(CWPRS)
Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,
4. HTL/LTL, CRZ Demarcation Survey
Chennai
1.9 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

MbPT has submitted the application (Form-1, Draft ToR and Prefeasibility Report) for
consideration by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) on Infrastructure Development, CRZ
and Miscellaneous Projects, MoEF & CC in its meeting held between April 23 – 24, 2015 at
New Delhi to determine the ToR for undertaking the EIA study for obtaining
Environmental/CRZ Clearance in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification,
2006 (as amended) and CRZ Notification, 2011 (as amended).
The committee approved the ToR vide MoEF & CC letter F.No.10-4/2015-IA.III, dated June
19, 2015. A copy of the letter is enclosed as Appendix A. EIA study has been carried out as
per the approved ToR. Compliance to MoEF & CC suggestions on ToR is enclosed as
Appendix B.
1.10 Approach and Methodology
1.10.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area

As per the Ports and Harbours EIA guidance manual issued by MoEF & CC, an area falling
within 5.0 km radius of the project area boundary is the core area and 15 km radius of the
project area boundary is the general study area or Project Influence Area (PIA). The
proposed development is planned in the water front. The radius of 5 km from proposed
location of JD5 falls completely in the water area except for a small land mass near
Elephanta Caves and Uran. The core study area and the PIA have been considered for
primary and secondary data generation, respectively.
Our methodology has been framed in such way that the PIA area and the Core areas are
characterised by two dominant factors
 Core area of 5 km radius falls almost 100% in marine water area within the Mumbai
harbour
 Entire PIA of 15 km radius is falling within the Mumbai metropolitan area
1.10.2 Period of Study

An EIA study covering One (01) season has been carried out. The baseline environmental
surveys (marine environment) were carried out during the period of June 2015 (prior to onset
of the monsoon).
1.10.3 Methodology
Proposed project location is in the water front and a radius of 5.0 km almost completely falls
within the water front of Mumbai Harbour. Hence, the proposed development can essentially
be considered as a Marine Project. Accordingly primary data has been generated for the
Page 1-7
marine component and valid secondary terrestrial data is used for conducting this EIA study.
Primary survey for ecoogy (flora and fauna) was carried out as part of this EIA study.
The EIA study has been carried out considering construction as well as operational phases.
In each phase, anticipated impacts due to the proposed development on marine/terrestrial
environment and social components have been addressed. The methodology adopted for the
study is discussed in the following sections.
1.10.3.1 Project Description

The surveys/investigations carried out, project development plan, development schedule and
project cost details are discussed in Chapter 2.
HTL/LTL and CRZ Demarcation Survey: The physical demarcation of HTL and LTL was
carried out by Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, an agency authorised by
MoEF & CC to conduct this study/survey. Based on the survey, the CRZ setback lines were
demarcated. The project layout was superimposed on the CRZ setback lines and details are
discussed in Chapter 2.
1.10.3.2 Analysis of Alternatives

To ensure sustainable development under given conditions, analysis of alternatives
considered have been discussed and presented in Chapter 3.
1.10.3.3 Baseline Environmental Surveys

The baseline environmental status of the study area was established by carrying out the field
surveys covering marine and necessary terrestrial environmental components. In addition,
authenticated secondary data was also collected, reviewed and presented.
Terrestrial Environment: Existing/valid secondary data available at Mumbai Port was
collected to study/understand the baseline environmental conditions at the project location.
Data collected included attributes such as Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality, Noise and Soil
quality.
A primary survey to understand the ecology (Flora and Fauna) of the project area was
carried out.
Marine Environment: Centre for Advanced Studies in Marine Biology, Annamalai
University a reputed academic and research institute, was engaged to monitor the marine
environmental attributes. Sampling was carried out once during the study period at the
identified sampling locations within the project region. The marine environment was
monitored in terms of:
 Seawater quality
 Sediment quality
 Marine biology (plankton and benthos)
The baseline environmental conditions are described in Chapter 4.
Socio-Economic Aspects: The socio-economic and demographic profile of the study area
has been presented on the basis of Census 2011, Socio-Economic Review-Raigad 2013,
Statistical Socio-economic Handbook-Thane, 2012 and relevant documents collected from
official district website of Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM), Municipal
Corporation of Navi Mumbai (MCNM) and other available literature.
Page 1-8
1.10.3.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The environmental and social impacts which are likely to arise due to the proposed
development during the construction as well as operational phases have been studied with
respect to the facilities/activities being proposed. Further, the impacts have been assessed
taking into consideration the existing baseline status of the terrestrial and marine
environments and social components. The mitigation measures proposed to minimise/avoid
the likely impacts are presented in Chapter 5.
1.10.3.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Monitoring Programme for construction and operation phases of proposed
development has been presented in Chapter 6 of this report. The Environmental Monitoring
Programme provides guidelines for monitoring activities viz. parameters, monitoring
frequencies, monitoring network and applicable standards.
1.10.3.6 Additional Studies

Risk Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: Risk analysis (RA) covering the hazard
identification has been carried out. MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan,
an integrated fire protection system and also has in place a DMP. The same has been
checked for its adequacy and suitably incorporated/discussed in this EIA Report as provided
in Chapter 7.
Social Impact Assessment (SIA): Likely social impacts associated with proposed
construction of the Fifth Oil Berth during construction and operational phases are detailed in
Chapter 7.
1.10.3.7 Project Benefits

The benefits due to the proposed developments in terms of improvements in the physical
infrastructures and social infrastructure, employment potential and other tangible benefits are
1.10.3.8 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) was prepared based on the mitigation measures
for the impacts during construction and operation phases and environmental monitoring
programme proposed. The mitigation measures have been discussed in Chapter 5 under the
respective sections. The Environmental Monitoring Programme has been discussed in
Chapter 6. The institutional mechanism responsible for the implementation of the mitigation
measures is discussed in Chapter 9.
1.10.3.9 Summary and Conclusion

The summary of the EIA study is discussed in Chapter 10.
1.10.3.10 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

Various consultants appointed for carrying out the studies required for obtaining prior
Environmental and CRZ Clearance for construction of proposed Fifth Oil Berth at Jawahar
Dweep is discussed in Chapter 11.
Page 1-9
CHAPTER 2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Chapter 2 Project Description

2.1 General
In this chapter, proposed development activities of construction of Fifth Oil Berth at Jawahar
Dweep in Mumbai Harbour, Mumbai Port is presented by summarising details of location,
traffic, field surveys, mathematical model studies, etc. Also, this chapter provides
development details such as layout, estimated cost for the development, pollution aspects,
project implementation schedule and overall suitability of the site and the proposed activity
with respect to CRZ compatibility.
2.2 Project Location

protected by the mainland of Konkan on its East and Island of Mumbai on its West. Mumbai
Harbour houses the MbPT Jetties located in Jawahar Dweep (JD) Island and Pir Pau Jetties.
The proposed construction of the Fifth Oil Berth is planned in the Mumbai Harbour near the
Jawahar Dweep Island. Proposed location of JD5 is down stream of existing JD4 berth at a
distance of approximately 600 m south west of JD4 along the main channel.
2.2.1 Port Limits

The Mumbai Port limits as per the Gazette Notification (vide Ministry of Shipping, Road
Transport and Highways, Department of Shipping, Ports Wing, Notification, dated October
26, 2006) are shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1: Port Limits

Page 2-1
2.3 Mumbai Port – Existing Salient Features3

Mumbai Port is one of 12 Major Ports of India which directly comes under the Union Ministry
of Shipping. It is an All-weather Port located on West Coast of Indian Subcontinent. The Port
is a multipurpose port handling container, dry bulk, liquid bulk and break bulk cargos. Port
has extensive dry and wet accommodation to meet normal needs of ships using the Port.
Layout map of Mumbai port facilities is given as Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2: Mumbai Port Layout
2.3.1 Navigation Channel

The main navigation channel is ~26 km long. It is about 325 to 350 m wide and 450 m wide
at the bends. The sea bed level is maintained at -14 m CD.
2.3.2 Navigational Aids
2.3.2.1 Vessel Traffic System (VTS)

A state-of-the-art VTS for control of ports operations, Surveillance and harbour navigation
(Tracking and guidance of ships), having interface with Port MIS was earlier commissioned in
September 1997 and the same has been replaced with new advanced state-of-art
technology VTS and commissioned in September 2011. The fully computerised VTS
employs three dual radars, five microwave links, two control stations (Mumbai Port Trust-
BPX and JNPT control) one Radio Direction Finder, Differential Global positioning system,
3
Source: MbPT website @ http://mumbaiport.gov.in

Page 2-2
VHF & UHF communication system, CCTV system and Automatic Identification System
(AIS). Major beneficiaries of VTS are Mumbai Port Trust, JNPT and Indian Navy.
2.3.2.2 Lighthouse
There are three light houses:
 Kennery Lighthouse which marks the Southern Boundary of the Port Limits, is a light of
the first order dioptric, group-flashing white, and shows groups of two flashes with a
visibility upto 25 kms in clear weather. The name of this lighthouse has now been
changed as Kanhoji Angre Light House
 Prongs Lighthouse marks a reef Southwards from Colaba Point and dangerous ground
which extends for a distance of 1.6 km. from it. The light is of the first order dioptric and
exhibits at night, every 10 seconds, a white flash light with a visibility upto 27 kms
 Sunk Rock Lighthouse located about 3.2 km ENE off Prongs Lighthouse. It is
unattended and shows red light with white rays flashing every 6 seconds
2.3.2.3 Buoys and Beacon

There are in total 19 light buoys marking the boundary of channel. Four transit marks have
been newly constructed. There are other important subsidiary light including the Dolphin
Rock Light and Tucker Beacon Light.
2.3.2.4 Anchorage
The Port has 63 Anchorage Points. Out of this the three main anchorages are of depth up to
-12.3 m CD. Majority of stream cargo going to Dharamtar area is being handled at this
location through barges.
2.3.2.5 Pilotage
Pilotage is carried out by MbPT and it is compulsory as per Indian Ports Act 1908.
2.3.3 Docks/Berths
Presently the Port has one enclosed wet dock namely Indira Dock of water area of ~23
hectares. The Port also has one dry dock inside Indira Dock (Hughes Dry Dock).
2.3.3.1 Cargo Berths

Summary of existing Cargo Berths at Mumbai Port is provided in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Cargo Berths
Berth No of Berths Designed Draft (m) Berth Type
Indira Dock 22 8.84 to 9.14 General Cargo and Project Cargo
Indira Dock
04 8.2 General Cargo and Car Carriers
Harbour Wall
Ballard Pier Station 01 10 Container and Car Carriers
Total 27 - -
2.3.3.2 Berths for Handling POL and Chemicals

Summary of existing berths for handling POL and Chemicals at Mumbai Port is provided in
Table 2-2. Crude/POL products are handled at Jawahar Dweep and Chemical products are
handled at Pir Pau.

Page 2-3
Table 2-2: POL and Chemical Berths

Berth Length (m) Designed Draft (m) Displacement Tonnage (T)
Jawahar Dweep - 1 226 11.58 70,000
Jawahar Dweep - 2 183* 10.97 48,000
Jawahar Dweep - 3 226 11.58 70,000
Jawahar Dweep - 4 300 14.30 125,000
Pir Pau Jetty - Old 174 7.50 19,000
Pir Pau Jetty - New 197 12.00 47,000
Second Chemical Berth 230 12.80 72,000
Note: * The length will be reduced when JD1 & JD3 are occupied by vessels of LOA 226 m
2.3.3.3 Ferry Ships and Passenger cum Cargo Berths

Mumbai Port has facilities for passenger terminals as provided in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3: Passenger cum Cargo Berths
Berth Width of Wharf (m) Length (m) Designed Draft (m)
Ballard Pier Extension 22.38 244 9.5 CD
Ferry Jetty for Passengers - 312 3.2
Berths for Ferry Ships - 249 4.5
2.3.4 Storage
Extensive facilities are available for storage of cargo in the docks and outlaying areas.
Warehousing accommodation is available for storage of goods which are in the process of
despatch either within Mumbai and its suburbs or to the hinterland of the Port. Pre-shipment
storage facilities have been accorded to all types of export cargoes such as sugar, oil cakes,
iron and steel etc. The existing storage capacity at the Port is summarised in Table 2-4.
Table 2-4: Storage Capacity
Storage Area Covered (m2) Open (m2)
Indira Dock 76862 180349
Victoria Dock 2602 13303
Prince’s Dock 10201 10658
Container Freight Stations 57227 62987
Empty Container Yards - 139367
Warehouses 148069 81134
Total 294961 487798
Liquid Storage 487800 tonnes approximately
2.3.5 Equipment’s
2.3.5.1 Flotilla
MbPT owns a fleet of flotilla which are used to assist in the day to day operations of the Port.
The flotilla available at Mumbai Port include Dock Tugs (6 nos.), Harbour Tugs (8 nos.), Pilot
Vessels/launches (6 nos.), Other Launches (9 nos.) and Survey Vessel (1 nos.).
2.3.6 Existing Cargo/Traffic

The year wise/commodity wise traffic handled by MbPT during last five years is summarised
in Table 2-5.

Page 2-4
Table 2-5: Traffic Handled by MbPT

2015-16
2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15
S. No. Commodity (upto July)
(in ‘000 tonnes)
A. IMPORTS
1 Crude Oil 14492 15479 14009 13385 4572
2 POL Products 3541 3238 3521 3234 1613
3 Bulk Chemicals 1444 1507 1641 1928 741
4 Fertilisers 230 156 151 172 25
5 Rock Phosphate 163 272 128 276 91
6 Sulphur 11 83 23 0 0
7 Iron & Steel 3505 2941 1886 4102 1519
8 Veg. Oil 192 239 268 220 53
9 Pulses 850 834 720 683 28
10 Coal 4321 4018 4221 4304 1552
11 Containerised Cargo 498 653 440 534 140
12 Stream Cargo 7961 9067 9495 9516 3527
13 Miscellaneous 1664 1573 2447 2262 542
Total Import 38872 40060 38950 40616 14403
Containers (TEUs) Under Import 50811 46680 36281 41457 11382
B. EXPORTS
1 Crude Oil 2731 4552 3462 3069 997
2 Crude Oil – Pipeline 6073 5149 8721 9211 2973
3 POL Products 3647 3718 3607 4072 873
4 POL Prod – Pipeline 2831 2615 2660 3314 1232
5 Bulk Chemicals 143 186 121 74 6
6 Sugar 162 163 153 97 0
7 Foodgrains 53 30 0 0 0
8 Iron & Steel 721 741 1040 610 136
9 Oil Cakes 0 6 0 0 0
10 Veg. Oil 7 15 0 3 0
11 Motor Vehicles 222 177 201 286 88
12 Molasses 63 49 0 16 0
13 Containerised Cargo 53 177 11 10 4
14 Stream Cargo 251 192 107 73 37
15 Miscellaneous 357 208 152 209 52
Total Export 17314 17978 20235 21044 6398
Containers (TEUs) Under Export 6949 10993 4455 4021 954
Total TEUs (Imp + Exp) 57760 57673 40736 45478 12336
POL (Imp + Exp) 33315 34751 35980 36285 12260
Non-POL (Imp + Exp) 22871 23287 23205 25375 8541
TOTAL TRAFFIC (IMP + EXP) 56186 58038 59185 61660 20801
2.3.7 Port Railway

MbPT owns and operates its own Railway which is connected to broad-gauge mainlines of
Central and Western Railway through its interchange yard at Wadala. The Port Railway runs

Page 2-5
about 10 kms. of a straight route between Indira Dock and Wadala and has a network of
tracks of about 55 kms.
Port Railway provides rail connectivity to the hinterland of the country for exim cargo and has
rail sidings for loading / unloading in the Docks area and also in outline area. The railway
owns its fleet of five direct locomotives and has facilities for handling coal, agro-products like
oil cake, sugar, maize, rice, etc. iron and steel and ICD containers.
In addition, Mumbai Port is providing additional dedicated freight line from Wadala to Kurla to
decongest the suburban rail traffic.
2.3.8 Port Roads

MbPT owns and maintains about 63 Km long roads in MbPT estate. The Main Roads are
about 20 Km in length and Secondary Roads are about 43 Km in length.
2.3.9 Bunkering
Oil for bunkering can be obtained practically at all berths.
2.3.10 Reefer Points

Reefer point’s facility is available at Frere Basin.
2.3.11 Cruise Terminal

The Cruise Terminal is situated at Ballard Pier (BPX) within 5-10 minutes driving distance
from the Taj Mahal Hotel, Museum, Art Galleries, CBD of Fort, Colaba Causeway, Nariman
Point and Marine Drive. The Cruise Terminal has check- in baggage handling facilities, a
lounge, duty free shop, curios and handicraft stalls, toilets, etc.
2.4 Jawahar Dweep – Existing Salient Features

Proposed Fifth Oil Berth is planned to be constructed near Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai
Harbour, Mumbai Port as a replacement to the Fourth Oil Berth. As this EIA study pertains to
the proposed development at/near Jawahar Dweep Island, salient features of the Island and
specifically JD4 are elaborated in detail in this section.
2.4.1 Marine Oil Terminal (MOT) Berths

The crude traffic at Mumbai Port is handled at Jawahar Dweep. Currently there are four
marine oil terminal berths in operation for the purpose of handling crude traffic. The jetties
are known as JD1, JD2, JD3 and JD4. JD1, JD2 and JD3 are situated at the eastern side of
the Jawahar Dweep Island and fourth oil berth (JD4) is located offshore about 1.8 km away
from south east shoreline of the island. Berthing line of the JD4 is at the edge of shipping
channel to Jawaharlal Nehru Port and is oriented SW-NE. Traffic handling capacities of the
four berths at JD are discussed in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6: JD Berths Handling Capacity
Berth/Jetty Design Draft (m) Displacement Tonnage (T) Length (m)
JD1 11.58 70,000 226
JD2 10.97 48,000 183
JD3 11.58 70,000 226
JD4 14.30 1,25,000 300

Page 2-6
2.4.2 Approach Trestle

A 1.8 km long trestle connects the service platform to Jawahar Dweep. The trestle is a RCC
framed structure supported on a pair of RCC bored piles spaced 5.1 m centre to centre in
transverse direction. Depending on the sea bed level and the rock contour the piles are
clubbed into two zones. All the piles are 950 mm dia. and installed at 12 m center to center
longitudinally. The Zone II is divided into nine groups of varying length. A strong point is
constructed at the centre of each group consisting of four piles of 1400 mm dia. The oil and
utility pipe lines are laid on the cantilever arm of the cross beam. Overall width of approach
trestle is 11.30 m. A 3.5 m wide carriage way with 0.75 m wide cable tray exists at the center
of the trestle.
2.4.3 Approach Channel

The Approach channel from the open sea is dredged to a depth of -14 m CD for a distance of
26 Km and the Turning Circle is located north-east of the JD4 Berth. The diameter of Turning
Circle is 600 m. Sea bed level in front of the jetty is dredged to facilitate berthing of tankers of
laden draught up to 14.3 m at all tides.
2.4.4 Cargo Handling Equipment

At present both import and export of crude is handled at JD4. Five 300 mm dia Marine
Loading Arm (MLA) are installed at service platform of JD4. The rated capacity of discharge
of each MLA is 1700 MT/hr. All the MLAs are hooked up with the main header pipe line for
crude. Three MLAs are used at a time for loading and unloading of crude. Second and fourth
MLAs are connected to the main header line for the Dirty Ballast and first, third and fifth
MLAs are connected to header from light Diesel Oil (LDO)/Furnace Oil (FO) bunker line.
Both import and export crude pipe lines are connected to a common header of 910 mm dia.
which is laid on the Service Platform. The export line is for ONGC and the import line is
common for Hindustan Petroleum (HP) and Bharat Petroleum (BP). The main header is in
turn connected to all the MLAs with necessary accessories. Crude and service pipelines laid
on JD4 Approach Trestle is summarized in Table 2-7.
Table 2-7: Pipelines on JD4 Approach Trestle
Pipeline Diameter
Product
(mm) (Inch ”)
Crude Import for Hindustan Petroleum (HP) & Bharat Petroleum (BP) 910 36
Crude Export for Oil & Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC) 910 36
Furnace Oil (FO) Bunker 300 12
Light Diesel Oil (LDO) Bunker 200 8
Dirty Ballast 350 14
Fire Water 350 14
Fresh Water (FW) 200 8
2.4.5 Transfer of Crude Oil/Products from Jawahar Dweep

The Crude Oil and POL products are transferred between Jawahar Dweep and Pir Pau
through submarine pipelines. The submarines pipelines were replaced in the year 2000.
Details of existing pipelines between Jawahar Dweep Marine Oil Terminal to Pir Pau are
summarised in Table 2-8.

Page 2-7
Table 2-8: Submarine Pipelines from Jawahar Dweep

Diameter (mm)
Service Nomenclature Wall Thickness (mm)
(nominal bore)
Crude Oil C 1067 14.3
Black Oil B1 910 12.7
White Oil W1 762 12.7
Fresh Water FW 200 6.4
Crude oil for HPCL and BPCL are pumped into the common pipe line laid on JD4. This crude
line is connected to pipe ‘C’ at the Jawahar Dweep Crude Manifold. F.O. pipe lines at JD4
are connected to B1. These lines are having branches to JD1, JD2 & JD3. A provision of
interchanging facility between ‘C’ and B1 pipe line is kept to meet the emergency need;
besides, there are two 910 mm dia submarine pipelines (one old and one new) laid by Oil
and Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC) for transferring Bombay High Crude from their
manifold at Pir Pau to Marine Oil Terminal (MOT) Jawahar Dweep.
2.4.6 Dirty Ballast

Average discharge of Dirty Ballast per vessel is about 600 Tonnes. Dirty Ballast is pumped
into Dirty Ballast Storage tank of MbPT using ships’ pumps. Slop from loading arms and dirty
ballast from ships shall be collected in the sump tank at the jetty and pumped to the MbPT
slop tank located at JD and it shall be pumped in to the crude oil pipelines of the respective
refineries. Dirty ballast from ship and Slop from loading arms and ship shall be connected to
dedicated 12” loading provided for this purpose with an isolation valve between dirty ballast
line and the slop line.
At Jawahar Dweep, MbPT has two tanks of 10224 & 4545 KL capacity for reception and
storage of Dirty Ballast from tankers. Besides, a slop tank of 770 Tonne capacity also exists
for storing treated slop.
Maximum discharge of 2576 KL of dirty ballast from a tanker is recorded during past three
years. The Fifth Oil Jetty is proposed for handling Suez MaX/VLCC tankers. In terms of
International Regulations every crude oil tanker of 20,000 tonnes deadweight and above
delivered after 1 June 1982 shall have dedicated ballast tank and also shall be fitted with
cargo tank cleaning system using crude oil washing. In other words modem tankers are self-
sufficient in treating its cargo tank washings and generation of additional dirty ballast due to
handling of additional tankers at JD5 will not be much significant. It may also be noted that
proposed development of the Fith Oil Berth is planned as a replacement to the existing
Fourth Oil Berth. With the above reasoning, the storage capacity available at JD of 10224 KL
for dirty ballast will be adequate.
2.4.7 Hinterland Connectivity

Proximity of the port to the city and the enormous growth of the urban centre, population and
city traffic, gradually resulted in rising congestion in the connections of the port with the
hinterland by rail and road. Since crude and POL are the main commodities handled in the
port, the main mode of hinterland transport is pipeline. A network of sub marine pipelines is
used to transfer oil and petroleum products. For the other cargoes road transport is the main
transport mode in spite of the congestion. The relative minor role of the railways in cargo

Page 2-8
transport results in the lack of railway capacity and the heavy burden of the sub-urban
passenger’s rail traffic.
2.4.7.1 Road Infrastructure

Port is well connected to other parts of the country through NH-8 (Ahmedabad), NH-3 (Delhi
& Kolkata), NH-4 (Bangalore), NH-17 (Goa/Mangalore). Port traffic has to move through
Eastern Express Highway, Western Express Highway and Sion-Panvel Highway. The
Eastern Freeway from the Port area is directly connected to above bypassing the city roads.
2.4.7.2 Rail Infrastructure

MbPT railway system is connected to Indian Railways at Raoli Junction, Wadala for receiving
and dispatching the traffic generated from and to its hinterland. Laying of the 5th and 6th
additional line from Kalyan to Kurla is already under progress under MUTP being
implemented by Mumbai Rail Vikas Nigam. Additional corridor from Kurla to Kalyan needs to
be extended to Wadala. This would integrate port railway system with the Indian rail network
and is critical for evacuation of port traffic to Central as well as Western Railway.
Construction is in progress.
2.4.7.3 Airport
Mumbai Airport, the nearest airport, is located at distance of ~40 km from the Port.
2.4.8 Utility Services
2.4.8.1 Water Supply

The Port receives its water supply from the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai
(MCGM). It is estimated that the water requirement shall be ~ 200 KLD during the
construction stage and ~150 KLD during the operation stage of the Fifth Oil Berth. Proposed
development is planned as replacement of the existing Fourth Oil Berth. Hence, it may be
noted that no additional allotment of water from MCGM is required. During operation
stage of the Fifth Oil Berth, it is envisaged that about 50 to 70 people will be redeployed from
other existing berths (mostly JD4). About 70 liters of water is consumed per person per day;
as such a total of only about 5 KLD is being used for domestic consumption. Remaining 145
KLD is being used for ship supply, greenbelt use, miscellaneous. The same will be continued
for proposed 5th Oil Berth also. A water balance diagram is shown as Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3: Water Balance Diagram

Page 2-9
No additional water requirement is envisaged as JD5 is planned as a replacement of

JD4.
MbPT is having a piping network with pumping arrangement connected to various storage
tanks. Fresh water, LDO/FO is transferred from manifold to Jawahar Dweep using respective
submarine pipe lines and stored in separate reservoir/storage tanks. Fresh water for supply
to vessels and for use of Jawahar Dweep is pumped into a tank installed at a higher altitude
to enable further distribution by gravity flow. Part of the fresh water is used for cargo line
flushing as and when required. LDO/FO is used for bunkering. The system was installed in
1955 at the time of construction of JD1, JD2 and JD3. This is a very old one and at present
pumps for bunkering LDO and transferring Dirty ballast to the oil refineries are only
functional. Bunkering of FO to the vessel is being done by the respective oil refineries.
2.4.8.2 Power
Power supply is envisaged to be in the range of 0.525 to 0.92 MVA which will be obtained
from existing source of MbPT at Jawahar Dweep. Power requirement during construction
stage will be met from existing MbPT network or the construction agencies will use their own
power generator during the construction period if required. To deal with power failure
situation, standby Diesel Generators will be used. Proposed development is planned as
replacement of the existing Fourth Oil Berth. Hence, it may be noted that no additional
power requirement is envisaged for the new development.
2.4.8.3 Fire Fighting Systems

A comprehensive fire fighting facility exists at Marine Oil Terminal, Jawahar Dweep to cater
to four oil jetties, tank farms & manifold and other installations at the island. The pumps with
prime movers are housed in a pump house located at a safe distance from potential fire
hazard area. Entire demand of fire water is drawn from the sea.
Eleven (11) vertical turbine fire pumps have been installed inside the Pump House
constructed offshore alongside Approach Trestle. Out of the 11 pumps, five (05) are diesel
driven main pumps, three (03) are electric driven standby pumps and remaining three (03)
are electric driven jockey pumps.
2.4.8.3.1 Existing Fire Fighting System at JD4

Existing fire fighting facilities at JD4 consist of:
 Hydrants located at approach trestle at about 45m intervals for protection of fire in trestle
 Two monitors each mounted on RCC towers installed at berthing dolphins for protection
of marine arms & first aid to tankers. At present foam is not inducted through monitors.
 Two ground monitors installed at service platform to take care of jetty manifold
 Three jumbo curtains with deflector type nozzles at front side of service platform have
been provided for segregation of arms/piping manifold and ship tanker in the event of fire
on either on these facilities
 Fire alarm with addressable type communication system for detection of fire has been
provided at service platform
 One overhead foam tank has been installed at service platform; in line foam induction
system is not in use at JD4.

Page 2-10
2.4.8.4 Solid Waste/Wastewater Management

The cargo to be handled at proposed Fifth Oil Berth shall be only in liquid form and is only
handled/transported through pipelines. As such, cargo operations are not envisaged to
generate solid waste. Use of the berth/office facilities at the berth may however lead to small
amounts of solid waste generation. During operation stage, solid wastes so generated will
contain mainly vegetable matter, paper, cardboard, packaging materials, wood boards,
polythene, etc. Total solid waste generated is ~ 20 to 30 kg/day. Since proposed 5th Oil Berth
(JD5) is a replacement of existing 4th Oil Berth (JD4), no additional solid waste/wastewater
generation is envisaged. Existing facilities for handling solid waste shall continue to be used.
Adequate facilities for collection and conveyance of municipal wastes are provided.
The solid waste collected from the ships berthing at Jawahar Dweep is collected
appropriately and transported by small boats to land side regularly and disposed from the
docks to appropriate locations identified by MCGM.
Sewage disposal at Jawahar Dweep Island is managed through septic tanks provided on the
Island. Present proposal (JD5) will continue to use existing sewage handling facilities
available at JD Island. There will be no additional sewage generation since the proposed
berth is replacement to the existing JD4 and will be maintained by the existing staff/existing
employees will be redeployed to 5th Oil Berth.
2.5 Field Surveys and Investigations

Field surveys/investigations have been carried out by MbPT for seabed surveys (viz.
bathymetry, marine geotechnical investigations, oceanographic measurements (wave, tide,
current); results were used for planning/preliminary design of proposed development project.
2.5.1 Bathymetry
A minimum water depth of 3.8 m below CD is observed near the northern corner of the
survey area while a maximum depth of 16.8 m below CD is observed in the northeastern side
of the survey area within the channel. Within the survey area, the seabed slopes gently from
northwest to southeast towards the channel from the 5 m contour to the 13 m contour, which
is in the channel. The other side of the channel also slopes gently from southeast to
northwest towards channel with change in contour level from 6 m to 13 m. Within the
channel, the seabed shows a few depressions in both, the southwestern and northeastern
sides of the channel. A maximum contour level of 16 m is observed in the northeastern side
of the channel. The surveyed bathymetry data is presented in Figure 2-4.

Page 2-11
Figure 2-4: Bathymetry
2.5.2 Geotechnical Investigation

Geotechnical investigations have been carried out for MbPT by Fugro Geotech, Navi Mumbai
at proposed JD5 location and associated dredging areas. Total eight bore holes have been
drilled along jetty head and approach trestle. Bore hole locations are shown in Figure 2-5.

Page 2-12
Source: DPR, Document NO. IITM-MBPT-JD5-001, prepared by Department of Ocean Engineering, IIT Madras
Figure 2-5: Borehole Locations

Based on the geotechnical investigations, four distinctive layers have been identified at the
proposed location as summarized in Table 2-9.
Table 2-9: Strata Classification
Layer No. Layer Description
I Very soft gravelly Silty CLAY
II Residual Soil-Silty-Gravelly SAND

Page 2-13
Layer No. Layer Description

III Weak Completely weathered BASALT
IV Moderately weak to strong AMYGDALOIDAL BASALT
From the geotechnical investigations it is concluded that the soil profile (D, E and F) along
the jetty head structures (service platform, mooring and breasting dolphins) indicates
predominantly soil (Layer I – Very soft gravelly Silty CLAY). Rock has not been established
and hence the piles may have to be designed as friction piles. However, the soil profile (B, C,
G, A and A2) along the approach trestle indicates the rock level varies. The strata
classification includes Layer I (Very soft gravelly Silty CLAY), Layer III (Weak Completely
weathered BASALT) and Layer IV (Moderately weak to strong AMYGDALOIDAL BASALT).
2.5.3 Oceanographic Conditions
2.5.3.1 Wave
As the Mumbai Harbour is sheltered, no significant wave climate exists within the harbour
area. The wave height reaches a maximum of 1.5 m under normal conditions with wave
period ranging from 6 to 10 seconds. The National Institute of Oceanography (NIO), Goa,
have complied and published wave data for the entire coastline of India in the form of a
“wave atlas”.
The monthly wave rose diagrams published in the “wave atlas” for the area from Latitude
15°C to 25°C and Longitude 70°N to 75°E show that during monsoon period the predominant
wave directions are from Southwest to West. During this period, wave of 4-5 m height
normally occur; however, waves up to 8.0 m in height and period of 14 seconds have also
been reported. October and November are the transition months during which the
predominant wave direction changes to North – Northeast. During December and January
the waves mainly occur from North to Northeast and from February to May waves
predominantly come from the Northwest quadrant.
2.5.3.2 Tide
The water level at Jawahar Dweep varies between MLWS and MHWS for most period of the
time in a year with a range variation of 3.66 m. The tidal levels are listed in Table 2-10 and
refer to Chart datum which is taken as 0.0.
Table 2-10: Tide Levels
S. No. Tide Level Tide Level (in metres)
1 High-High Water Level (HHW) +5.38
2 Mean High Water Spring (MHWS) +4.42
3 Mean High Water Neap (MHWN) +3.30
4 Mean Sea Level (MSL) +2.50
5 Mean Low Water Neap (MLWN) +1.85
6 Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS) +0.76
7 Lowest Low Water Level (LLW) -0.44
Several studies related to Mumbai Harbour reveal:

i. All high tides exceed + 2.7 m
ii. About 95% of all higher high tides exceed + 3.2 m
iii. About 95% of all lower high tides would be greater than + 2.85 m

Page 2-14
2.5.3.3 Current
The currents in the harbour waters are essentially caused by the tides. In Mumbai harbour
area during ebb and flood flows normally the currents are in the range of 2 to 3 knots, though
a maximum of four knots could be expected in the ebb during monsoon spring tide. The
currents generally flow parallel to the navigational channel for flood and ebb tide.
2.6 Mathematical Model Studies
2.6.1 Siltation
Mathematical modelling studies have been carried out by MbPT to evolve the changes in the
flow patterns and siltation rates due to proposed developments (construction of the Fifth Oil
Berth and Reclamation adjacent to Jawahar Dweep). The resulting hydrodynamics due to
these proposed developments was obtained by running mathematical model incorporating
proposed conditions. As such, the flow in this area follows the channel alignment and the
proposed berth is located along the channel edge. Hence, the proposed berth would not
experience any cross flow.
From the model studies it is observed that the proposed reclamation has no or a negligible
effect on the prevailing flow regime of the region. Model studies show that annual silt
deposition rate near the proposed Fifth Oil Berth after dredging would be of the order of 0.35
m/annum. The deposition in the approach channel would be varying form 0.15 m to 0.35
m/annum. The additional silt deposition in the pocket and the channel was estimated at
22,252 m3/annum.
2.6.2 Dredge Spoil Disposal

Based on previously conducted mathematical modelling studies carried out by CWPRS in
connection with various development projects at MbPT, the offshore dumping ground DS3
(geographical coordinates: 18055’00” ±30” N and 72042’00” ±30” E) was recommended for
dumping 50 million cum of dredged material. The same location was tested for dumping of
100 million cum with the help of dispersion model studies and it was suggested that the
location could be used for dumping of this quantity of dredged material as well. As such,
capacity of dredged material from current proposed developments for the Fifth Oil Berth,
around 4 to 5 million m3 can be suitably be disposed at location DS3.
2.6.3 Tranquility
Wave tranquillity is a measure of disturbance free condition from wave. To achieve proper
berthing of ships as well as for safe loading and unloading operations inside a port, it is
necessary to have calm wave condition within the port. The orientation and alignment of the
proposed 5th Oil Berth will be as advised by the CWPRS modelling studies.
It may be noted that the wave action inside the Mumbai Harbour is insignificant because of
its natural configuration/protection. Mumbai Port is gifted with a natural deep water Harbour
protected by the mainland of Konkan on its East and Island of Mumbai on its West which
eliminates the need for artificial breakwaters. The deep waters in the Harbour provide ample
shelter for shipping throughout the year. Generally calm conditions prevail throughout the
year in the harbour. The proposed Fifth Oil Berth is to be developed inside these natural
tranquil conditions very near to the existing Fourth Oil Berth as well as the other existing Oil
Berths.

Page 2-15
In addition, the proposed 5th Oil Berth is planned to be developed in the immediate vicinity of
the existing 4th Oil Berth, which is in operation for last 30 years. This will indicate that area
where proposed development is planned has the necessary tranquil conditions needed for
safe port operations.
2.6.4 Shoreline Changes Study

The proposed project is located about ~5 km away from the main shore line. The
mathematical model studies indicated that the dumped materials would not reach the
channel of shore and most of the materials are likely to be carried by tidal currents. As such
no changes to the shoreline are envisaged due to the proposed construction of Fifth Oil Berth
and associated reclamation project.
2.7 Proposed Construction of Fifth Oil Berth

The proposed location of JD5 is down stream of existing JD4 berth at a distance of
approximately 600 m south west. The berthing face of JD4 is on the edge of shipping
channel. The alignment of berthing face is parallel to shipping channel and is oriented to NE-
SW direction. The existing turning circle of JD4 merges with the proposed layout and the
turning circle for JD5 is located just south of the proposed location.
Location of JD5 in relation to JD4 is shown in Figure 2-6. The distance of 288 m is
maintained between berthed vessels of JD4 and JD5 to maintain safety standards during
simultaneous crude transfer in both berths. JD5 berth is connected to the JD by approach
trestle and is planned in such a way that the approach trestle runs parallel to the existing
approach trestle for JD4. This facilitates the connection between new approach trestle and
JD4 platform and also the existing pump house along the existing approach trestle.
Figure 2-6: Location of JD5 Berth
2.7.1 Channel Width

The beam for a 250,000 DWT tanker is 56.1 m. Accordingly 370 m wide channel is required
for one way traffic. The width of the existing approach channel is 390 m, therefore the

Page 2-16
channel width is adequate. The width of existing approach channel near JD4 is 450 m and
diameter of turning circle for JD4 is 600 m. The passing of vessel near JD4 or JD5 will
require additional channel width and hence available additional width of 80 m is sufficient.
2.7.2 Turning Circle

Turning Circle for JD5 is proposed in front of the berth. The distance on the straight path
from the last bend is about 2300 m which is more than five times LOA (330 m) of largest size
design vessel. Hence sufficient distance is available for stopping distance to the turning
circle. The diameter of the turning circle is proposed to be two times the maximum LOA (330
m) of design vessel which is 660 m. The turning circle is having sufficient distance from the
existing berth JD4.
2.7.3 Channel Depth

As the depth dredge depth of existing channel is only -14 m CD, it is important to evaluate
the minimum required channel depth during navigation and berthing. It is assumed that the
approach of the tankers and berthing will be carried out during high tide thus using the
additional water depth available during the period. An average tide elevation of 3 m will be
available during high tide. Two cases are considered for the JD5 berth:
a. Lightly loaded 150,000 DWT Tankers
b. Lightly loaded 250,000 DWT Tankers.
Tankers below 150,000 can be fully loaded and sufficient water depth is available after
dredging to -16.1 m. Similarly, for handling lightly loaded 250,000 DWT Tankers, dredging
needs to be increased to have water depth requirement of - 19.86 m.
For smaller tankers of 70,000 DWT to 100,000 DWT tankers, the draft varies from 13.4 m to
15.4 m and hence available dredge depth is adequate.
2.7.4 Layout of JD5

The proposed Fifth Oil Berth consists of a central service platform with berthing dolphins and
mooring dolphins provided symmetrically on either side and interconnecting walkways. The
service platform is connected to shore by an approach trestle of adequate width to
accommodate pipelines and a 4.3 m wide service roadway. The berthing face of the JD5 is
recommended along the same alignment of JD4. The centre line distance between JD4 &
JD5 is kept 600 m from safety consideration based on preliminary risk analysis keeping in
view of simultaneous handling of huge volume of crude (i.e. class A Cargo) with large
tankers at JD4 & JD5. Layout of JD5 with vessel mooring arrangement is shown in Figure
2-7.

Page 2-17
Figure 2-7: Layout of JD5 Berth

Page 2-18
The service platform will have sufficient space to accommodate three crude oil MLA and two
product MLA, two dirty ballast and bunkering loading arms, manifold for crude oil transfer,
space for slop tanks, fire fighting facilities etc. A turning space for vehicular movement shall
also be provided at the service platform. The service platform is provided with marine
gangway and fire monitor tower.
2.7.5 Approach Trestle

This approach trestle is common for JD5 south face & also to take care of north face in
future. It is designed to accommodate crude pipelines for the proposed Fifth Oil Berth with a
service road of 4.3 m wide. The length of the trestle is approximately 2.4 km and overall
width is 14.9 m (of cross beam; service roadway shall be 4.3 m width). The substructure
consists of three 1200 mm dia. vertical bored cast-in-situ piles at each pile bent spaced
longitudinally at 12 m centre to centre. Keeping in view of safe construction of piles with jack
up barges the clear gap between the edges of existing and new pipeline trestle is kept 25 m.
To facilitate interchange ability of pipe network (crude & product) system, potable water, Fire
Fighting & Other utility Pipe Lines, between JD4 & JD5, two Junctions are provided at
required locations. This link is provided to connect JD5 approach trestle to Existing Pump
House for laying fire fighting pipelines. This link is provided to connect JD5 approach trestle
to existing Service Platform of JD4 to facilitate interconnectivity of all pipe lines including
Crude & Product. This will enable decommissioning of JD4 approach trestle while JD4 can
still be operated.
2.7.6 Unloading Platform

The unloading platform consists of RCC deck with precast / cast-in-situ beams supported on
52 vertical RCC bored piles of 1400 mm diameter. Over all dimension of unloading platform
is 50 m x 25 m. The deck level is kept at +8.5 in CD. This deck can accommodate seven
MLA and also one Telescopic Marine Gangway. Slop oil tanks of combined 10,000 Litres
capacity (Seven Nos) is provided at unloading platform and interconnected by pipe work and
slope pipeline. Typical sectional elevation of the unloading platform is shown as Figure 2-8.

Page 2-19
Figure 2-8: Sectional View of Unloading Platform
2.7.7 Berthing Dolphins

Four berthing dolphins are proposed with two each on either side of unloading platform. The
center line distance between the inner and outer dolphins is kept at 70 m & 110 m
respectively, which can accommodate vessels of LOA between 349 m & 235 m. The layout
of the piles has been finalized after optimizing the loads on the piles. Each berthing dolphin is
supported on 16 Nos. of 1400 mm diameter vertical RC piles. These piles are founded
suitably below in hard stratum. The deck consists of 20 m x 16 m x 2 m deep R.C flat slab.
Each dolphin is fitted with one triple hook remote controlled Quick Release Mooring Hooks
(QRMH) of 225 Tonne capacity mounted with two Tonne electrically operated capstan. The
berthing dolphins are designed to withstand reaction force of 337 Tonnes for absorbing

Page 2-20
energy due to berthing of design maximum ship size. Based on the performance
characteristics of different fenders as per the data sheet of fender manufacturers, it is
proposed to provide cell fenders of 3000 H, for each dolphin with adequate size frontal frame
and pad commensurate with permissible hull pressure of the tanker. Installation of 25 m high
fire monitor tower is proposed at the berthing dolphins to provide fire coverage for the design
maximum size tanker. A laser docking system displaying approach velocity of tanker will be
provided al two berthing dolphins to facilitate effective and efficient berthing of tankers.
Typical sectional elevation of breasting dolphin is shown as Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9: Sectional View of Breasting Dolphin
2.7.8 Mooring Dolphins

Six mooring dolphins are proposed with 3 on either side of Service Platform. Each mooring
dolphin is designed for a mooring pull of 300 Tonnes in addition to dead load and live load.
Each mooring dolphin consists of 15.6 m x 15.6 m x 2 m deep RC flat slabs supported on 12
x 1400 mm dia piles and 4 Nos of 1500 Dia piles. The deck level is kept at +8.0 m CD. One
triple hook remote controlled QRMH of 300 Tonne capacity mounted with 2 Tonne electrically

Page 2-21
operated capstan is proposed at each mooring dolphin. Typical sectional view of the mooring
dolphin is shown as Figure 2-10.
Figure 2-10: Sectional View of Mooring Dolphin
2.7.9 Boat and Helicopter Landing Platform

The boat landing platform and the helicopter landing platform are combined and it is
connected to the approach trestle just behind the berth. The common platform shall be
supported on piles with an overall dimension of 100 m x 25 m. This platform shall support the
following facilities:
 Control Tower Building
 Boat landing steps

Page 2-22
 Helicopter landing area (with one standby area)

 Utility pump room
2.7.9.1 Control Tower building

The footprint of the control tower building is 11.50 m x 14.00 m. The area is proposed to
accommodate three floors. The Ground, First and Second Floor will have adequate doors &
windows & ventilation. Electrification & Part Air Conditioning is proposed for the all the floors.
The Third Floor (Top Floor) will have two doors & fully glassed windows all around so as to
get Bird’s View from this floor. A separate room for CISF, control system and first aid and
medical room is provided at the second floor. Each floor shall be provided with toilet and
wash room facilities.
2.7.10 Link Bridge to Existing JD4 Unloading Platform

The existing approach trestle will be decommissioned once the approach trestle to JD5 is
ready and hence the operation of JD4 shall be through the new approach trestle. Hence a
connecting bridge between the existing unloading platform of JD4 and new approach trestle
is planned. The intersection shall allow the new pipelines from JD manifold connecting the
JD5 berth shall also be routed to JD4.
2.7.11 Link Bridge to Existing Pump House

The existing pump house will supply fire water requirement to the new berth JD5. As such
the existing pump house shall be connected with the new approach trestle with a link bridge
for approach and support the piping connecting the jetty head and the pump house.
2.7.12 Link Walkways

Six Mooring dolphins, two berthing dolphins and unloading platform are separately
interconnected by walkways. These walkways will be in the form of long span steel truss
structure supported both ends. The width of the walkways is 1.5 m. One end of the truss will
be sliding end while the other end will be provided with pin support. Galvanised steel hand
rails are provided on both sides of walkways.
2.7.13 Additional New Pump House

An additional new pump house building located adjacent to the existing new pump house is
planned and the details are as listed below:
 Building rear is — 57.5 m x 17.70 m
 Supported on 1000 mm diameter Cast-In-Situ RCC Piles
 Grid Pattern for Piles 5000 to 7000 mm C/C both ways
 300 mm thick deck slab supported on Main Beams & Secondary Beams
 Provided with five Tonne Gantry crane
 Link bridge to existing new pump house
 Local electrical room
2.7.14 Proposed Pipelines
2.7.14.1 Pipelines on Trestle

Details of proposed pipelines on trestle for JD5 development are summarized in Table 2-11.

Page 2-23
Table 2-11: Pipelines for Fifth Oil Jetty

S. No. Commodity Brief Details
1 no. 1060 mm (42”) dia service platform to Jawahar Dweep
1 Crude Import
Manifold for HPCL exclusively
1 no. 1060 mm (42”) dia from service platform to Jawahar Dweep
2 Crude Import
Manifold for BPCL exclusively
1 no. 910 mm (36”) dia from service platform to ONGC installation at
3 Crude Export
Jawahar Dweep
4 Product (Future) 1 nos. 750 mm (30”) dia - 1 White Oil and 1 Black Oil
1 no. 300 mm (12”) from service platform to Dirty Ballast Storage
5 Dirty Ballast
tank
1 no. 300 mm (12”) dia for bunkering from service platform to utility
6 FO Bunker
pump house
1 no. 300 mm (12”) dia for bunkering from service platform to utility
7 Diesel Bunker
pump house
8 Fresh Water 1 no 200 mm (8”) dia for service platform to fresh water storage tank
1 no. 450 mm (18”) dia 1 no. 400 mm (16”) dia fire water line from
9 Fire Water
fire pump house to jetty head
10 Foam 1 no. 100 mm dia (4”) SS – 316 Foam line from central tower to jetty
Salt water for Line
11 1 no. 400 mm (16”) dia from Control Tower to Jetty
Flushing
2.7.14.2 Submarine Pipeline

The proposed submarine pipeline starts at the existing pipeline and fall point at Jawahar
Dweep and stops at the south end of Pir Pau tank farms. The proposed submarine pipeline
alignment shall follow the existing MbPT pipeline and ONGC pipelines. The land fall point
shall be located west of the existing ONGC pipeline. From the land fall point, the pipelines
shall be run along the onshore portion to join the BPCL/HPCL manifold. The area is
congested with many existing pipelines. In order to provide space, some of the existing
redundant pipelines shall be removed.
The pipelines will be buried below seabed by at least 1.5 m to provide safety against damage
from falling debris from boats and fishing trawlers. Bracelet type anodes shall be provided to
protect the pipelines against corrosion.
Proposed submarine pipeline from the land fall point at JD to landfall point at Pir Pau shall be
installed by bottom pull method or any other suitable installation scheme. The pipeline
system shall consist of the following:
 42” pipeline with a minimum wall thickness of 14.7 mm
 Concrete coating for stability purposes
 Coal Tar Epoxy coating to protect against corrosion
 Anodes to protect against corrosion
 Control Valves and shut down valves
Approximate alignment of the proposed submarine pipeline is shown in Figure 2-11.

Page 2-24
Pir Pau
Proposed
Pipeline
Alignment
1ST Chemical Berth
Existing
Pipeline
Alignment
MOT Berths
Jawahar
Dweep Island
Figure 2-11: Submarine Pipeline Alignment
2.7.15 Marine Loading Arm

The MLA proposed to be provided for JD5 is summarised in Table 2-12.
Table 2-12: Datasheet for Marine Loading Arms
S. No. Parameters Crude Oil and Bunker/ Dirty Ballast
Crude Oil Import/Export – Nos/ Diameter 3x20”
1 Dirty Ballast/Bunkering – Nos / Diameter 2x12”
Products – Nos / Diameter 2x24”
2 Operating Envelope
a Height of operation 18 m
Drift Dimensions
b - Longitudinal Direction 6m
- Transverse Direction 4m
c Lowest Astronomical Tide 0.3 m below CD
d High Water Level +5.0 m CD
3 Capacity range of vessels proposed for operation 70,000 – 2,50,000 DWT
4 Mode of operation Electro-Hydraulic

Page 2-25
S. No. Parameters Crude Oil and Bunker/ Dirty Ballast

5 Power Supply available at site 415 V 3 ph. 50 Cycles
6 Location from where arms to be controlled Remote Control desk at jetty/pendant Control
a) Extreme wind condition 45 m/sec
7
b) Design wave height 2m
0
8 Ambient Temperature 35
2
9 Design pressure of operation of unloading arms 22 kg/cm
The MLA shall be fitted with:

 Hydraulically operated quick connect/disconnect coupler (QC/DC)
 Emergency release system (ERS) will be of three stages
 Common hydraulic power pack
 Storm locking device
 Insulating flange
 Audio-visual alarm for safety
2.7.16 Fire Fighting

A dedicated firefighting system is proposed for the new jetty (JD5). The system is proposed
to consist of water/foam monitor system, ground monitor, jumbo curtain system, hydrants,
foam induction system, fire alarm, public address and fixed fire extinguishers, gas detection
system, existing main and standby pumps will be used to maintain the water demand at
required pressures in 5th Oil Berth.
The firefighting arrangement for JD5 is proposed as per OISD guideline which consists of the
following systems:
 Fire Water Pump Sets  Remote Control System Fire Alarm
 Tower Mounted Electrical Remote System
Controlled Water/ Foam Monitor System  Public Address / Talk Back System
 Foam Injection System  Gas Detection System
 Hydrant /Jumbo Water Curtain / Base  Fire Extinguisher
Monitor Water System  Water Borne Fire Fighting Equipment
2.8 Dredging and Reclamation
2.8.1 Dredging
Proposed Fifth Oil Berth is aligned along the main navigation channel in line with the Fourth
Oil Berth and at a distance of ~ 600 m away from it. An area of ~ 445 m x 225 m in front of
the proposed berth would need to be deepened to ~-19.0 m. Turning circle of 600 m dia.
would be dredged in front of the berth. The main navigational channel in front of the
proposed berth would be 450 m wide and be dredged to -14.5 m CD.
As such, proposed construction of the Fifth Oil Berth will involve dredging for deepening of
channel, in turning circle and berthing pocket and anchorage area. The estimated quantity of
dredging involved in proposed development is in the order of ~ 4 to 5 million m3. Deployment
of 2 medium capacity TSHD dredgers of 4500 m3 hopper capacity is recommended.
Soil investigations have been carried out at the location by MbPT (through Fugro Geotech,
Navi Mumbai). As per the analysis of the investigations it is noted that the characteristics of
bed materials to be dredged are unsuitable for reclaiming purpose except the small quantity
of rock / weathered rock from the dredging in the berthing pocket area. As such it is

Page 2-26
recommended to dispose dredged materials at the designated disposal area of MbPT. Based
on dispersion model studies carried out by CWPRS, it is suggested dumping location DS3 be
used for disposal of the dredged material likely to be generated from the dredging activities.
2.8.2 Reclamation
reef area, abutting the existing approach trestle to JD4 berth.
It may be noted that reclamation project is to be executed on B.O.T. basis by concerned oil
industry. Only seabed space available within the purview of MbPT around Jawahar Dweep
will be made available to the oil industries and the development including reclamation,
compaction, preparation, etc. shall be taken up by them directly. As such, only approval of
the proposed reclamation is covered under this current proposal to MoEF & CC.
Proposed area of reclamation is shown in Figure 2-12. Proposed area for reclamation is on
south side of JD Island abutting the existing approach trestle to JD4 berth. It can be seen
from the figure that existing tank farms are located just on the northern side of the proposed
reclamation area. The proposed area does not have any mangroves and rock outcrop can be
seen in some locations. A dyke is required to be constructed with appropriate armour rocks
and riprap protection against breaking waves and disturbances during changing tidal current.
Total area proposed for reclamation is approximately 13 hectares. Based on preliminary
estimates/calculations, total volume of fill required will be ~1.56 million m3 assuming existing
seabed level as 0.0 m CD and proposed ground level of 6.5 m CD. Borrow material required
for reclamation will be sourced from approved quarries in Navi Mumbai region.
Pipeline Landfall
Existing Tank Farm Station
(TYP)
Landing Jetty
J1
J2
Proposed J3
Reclamation Area
(13 Ha.) J5 J4
Jawahar Dweep
Island
Figure 2-12: Proposed Area Available for Reclamation

Page 2-27
2.9 Traffic Increase/Forecast

The future traffic forecast for Mumbai Port is analysed based on two Scenarios:
 Scenario I – ONGC supply to HPCL and BPCL gradually reduces to nil by 2023-24 and
crude export increases to 13 MMTA during the same period
 Scenario II – ONGC supply to HPCL and BPCL is restricted at 7.5 MMTA and crude
export is restricted at 6 MMTA
Details of future traffic forecast based on above two scenarios for Mumbai Port is shown in
Table 2-13.
Table 2-13: Crude Traffic Projections
Import (MTPA) Export (MTPA) Total (MTPA)
Year
Scenario I Scenario II Scenario I Scenario II Scenario I Scenario II
2016-17 21.50 15.50 11.50 6.00 33.0 21.50
2020-21 22.50 16.00 12.00 6.00 34.50 22.00
2023-24 24.00 16.50 13.00 6.00 37.00 22.50
2.9.1 Proposed Traffic Volume

The proposed project development of the 5th Oil Berth is a replacement of existing Fourth Oil
Berth (in phases) and planned for a handling capacity of 20 MTPA. The increase in traffic
which is commensurate with expansion of oil refineries is about 3.5 MTPA. The size of the
vessels expected to be handled at JD5 ranges from 150,000 to 200,000 DWT. Based on the
proposed cargo handling rate and berth occupancy, it is envisaged that one vessel shall be
berthed continuously at JD5 per day.
2.10 Pollution Aspects

The proposed construction is an offshore development for handling/transporting (through
pipelines) only liquid cargo and is not a processing plant, industrial unit or such highly
polluting activities. As such, the usual sources of environmental pollution such as emission of
smoke and toxic chemical, effluent discharge, spoilt disposal etc. are not envisaged due to
this proposed development. Visual or scenic value of the area also will not be distributed in
any way. The berth area would be occupied by a number of unloading arms with latest
technology to arrest any mishap in case of emergency. The explosive nature of cargo will be
kept in mind while installing all the equipment for loading and unloading of liquid cargo. All
the cargo will be evacuated through pipelines and there will be no handling of hazardous
liquid. No portion of the proposed facility will cross the inhabited area. Separate de-ballasting
pipeline is provided to receive the washing from the ships. MbPT has in place an approved
Oil Spill Response Plan. Dredged material will be dumped in approved dumping ground.
More importantly, it may be noted that proposed development of the Fifth Oil Berth is
planned as a replacement of the existing Fourth Oil Berth. Hence, no impacts due to the
additional development are envisaged. As such proposed development is not envisaged to
have adverse impacts to the environment, apart from some short term/local possible impacts
during the construction stage. Pollution control aspects are further discussed in Chapter 5.
2.10.1 Oil Spill Response Equipment

Mumbai Port being an operational port, MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response
Plan (Tier I – for handling spills upto 700 tonnes). List of Tier-1 Oil Spill Response (OSR)
Equipment available at OSR Centre at MOT-Jawahar Dweep is provided as Table 2-14.

Page 2-28
Table 2-14: Oil Spill Response Equipments

S. No. Item Quantity & Unit
Fast response soild flotation boom with freeboard of about 250 mm
1 and skirt of about 500 mm and length of 200 m in a bag/reel complete 11 nos.
with all accessories
50 m³/hr capacity oil recovery free floating skimmer, Weir type, along
2a with suitable pump and hydraulic Power Pack complete with all 2 Nos.
accessories.
50 m³/hr capacity oil recovery free floating skimmer, Disc/drum/brush
2b type, along with suitable pump and hydraulic Power Pack complete 2 Nos.
with all accessories.
30 m³/hr capacity oil recovery vacuum skimmer with suitable
3 vacuum/suction pump coupled to a diesel engine complete with all 2 Nos.
accessories.
Oil Spill Dispersant spray system to be installed on a dedicated vessel.
4 The system includes portable hand start diesel pump unit, 2 hand
1 No.
lances, a set of 2 x 6 m lightweight spray arms, single handheld
nozzle, even drop out nozzles and required accessories.
Oil Spill Dispersant, Concentrate type-2 & 3 combined, approved by
5 10 KL
the Indian Coast Guard
Floating (towable) storage tank (Pillow tank) of about 10 KLtrs. along
6 2 Nos
with its accessories.
7 Absorbent (oil only) kit, for quick oil spill response 2 Nos.
8 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) kit for oil spill response. 15 Nos.
9 Dedicated OSR Vessel 1 No.
10 Work Boat 1 No.
2.11 Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Compatibility

Physical demarcation of HTL, LTL and delineation of CRZ boundaries for the project site
were carried out by Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai, which is one of
the MoEF & CC authorized agencies for conducting this study. HTL, LTL/CRZ demarcation
map is shown as Figure 2-13.
The summary of the CRZ demarcation is as follows
 The proposed development is a complete offshore development in the water area of
Mumbai Harbour within the Mumbai Port Water Limits.
 This area falls in the classification of CRZ IVB category - the water area from the Low
Tide Line to Twelve Nautical Miles on the seaward side
 Proposed development includes dredging, reclamation, offshore berth, boat landing and
helipad structures, approach trestle and submarine pipeline; there are no mangroves in
the area of proposed development.
 Proposed development being in CRZ IVB area, is a permissible activity as it requires
waterfront and foreshore facilities.

Page 2-29
Figure 2-13: CRZ Demarcation Map

Page 2-30
2.12 Project Implementation Schedule

The development of the Fifth Oil Berth includes the following work elements:
 Construction of approach trestle and Jetty head
 Dredging
 Power supply
 Fire fighting facilities
 Installation of marine loading arms, telescopic gangway.
 Providing laser docking system for berthing assistance
 Laying crude and utility pipe lines
 Facilities to combat and contain oil spills in the sea
 Land reclamation along JD at the south for future use
2.12.1 Pre-Construction Activities

Prior to commencement of the construction activities following are some of the activities, but
not limited to, that need to be completed:
 Environmental/CRZ Clearance
 No Objection of Statutory/ Competent Authorities for construction of the project
 Detailed engineering/drawings
 Tendering, evaluation & award of contract for implementation
2.12.2 Implementation Schedule

Based on the above mentioned work elements the scope of work is categorised into four (04)
packages. The duration for completion of the work scope taking in to account each of the
work packages and following the pre-construction activities is as summarised in Table 2-15.
Table 2-15: Implementation Schedule
S. No. Work Package Duration( Months )
1 Construction of Jetty and Approach Trestle 30
2 Mechanical, Electrical and Fire fighting works 30
3 Submarine pipeline 16
4 Dredging 16
Based on the quantity of work element involved which will include some lead items, it is
envisaged/estimated to commission the Fifth Oil Berth within a period of 30 months.
2.13 Project Cost

The preliminary cost estimate is based on the following assumptions.
 Cost estimate is approximate based on preliminary sizing of berth and shall be subjected
to a variation of ±20%
 Unit rates for concrete, steel and pile installation is taken from in-house data using Indian
projects
 Cost of fenders, quick release mooring hooks and bollards is taken from preliminary
quotes
 Cost escalation due to price increase is not included in this estimate
Considering above assumptions, the cost estimate for each of the four (04) work packages is
worked out and is as summarised in Table 2-16.

Page 2-31
Table 2-16: Cost Estimate

S. No. Work Package Cost (INR in Crores)
Construction of Jetty and Approach Trestle, includes:
 Preliminaries
 Jetty head Construction
1  Boat Landing and Control Tower Building 301.50
 Approach Trestle Construction
 Engineering and Management
 Contingency
Mechanical, Electrical and Fire fighting works, includes:
 Preliminaries
 Mechanical, Electrical and Fire fighting
2  Pipelines Supply and Construction 202.50
 Overhead Electric Line and Substation
 Contingency
Submarine pipeline, includes:
 Preliminaries
3  Dredging 200.90
 Contingency
Dredging, includes:
 Preliminaries
4  Dredging 106.30
 Contingency
TOTAL Cost Estimate 811.20

Page 2-32
CHAPTER 3
ANALYSIS OF
ALTERNATIVES
Chapter 3 Analysis of Alternatives

The origins of Mumbai Port (in its earlier known names) go back at least three to four
centuries old. There was considerable port related operations through the present Mumbai
Port during the pre-Independence years. Although the trade through this port was probably
negligible, the natural advantages of the Harbour as a maritime base and a heaven for
shipping on the west coast of India was realised very early and there was considerable
manoeuvring for its occupation.
In regards with alternatives, following are the main constraints/factors for Mumbai Port that
are considered for any development activity at Mumbai Port:
 The choice or alternatives for any additional operations is always confined within the
Mumbai Port Water Limits or immediately adjacent to it. This choice is always the best
choice to meet the requirements as well as to reduce cost and improve safety
 All additional facilities such as berths, land reclamation, etc. are considered due to
possible business expansion needs and alternatives models and technological
considerations or technological up gradation including changing environmental and other
legal compliances
3.1 Business Model Alternatives

Today’s Mumbai Port is relatively a modern creation which has a well established network
/infrastructure for running today’s modern port business. Alternatives with regards to
changes/ modifications/ expansions are inevitable to meet continuously changing global
demands for port operations.
Of the four oil handling berths at Jawahar Dweep (JD), JD4 is the only berth which can
handle larger vessels of Displacement Tonnage 125,000 T. The oil companies have been
insisting Mumbai Port that a facility to handle fully laden Suez Max Tankers for crude import
to be created. Both the oil companies have informed that due to lack of berthing facilities for
handling Suez Max and VLCC vessels, they have been incurring cost of Rs. 150 to 170
Crores every year towards additional freights / demurrage to the vessels.
Such demands have necessitated the need for construction of a Fifth Oil Berth at Jawahar
Dweep in Mumbai Port. As discussed above, most of the infrastructure for port operations
have been in place for a long time – this also includes facilities at Jawahar Dweep. A modern
oil terminal at Jawahar Dweep with three berths (JD1, JD2 and JD3) was constructed
between 1952-1956. The fourth oil berth (JD4) was constructed between 1980-1984 and is
on the verge of completing its useful life. As such it is imminent that a new berth/jetty be
constructed as a replacement to JD4. Based on MbPT’s analysis of JD4, it is felt that JD4
can be used for a few more years within which time a new replacement berth needs to be
developed in the area.
3.1.1 Location Alternative – Selection Criteria

It is only logical for the Fifth Oil Berth to be located in vicinity of the other existing oil berths at
Jawahar Dweep. The proposed area is located near to the Approach Channel in line with the
existing JD4 berth. There is already existing facilities/infrastructure available for JD4 and the
other oil berths which can be used for the new development. This area has already been in
operation for a long time and the general environment of the area will most likely already
have been acclimatised by the on going operations. As such, the new development in this
same area will help by not disturbing a new area.

Page 3-1
Also, proposed new developments will benefit use/operation of existing JD4 berth and its
facilities. To facilitate the interchangeability of pipe network (crude & product) system,
potable water, fire fighting & other utility pipe lines, between JD4 and JD5, two junctions (JN-
03 & JN-02) are provided at required locations. This link is provided to connect JD5 approach
trestle to existing pump house for laying fire fighting pipe lines. The link provides connectivity
of JD5 approach trestle to existing Service Platform of JD4 to facilitate interconnectivity of all
pipe lines including Crude & Product. This will enable decommissioning of JD4 approach
trestle while JD4 can still be operated.
Considering above discussed factors, the proposed location of the Fifth Oil Berth has been
selected.
3.1.2 Available Reclamation Alternatives

In regards with the proposed reclamation, it is planned as an extension to the land available
at Jawahar Dweep. Considering the location of the proposed Oil Berth, location of the
proposed reclamation at Jawahar Dweep is considered the best option as the area is already
in use for operations and will avoid potential impacts at a new area.
As such, location of the proposed development activities (construction of the Fifth Oil Berth
and Reclamation at Jawahar Dweep) as planned is considered as the best and only
alternative for the location. Hence, proposed development does not result in an analysis of
alternative sites.

Page 3-2
CHAPTER 4
DESCRIPTION OF
ENVIRONMENT
Chapter 4 Description of Environment

4.1 Introduction
The baseline/existing environmental conditions in the Project Influenced Area (PIA) /(study
area) are established based on reconnaissance survey, field surveys, investigations and
review of secondary data collected from various Government and Semi-Government
agencies. This chapter details the location of site, existing features, meteorological
conditions, oceanographic conditions, environmental aspects, ecological aspects, social
aspects, road & rail connectivity and other infrastructure facilities. The prevailing
environmental parameters of the project site are essential to assess suitability of site for
planning of facilities of the port. The baseline environmental studies have been conducted
for one season for marine environmental component which covered the following
parameters:
 Marine Water Quality  Phytoplankton
 Physico-Chemical Parameters  Zooplankton
 Sediment Quality  Macrobenthos
 Physico-Chemical Parameters  Meiobenthos
 Biological Parameters  Microbial load
 Primary productivity  Marine Ecology
The baseline environmental studies also included analysis of primary as well as secondary
data collected for terrestrial environmental component. Terrestrial data collected/analysed
included the following parameters: the following Terrestrial and Marine environmental
components.
 Meteorology o Carbon Monoxide (CO)
 Temperature o Ozone (O3)
 Relative Humidity o Mercury (Hg)
 Rainfall Hydro Carbons
 Wind Speed & Direction  Ambient Noise
 Solar Radiation o Day equivalent noise
 Ambient Air Quality o Night equivalent noise levels
o Particulate matter <10 micron  Inland Water Quality
size (PM10) o Groundwater Quality
o Particulate matter <2.5 micron o Surface Water Quality
size (PM2.5)  Soil Quality
o Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)  Flora & Fauna (Terrestrial Ecology) –
o Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Primary Surveys were carried out
4.2 Study Area and Study Period

Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area: As described in Chapter 1, an area within 15
km radius from project boundary has been earmarked for the study as the PIA/study area.
Four PIA districts are falling within the study area; namely: 1) Mumbai Suburban, 2)
Mumbai Central, 3) Thane and 4) Raigad districts of Maharashtra. The study area map is
given as Figure 4-1.

Page 4-1
Figure 4-1: Study Area Map – 15 km Radius

Description of Project Influenced Area: The project site is located near to Jawahar
Dweep in Mumbai, Kurla Tehsil of Mumbai District in the State of Maharashtra, India. The
geographic location of Mumbai port site is at Latitude 18054’ N, Longitude 72049’ E. The
core area of the project site is shown in Figure 4-3. The core area of 5.0 km radius is up to
90% sea water spread area within the port water limits (Figure 4-1 Similarly, land area
falling within 15 km radius is about 40% to 50%. The Google image of the proposed project
location is shown in Figure 4-2.

Page 4-2
Proposed JD5 Location
Figure 4-2: Google Image of Proposed Project Location
Figure 4-3: Proposed Project Location
Study Period: Baseline data generation for EIA study covering One (01) season were
carried out as follows:

Page 4-3
Marine Environment: The baseline Marine environmental surveys near coastal/offshore

areas of the project site have been carried out through field surveys by covering 15 km
radius towards seaside. One time sampling for marine environmental surveys were carried
out during the period of June 2015 (prior to onset of monsoon).
Terrestrial Environment: The baseline terrestrial environmental status of the study area
was established by carrying out the field surveys covering necessary terrestrial
environmental components. In addition, authenticated secondary data was also collected,
reviewed and presented. Existing/valid secondary data available at Mumbai Port, JNPT
and ONGC facilities was collected to study the baseline environmental conditions at the
project location. All these locations fall in the same general project location. Data collected
included attributes such as Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality, etc. in addition, a primary
survey to understand the ecology (Flora and Fauna) of the project area was carried out.
4.3 Land Environment

Project site is located in Mumbai district on west coast of India and gifted with natural deep
water Harbour of ~ 400km2 protected by mainland of Konkan on East and Island of
Mumbai on West. The district is bounded in north, northeast and South by Mumbai Central,
Thane and Raigad districts of Maharashtra state. Arabian Sea forms western boundary.
4.3.1 Proposed Fifth Oil Berth Location:

MbPT has Jetties located in Jawahar Dweep (JD) Island and Pir Pau. The dock area
located on the east coast of Mumbai Island houses various Naval docks and Jawaharlal
Nehru Port is located towards east of MbPT. The proposed location of JD5 is down stream
of existing JD4 berth at a distance of approximately 600 m south west of JD4 along the
main channel. Figure 4-4 shows the location of proposed fifth oil berth (JD5).
Figure 4-4: Proposed location for fifth oil berth (JD5)

Page 4-4
4.3.2 Project Influence Area

As described in Chapter 1 (Section 1.10.1), Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area
covers four districts in Maharashtra state viz. Greater Mumbai region includes Mumbai City
district and Mumbai Suburban district, Thane district and Raigad district. Major portion of
15 km radius falls in Greater Mumbai region and touches the outer portions of Thane
district and Raigad districts.
4.3.3 Overview of Maharashtra State

Maharashtra occupies the western and central part of the country and has a long coastline
stretching nearly 720 km long and 30-50 km wide between Bordi/Dahanu in the North and
Redi/Terekhol in the South along the Arabian Sea. The Sahyadri mountain ranges provide
a physical backbone to the State on the west, while the Satpuda hills along the north and
Bhamragad-Chiroli-Gaikhuri ranges on the east serve as its natural borders. The State is
bordered by Gujarat to the north west, Madhya Pradesh to the north, Chhattisgarh to the
east, Telangana to the south east, Karnataka to the south and Goa to the south west. The
shoreline is indented by numerous west flowing river mouths, creeks, bays, headlands,
promontories and cliffs. There are about 18 prominent creeks/estuaries along the coast
many of which harbour mangrove habitats.
Maharashtra is the second largest state in India in terms of population and has
geographical area about 3.08 lakh km2. As per census 2011, the state has a population of
11.24 crore which is 9.3% of the total population of India and is highly urbanised with
45.2% people residing in urban areas.
The State enjoys tropical monsoon climate. The hot scorching summer from March
onwards is followed by monsoon in early June. The seasonal rains from the western sea-
clouds are very heavy in the Sahyadrian crests. The Konkan on the windward side is
endowed with heavy rainfall, declining northwards. East of the Sahyadri, the rainfall
diminishes in the western plateau districts, with Solapur and Ahmednagar lying in the heart
of the dry zone.
Maharashtra is one of the highly industrialised states. It is pioneer in Small Scale Industries
and continues to attract industrial investments from both, domestic as well as foreign
institutions. It is a major IT growth centre.
The State has 36 districts which are divided into six revenue divisions viz. Konkan, Pune,
Nashik, Aurangabad, Amravati and Nagpur. The rural areas are governed through 34 Zilla
Parishads, 351 Panchayat Samitis and 27,873 Gram Panchayats. The urban areas are
governed through 26 Municipal Corporations, 226 Municipal Councils, 13 Nagar
Panchayats and seven Cantonment Boards.
Monuments in Maharashtra such as Ajanta, Ellora and Elephanta caves, Gateway of
India and architectural structures like Viharas and Chaityas attract tourists from all over
the world.
Konkan constitutes a narrow belt between the western mountain range (regionally known
as Western Ghats) and Arabian Sea. It stretches about 720 km from the River Tapi in the
north up to the River Terekhol in the south and encompasses six districts viz. Thane,
Greater Mumbai, Mumbai, Raigarh (former Kolaba),Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg (previously
under Ratnagiri). The coastal zone of Maharashtra extends from 15°43’N and 20°10’N and
longitude between 72°39’E and 73°30’E. The coastline is indented by numerous river
mouths, creeks, small bays, headlands, sandy and rocky beaches, promontories, cliffs etc.

Page 4-5
In the north of Mumbai it is wide up to 100 km, which gradually decreases towards south
and near Vengurla, it is hardly 40 km. The coast is indented with number of beaches,
Fifteen rivers and Five major estuaries and over Thirty backwater regions. According to the
surveys by the State Government agency Maharashtra, the total area of all the coastal
districts is 30645.5 km2 comprising built up land (1.58%), agricultural (44.14%), forests
(19.48%), wastelands (28.72%), water-bodies (4.13%) and land under grasslands, mining
areas and saltpans; (1.95%).
4.3.3.1 Greater Mumbai Region

Greater Mumbai region is a district of Maharashtra in Konkan Division. Mumbai city district
along with the Mumbai Suburban District make up the metropolis of Mumbai. The Mumbai
city area is called the "Island city" or South Mumbai or Old Mumbai. Mumbai Island is one
of the most intensely urbanized and industrialized regions of the world. It is included in the
United Nations (UN) list of “Megacities”. Geographical Area of Greater Mumbai region is
603.4 km2 with lat. 18053’45” N and 19015’ N and long. 72045’ E and 73000’ E. Mumbai City
spans about 67.79 km2 and Mumbai Suburb spans about 370 km2 together accounting for
437.71 km2 under the administration of Brihan Mumbai Municipal Corporation (BMC). The
remaining area belongs to Defence, Mumbai Port Trust, Atomic Energy Commission and
Borivali National Park, which are out of the jurisdiction of the BMC and it extends from
Colaba in the south to Mahim and Sion in the north. The region is typical of the Deccan
Basaltic terrain with flat top mountains bordering the low lying coastal region that is
traversed by five major rivers.
Mumbai lies at the mouth of the Ulhas River on the western coast of India, in the coastal
region known as the Konkan. It sits on Salsette Island, partially shared with the Thane
district. Mumbai is bounded by the Arabian Sea to the west. Many parts of the city lie just
above sea level, with elevations ranging from 10 m to 15 m; the city has an average
elevation of 14 m. Northern Mumbai is hilly, and the highest point in the city is 450 m at
Salsette in the Powai-Kanheri ranges. Sanjay Gandhi National Park (Borivali National
Park) is located partly in the Mumbai suburban district, and partly in the Thane district, and
it extends over an area of 103.09 km2.
Mumbai, being on the seacoast, experiences a tropical savanna climate with a heavy
southwest monsoon rainfall of more than 2100 millimeters a year. Mumbai experiences
three seasons – summer from March to May, monsoon between June and September and
winter during October to February. The city receives heavy rainfall during monsoon and
relative humidity is quite high during this season. Similarly, winds are generally moderate
but pick up during monsoon months. In the City District, daily average temperatures range
from the minimum of 23.70C to the maximum of 31.20C. The average total annual rainfall is
2146.6 mm. In the Suburban District, the temperatures vary from the minimum of 16.3 0C to
the maximum of 33.30C. This district receives the average annual total rainfall of 2363.0
mm. The flash floods that led to the complete disruption of normal life in Mumbai in July
2005 were the result of an unprecedented rainfall of 944.2 mm on July 26th in the
Suburban District
4.3.3.2 Raigad District

Raigad District is a district is located in the Konkan region of Maharashtra State. The
district is bounded by Mumbai Harbour to the northwest, Thane District to the north, Pune
District to the east, Ratnagiri district to the south, and the Arabian Sea to the west. The
total area of Raigarh district in Konkan is 7148000 Hectares. Its latitudinal extension is

Page 4-6
from 17°.51’ N to 19°.80’ N and longitudinal extension is from 72°.51’ E to 73°.40’ E. The
length of the coast is about 240 kms for Raigad district. It includes the large natural
harbour of Pen-Mandwa, which is immediately south of Mumbai harbour, and forming a
single landform with it. The northern part of the district is included in the planned
metropolis of Navi Mumbai, and its port, the Jawaharlal Nehru Port. The maximum
temperature is 40.4°C and the minimum temperature is 16.1°C. The average rainfall is
3884.3 mm. The district also includes the island of Gharapuri or Elephanta, located in Uran
which has ancient Hindu and Buddhist caves.
4.3.3.3 Thane District

Thane, northern-most district of Konkan, lies adjoining Arabian Sea in the north western
part of Maharashtra State. The revised area of the district is 4,214 km². The district is
bounded by Pune and Ahmadnagar districts to the east and by Palghar district to the north.
The Arabian Sea forms the western boundary, while it is bounded by Mumbai City District
and Mumbai Suburban District to the southwest and Raigad District to the south.
4.3.4 Land use - Land Cover Study

The land use/land cover for the study area is prepared in the form of a map prepared by
using Bhuvan website with Landsat 7 satellite imageries. Land use/land cover map (15 km
radius) is shown as Figure 4-5. The satellite data for Area and distance calculations is
processed using Geographical Information System (GIS) software after geo-referencing
the interpreted data with the help of Survey of India (SoI) Toposheets (scale 1:50,000).
4.3.4.1 Land Use Pattern in and around the Project Site

A map depicting major land use / land cover classes comprising built up lands, crop land,
water bodies, and waste lands/others based on output, area statistics is calculated for
different land use classes and given in the Table 4-1 and Figure 4-6.
Total area considered for land use study is 70685.83 ha (~15 km radius). Of this, 58.23 %
is Water Body, 19.60% is Builtup-Urban, 6.95% is Wetland/Coastal Wetland, 6.08% is
Forest-Swamp/Mangroves, 3.15% is Agriculture-Crop land, 2.44% is Barren/Waste/Scrub
land and 1.13% is Agriculture-Plantation. Rest is distributed among built-up land, coastal
sand and others.
Table 4-1: Land use Pattern in the Project Influence Area
Area
S. No. Land Use Area (Sq. m.) Area Ha. Percentage (%)
(Acers)
1. Builtup-Urban 138513457.9 34227.09099 13851.35 19.60
2. Builtup-Rural 4237313.872 1047.05297 423.73 0.60
3. Builtup-Mines 2336185.169 577.2783637 233.62 0.33
4. Agriculture-Crop land 22280188.82 5505.501498 2228.02 3.15
5. Agriculture-Plantation 7965922.108 1968.403251 796.59 1.13
6. Agriculture-Fallow land 2680452.326 662.3478111 268.05 0.38
7. Forest-Evergreen/ Semi-evergreen 1011476.719 249.9389316 101.15 0.14
8. Forest-Deciduous 4590494.174 1134.324882 459.05 0.65
9. Forest-Swamp/Mangroves 43005766.79 10626.85399 4300.58 6.08
10. Barren/Waste/Scrub land 17253971.68 4263.508164 1725.40 2.44
11. Wetland/Coastal Wetland 49130265.4 12140.23597 4913.03 6.95
12. Water Body 411586123 101704.1658 41158.61 58.23
13. Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds 2266729.076 560.1155549 226.67 0.32
Total Area 706858347.1 174666.8181 70685.83 100.00

Page 4-7
Figure 4-5: Land use/land cover

Area Ha. map for PIA (15 km radius)
0.3%
Builtup-Urban
19.6% Builtup-Rural
Builtup-Mines
0.6% Agriculture-Crop land
0.3%
Agriculture-Plantation
3.2% 1.1%
0.4% Agriculture-Fallow land
0.1% Forest-Evergreen/ Semi-evergreen
6.1% 0.6%
58.2% Forest-Deciduous
Forest-Swamp/Mangroves
2.4%
Barren/Waste/Scrub land
7.0%
Wetland/Coastal Wetland
Water Body
Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds
Figure 4-6: Land Use Pattern in the PIA

Page 4-8
4.3.5 Environmental Setting of Study Area

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 15 km from Project
boundary along with aerial distances are given in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary
S. Aerial distance
Areas Name/ Identity 4
No. (Within 15 km.)
 Elephanta Caves  4.9 NE
 Gateway of India  6.4 WSW
 Sewri Fort  7.8 NW
Areas protected under international  Monolithic Bass Relief, Parel  8.5 NW
conventions, national or local legislation VillageAugust Kranti Maidan  9.2 WNW
1.
for their ecological, landscape, cultural or  Banganga Tank  10.5 W
other related value  Sion Fort  12.4 N
 Dharavi Fort/ Kala killa  12.8 NNW
 Mahim Fort  13.0 NNW
 Bandra Fort  14.0 NW
Areas which are important or sensitive for
There are no Reserve forests (open jungle, casuarinas, mixed
ecological reasons - Wetlands,
jungles, open mixed jungle, etc.). Some mangrove areas are located
2. watercourses or other water bodies,
within 15 km radius of the project location boundary. However,
coastal zone, biospheres, mountains,
proposed project developments will not affect the mangrove area.
forests
Areas used by protected, important or
sensitive species of flora or fauna for Proposed Flemingo sanctuary in
3. 15.5 NE5
breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over Thane Creek
wintering, migration
 Arabian Sea  Adjacent to port site
 Nhave Creek  8.0 E
 Mahul Creek  9.0 N
 Banganga Tank  10.6 W
Inland, coastal, marine or underground  Dharamtar Creek  12.4 SSE
4.
waters  Thane Creek (opening)  13.5 NE
 Mahim Creek  14 NNW
 Mithi River  14.5 N
 Panvel Creek  14.5 NE
 Mandwa Beach  15.1 SSW
5. State, National boundaries - -
Routes or facilities used by the public for  NH 4B  10.3 SE
6. access to recreation or other tourist,  NH 3  13 N
pilgrim areas  NH 8  14 NNW
 Mumbai Naval base and  5.3 W
Dockyard
7. Defence installations
 Defence Station Colaba  9.0 WSE
 BARC  10.0 NNE
 MCGM  5.3 WNW
8. Densely populated or built-up area
 NMMC  13.6 NE
 Monolithic Bass Relief, Parel
 8.5 NW
Areas occupied by sensitive man-made Village
 10.2 NW
9. land uses (hospitals, schools, places of  Haji Ali Dargah
worship, community facilities)  10.5 W
 Walkeshwar Temple
 14.2 NNW
 Mount Marry Church
Areas already subjected to pollution or
10. - -
environmental damage. (those where
4
Distances are aerial distances measured from the centre of project site.
5 th
On 6 August, 2015, the Maharashtra Revenue and Forest Department notified the northern part of the creek
as a wildlife sanctuary under Section 18 of the Wildlife (Protection Act), 1972.

Page 4-9
S. Aerial distance
Areas Name/ Identity 4
No. (Within 15 km.)
existing legal environmental standards are
exceeded)
The proposed project falls under
During the design stage, the
Areas susceptible to natural hazard which seismic zone III (moderate
effects from natural disasters
could cause the project to present earthquake zone) as per IS 1893
will be considered and
11. environmental problems, (earthquakes, (Part I) 2002 of Indian Seismic
necessary precautionary
subsidence, landslides, erosion or extreme map. The project area is not
measures would be built in/
or adverse climatic conditions) influenced by high frequency of
implemented.
cyclonic disturbances
4.3.6 Ecological Sensitive Areas

Ecologically sensitive areas like Biosphere Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries
and other protected areas (PA) are not found within 15 km radius of the project site. The
Thane Creek 15.5 North East from the project location in between Vashi and Airoli bridges
harbouring the flamingo populations has been recently declared as a Wildlife Sanctuary for
Flamingos by Revenue and Forest Department of Govt. of Maharashtra. The Western
Ghats boundary is situated at a distance of 16.5 km in South (Reference: Report of the
Western Ghats Ecology Expert Panel Part I). The Karnala Bird sanctuary is located at a
distance of 20 km in East South East. The other ecologically sensitive areas such as
Sanjay Gandhi National Park located at a distance of 30.3 towards North, Bhimshankar
Sanctuary at distance of 77 km in East North East. These protected areas are shown in
Figure 4-7. Mangrove patches are reported within the 15 km radius. The project
development area does not contain any Mangroves, Corals/coral reefs, Sand Dunes,
National parks, marine parks, sanctuaries, wildlife habitats, Biosphere Reserves, Salt
Marshes, Turtle nesting grounds, Horse shoe crabs habitats, Sea grass beds and areas or
structures of archaeological importance.
Figure 4-7: Ecological Sensitive Areas around PIA

Page 4-10
4.3.7 Topography
Maharashtra is the third largest State in the country after Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh
in terms of area. With a total area of 307,713 km2, Maharashtra constitutes 9.36% of the
total area of India (3,287,263 km2). The maximum east-west length of Maharashtra is 800
km and north-south length is 700 km.
Maharashtra has three types of terrains namely Konkan coastline, Sahyadri mountain
range or the Western Ghats and hilly region and the Deccan plateau. Located in the north
centre of Peninsular India, with a command of the Arabian Sea through its port of Mumbai,
Maharashtra has a remarkable physical homogeneity, enforced by its underlying geology.
The Sahyadri Range is the physical backbone of Maharashtra. Rising on an average to an
elevation of 1000 m, it falls in steep cliffs to the Konkan on the west. Eastwards, the hill
country falls in steps through a transitional area known as Maval to the plateau level.
4.3.7.1 Konkan coast

The Maharashtra coast popularly known as Konkan coast has about 720 km long indented
coastline. The Konkan, lying between the Arabian Sea and the Sahyadri Range is narrow
coastal lowland, barely 50 km wide. Though mostly below 200 m, it is far from being a plain
country. Highly dissected and broken, Konkan alternates between narrow, steep-sided
valleys and low lateritic plateaux.
The topography of the Konkan coast is congenial to settlement. Konkan coast is marked by
the presence of major estuaries bays, peninsula, estuaries and capes coexist, and the
combination of the influences of the land and the sea is seen, because of its physical
distinctiveness, biota and marine resources. Some of the major problems faced by the
littoral zone and the shore front areas of Maharashtra coast are related to coastal erosion,
siltation, pollution and destruction of mangrove. The Institute of Ocean Management has
identified Malwan and Ratnagiri on the Konkan coast as ecologically important areas in the
state of Maharashtra.
The narrow and broken coastline causes creeks and inlets in the Arabian Sea, whose tides
thereby deeply penetrate into the country. This favours the growth of a number of littoral
ports which are naturally protected. This is one of the few areas of the sea-boards of India
that is sheltered from the sea. The settlement pattern in this region is intimately connected
with both littoral and estuary ports. The towns are formed in the estuaries at points where
the tides carry in the boats.

The original seven islands of consisted of 22 hills. Most of them were razed to fill in the
shallows to connect the islands. The hills still standing today are: Malabar Hill — the
highest point in the city area, Cumbala Hill, Antop Hill, Sewri Hill, Gilbert Hill, Worli Hill, Pali
Hill, Mazgaon Hill, Sion Hill, Mahakali Hill, Golanji Hill, Pulshachi Dongri and Salamati Hill.
There are three hill ranges with the city limits. The Ghatkopar Hills are present near the
station of Ghatkopar. The hill range runs parallel to the Central Railway track and is
inhabited by slums. During the monsoon season, landslides are common. The Trombay
Hills occupy a large portion of Trombay on the eastern part of the city. The highest hill is
about 302 metres above sea level. The Powai Hills are present north of the city. The
Borivali National Park occupies most of the region. The Vihar and Tulsi Lakes are present
within the hills. The highest point of the metropolis, at 450 metres, is located in this region.

Page 4-11
There are three lakes in the city. The Vihar Lake and the Tulsi Lake are present within the
National Park and supply part of the city's drinking water. The Powai Lake is immediately
south of these two.
Back Bay is the largest bay in the city. The coastline of Back Bay is an inverted C-shaped
region 4 kilometres in length, and Marine Drive is located along this stretch. North of
Marine Drive is Worli Bay. In the centre of the bay is the tomb of Haji Ali, a 13 th century
Muslim saint.
Mumbai has numerous creeks with close to 71 km2 of creeks and mangroves along its
coastline. The Vasai Creek to the north and Thane Creek to the east separates Salsette
Island from the mainland. Within the city the Malad (or Marve) Creek and the Gorai (or
Manori) Creek inundate the suburban region. The Mahim Creek forms the border between
the two districts. On the eastern front, a large creek—the Thane Creek—is present. There
are also the Mahul Creek and the Mahim Creek.
Topography of the study area is generally flat and sloping towards west. Relief and Slope
of Maharashtra state is shown as Figure 4-8. The Topography, Elevation map with
contours and Slope Map of the study area are shown from Figure 4-9 to Figure 4-10.
Tilaknagar Govand
Gandhinagar
Devnar
Trombay
Santorium
BARC Thane Creek

Morli Fort
Karave
Sewri Gawanpada
Worli
Byculla
Elephanta Morav
Butcher Island
Mandvi Island
Selghar
Koliwada
Malabar
Victoria
Point Belpada
Terminals
Panje Karal
Navynagar Mora
Dongari
Kharkhand Bori Bk.
Bhendkhal
Arabian Sea
Navapada
Morepada
Rathvade
(Source: ASTER DEM)
Figure 4-8: Topography of PIA

Page 4-12
Tilaknagar Govand
Gandhinagar
Devnar
Trombay
Santorium
BARC Thane Creek

Morli Fort
Sewri Gawanpada Karave
Worli
Byculla
Elephanta Morav
Butcher Island
Mandvi Island
Selghar
Koliwada
Malabar
Victoria
Point Belpada
Terminals
Panje Karal
Navynagar Mora
Dongari
Kharkhand Bori Bk.
Bhendkhal
Navapada
Morepada
Rathvade
(Source: ASTER DEM)
Figure 4-9: Elevation map with Contours of PIA
Tilaknagar Govand
Gandhinagar
Devnar
Trombay
Santorium
BARC Thane Creek
Morli Fort
Worl
i
Byculla
Elephanta Morav
Butcher Island
Mandvi Island
Selghar
Koliwada
Malabar
Victoria
Point Belpad
Terminals
a
Panje Karal
Navynagar Mora
Dongari
Kharkhand Bori Bk.
Bhendkhal
Arabian Sea
Navapada
Morepada
Rathvade
(Source: ASTER DEM)
Figure 4-10: Slope Map of PIA

Page 4-13
4.3.8 Geology
Konakan Coast
The tectonic uplift initiated by the collision of Indian and Eurasian Plate during early
Tertiary has resulted in the formation of Western Ghat escarpment. The western extension
of the uplifted Cenozoic plateau that was submerged under waters of the Arabian Sea has
evolved as Konkan. This narrow coastal belt is arranged in step like terraces, pointing to
the recent oscillations in the sea level and of submergence as evident from the drowned
valleys, lagoons and sand bars. Wave cut cliffs and platforms are also common along the
coastline indicating changes in the sea-level.
The basaltic flows and intrusive, Inter trepan and laterite capping are common geological
features of Maharashtra coast. A greater part of the coastal belt of Maharashtra is
developed as a resultant of several morpho-dynamic cycles. The basement of basalt flows
was formed by extruded Deccan Volcanic activity during Late Cretaceous – Early Tertiary
period with a minor metamorphosed Dharwars in the southernmost section of Sindhudurg.
The Precambrian granites and gneisses, quartzite’s and amphibolites are exposed in the
region around Vengurla that continues up to the Karwar (Karnataka state). The coast
displays a variety of landforms developed due to fluvial and marine activity, both erosional
and depositional during the Tertiary and Quaternary periods.

Geographically, Greater Mumbai is an island outside the mainland of Konkan in
Maharashtra separated from the mainland by the narrow Thane Creek and a somewhat
wider Harbour Bay with presence of Hill Ridges with intervening Valleys and Coastal
Plains. The height of the city is just 10-15 meters above the sea level. A large part of the
City District and Suburban District is land reclaimed from the sea. Major Drainages are
Mahim and Mithi rivers.
Salsette Island to the north and the Trombay Island to the east were separated from the
Mumbai Island by the Mahim and Mahul creeks, respectively. The Madh and Gorai Islands
in the west were separated from the Salsette Island by the Malad and Manori Creek.
The geology of Mumbai Island is rather unusual compared to that of the main Deccan flood
basalt province, particularly the Western Ghats in several aspects including the Deccan
Basalts represents the remnants of one of the largest volcanic events on earth and is one
of the best studied continental flood basalt provinces of the world and its acid variants,
volcanic tuffs, intertrappean sediments, dykes, laterite and alluvium.
The Mumbai Island has ridges along its western and eastern sides running north–south,
with broad intervening lowlands between the ridges. The eastern ridge exposes
amygdaloidal basalt which in places is albitized and shows pillow structures, red ash,
breccia, trachyte, rhyolite and green, black or brown stratified ash. Red ash breccias are
lateritized at some places. On the other hand, the western ridge mainly consists of
stratified, coarse-grained acid tuff, stratified yellow–brown ash, massive lava flow of
andesitic composition and columnar joints. Intertrappeans on Mumbai Island, especially at
Worli Hill, have high yield of many fossil animals and plants.
The Salsette Island has a broad range of hills extending north–south along its centre. The
hills give way to tidal swamps towards the east and northwest and to a wide plain with a
few hillocks towards the west. Amygdaloidal basalts occupy most of the eastern part of the
island. The basalt of Gilbert Hill at Andheri has a prominent place in Mumbai geology on

Page 4-14
account of its spectacular columnar jointing. The rhyolitic flows outcrop in many areas. The
basalts are intruded by sills and dykes of olivine, dolerite and trachyte.
The Trombay Island is separated from Mumbai and Salsette Island by extensive tidal flats.
The Trombay Island has pahoehoe type basaltic flows with dykes of andesite and dolerite.
Most of the island consists of amygdaloidal basalts and mafic pyroclastic rocks. Different
geological formations occurring in the study region are shown in Figure 4-11.
(Source: ASTER DEM)
Figure 4-11: Geology and Lineament Map of PIA
4.3.9 Geomorphology
The Mumbai region is characterized by considerable variation in the lithological units of the
Deccan Traps. Structural features such as joints, shear zones and intrusions have also

Page 4-15
affected the morphological setup of the entire Mumbai region. These effects are clearly
reflected in the coastal geomorphology and in the naturally distinct land units of the region.
Geomorphological landforms present in the study area are carved out by a combination of
fluvial, denudational and marine processes. On the basis of different geomorphic features,
the area has been divided into three distinct geomorphic land units and categorized as: (1)
denudational, (2) fluvial and (3) coastal landform. The geomorphology map of study area is
given in Figure 4-12.
(Source: ASTER DEM)
Figure 4-12: Geomorphology Map of PIA

Page 4-16
4.3.10 Hydrogeology
The entire Greater Mumbai area is occupied by Deccan basalt flows and their acid and
basic variants, poured out between the late Cretaceous and early Eocene times. The
basaltic flows are horizontally bedded and are more or less uniform in character over wide
areas. Certain extrusive and intrusive mafic types are associated with basalt's and are
found in the Mumbai Islands and it's vicinity. This is in contrast to the monotonous
uniformity displayed by the Deccan basalt's in general. The shallow Alluvium formation of
Recent age also occur as narrow stretch along the major river flowing in the area. Further,
some fossili-ferrous sediments, mainly of tufaceous origin and partly of fresh water origin,
rich in fauna, are also found in Mumbai area.
Premonsoon Water Level Trend (1998-2007): Fall: 0.11 to 0.38 m/year and Postmonsoon
Water Level Trend (1998-2007): Rise: 0.09 m/year Fall: 0.02 to 0.26 m/year.
The area is drained by Mahim, Mithi, Dahisar and Polsar rivers. These small rivers near
the coast, form small rivulets which inter mingle with each other resulting in swamps and
mud flats in the low lying areas. A map depicting the hydrogeological feature is shown in
Figure 4-13 and drainage and streams in the study area are given in Figure 4-14.
(Source: Groundwater Information Greater Mumbai District Maharashtra, Government of India Ministry of Water Resources
Central Groundwater Board, 618/DB/2009)
Figure 4-13: Hydrogeological Map of Greater Mumbai

Page 4-17
Tilaknagar Govand
Gandhinaga
r Devnar
Trombay
Santorium
BARC Thane Creek
Morli Fort
Worl
i
Byculla
Elephanta Morav
Butcher Island
Mandvi Island
Selghar
Koliwada
Malabar
Victoria
Point Belpada
Terminals
Panje Karal
Navynagar Mora
Dongari
Kharkhand Bori Bk.
Bhendkhal
Arabian Sea
Navapada
Morepada
Rathvade
(Source: ASTER DEM)
Figure 4-14: Drainage pattern and Streams in the PIA
4.3.11 Physiography
The broad physiographic feature of Mumbai district is flat terrain flanked by north – south
trending hill ranges. The hill ranges form almost parallel ridges in the eastern and western
part of the area. The Powai – Kanheri hill ranges are the other hill extending in the eastern
and central part running NNE – SSW. The maximum elevation of the area is 450 m above
mean sea level (m amsl) at some of the peaks of hill ranges. Trombay island has north –
south running hills with maximum elevation of 300 m above man sea level (m amsl).
Malbar, Colaba, Worli and Pali hills are the isolated small ridges trending north – south in
the western part of the district. The Powai – Kanheri hills form the largest hilly terrain in the
central part of the Salsette island and are the feeder zone for the three lakes viz., Powai,
Vihar and Tulsi. There are number of creeks, dissecting the area. Among them, Thane is
the longest creek. Other major creeks are Manori, Malad and Mahim which protrudes in
the main land and give rise to mud flangs and swamps.
4.3.12 Soil
The soils of Maharashtra are residual, derived from the underlying basalts. The land in the
river basins of Godavari, Bhima, Krishna and Tapi has a deep layer of fertile black basalt
soil, rich in humus. This soil is so well suited for growing cotton and is often called black
cotton soil. The rest of the semi-dry plateau has a medium layer of black regur soil which is
clayey and moisture retentive, rich in iron but poor in nitrogen and organic matter. The
higher plateau areas have pather soils, which contain more gravel.

Page 4-18
The peaks of the Sahyadri Mountains, the districts of Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg and the
western regions of Kolhapur and Satara have a reddish lateritic soil, locally called Jambha.
The Konkan coast has sandy loam soil. Farther away towards the east in Vidharbha
region, with a better mixture of lime, the morand soils form the ideal Kharif zone. North
Konkan, eastern Vidharbha area like Bhandara, Gondia, Chandrapur and Gadchiroli
districts have reddish and yellowish soil.
Two types of soils have been observed in the district viz., medium to deep black and
reddish colored soil. As per the agro-climatic classification, the district fall under the
broader category of tropical wet and dry climate and locally it has been put coastal Land.
The soils in the region are derived from Deccan trap basalt. Soil cover in the city region is
predominantly sandy due to its proximity to the sea. In the suburbs, the soil cover is largely
alluvial and loamy. The underlying rock of the region is composed of black Deccan basalt
flows, and their acidic and basic variants dating back to the late Cretaceous and early
Eocene eras. Very little land is available for agriculture due to widespread urbanization in
Greater Mumbai. The soil map of the study area is shown in Figure 4-15.
(Source: Maharashtra State Disaster Management Plan)
Figure 4-15: Soil map of Study area

Page 4-19
Salt-affected Land: Saltpans occupy large areas of wetlands in greater Mumbai and in the
rest of the Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR). Urban expansions of the past few
decades have brought many of them into proximity of urban centres, consequently
increasing their potential value. Salt producers are facing difficulty on account of pollution
of creeks and coastal waters, which makes them unfit for salt production (MMRDA, 1995).
The Panvel creek lies on the western side of Panvel municipal area. Though it flows at a
considerable distance from Panvel, tidal action aggravates itself to affect the southwest
and western boundaries of Panvel. This has resulted in salinity prone area to almost saline
lands, which exist in the western part of Panvel municipal area.
4.3.12.1 Soil Quality in Study Area

Soil plays very important role in over alloverall availability of surface water as well as
recharge to groundwater. In order to assess the condition of soil at different locations in the
study area, various land use categories were taken into account. Observed baseline soil
quality was referred adopted from the report DPR for Mumbai Coastal Road Project,
February 2015 prepared by STUP consultants for Municipal Corporation of Greater
Mumbai6 from the locations falling with in the study area of present proposal/Fifth Oil Berth.
Soil quality results available within the 15 km radius of present proposal extracted from
above mentioned report are given in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Observations of soil quality
Locations
Sr. No Test Parameter Unit
P.J. Hindu Gymkhana Haji Ali Nursery Priyadarshini Park
1 Texture --- Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam
2 Water Holding Capacity % 51 50 52
3 Cation Exchange Capacity mEq/100g m 1.14 1.16 1.12
4 Porosity % 45 47 43
5 pH ---- 8.2 8.4 7.8
6 Conductivity SS/cm 515 667 123
7 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/kg 393 308 603
8 Potassium as K mg/kg 1308 1226 108
9 Phosphorous as P mg/kg 46 121 104
10 Sodium Adsorption Ratio ---- 334 264 95
11 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 128 322 71
12 Copper as Cu mg/kg 8.3 2.6 <0.1
Observations
 Soil texture is sandy loam
 Water holding capacity varied from 50% to 52%
 pH ranged between 7.8 to 8.4, soil in the region is moderately alkaline in nature. It can
be inferred that the soil pH is suitable for production of any crop.
 Conductivity ranged from 123 SS/cm to 667 SS/cm. The uptake of minerals from soil
by plants is directly proportional to the electrical conductivity of soil, which is
6
Project: Consultancy Services for Preparation of Feasibility Report, DPR Preparation, Report on
Environmental Studies and Obtaining MoEF & CC Clearance and Bid Process Management for
Mumbai Coastal Road Project. Title: Environmental Assessment Report. Consultant: STUP
Consultants P. Ltd. VASHI for Owner Client: Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai.

Page 4-20
responsible for plant growth. Conductivity is a measure of evaluating the salt status of
soils, the high concentration of which impairs the growth of the plant.
 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen ranged from 308 mg/kg to 603 mg/kg, Potassium ranged from
108 mg/kg to 1308 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from 46 mg/kg to 121 mg/kg. The
analysis results indicate that the level of major nutrients and cations present in the soil
samples are within the range expected in Indian soil.
4.3.13 Climate and Rainfall

Maharashtra experiences a tropical monsoon type of climate. The climate varies
seasonally as well as regionally. The climate in the Konkan region is mostly hot, temperate
and humid, whereas the climate in the Sahyadri hilly region tends to be moist and cool.
The plateau region of the State experiences hot, dry and extreme climate.
The most important factor which influences the climate is the towering presence of the
Western Ghats which block the monsoon bearing winds coming from the Arabian Sea and
cause good rainfall in the Konkan region and the peaks of the Sahyadris. The onset of the
monsoons in the early June gives relief to the scorching summers from the month of
March.
The climate of the Greater Mumbai district is characterized by an oppressive summer,
dampness in the atmosphere nearly throughout the year and heavy south – west monsoon
rainfall from June to September. The mean minimum temperature is 16.30C and the mean
maximum temperature is 32.20C at Santa Cruze. The normal annual rainfall over the
district varies from about 1800 mm to about 2400 mm. It is minimum in the central part of
the district around Kurla (1804.9 mm). It gradually increases towards north and reaches a
maximum around Santa Cruze (2382.0 mm).
4.3.14 Earthquakes/ Seismicity

Over 58.6% of the Indian landmass is prone to earthquakes of moderate to very high
intensity. The west coast - Western Ghats seismogenic region is the most active area in
the Maharashtra state. The Koyna-Warna and the Bhatsa areas are located in this region.
Even before the occurrence of the Koyna earthquake of 11 December, 1967, with
magnitude 6.5 on Richter scale earthquakes with magnitude of about 6.0 are known to
have occurred in this region. Earthquakes in Maharashtra show major alignment along the
west coast and Western Ghats region. Seismic activity can be seen near Ratnagiri, along
the western coast, Koyna Nagar, Bhatsa and Surya areas of Thane district.
On several instances, earthquakes have caused severe damage in the State. Earthquake
history of Maharashtra state was given in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: Earth Quake history of Maharashtra
Year Location and Extent of Damage
Killari in Latur district
Extensive damage was caused to life and property in the districts of
Latur and Dharashiv with 7,928 people killed, 16,000 injured and 15,847
September 30, 1993
livestock killed and 11 other districts of Solapur, Satara, Sangli, Beed,
Parbhani, Ahmednagar, Nanded, Kolhapur, Aurangabad, Pune and
Nashik suffered varying degrees of damage.
Koyna
In the Year 1968 and in
This area has been witnessing a large number of tremors of low
March 14, 2005
magnitude consistently over a quarter of a century since the first
(Magnitude 5.1 Richter)
earthquake

Page 4-21
Mumbai sits on a seismically active zone owing to the presence of 23 fault lines in the
vicinity. The area is classified as a Seismic Zone III region a Moderate Damage Risk Zone.
Earthquake Hazard Map of study area are given in Figure 4-16.
The impact of earthquakes differs for urban and rural areas, primarily because of the
nature of infrastructure, quality of housing and occupational differences. In rural areas, it is
primarily the housing and physical structures (including irrigation infrastructure) which may
suffer extensive damage, without necessarily destroying the crops. In urban areas, in
addition to housing and physical infrastructures, it may also disturb the service
infrastructure such as water supply, sewage, telephones, electricity, piped gas supply etc.,
Figure 4-16: Earthquake Hazard Map of PIA
4.4 Other Natural Hazards
4.4.1 Cyclones and Depressions

The cyclones in India are seasonal phenomena and most places have a maximum
frequency of cyclone formation that takes place during the late summer and early fall
period, which coincides with the period of maximum sea temperature that is idea for

Page 4-22
cyclone formation. Both the east and west Coast of India is affected by cyclones that are
formed in the Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal.
Over 5,700 km of coastline in India is prone to cyclones and tsunamis. The west-coast of
India is subjected to occasional severe cyclonic storms. The frequency of cyclone in
Arabian Sea is less than 2% of the total world cyclones and only 25% moves eastward and
strikes the west coast of India. The project site holds about 15% percent of total cyclones
making a landfall in the west coast of India. The region experience very strong winds and
heavy wide spread rain in May/June or in the post-monsoon months of October and
November. The storms are mostly confined to the months of June and September. During
strong winds, the swell can have significant effect but due to channel bathymetry the wave
heights are considerably reduced. The last severe cyclonic storm having wind speed of
above 48 knots was experienced in 1982.
Thunder storms occur mainly in May and June and later September to middle of
November. Squalls occur mainly in the monsoon months from June to September. During
these squalls wind force goes upto 6 on Beauforts scale. On an average the squalls may
occur for about 15 days in a year. The occurrences of dust storm and fog are very rare.
Cyclones are less frequent in Maharashtra and mainly occur due to change in temperature
and pressure of atmosphere. The coastal region of Maharashtra is climatologically an area
where frequency of cyclonic disturbances is very low. However, the coastal districts,
especially the 167 km long coastlines along Ratnagiri can be hit by cyclones. In the
Arabian Sea, during the period 1890-1995, around 207 depressions, mild cyclonic storms
or severe cyclonic storms have been recorded.
However, most of them have moved away from Maharashtra as out of 207 disturbances,
only 19 have affected Maharashtra-Goa coast. Out of these 19, six were major ones
causing 70 deaths, with 150 boats and 160 crew missing and extensive damage to trees
and ships. Thus, in spite of having a long coastal region, Maharashtra has experienced
only 6 cyclones in last 50 years, though there have been numerous threats. Thus,
climatologically, the state is having low risk of cyclone.
The cyclone hazard map adopted from the USGS EROS Data Centre of the Indian coast is
shown in Figure 4-17. The number of cyclonic storms crossing the Indian coast between
1891 to 1989 is shown in Figure 4-18. The Storm Surge Map of the PIA is shown as
Figure 4-19.

Page 4-23
Figure 4-17: Cyclone Hazard Map for PIA
Figure 4-18: Frequencies of Cyclones along Indian Coast during (1891 – 1989)

Page 4-24
Figure 4-19: Storm Surge Map of PIA
4.4.2 Tsunami
The deadliest tsunami prior to the 2004 in south Asia was reported on November 27, 1945
which originated off the Makran coast of Pakistan (Makran Earthquake, Magnitude Ms 8.3)
in the Arabian Sea and caused deaths as far as Mumbai. The Tsunami reportedly caused
2 m wave heights at Mumbai, where boats were taken away from their moorings. However,
the Tsunami did not do any damage in the Mumbai Harbour area. The Tsunami Hazard
Risk Zoning Map for India is given in Figure 4-20.

Page 4-25
Figure 4-20: Tsunami Hazard Risk Zoning Map for India
4.4.3 Flood
Over 40 million hectares (12% of land) of land in India is prone to floods and river erosion.
Maharashtra is largely vulnerable to floods. The climatology of Maharashtra is influenced
by the Arabian Sea in the West and three hill ranges along its Eastern border. The
occasional heavy rainstorms are responsible for most of the floods in the State. The floods
of 2005 and 2006 have shown that almost all the districts in the State are vulnerable to
floods. Most floods in Maharashtra are flash floods due to nallah-overflows and poor
drainage systems. Very few floods, like the one in Konkan in 1983, are due to heavy rains
in the region. There are 40 chronic flooding locations identified in the DMAP report that are
spread over the island city, eastern and western suburbs. The problem of flooding is acute
when heavy rainfall coincides with high tide; i.e. more than 4.5 meters (average: 20 times
during the monsoon).
4.4.4 Drought
Over 68 per cent of the cultivable area in India is vulnerable to drought. Maharashtra has
traditionally remained a drought-prone state. Almost 70 per cent of the State‘s
geographical area lies in semi-arid region rendering it vulnerable to water scarcity. Almost
all the districts in Pune, Aurangabad, and Nashik divisions experience drought frequently.
Not only the poor rainfall affects crops, but also the unevenness of rains within the
monsoon months (long dry spells) could be very damaging for crops. The evaporation rate
is high, and only in September the precipitation exceeds evaporation. In many parts, hard

Page 4-26
basalt rock in the region does not allow filter or storage of water. So when there is scanty
rainfall, the scarcity of water both for drinking water and cultivation is acute.
4.4.5 Landslide
In Maharashtra, often landslides are triggered by heavy rains in the Western Ghats. Major
landslide major incidents have occurred in monsoon seasons due to anthropogenic
development along the landslide prone regions. Landslide have primarily results in loss of
life and property, but has more importantly led to secondary and tertiary impacts such as
chemical accidents, road accidents, rails accidents, flood, fire, gas leaks, etc.
The Konkan region – districts of Raigad, Ratnagiri and Sindhudrg and parts of Pune area
are vulnerable to landslides. The foothills of the Sahyadris are dotted with many small and
big villages all along the Konkan region which are vulnerable to landslides.
The urban areas located in hill slopes at Vikroli, Kanjurmarg and Mulund in Mumbai are
also vulnerable to landslides during monsoon.
Malin Landslide: In Maharastra State, on July 30, 2014, a landslide occurred in the village
of Malin in the Ambegaon taluka of the Pune district. The landslide, which hit early in the
morning while residents were asleep, was believed to have been caused by a burst of
heavy rainfall, and killed at least 134 people.
4.5 Water Environment
4.5.1 Surface Water Resources

Rivers and lakes are the main sources of surface water in the State. The quantity of inland
water resources in Maharashtra is about 3.39 lakh ha, which accounts for only 4.93 per
cent of the total inland water resources in the country. The water flow of two major river
basins (Krishna and Godavari) in the state is below the national average. While the
average annual surface water potential for an Indian river is 1869 km3/year, it is only
110.54 km3/year for the Godavari basin and 78.12 km3/year for the Krishna basin. With
respect to the basin-wise groundwater potential, total replenishable water resources are
40.65 km3/year for Godavari and 26.41 km3/year for Krishna (MoWR, 2003).
The pollution of groundwater as well as surface water is the major problem in the area. The
creeks in the region have become the dumping ground of sewage and industrial effluents.
4.5.1.1 Surface Water Quality

Baseline surface water qualities was taken from DPR for Mumbai Coastal Road Project,
February 2015 prepared by STUP consultants for Municipal Corporation of Greater
Mumbai for the locations falling with in the present study area.
Water sample analysis with respect to physico-chemical, nutrient, oxygen demand and
bacteriological parameters having relevance to public health and aesthetic significance are
selected to assess the water quality status. Surface water quality results within the 15 km
radius of proposed project site were extracted from above report is given in Table 4-5.

Page 4-27
Table 4-5: Observations of Surface water quality

Locations
Sr. No. Test Parameter Unit Test Method Banganga
Lake, Bandra Lake Mithi River
Walkeshwar
1 Color Hazen IS:3025(P-4)1983 <05 <5 <05
2 pH -- IS:3025(P-11)1983 7.5 7.6 7.2
3 Total Suspended Solids mg/l IS:3025(P-17)1984 <10 <10 <10
4 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l IS:3025(P-16)1984 259 355 221
5 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l IS:3025(P-38)1989 5.5 6.1 6.2
Chemical Oxygen
6 mg/l IS:3025(P-58)2006 24 60 24
Demand
7 BOD 3 days 27ºC mg/l IS:3025(P-44)1993 10 20 10
8 Oil & Grease mg/l IS:3025(P-39)1991 ND ND ND
9 Chloride mg/l IS:3025(P-32)1988 105 90 50
10 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l IS:3025(P-24)1986 24 66 40
11 Total Hardness mg/l IS:3025(P-21)1983 189 243 151
12 Sodium as Na mg/l IS:3025(P-45)1993 23 36 25
13 Potassium as K mg/l APHA-3500K-B 5 8 3
14 Arsenic as As mg/l IS:3025(P-37)1988 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01
15 Chromium as Cr mg/l IS:3025(P-52)2003 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
16 Cadmium as Cd mg/l IS:3025(P-41)1992 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
17 Lead as Pb mg/l IS:3025(P-47)1994 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
18 Iron as Fe mg/l IS:3025(P-53)2003 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
19 Total Coliform MPN/100ml IS:1622-1981(R-2009) 1600 1600 1600
20 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml IS:1622-1981(R-2009) 26 1600 1600
Observations
 pH ranged between 7.2 to 7.6 and is neutral to moderately alkaline in nature
 Total Dissolved Solids ranged between 221 mg/l to 355 mg/l
 Total Hardness ranged between 151 mg/l to 243 mg/l
 Dissolved Oxygen ranged between 5.5 mg/l to 6.2 mg/l
 Chemical Oxygen Demand ranged between 24 mg/l to 60 mg/l
 Biochemical Oxygen Demand ranged between 10 mg/l to 20 mg/l
 Chlorides ranged between 50 mg/l to 105 mg/l
 Sulphates ranged between 24 mg/l to 66 mg/l
 Total Coliform reported around 1600 MPN/100ml
 Fecal Coliform ranged between 26 MPN/100ml to 1600 MPN/100ml
4.5.2 Groundwater Resources

The Mumbai area is underlain by basaltic lava flows of upper Cretaceous to lower Eocene
age. The shallow Alluvium formation of recent age also occur as narrow stretch along the
major river flowing in the area
In hard rock areas the groundwater exists in fractures, joints, vesicles and in weathered
zone of Basalt. The occurrence and circulation of groundwater is controlled by vesicular
unit of lava flows and through secondary porosity and permeability developed due to

Page 4-28
weathering, jointing, fracturing etc., of Basalt. The groundwater occurs under phreatic,
semi confined and confined conditions.
The leaky confined conditions are also observed in deeper aquifers. Generally the phreatic
aquifer range down to depth of 15 m bgl only. The water bearing zone down to depth of 35
m bgl forms the semi confined aquifer and below this deeper aquifer down to depth of 60 m
bgl is observed. The yield of the dugwells varies from 10 to 1000 m3/day, whereas that of
bore wells ranges between 50 and 1000 m3/day. It is expected that the potential of deeper
aquifers would be much more limited as compared to the unconfined/phreatic aquifer.
In soft rock areas which constitutes most the study area, the river Alluvium patches along
the course of rivers and Marine Alluvium in the coastal area, are highly potential aquifer but
with limited areal extent. The groundwater occurs under water table condition in sandy /
gritty layers. The alluvial fill of low lying areas underlain by weathered basalt has relatively
better groundwater potential.
Groundwater is the major source of drinking water in both urban and rural Maharashtra
and also an important source of water for the agricultural and the industrial sectors.
Groundwater is used as an important supplementary source of water in certain parts of the
MMR, such as Vasai, Virar, Bhiwandi, Kalyan, Ulhasnagar, Thane, Alibag, Pen and Panvel
areas. The coastal areas of Vasai- Virar region have a large number of wells, which supply
water for domestic as well as irrigation purposes.
The rapid growth of urban development in this region and inadequacy of piped water
supply has led to over abstraction of water from these wells. This has resulted in the
intrusion of seawater into the underground reservoir affecting the quality of the well water.
Apart from this, groundwater in certain parts of the region is polluted on account of
microbial contamination and excess concentration of nitrates (MMRDA, 1995). The
groundwater analysis of Mira-Bhayander Municipal Corporation (MBMC) showed that the
water was contaminated or harmful to health, and hence, not potable (MBMC, 2004). In
Navi Mumbai, the sampling revealed organic pollution in well waters at Belapur and
Shirvane necessitating frequent controlled chlorination (NMMC, 2004). Analysis of
groundwater in Ichalkaranji indicates that the water at most places is hard. When
compared with the WHO and ISI guidelines for drinking water, most of the tube well water
is contaminated, hence, unsuitable for drinking. The groundwater in most of the industrial
and residential areas of Ichalkaranji is highly polluted (INP, 2005).
Groundwater exploitation for commercial purpose is carried out in entire district and the
water is extracted from existing dugwells and borewells, even new borewells are also
being drilled for this purpose.
4.5.2.1 Groundwater Quality

Baseline groundwater quality was taken from the report titled DPR for Mumbai Coastal
Road Project, February 2015 prepared by STUP consultants for Municipal Corporation of
Greater Mumbai from the locations falling with in the study area of present study area.
Groundwater analysis with respect to physico-chemical, nutrient, oxygen demand and
bacteriological parameters having relevance to public health and aesthetic significance are
selected to assess the water quality status. Standard methods prescribed for groundwater
sampling, analysis were adopted and compared with drinking water quality standards of IS:
10500 (2012). Groundwater quality results within the 15km radius of present proposal
extracted from above report is given in Table 4-6.

Page 4-29
Table 4-6: Observations of Groundwater Sampling Location

Acceptable Limit as
Sr. No. Test Parameter Unit P. J. Hindu Gymkhana
IS-10500-2012
1 pH ---- 6.5 to 8.5 7.5
2 Colour Hazen 5 Max <5
3 Odour --- Agreeable Agreeable
4 Taste --- Agreeable NA
5 Turbidity NTU 1Max 4.6
6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 200 Max 335
7 Ammonia mg/L 0.5 Absent
8 Residual Free Chlorine mg/L 0.2 Min Absent
9 Total Dissolved Solid mg/L 500 Max 752
10 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/L 250 Max 242
11 Fluoride mg/L 1 1.4
12 Arsenic mg/L 0.01 <0.01
13 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.3 Max <0.1
14 Nitrate mg/L 45 17
15 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 200 Max 32
16 Selenium mg/L 0.01 < 0.01
17 Zinc mg/L 5 0.47
18 Mercury mg/L 0.001 < 0.001
19 Lead mg/L 0.01 < 0.01
20 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.05 < 0.05
21 Cyanide mg/L 0.05 Absent
22 Chromium mg/L 0.05 < 0.05
23 Nickel mg/L 0.02 < 0.02
24 Cadmium mg/L 0.003 < 0.003
25 Thermo tolerant coliforms or E. coli MPN/100ml Should Be Absent 8
4.6 Marine Environment
4.6.1 Ecological Sensitive Areas and Other Marine Protected Area

Ecologically sensitive areas like Biosphere Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries
and other protected areas (PA) are not found within 15 km radius of the project site.
Ecological sensitive areas and marine protected areas of Raigad District and Thane
District are located beyond 15 km distance from the project site. The proposed Thane
Flamingo Bird Wildlife Sanctuary is situated in between Vorli and Ariol brides at a distance
of 15.5 km. The nearest Reefs in Ratnagiri at a distance of 221 km. The other ecologically
sensitive areas found in Maharashtra state are the Coral Reefs in Malvan (324 km),
Venugurla Rocks (332 km). These protected areas are shown in Figure 4-21. There are no
coral reefs, forests other than mangroves in coastal scrub area of in the study area.

Page 4-30
Figure 4-21: Marine Ecological Sensitive Areas around Study area

Page 4-31
4.6.2 Coastal Hydrology/Geomorphology
4.6.2.1 Coastal oceanography

The general coastal circulation off Mumbai is dominated by the annual cycle of monsoon
winds. Shetye and Shenoi7 studied the behaviour of coastal circulation in the coastal
region of India using a long term climatology of winds and ship drift climatology. It can be
noticed from these figures that during the northeast monsoon period (October–January),
the coastal current flows northward due to the longshore density gradient and during the
rest of the season the currents are mainly towards south. Barotropic surface tides at the
semi-diurnal and diurnal frequencies are responsible for dispersion of pollutants in the
coastal areas of Mumbai. The nearshore waters of Mumbai are subjected mainly by semi-
diurnal tides, and there exists an asymmetry in both period and range. Vertical variation of
current velocities is marginal (Figure 4-22). The tidal ranges at Mumbai are 1.6 and 3.9m
during neap and spring, respectively. The tidal currents off Thal, near Mumbai are in the
range from 1.0 m/s during spring to 60 cm/s during neaps. The spatial variability of near
shore currents is considerable due to the presence of rocky outcrops, tidal creeks, bays
and islands.
Figure 4-22: Monthly variation of: (a) long shore wind stress and (b) current speed
and spring (c) and neap (d) tidal currents
4.6.2.2 Offshore Winds

Winds are generally light to moderate with some increase in force in the summer and
monsoon seasons. In the period from January to May winds strengthen: in the afternoons.
7
Shetye SR, Shenoi SSC. Seasonal cycle of surface circulation in the coastal north Indian Ocean.
Proceedings of the Indian Academy of Sciences (Earth and Planetary Sciences),1988. p. 9753–62.

Page 4-32
In the southwest monsoon season, winds are mainly westerly or north easterly. During rest
of the year, winds are north-easterly to easterly in the mornings and blow from directions
between south-west and north-west in the afternoons.
Figure 4-23 showing the cumulative percentage of occurrence of various wind speeds. It is
seen that in this region the wind blows from the sector SW to North for 92% 0 the time.
Also, the wind speed is less than 20m/second (72km/hr.) for 95% of the time.
Figure 4-23: Wind rose diagram
4.6.2.3 Tides
The proposed project site at Mumbai is situated within the Mumbai Port, approximately 7
km to the North of Uran. Hence, tidal elevation at the project site can be considered to be
similar to those at Mumbai port.
The Project Datum Level is Chart Datum as defined by the Bombay Port Authority
measured by the tide gauge located at Apollo Bunder. The tides in the Mumbai region- are
characterized by occurrence of two High and two Low Waters every day with marked
diurnal inequality in the levels of the two waters. The important tidal datum planes at
Mumbai Port.

Page 4-33
The tidal elevations at Mumbai port with respect to chart datum is given in Table 4-7. The
highest high water (HHW) is +5.38 m, the mean high water spring (MHWS) is +4.42 m CD
and lowest recorded was - 0.44 m CD.
Table 4-7: Tide Levels
Tide Level (m) with respect to Chart
Description
Datum (CD)
Highest High Water Spring (HHW) +5.38
Mean High Water Spring (MHWS) +4.42
Mean High Water Neap (MHWN) +3.30
Mean Sea Level (MSL) +2.51
Mean Low Water Neap (MLWN) +1.85
Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS) +0.76
Lowest Low Water (LLW) -0.44
Observations related to Mumbai Harbour:

i) All high tides exceed + 2.7 m
ii) About 95% of all higher high tides exceed + 3.2 m.
iii) About 95% of all lower high tides would be greater than + 2.85 m.
4.6.2.4 Waves
The predominant waves are the swell waves generated by deep sea storms. These mainly
arise just before and during the South West monsoon. The statistical analysis indicates
that most wave periods fall between 6 seconds and 10 seconds. During the continuance of
the North-East monsoon, North-Easterly winds known as "Elephantas" blow for short
durations during the months of October-November. Significant Wave height with return
period of 100years for the Mumbai coast shall be taken as 4.5m.
The project area being well within the Mumbai harbour is fairly well protected from waves
and not subjected to any significant wave climate. The wave height reaches a maximum of
1.5 m under normal conditions with wave period ranging from 6 to 10 seconds. The
National Institute of Oceanography (NIO), Goa, have compiled and published wave data
for the entire coastline of India in the form of a "wave atlas". The monthly wave rose
diagrams published in the ''wave atlas" for the area from latitude 150C to 250C and
Longitude 700N to 750E show that during monsoon period the predominant wave directions
are from Southwest to West. During this period, waves of 4-5 m height normally occur;
however, waves upto 8.0 m in height and period of 14 seconds have also been reported.
October and November are the transition months during which the predominant wave
direction changes to North - Northeast. During December and January the waves mainly
occur from North to Northeast and from February to May waves predominantly come from
the Northwest quadrant. The yearly wave rose diagrams for the offshore wind is shown in
Figure 4-24.

Page 4-34
Figure 4-24: Wave Rose Diagram in Offshore Area
4.6.2.5 Visibility
The visibility in the Butcher Island area is generally good throughout the year, except for a
few days during winter season and during periods of heavy rain. On an average, the
visibility is less than 4 kms for about 18 days in a year. Most often in the months of
November to March, shortly after sunrise and occasionally in the evenings, smog may
hang over the land obscuring the view for short period.
4.6.2.6 Currents
The currents in the harbour waters are essentially caused by the tides. In Mumbai harbour
area during ebb and flood flows normally the currents are in the range of 2 to 3 knots,
though a maximum of 4 knots could be expected in the ebb during monsoon spring tide.
The currents generally flow parallel to the navigational channel.
In December and January sets north-westerly with the rates of upto 1 knot. In July and
August, when the S W Monsoon is well established, south easterly sets with rates of upto 2
Knots are experienced. Exceptionally onshore sets of upto 1.5 Knots are experienced
during the N E Monsoon and upto 3 Knots during the S W Monsoon. The tidal flow is
unsteady and the magnitude and direction of the currents varies with respect to location,
time and depth. Generally, the ebb currents are stronger than flood currents. Figure 4-25
shows the Current Speed and Components off Apollo Bunder.

Page 4-35
Figure 4-25: Current Speed and Components

Page 4-36
4.6.2.7 Siltation
The average rate of siltation shall be taken as 3.0mm per day. The maximum rate of
Siltation will occur during monsoon months and will be taken as 7mm per day. The siltation
is maximum during the monsoon seasons. The rate reduces in the month’s preceding and
succeeding the monsoon. In the rest of months the phenomenon reverses and erosion
occurs to a similar extent of siltation. The net effect of siltation over the entire year is
minimal.
4.6.2.8 Littoral Drift

Longshore drift consists of the transportation of sediments (clay, silt, sand and shingle)
along a coast at an angle to the shoreline, which is dependent on prevailing wind direction,
swash and backwash. This process occurs in the littoral Zone, and in or close to the surf
zone. The process is also known as littoral drift, long-shore current or long-shore transport.
4.6.2.9 Climate change and Sea level rise

A study conducted by The Energy and Resources Institute, also known as TERI (formerly
Tata Energy Research Institute), “Assessing climate change vulnerabilities and adaption
strategies for Maharashtra” indicates that the mean sea level along Mumbai’s cost is likely
to raise by around 4 cm while warmer nights, increased rainfall, decline in crop productivity
and health issues stare Maharashtra in the next 100 years. It reported that coastal flooding
could lead to reduction in availability of fresh water due to saltwater intrusion as well as
contamination of water supply through pollutants from submerged waste dumps. The
temperature of Mumbai and Maharashtra is likely to increase by 1- 3 degrees in the next
50 years and evening nights would be warmer by 1.5 to 2.0 degrees.
According to the TERI report in 2050s the increase in the mean sea level along the
Mumbai coast may be around 2.0 cm and it would increase to around 4 cm by 2100. Due
to increasing temperature and rainfall, coastal and Eastern Maharashtra are vulnerable to
malaria outbreaks in future.
4.7 Bed Sediment Quality

The existing marine environmental conditions around the site were established through
collection and analysis of water and sediment samples in the project region.
The potential impacts due to the construction and operation of the proposed project
components will be felt on the marine environment. Therefore existing marine
environmental conditions were monitored. The locations in the marine monitoring network
were selected such that the existing baseline conditions in the area likely to be affected by
the effect of potential environmental impacts of the project activities can be effectively
represented.
Sampling Locations: The baseline data were collected in the month of June 2015. The
physico-chemical and biological samples were collected from Eight (08) locations both in
high tide and low tide. The Coordinates of the Marine sampling locations are given in the
Table 4-8 and sampling locations are shown in Figure 4-26.
Table 4-8: Marine Sampling Locations (MSL)
S. Location
Latitude Longitude
No. Code
1. MSL-1 18054’29.00’’ N 72051’50.31’’ E
2. MSL-2 18054’45.41’’ N 72053’50.84’’ E

Page 4-37
S. Location
Latitude Longitude
No. Code
3. MSL-3 18056’13.51’’ N 72055’29.90’’ E
4. MSL-4 18057’4.08’’ N 72054’30.01’’ E
5. MSL-5 18056’30.49’’ N 72053’40.93’’ E
6. MSL-6 18056’30.49’’ N 72051’32.60’’ E
7. MSL-7 18058’46.73’’ N 72052’46.81’’ E
8. MSL-8 18058’56.89’’ N 72055’16.42’’ E
Figure 4-26: Marine Sampling Locations
4.7.1 Marine Sediment Physico-chemical Parameters

The Marine sediment composition is from sandy to silty in nature
 Sand: The percentage of sand ranged between 14.7% at MSL-2 during low tide (LT)
and 18.48% at MSL-4 during high tide (HT).
 Clay: The percentage of clay ranged between 43.15% at MSL-4 during high tide and
51.39% at MSL-8 during low tide.
 Silt: The percentage of silt ranged between 33.37% at MSL-8 during low tide and
39.65% at MSL-2 during high tide.
 TOC: The Total Organic Carbon (TOC) concentration ranged between 10.3 mgC/g at
MSL- 2 during low tide and 14.5 mgC/g at MSL-3 during high tide.
 pH: The sediment pH concentration ranged between 8.0 and 8.9.
 Sediment PHC: The sediment Petroleum hydrocarbon (PHC) concentration ranged
between 0.725 µg/g at MSL-7 during low tide and 0.997 µg/g at MSL-1 during high tide.
Results for the above parameters are given in Table 4-9 and graphically shown in Figure
4-27 to Figure 4-30 respectively.

Page 4-38
Table 4-9: Marine Sediment Physico-chemical Parameters

Sand Clay Silt pH TOC Sediment PHC
Location
% % % - mgC/g μg/g
HT 16.14 44.27 39.60 8.1 11.0 0.997
MSL 1
LT 15.47 46.23 38.30 8.0 10.5 0.932
HT 14.85 45.47 39.65 8.9 10.9 0.885
MSL 2
LT 14.70 47.43 37.90 8.8 10.3 0.852
HT 15.73 47.57 36.73 8.3 14.5 0.841
MSL 3
LT 15.21 48.87 35.89 8.2 13.7 0.790
HT 18.48 43.15 38.37 8.1 11.9 0.871
MSL 4
LT 17.12 45.31 37.57 8.0 10.6 0.813
HT 16.47 45.95 37.58 8.3 11.5 0.798
MSL 5
LT 16.04 48.10 35.86 8.3 11.1 0.772
HT 15.60 46.70 37.70 8.6 11.7 0.867
MSL 6
LT 14.88 48.80 36.30 8.5 10.9 0.831
HT 17.57 45.67 36.77 8.4 11.4 0.781
MSL 7
LT 16.57 47.90 35.53 8.3 10.7 0.725
HT 17.00 49.10 33.90 8.5 11.0 0.793
MSL 8
LT 15.28 51.39 33.37 8.5 10.5 0.753
60 Sand Clay Silt
50
40
Conc. in %
30
20
10
0
HT LT HT LT HT LT HT LT HT LT HT LT HT LT HT LT
MSL 1 MSL 2 MSL 3 MSL 4 MSL 5 MSL 6 MSL 7 MSL 8

Locations
Figure 4-27: Variations in Sand, Clay and Silt Content
9.0 pH
8.8
8.6
8.4
8.2
8.0
7.8
7.6
7.4

Locations
Figure 4-28: Variations in Sediment pH

Page 4-39
16 TOC
14
12
Conc. in mgC/g
10
0

Locations
Figure 4-29: Variations in Sediment TOC
1.2 Sediment PHC
1
Conc. in µg/g
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0

Locations
Figure 4-30: Variation in Sediment PHC
4.7.1.1 Marine Sediment Heavy Metal Parameters

 Cadmium (Cd): The cadmium concentration in marine sediments varied between
15.99 µg/g at MSL-2 during high tide to 23.9 µg/g at MSL-6 during high tide.
 Chromium (Cr): The chromium concentration in marine sediments varied between
14.74 µg/g at MSL-2 during low tide to 21.86 µg/g at MSL-4 during high tide.
 Ferrous (Fe): The ferrous concentration in marine sediments varied between 1543
µg/g at MSL-1 during low tide to 3521 µg/g at MSL-6 during high tide.
 Lead (Pb): The lead concentration in marine sediments varied between 7.12 µg/g at
MSL-3 during low tide to 16.7 µg/g at MSL-6 during low tide.
 Zinc (Zn): The zinc concentration in marine sediments varied between 15.32 µg/g at
MSL-2 during low tide to 27.56 µg/g at MSL-5 during high tide.
 Nickel (Ni): The nickel concentration in marine sediments varied between 14.32 µg/g
at MSL-1 during low tide to 22.45 µg/g at MSL-7 during high tide.

Page 4-40
 Manganese (Mn): The manganese concentration in marine sediments varied between

25.43 µg/g at MSL-3 during low tide to 82.95 µg/g at MSL-8 during low tide.
 Copper (Cu): The nickel concentration in marine sediments varied between 19.45 µg/g
at MSL-4 during low tide to 32.65 µg/g at MSL-7 during high tide.
 Mercury (Hg): The mercury concentration in marine sediments varied between 0.77
µg/g at MSL- 2 during low tide to 0.99 µg/g at MSL-5 during low tide.
4-31 to Figure 4-34.
Table 4-10: Marine Sediment Heavy Metals
Cd Cr Fe Pb Ni Zn Mn Cu Hg
Locations
µg/g
HT 19.45 15.82 2043 10.67 15.89 19.32 27.45 30.65 0.78
MSL 1
LT 17.32 15.95 1543 10.43 14.32 15.34 26.43 27.89 0.79
HT 15.99 15.99 2043 9.90 17.45 20.43 26.89 24.23 0.82
MSL 2
LT 17.62 14.74 2254 9.32 16.21 15.32 26.35 25.21 0.77
HT 20.43 14.95 2404 8.45 20.93 25.43 26.45 26.34 0.84
MSL 3
LT 18.32 14.82 1756 7.12 19.39 19.54 25.43 25.31 0.78
HT 20.43 21.86 2599 15.96 21.56 23.54 49.85 21.54 0.90
MSL 4
LT 18.32 20.63 2356 13.70 18.43 19.43 25.60 19.45 0.94
HT 21.90 20.92 3303 11.90 19.45 27.56 46.30 26.31 0.96
MSL 5
LT 19.31 19.75 3023 11.32 17.32 25.43 41.15 21.61 0.99
HT 23.90 17.95 3521 14.15 19.32 24.65 42.15 29.43 0.86
MSL 6
LT 22.05 17.71 3154 16.70 17.32 22.67 37.15 27.12 0.90
HT 21.45 17.82 2205 10.45 22.45 21.32 57.55 32.65 0.81
MSL 7
LT 19.32 17.95 1934 9.12 17.32 17.34 33.10 29.89 0.87
HT 22.99 17.99 2554 11.90 20.79 20.43 80.65 26.23 0.81
MSL 8
LT 19.62 16.74 2330 11.56 19.32 17.32 82.95 27.21 0.88
35 Cadmium (Cd) Chromium (Cr) Copper (Cu)
30
25
Conc. in µg/g
20
15
10
0

Locations
Figure 4-31: Variation in Marine Sediment Cadmium, Chromium and Copper

Page 4-41
25 Lead (Pb) Nickel (Ni)
20
Conc. in µg/g
15
10
0

Locations
Figure 4-32: Variations in Marine Sediment Lead and Nickel Concentrations
90 Zinc (Zn) Manganese (Mn)
80
70
Conc. in µg/g
60
50
40
30
20
10
0

Locations
Figure 4-33: Variations in Marine Sediment Zinc and Manganese Concentrations
1.20 Mercury (Hg)
1.00
Conc. in µg/g
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00

Locations
Figure 4-34: Variations in Marine Sediment Mercury Concentrations

Page 4-42
4.7.2 Marine Benthos
4.7.2.1 Macrobenthos
Macrobenthos: Overall Macrobenthos were represented by Four taxonomic groups viz.,
Polychaeta, Bivalvia, Crustaceans and Gastropoda which were encountered during the
study. Around 60 species of macrobenthos were recorded. Minimum Density (550
Nos./m2) was observed at MSL-2 during high tide and maximum density (1500 Nos./m2)
was observed at MSL-1 during low tide.
Macrobenthos Composition: Polychaetes topped the list with 33 (55%) species, followed
by Crustaceans with 11 (18%) species, Gastropods and Bivalves with 9 (15%) and 7 (12%)
species respectively of the total benthic organisms collected.
Among Polychaetes, Amphinome sp., Capitella capitata, Cossura coasta, Goniada
emerita, Glycera sp., Nephtys sp., Prionospio sp., and Syllis sp. were found to be the most
commonly occurring species in the samples collected in Mumbai coastal waters. Coming to
Crustaceans, Apseudes sp., Ampithoe rubricata, Urothoe sp. and among Bivalves,
Anadara veligers, Meretrix meretrix and among Gastropods Cerithidea cingulata and
Gastropod veligers were found to be common species in the collection. Taxonomic
composition and numerical abundance of Macro fauna of PIA are given in Appendix C.
Percentage Composition: Polychaetes constituted the maximum with 61% to the total
benthic organisms. Crustaceans, Gastropods and Bivalves contributed 16%, 12%, and
11% respectively to the benthic samples collected.
Diversity Indices: The diversity values (Shannon - Wiener index (H’)) varied from 1.98 to
3.28 with minimum at MSL-2 during high tide and maximum at MSL-1 during high tide.
Species richness (Margalef richness index (d) fluctuated from 2.10 to 3.92 with minimum at
MSL-2 during high tide and maximum at MSL-4 during low tide.
Pielou’s evenness index (J’) varied from 0.77 to 0.89 with minimum at MSL-2 during high
tide and maximum at MSL-4 during low tide.
Details of macrobenthos population density, diversity, species richness and evenness were
given in Table 4-11. Variation in macrobenthos population, Percentage composition of
macrobenthos and Diversity Indices were graphically shown in Figure 4-35 to Figure 4-38.
Table 4-11: Macrobenthos Density and Diversity Indices
Shannon - Wiener Margalef Pielou’s evenness
S. Density
Locations index richness index index
No.
(Nos./m2) (H’) (d) (J’)
HT 1200 3.28 2.35 0.81
1. MSL 1
LT 1500 2.63 3.28 0.87
HT 550 1.98 2.10 0.77
2. MSL 2
LT 775 2.11 2.57 0.88
HT 1075 2.75 3.43 0.83
3. MSL 3
LT 1150 2.81 2.68 0.82
HT 850 2.84 3.89 0.87
4. MSL 4
LT 1250 2.55 3.92 0.84
HT 775 2.58 3.67 0.86
5. MSL 5
LT 1375 2.64 3.65 0.83
HT 1050 2.23 3.27 0.79
6. MSL 6
LT 1400 2.48 3.56 0.81
HT 750 2.65 3.29 0.81
7. MSL 7
LT 1250 2.21 2.64 0.87

Page 4-43

S. Density
No.
(Nos./m2) (H’) (d) (J’)
HT 875 2.52 3.41 0.84
8. MSL 8
LT 1025 2.54 2.72 0.89
1600 Macrofauna
1400
Conc. in No/m2
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0

Locations
Figure 4-35: Variations in Marcobenthos Density
15% Macrobenthos
12%
Polychaetes
Crustaceans
Bivalves
55%
Gastropods
18%
Figure 4-36: Species Composition of Macrobenthos
12% Macrobenthos
11%
Polychaetes
Crustaceans
Bivalves
Gastropods
16%
61%
Figure 4-37: Percentage Composition of Macrobenthos

Page 4-44
Shannon - Wiener index (H’) Margalef richness index (d) Pielou’s evenness index (J’)
4.5 0.90
Diversity Index (H') and Richness Index (d) values
4.0 0.88
0.86
3.5
Evenness (J') values

0.84
3.0
0.82
2.5
0.80
2.0
0.78
1.5
0.76
1.0
0.74
0.5 0.72
0.0 0.70
Location
Figure 4-38: Macrobenthos Diversity Indices
4.7.2.2 Meiobenthos
Meiobenthos: Overall meiobenthos was represented by Four taxonomic group’s viz.,
Nematoda, Foraminifera, Harpacticoids and Ostracods which were encountered during the
study. Around 60 species of meiobenthos were recorded. The meiobenthos density was
ranged between 105 Nos./10cm2 at MSL-2 during high tide and 184 Nos./10cm2 at MSL-3
and MSL-8 during high tide and low tide respectively.
Meiobenthic Composition: Foraminiferans topped the list with 22 (36%) species.
Nematodes were found to be the next dominant group in the order of abundance with 19
(36%) species, followed by Ostracodes and Harpacticoids with 10 (17%) and 9 (15%)
species respectively.
Among the Foraminiferans, Ammonia beccari, Elphidium subarficum, Nonion sp.,
Textularia agglutians were commonly found in all the stations. With respect to Nematodes,
Daptonema conicum, Echinotheristus sp., Halalaimus filum, Tricoma sp., and Viscosia sp.
were found to be the common species in the samples collected in various stations. Coming
to Ostracodes, Basslerites liebaui, Cyprideis sp., Leptocythere sp., Tanella indica and
among Harpacticoids, Diarthrodes sp., Tisbe furcata were found to be common in the
collection. Taxonomic composition and numerical abundance of Meio fauna of the PIA are
given in Appendix C.
Percentage Composition: Foraminifera constituted the maximum with 49% to the total
meiobenthic organisms. Nematods, Ostracods and Harpacticoids contributed 22%, 18%
and 11% respectively to the meiobenthic samples collected.
3.78 with minimum at MSL-2 during high tide and maximum at MSL-6 during high tide.
Species richness (Margalef richness index (d)) fluctuated from 1.69 to 4.42 with minimum
at MSL-1 during high tide and maximum at MSL-3 during high tide.
Pielou’s evenness index (J’) varied from 0.79 to 0.95 with minimum at MSL-1 during high
tide and maximum at MSL-1 during low tide.

Page 4-45
Details of meiobenthos population density, diversity, species richness and evenness were
given in Table 4-12. Variation in meiobenthos population, Percentage composition and
Diversity Indices of meioobenthos are graphically shown in the Figure 4-39 to Figure 4-42.
Table 4-12: Meiobenthos Density and Diversity Indices
S. Density
No.
(Nos./m2) (H’) (d) (J’)
HT 181 3.24 1.69 0.79
1. MSL 1
LT 149 2.96 4.34 0.95
HT 105 2.01 2.33 0.83
2. MSL 2
LT 134 2.55 2.91 0.88
HT 184 3.14 4.42 0.89
3. MSL 3
LT 183 2.57 3.32 0.85
HT 165 2.94 3.03 0.86
4. MSL 4
LT 159 2.78 2.76 0.89
HT 143 3.21 3.28 0.81
5. MSL 5
LT 152 3.43 2.17 0.81
HT 132 3.78 2.55 0.83
6. MSL 6
LT 148 2.45 2.52 0.86
HT 128 3.74 2.83 0.87
7. MSL 7
LT 175 2.74 1.69 0.85
HT 140 2.52 2.81 0.85
8. MSL 8
LT 184 2.03 2.10 0.87
200 Meiofauna
180
Conc. in No/10 cm 2
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Locations
Figure 4-39: Variations in Meiobenthos Density

Page 4-46
32% Meiobenthos
Nematodes
Foraminif erans
15% Ostracodes
Harpacticoids
36%
17%
Figure 4-40: Species Composition of Meiobenthos
Meiobenthos
22%
49% Nematodes
11% Foraminif erans
Ostracodes
Harpacticoids
18%
Figure 4-41: Percentage Composition of Meiobenthos
Shannon-Wiener Index (H') Margalef Richness Index (d') Pielou's Evenness Index (J')
5.0 1.00
4.5 0.90
4.0 0.80
3.5 0.70
3.0 0.60
2.5 0.50
2.0 0.40
1.5 0.30
1.0 0.20
0.5 0.10
0.0 0.00
Location
Figure 4-42: Meiobenthos Diversity Indices

Page 4-47
4.7.3 Marine Sediment Microbial Parameters

The indicator and pathogenic bacteria isolated from sediment samples collected from the
marine monitoring locations are described below.
 Total Viable Count -Total Heterotrophic Bacteria (TVC): The TVC population varied
between 63 x105 CFU/mg at MSL-2 during high tide and 83 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-5
during low tide.
 Total Coliform (TC): The Total Coliform population ranged between 29 x105 CFU/mg
at MSL-3 during high tide and 49 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-7 during low tide.
 Faecal Coliform (FC): The Faecal Coliform population ranged between 20 x105
CFU/mg at MSL-1 during high tide and MSL-3 during low tide respectively and 37 x106
CFU/mg at MSL-6 during low tide.
 E. coli (EC): The E. coli population ranged between 10 x105 CFU/mg at MSL-2 during
high tide and 23 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-8 during low tide.
 Pseudomonas aeurginosa (PALO): The PA like organisms population ranged
between 10 x105 CFU/mg at MSL-2 during high tide and 19 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-4
during low tide.
 Proteus-Klebsiella (PKLO): The PK like organisms population ranged between 10 x
105 CFU/mg at MSL-1 during high tide and 27 x 106 CFU/mg at MSL-5 during low tide.
 Streptococcus faecalis (SFLO): The SFLO population ranged between 10 x 105
CFU/mg at MSL-3 during both high tide and low tide respectively and 27 x 106 CFU/mg
at MSL-8 during low tide.
 Shigella (SHLO): The SHLO population observed ranged between 11 x 105 CFU/mg
at MSL-1 during high tide and 23 x 106 CFU/mg at MSL-7 during low tide.
 Salmonella (SL): The Salmonella population ranged between 11 x105 CFU/mg at
MSL-2 during both high tide and low tide respectively and 20 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-6
during low tide.
 Vibrio parahaemolyticus (VP): The VP population observed ranged between 12 x105
CFU/mg at MSL-3 during high tide and 24 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-5 during low tide.
 Vibrio cholera (VC): The VC population ranged between 11 x105 CFU/mg at MSL-1
during low tide and 19 x106 CFU/mg at MSL-MSL-4 and MSL-8 during low tide
respectively.
Detailed results for the above parameters are given in and graphically shown in Figure
4-43 and Figure 4-47 respectively. The numerical abundance of Sediment Micro flora of
the PIA are given in Appendix C.

Page 4-48
8.2
TVC
Log10 values in CFU/mg
8.0
7.8
7.6
7.4
7.2
7.0
6.8
6.6
6.4
6.2
Locations
Figure 4-43: Variation in Total Viable Counts for the Sediment Samples
9.0 TC FC EC
Log10 values in CFU/mg
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-44: Variations in EC, FC and TC for the Sediment Samples

8.0
SH SL
Log10 values in CFU/g
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-45: Variations in SH and SL for the Sediment Samples

Page 4-49
SF PK PA
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-46: Variations in SF, PK and PA for the Sediment Samples
VP VC
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-47: Variations in VP and VC for the Sediment Samples
4.8 Marine Water Quality
4.8.1 Physical Parameters

 Temperature ranged between 26.7 0C at MSL-7 during high tide and 37.9 0C at MSL-5
during high tide
 pH value ranged in between 7.7 to 8.5
 Salinity ranged between 33.5 ppt at MSL-4 during low tide to 40.6 ppt at MSL-4 during
high tide
 Turbidity ranged between 17.0 NTU at MSL-1 during low tide and 24.1 NTU during
MSL-4 during high tide
 Total Suspended Solids varied between 161.7 ppm at MSL-1 during low tide to 230.8
ppm at MSL-4 during high tide
4.8.2 Chemical and Nutrient Parameters

 Dissolved Oxygen ranged between 5.0 mg/l at MSL-5 during low tide to 7.5 mg/l at
MSL-4 during low tide
 Biochemical Oxygen Demand ranged between 2.1 mg/l at MSL-1 and MSL-4 during
high tide and low tide respectively and 3.0 mg/l at MSL-5 during high tide

Page 4-50
 Ammonia concentrations varied between 0.058 µmol/l at MSL-7 during high tide and
0.085 at MSL-5 and MSL-7 during low tide respectively
 Nitrite concentration varied between 0.61 µmol/l at MSL-1 during low tide and 1.99
µmol/l at MSL-5 during high tide
 Nitrate concentrations varied between 5.41 µmol/l at MSL-2 during low tide and 8.26
µmol/l at MSL-5 during high tide
 Total Nitrogen concentration varied between 20.89 µmol/l at MSL-6 during low tide and
26.32 µmol/l at MSL-1 during high tide
 Inorganic Phosphorus concentration ranged between 0.77 µmol/l at MSL-1 during low
tide to 2.25 µmol/l at MSL-4 during high tide
 Total Phosphorous concentration ranged between 1.84 µmol/l at MSL-3 during low tide
to 4.15 µmol/l at MSL-5 during high tide
 Silicate level ranged between 42.27 µmol/l at MSL-5 during low tide to 64.73 µmol/l at
MSL-6 during high tide
 Particulate Organic Carbon ranged between 111.13 µgC/l at MSL-5 during low tide and
125.28 µgC/l at MSL-5 during high tide
 Petroleum hydrocarbons ranged between 0.391 µg/l at MSL-5 during low tide and
0.683 µg/l at MSL-6 during high tide.
The details of physico-chemical properties for the water samples are given in Table 4-13 to
Table 4-14 and graphically shown in Figure 4-48 to Figure 4-58 respectively.
Table 4-13: Marine Water Physico-chemical Parameters
Water Temperature Salinity pH DO BOD TSS Turbidity
Location 0C PPT - mg/L mg/L ppm NTU
HT 29.3 38.6 8.1 5.9 2.1 197.3 20.3
MSL 1
LT 27.3 40.0 7.8 5.9 2.3 161.7 17.0
HT 36.8 38.9 8.3 6.0 2.2 200.3 21.9
MSL 2
LT 33.2 37.9 7.9 5.7 2.2 199.6 17.5
HT 30.2 39.2 8.1 6.9 2.4 210.3 23.6
MSL 3
LT 33.0 35.2 8.1 6.8 2.4 205.6 18.2
HT 31.4 40.6 8.5 6.1 2.8 230.8 24.1
MSL 4
LT 33.4 33.5 7.9 7.5 2.5 192.8 21.1
HT 37.9 39.8 8.1 6.3 3.0 200.4 21.0
MSL 5
LT 37.2 35.1 8.2 5.0 2.1 215.5 19.2
HT 28.3 38.4 8.1 6.5 2.7 204.7 22.1
MSL 6
LT 28.6 37.6 7.9 6.1 2.7 192.4 22.0
HT 26.7 38.2 8.3 6.8 2.6 209.6 21.8
MSL 7
LT 37.3 37.4 8.0 6.3 2.4 196.6 18.9
HT 27.6 39.5 8.0 6.4 2.7 214.8 22.3
MSL 8
LT 34.2 37.2 7.7 5.9 2.3 197.8 18.1
Table 4-14: Marine Water Nutrient Parameters
NO2 NO3 NH4 TN IP TP SiO4 POC PHC
Location
µmol/l µgC/l µg/l
HT 0.76 7.57 0.063 26.32 1.62 3.41 48.84 117.56 0.617
MSL 1
LT 0.61 6.39 0.071 21.97 0.77 1.89 51.91 117.12 0.403
HT 1.43 7.27 0.071 25.69 1.69 3.38 54.69 123.91 0.635
MSL 2
LT 0.88 5.41 0.078 22.12 1.12 2.67 55.89 118.63 0.621
HT 1.51 7.38 0.059 24.57 1.54 3.72 58.83 121.68 0.531
MSL 3
LT 0.63 6.52 0.081 21.18 1.09 1.84 49.21 120.21 0.498
HT 1.01 8.11 0.072 25.19 2.25 3.78 60.47 118.87 0.516
MSL 4
LT 0.98 7.58 0.081 22.25 0.86 2.18 42.27 119.41 0.498
HT 1.99 8.26 0.069 25.96 1.86 4.15 53.51 125.28 0.637
MSL 5
LT 0.63 6.59 0.085 21.97 1.12 2.21 54.74 111.13 0.391

Page 4-51
NO2 NO3 NH4 TN IP TP SiO4 POC PHC

Location
µmol/l µgC/l µg/l
HT 1.93 7.24 0.064 26.24 1.82 3.96 64.73 121.19 0.683
MSL 6
LT 0.68 6.54 0.077 20.89 1.14 2.18 56.62 114.87 0.411
HT 1.69 7.35 0.058 25.29 1.76 4.13 59.96 122.48 0.528
MSL 7
LT 0.87 6.59 0.085 22.21 1.01 2.11 54.74 117.49 0.458
HT 1.71 7.52 0.072 24.91 1.79 3.93 54.78 121.92 0.515
MSL 8
LT 0.81 6.01 0.076 21.63 1.10 2.45 55.73 115.68 0.481
40.0 Water Temperature DO 8.0

35.0 7.0
Conc. in mg/l
30.0 6.0
Conc. in 0C
25.0 5.0
20.0 4.0
15.0 3.0
10.0 2.0
5.0 1.0
0.0 0.0
Locations
Figure 4-48: Variations in Marine Water Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen

8.6 pH
8.4
8.2
8.0
7.8
7.6
7.4
7.2

Locations
Figure 4-49: Variations in pH
45 Salinity
40
Conc. in ppt
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0

Locations
Figure 4-50: Variations in Salinity

Page 4-52
30 Turbidity
Conc. in NTU 25
20
15
10
0

Locations
Figure 4-51: Variations in Turbidity
250 TSS
Conc. in ppm
200
150
100
50
0
Locations
Figure 4-52: Variations in Total Suspended Solids
3.5 BOD
3
Conc. in mg/l
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0

Locations
Figure 4-53: Variations in BOD

Page 4-53
2.5 Nitrite Ammonia
2.0
Conc. in µmol/l
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-54: Variations in Nitrite and Ammonia Concentrations

30.0 Nitrate Total Nitrogen
25.0
Conc. in µmol/l
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-55: Variations in Nitrate and Total Nitrogen Concentrations

4.5 IP TP
4.0
3.5
Conc. in µmol/l
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-56: Variations in Inorganic Phosphate and Total Phosphorous

Concentrations

Page 4-54
70 POC SiO₄ 130

Conc. in µmol/l 60 125
50
Conc. in µgC/l
120
40
115
30
110
20
10 105
0 100
HT LT HT LT HT LT
Location MSL 1 MSL 2 MSL 3
Locations
Figure 4-57: Variations in POC and Silicate Concentrations
0.8 PHC
0.7
0.6
0.5
Conc. in µg/l
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-58: Variations in PHC Concentrations
4.8.3 Marine Water Heavy Metal Parameters

 Cadmium (Cd): The cadmium concentration in marine waters varied between 1.296
µg/l at MSL-1 during low tide to 2.064 µg/l at MSL-5 during high tide.
 Chromium (Cr): The chromium concentration in marine waters varied between 2.46
µg/l at MSL-4 during low tide to 5.56 µg/l at MSL-6 during high tide.
 Ferrous (Fe): The ferrous concentration in marine waters varied between 17.93 µg/l
at MSL-2 during low tide to 27.72 µg/l at MSL-3 during high tide.
 Lead (Pb): The lead concentration in marine waters varied between 3.60 µg/l at MSL-
3 during low tide to 5.12 µg/l at MSL-7 during high tide.
 Zinc (Zn): The zinc concentration in marine waters varied between 24.35 µg/l at MSL-
7 during low tide to 36.09 µg/l at MSL-3 during low tide.
 Nickel (Ni): The nickel concentration in marine waters varied between 0.993 µg/l at
MSL-4 during low tide to 1.533 µg/l at MSL-6 during high tide.
 Manganese (Mn): The manganese concentration in marine waters varied between
33.84 µg/l at MSL-4 during low tide to 42.05 µg/l at MSL-6 during high tide.

Page 4-55
 Copper (Cu): The copper concentration in marine waters varied between 13.21 µg/l at
MSL-2 during low tide to 19.92 µg/l at MSL-1 during high tide.
 Mercury (Hg): Mercury Concentration in marine waters varied between 0.05 µg/l at
MSL-1 and MSL-5 during low tide respectively to 1.76 µg/l at MSL-8 during high tide.
Table 4-15: Marine Water Heavy Metals
Cd Cr Fe Pb Ni Zn Mn Cu Hg
Locations
µg/l
HT 1.979 3.64 23.88 4.64 1.213 32.51 38.01 19.92 1.42
MSL 1
LT 1.296 2.84 18.56 3.87 1.034 26.67 37.62 13.65 0.05
HT 1.820 4.51 25.21 4.98 1.474 31.15 39.59 19.74 1.68
MSL 2
LT 1.467 2.71 17.93 3.78 1.167 25.69 35.41 13.21 0.07
HT 1.781 3.37 27.72 4.35 1.512 32.82 40.18 15.85 1.63
MSL 3
LT 1.521 3.10 19.85 3.60 1.067 36.09 34.72 13.84 0.07
HT 1.968 3.73 25.69 4.70 1.336 30.19 41.89 18.21 1.72
MSL 4
LT 1.642 2.46 20.51 3.86 0.993 25.43 33.84 14.57 0.07
HT 2.064 3.87 27.16 4.61 1.405 33.27 39.24 16.99 1.55
MSL 5
LT 1.328 2.71 18.34 3.91 1.194 26.89 36.65 15.82 0.05
HT 1.745 5.56 25.02 4.94 1.533 31.76 42.05 19.34 1.61
MSL 6
LT 1.389 2.99 20.62 4.07 1.116 25.78 35.61 14.58 0.07
HT 1.803 3.62 26.65 5.12 1.356 29.49 41.25 17.12 1.54
MSL 7
LT 1.330 3.13 20.17 3.81 1.232 24.35 36.05 15.04 0.06
HT 1.867 4.12 25.19 4.85 1.372 33.68 40.13 18.10 1.76
MSL 8
LT 1.381 2.95 21.26 3.69 1.175 25.41 35.52 14.87 0.06
30.0 Copper (Cu) Chromium (Cr) Iron (Fe)
25.0
Conc. in µg/l
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0

Locations
Figure 4-59: Variation in Marine Water Copper, Chromium and Iron Concentrations

Page 4-56
45.0 Zinc (Zn) Manganese (Mn)

40.0
35.0
Conc. in µg/l
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-60: Variations in Marine Water Lead, Nickel and Cadmium Concentrations
6.0 Lead (Pb) Nickel (Ni) Cadmium (Cd)
5.0
4.0
Conc. in µg/l
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-61: Variations in Marine Water, Zinc and Manganese Concentrations

2.0 Mercury (Hg)
1.8
1.6
1.4
Conc. in µg/l
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-62: Variations in Marine Water Mercury Concentrations

Page 4-57
4.8.4 Biological Parameters

The analysis of Biological parameters such as Primary Productivity, Chlorophyll-a,
Phaeopigments, Phytoplankton and Zooplankton were carried out. Minimum and maximum
values for the above parameters are given below.
 Primary Productivity: Primary Productivity ranged between 170.3 mgC/m3/day at
MSL-2 during high tide and 298.9 mgC/m3/day at MSL-1 during low tide.
 Chlorophyll a: Chlorophyll a ranged between 0.45 mg/m3 at MSL-1 during high tide
and 3.57 mg/m3 at MSL-1 during low tide.
 Phaeopigment: Phaeopigments ranged between 0.23 mg/m3 at MSL-8 during low tide
and 1.07 mg/m3 at MSL-3 during low tide.
 Total Biomass: Total Biomass ranged between 18.38 ml/100m3 at MSL-4 during low
tide and 48.42 ml/100m3 at MSL-7 during high tide.
Detailed results for the above parameters are given in Table 4-16 and graphically shown in
Figure 4-63 to Figure 4-65.
Table 4-16: Biological Parameters
Primary
Chlorophyll a Phaeopigments Total Biomass
Location productivity
mgC/m3/day mg/m3 ml/100 m3
HT 170.81 0.45 0.87 29.75
MSL 1
LT 298.94 3.57 1.01 28.35
HT 170.27 2.64 0.89 23.18
MSL 2
LT 280.27 0.78 0.33 32.34
HT 175.43 2.78 0.58 37.65
MSL 3
LT 255.69 3.26 1.07 29.12
HT 195.99 0.54 0.43 22.66
MSL 4
LT 260.12 1.42 0.75 18.38
HT 179.78 2.18 0.89 33.55
MSL 5
LT 288.21 1.25 0.27 27.89
HT 187.5 2.72 0.53 27.98
MSL 6
LT 293.25 2.23 1.07 21.42
HT 187.67 2.44 0.58 48.42
MSL 7
LT 257.37 0.96 0.74 29.84
HT 186.83 1.45 0.71 22.74
MSL 8
LT 287.92 1.78 0.23 31.25
350.0
Primary Productivity
300.0
Conc. In mgC/m 3/day
250.0
200.0
150.0
100.0
50.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-63: Variations in Primary Productivity Concentrations

Page 4-58
4.0
Chlorophyll a Phaeo pigments
Conc. In mg/m 3 3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-64: Variations in Chlorophyll a and Phaeopigment Concentrations

60.0 Total Biomass
50.0
Conc. In ml/100m 3
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-65: Variations in Total Biomass Concentrations

 Phytoplankton: Population density of phytoplankton ranged between 4434 Nos./l at
MSL-5 during low tide to 11867 Nos./l at MSL-7 during high tide. Around 66 species of
phytoplankton under 3 different classes were recorded from study area. Of these,
diatoms were found to be the dominant group with 52 species. Dinoflagellates formed
next group with 10 species and Blue green algae came last in the order with 4 species
in all the locations.
 Phytoplankton Composition: Diatoms topped the list with 52 (79%) species followed
by Dinoflagellates with 10 (15%) species, Blue greens with 4 (6%) species
respectively. Taxonomic composition and numerical abundance of Phytoplankton of
 Percentage Composition: Diatoms constituted the maximum with 77% to the total
phytoplankton. Dinoflagellates and Blue Greens contributed 14% and 9% respectively
to the phytoplankton samples collected.
Among diatoms, Bellerochea malleus, Coscinodiscus centralis, C. radiatus, C. granii, C.
gigas, Chaetoceros indicus, C. affinis, C. messanensis, Leptocylindrus danicus,
Thalassioneman itzschioides, Triceratium favus, Cyclotella sp., Cylindrothecac losterium,
Eucampia zoodiacus, Lithodesmium undulatum, Nitzschia longisima, N. sigma, Odentella

Page 4-59
mobilensis, O. sinensis, Pleurosigma normanii, P. elongatum, Rhizosolenia alata, R.

styliformis, Skeletonema costatum and Thalassiothrix frauenfeldii were found to be
common species in samples collected in various stations. Coming to Dinoflagellates,
Ceratium furca, C. trichoceros, C. Macroceros and Prorocentrum micans and Blue green
algae Merismopedia glauca, Oscillatoria sp. and Trichodesmium erythraeum showed
consistency in their occurrence in samples collected in different stations of Mumbai coastal
waters.
5.444 with minimum at MSL-3 during low tide and maximum at MSL-5 during high tide.
Species richness (Margalef richness index (d)) fluctuated from 4.412 to 5.716 with
minimum at MSL-7 during low tide and maximum at MSL-5 during high tide. Pielou’s
evenness index (J’) varied from 0.861 to 0.965 with minimum at MSL-4 during high tide
and maximum at MSL-6 during low tide.
Details of phytoplankton population density, diversity, species richness and evenness were
given in Table 4-17. Variation in phytoplankton population, percentage composition and
diversity indices of phytoplankton were graphically shown in Figure 4-66 to Figure 4-69.
Table 4-17: Phytoplankton Density and Diversity Indices
S. Density
No.
(Nos./l) (H’) (d) (J’)
HT 8265 4.946 4.546 0.917
1. MSL 1
LT 5457 5.084 4.881 0.937
HT 9966 5.037 4.562 0.928
2. MSL 2
LT 6127 5.372 5.504 0.957
HT 9670 5.145 5.122 0.921
3. MSL 3
LT 4621 4.808 5.451 0.940
HT 9434 5.223 5.135 0.861
4. MSL 4
LT 5363 5.082 5.124 0.925
HT 6606 5.444 5.716 0.947
5. MSL 5
LT 4434 5.229 5.116 0.950
HT 11732 5.132 5.016 0.919
6. MSL 6
LT 6195 5.33 5.154 0.965
HT 11867 5.219 5.223 0.925
7. MSL 7
LT 6905 4.982 4.412 0.936
HT 5617 4.886 4.517 0.918
8. MSL 8
LT 8997 5.277 5.052 0.950
14000 Phytoplankton
12000
10000
Con. in No.s/L
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
Figure 4-66: Variations in Phytoplankton

Location
Population density

Page 4-60
Species Level Distribution

6%
15%
Blue greens
Diatoms
Dinof lagellates
79%
Figure 4-67: Species Composition of Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton
9%
14%
Blue greens
Diatoms
Dinof lagellates
77%
Figure 4-68: Percentage Composition of Phytoplankton
7.0 0.98
0.96
6.0
0.94
5.0
0.92
4.0 0.90
3.0 0.88
0.86
2.0
0.84
1.0
0.82
0.0 0.80
Location
Figure 4-69: Phytoplankton Density and Indices

Page 4-61
 Zooplankton: The population density of zooplankton ranged between 3010 Nos./m3 at

MSL-8 during low tide to 9130 Nos./m3 at MSL-4 during high tide. Around 33 species of
zooplankton under 6 different classes were recorded from the study area.
 Zooplankton Composition: Calanoida were found to be the dominant group with 10
(31%) species. Cyclopoida and came as next dominant groups with 6 (18%) species
followed by Spirotricha and group ‘Others’ with 4 (12%) species and Harpacticoida with
3 (9%) species respectively. Taxonomic composition and numerical abundance of
Zooplankton of the PIA are given in Appendix C.
 Percentage Composition: Calanoida constituted the maximum with 28% to the total
zooplankton. Followed by Cyclopoida (17%) Harpaticoida (16%), Spirotricha (15%),
Larval forms (15%), Others’ and Spirotricha (10%) respectively to the zooplankton
samples collected.
Among the Calanoida, Acartia danae, A. centura, Acrocalanus gibber, A. gracilis,
Labidocera pavo, Nannocalanus minor, Paracalanus parvus, Temora discaudata and in
Cyclopoida, Oithona rigida, O. brevicornis, Copilia sp. Corycaeus danae and in Larval
forms, Gastropod veliger, Bivalve veliger, Barnacle nauplii and in Harpacticoida,
Macrosetella acuta and Euterpina acutiforns were found to be the common species in the
collections. In the case of Spirotricha, Tintinnopsis cylindrica, T. tubulosa and Sagitta sp.
showed consistency in their occurrence in the samples collected in various stations of
Mumbai coastal waters.
Diversity Indices:
 The diversity values (Shannon - Wiener index (H’)) varied from 3.673 to 4.309 with
minimum at MSL-2 during high tide and maximum at MSL-8 during low tide.
 Species richness (Margalef richness index (d) fluctuated from 2.353 to 3.066 with
minimum at MSL-5 during low tide and maximum at MSL-7 during low tide.
 Pielou’s evenness index (J’) varied from 0.812 to 0.952 with minimum at MSL-2 during
high tide and maximum at MSL-8 during low tide.
Details of phytoplankton population density, diversity, species richness and evenness were
given in Table 4-18. Variation in zooplankton population Percentage composition and
diversity indices of zooplankton were graphically shown in Figure 4-70 to Figure 4-73.
Table 4-18: Zooplankton Density and Diversity Indices
S. Density
No.
(Nos./l) (H’) (d) (J’)
HT 4225 3.984 2.755 0.869
1. MSL 1
LT 7140 4.309 2.930 0.906
HT 7571 3.673 2.463 0.812
2. MSL 2
LT 3121 4.103 2.610 0.920
HT 6215 3.944 2.633 0.860
3. MSL 3
LT 7587 4.214 2.798 0.897
HT 9130 3.935 2.522 0.858
4. MSL 4
LT 4205 4.099 2.637 0.906
HT 3589 4.021 2.565 0.902
5. MSL 5
LT 4912 3.693 2.353 0.841
HT 5127 3.940 2.575 0.871
6. MSL 6
LT 3250 4.186 2.721 0.925
HT 3055 4.157 2.492 0.946
7. MSL 7
LT 6670 4.078 3.066 0.848

Page 4-62

S. Density
No.
(Nos./l) (H’) (d) (J’)
HT 7880 4.132 2.675 0.890
8. MSL 8
LT 3010 4.306 2.747 0.952
10000 Zooplankton
9000
8000
Con. in No.s/m 3
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
Location
Figure 4-70: Variations Zooplankton

in Zooplankton Population
12% 18%
Calanoida
Cyclopoida
12% Harpacticoida
Spirotricha
Others
Larval f orms
9%
31%
18%
Figure 4-71: Species Composition

Zooplankton
of Zooplankton
15%
Calanoida
28%
Cyclopoida
Harpacticoida
Spirotricha
Others
14% Larval f orms
17%
10%
16%
Figure 4-72: Percentage Composition of Zooplankton

Page 4-63
5.0 1.00
4.5
0.95
4.0

3.5
0.90
3.0
2.5 0.85
2.0
0.80
1.5
1.0
0.75
0.5
0.0 0.70
Location
Figure 4-73: Zooplankton Density and Indices
4.8.5 Marine Water Microbial Parameters

The microbial forms isolated from water samples collected from the marine monitoring
locations are described below.
between 43 x104 CFU/ml at MSL-2 during high tide and 60 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-6
during low tide.
 Total Coliform (TC): The Total Coliform population ranged between 24 x104 CFU/ml
at MSL-2 during high tide and 39 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-5 during low tide.
 Faecal Coliform (FC): The Faecal Coliform population ranged between 18 x104
CFU/ml at MSL-2 during high tide and 30 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-7 during low tide.
 E. coli (EC): The E. coli population ranged between 30 x103 CFU/ml at MSL-3 during
high tide and 21 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-7 during low tide.
 Pseudomonas aeurginosa (PALO): The PA like organisms population ranged
between 10 x104 CFU/ml at MSL-1 and MSL-2 during low tide and high tide
respectively and 18 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-6 during low tide.
 Proteus-Klebsiella (PKLO): The PK like organisms population ranged between 90 x
103 CFU/ml at MSL-2 during high tide and 21 x 105 CFU/ml at MSL-8 during low tide.
 Streptococcus faecalis (SFLO): The SFLO population ranged between 70 x 103
CFU/ml at MSL-3 during high tide and 19 x 105 CFU/ml at MSL-5 during low tide.
 Shigella (SHLO): The SHLO population observed ranged between 80 x 103 CFU/ml at
MSL-1 during high tide and 20 x 105 CFU/ml at MSL-5 during low tide.
 Salmonella (SL): The Salmonella population ranged between 60 x103 CFU/ml at MSL-
2 during high tide and 16 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-4 during low tide.
 Vibrio parahaemolyticus (VP): The VP population observed ranged between 70 x103
CFU/ml at MSL-2 during high tide and 15 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-7 during low tide.

Page 4-64
 Vibrio cholera (VC): The VC population ranged between 70 x103 CFU/ml at MSL-3
during high tide and 17 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-5 during low tide.
Detailed results for the above parameters are given in and graphically shown in Figure
4-74 and Figure 4-78 respectively. Numerical abundance of Marine water micro flora of
8.0 TVC
7.0
Log10 values in CFU/ml
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Locations
Figure 4-74: Variation in Tot al Viable Counts for the Marine Water Samples
TC EC FC
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

Locations
Figure 4-75: Variations in FC, EC and TC for the Marine Water Samples

Page 4-65
Log10 values in CFU/ml 7.0 SH SL
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

Locations
Figure 4-76: Variations in SH and SL for the Marine Water Samples

7.0 SF PK PA
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

Locations
Figure 4-77: Variations in SF, PK and PA for the Marine Water Samples
7.0
VP VC
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

Locations
Figure 4-78: Variations in VP and VC for the Marine Water Samples

Page 4-66
4.8.5.1 Discussion
The data on Water quality as evaluated from various physico-chemical and biological
parameters indicated that the coastal waters (unto 5 km) between Dahanu and Redi are
healthy except for a few areas near highly industrialized centres of Mumbai along the north
Maharashtra8.
The nutrients like PO4--P, NO3--N, NO2--N, and NH4+-N indicated higher values in the
creeks and some estuarine segments with considerable reduction towards the sea. The
higher levels of NO2--N and NH4+-N in inshore waters along the north Maharashtra as
compared to the south segment suggested high organic input to the northern coast through
anthropogenic activities leading to severe deterioration in environmental activity in many
instances. The values of PHC and phenols indicated relatively more petroleum
contamination in the creeks/estuaries of northern than that of southern Maharashtra
suggesting high industrial activities along northern shore. High bacterial counts in terms of
TVC, TC and FC occurred in water and sediment along the coastal Maharashtra. In
general, the bacterial counts were high in selected creeks and estuaries than the open
coast suggesting high organic input to these coastal areas. Mumbai coast and the
southern estuaries were more affected as compared to the rest of the coastal regions.
Bed sediments were by and large free from anthropogenic trace metals except for Hg in
some instances around Mumbai. Elevation from normal trend particularly Cr in the northern
area and Cu in the south and occasional high values of CO, Zn, Cd and Pb appeared to be
of lithogenic origin.
The biological productivity in terms of phytopigments and cell counts indicated higher
primary production potential for the northern coastal segment as compared to the southern
areas of Maharashtra.
Such trend in high primary production along north shore was probably associated with the
nutrient input through anthropogenic fluxes such as sewage.
The creeks and estuaries of north Maharashtra however sustained high standing stock
than that of south.
The above trend in biological production suggested organic pollution induced productivity
at different trophic levels at some zones. However, the food chain transfer efficiency in
polluted areas seemed to be low due to low grazing pressure, dominance of pollutant
tolerant organisms and carnivores.
4.8.5.2 Summary and Conclusion for Present Survey

The baseline marine survey conducted made during June 5th - 7th June 2015 suggests that
the physico-chemical parameters are within the permissible range, but ammonia,
particulate organic carbon and petroleum hydrocarbon, and heavy metals are exhibited
only marginal variation. Add to this, the opportunistic polychaete species such as Capitella
capitata, Glycera benquellana, Maldanidae sp. and Prionospio pinnata were found to be
dominant in the stations studied.
8
Monitoring Of Coastal Marine And Estuarine Ecology Of Maharashtra: Phase I Part-A (Main
Report), 2009

Page 4-67
4.9 Biological Environment
4.9.1 Flora and Fauna

Methodology for study of fauna consisted of detailing taxonomic accounts based on visual
observation, circumstantial evidence based on foot prints, feathers, skin, hair, hooves etc.
and the habitat features, reports from locals and published literature including the reports,
records and working plans of the forest department.
A comparative list of all Mangrove plant species of the study area was prepared based on
the plant species collected during the study period by the survey teams and details are
provided in Appendix D.
4.9.1.1 Methodology
Vegetation/Flora: In order to study the flora 10X10 m2 Quadrates were laid separately for
detailed analysis of vegetation in the core area (project site area) and buffer areas (15 km
periphery). In order to study herbs species, 1x1 m2 quadrate were used. Direct visual
enumeration of plant species was carried out to generate data on flora. The collected data
was then systematically and scientifically analyzed to produce information on following
biodiversity parameters of flora.
Fauna: Methodology for study of fauna consisted of detailing taxonomic accounts based on
visual observation, circumstantial evidence based on foot prints, feathers, skin, hair,
hooves etc. and the habitat features, reports from locals especially the locals, and
published literature including the reports, records and working plans of the forest
department. Sampling locations are given in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Sampling Locations with GPS Co-ordinates
Location Latitude Longitude Location Latitude Longitude
1 19° 03' 29.51" 72° 51' 37.66" 21 18° 58' 15.53" 73° 00' 12.61"
2 19° 02' 48.35" 72° 50' 45.24" 22 18° 57' 46.50" 72° 58' 20.80"
3 19° 02' 57.49" 72° 53' 57.44" 23 18° 57' 44.92" 72° 56' 22.34"
4 19° 02' 18.65" 72° 54' 08.84" 24 18° 58' 08.59" 72° 55' 59.85"
5 19° 03' 14.88" 72° 57' 40.21" 25 18° 57' 44.98" 72° 55' 48.13"
6 19° 02' 39.74" 72° 56' 21.04" 26 18° 57' 40.53" 72° 55' 33.67"
7 19° 01' 55.00" 72° 56' 08.67" 27 18° 57' 26.94" 72° 55' 55.86"
8 19° 01' 24.80" 72° 56' 12.54" 28 18° 57' 22.64" 72° 54' 11.19"
9 19° 01' 17.86" 72° 54' 58.13" 29 18° 56' 8.04" 72° 57' 57.43"
10 19° 01' 12.08" 72° 53' 21.12" 30 18° 55' 38.53" 73° 00' 02.98"
11 19° 00' 14.38" 72° 54' 57.49" 31 18° 55' 00.53" 72° 57' 48.96"
12 19° 00' 02.40" 72° 53' 30.56" 32 18° 54' 09.43" 72° 56' 01.88"
13 19° 00' 11.61" 72° 51' 40.45" 33 18° 54' 09.15" 72° 54' 43.80"
14 18° 58' 40.45" 72° 50' 15.26" 34 18° 53' 23.87" 72° 54' 35.16"
15 18° 58' 52.00" 72° 49' 05.99" 35 18° 52' 21.37" 72° 55' 30.42"
16 18° 57' 27.27" 72° 48' 20.99" 36 18° 53' 03.70" 73° 00' 02.50"
17 18° 53' 30.08" 72° 48' 31.26" 37 18° 50' 57.11" 72° 56' 29.08"
18 19° 00' 17.77" 73° 00' 10.94" 38 18° 50' 32.17" 72° 58' 56.31"
19 19° 00' 00.35" 73° 01' 05.21" 39 18° 49' 00.28" 72° 56' 54.21"
20 18° 59' 24.45" 73° 01' 20.07"
4.9.1.2 Study Area

The study area was divided in two major parts namely the Core area/project area and
Buffer area.

Page 4-68
Core Area: Since the project site is in the sea there are only two landmasses within the 5
km radius of the project area one being Butcher Island having port facilities such as berths
and storage terminals around 1.0 km north east of the project site and the other being
Elephanta Island around 4.0 km north east of the project site. Elephanta Island has a
mangrove plantation as well as a fishing settlement as well as rice fields and is also the
location of an important archaeological monument namely the Elephanta Caves
General Study Area: The buffer zone comprises of the area 5-15km radius outside the
core zone. It is an Urban zone with significant traffic and constructions. Some places away
from the city inhabited with natural forest, wetlands and Riverine ecosystems. In Buffer
zone very common and less conservation priority animals, birds and other floral species
exists. The animals reported in buffer zone are Monitor Lizards, Mongoose, Snakes and
very common terrestrial and aquatic birds species. A perusal of the status of different
species denotes that there are no Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET)
species or any species listed in Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act.
The terrestrial ecosystem is mostly urban area and few island regions exist within the study
area. There are few places occupied with parks and playgrounds apart from the airport and
railway stations. The densely populated city merely left with any space for open forests.
Hence terrestrial survey consists of the road side plantations and flora present near the
parks. No REET species present or cultivated here.
Flora and Fauna observed in core and buffer study area during the study are given Figure
4-79 and Figure 4-80.
Fungus observed in Elephanta island Vegetation on Rocks in Elephanta Island
Vegetation on Hills of Elephanta Island Mangrove Vegetation of Elephanta Island

Page 4-69
Rhesus Monkey On Elephant Island Young Calotes Lizard On Elephanta Island
Gecko On rock In Elephanta Island Skipper Butterfly in Elephanta Island
Figure 4-79: Field work in the core area during the study
Mangroves near Trombay Coconut Trees In Buffer area
Garbage Entangled among mangrove roots Mangroves Near Oil Pipeline

Page 4-70
Vegetation of a residential colony in the buffer

Balsam plants in Buffer Area
area
Avenue plantation of the Buffer Area Gulmohar tree in Buffer area
Figure 4-80: Field work in the Buffer area during the study
4.9.1.3 Status of Flora and Vegetation

Core area: Since the proposed project area is mostly sea there is no vegetation observed
but up to a 5 km radius, except for the Elephanta Island and Butcher Island/Jawahar
Dweep. Mangrove species are observed and terrestrial and a few aquatic plants towards in
the rain fed ponds on Elephanta Island. The most common tree species are Spathodia
companulata, Morinda citrifolia, Amgerstia nobilis, Saraca asoca, Parkia biglandulosa,
Aegle mormulus, Bauhinia purpurea, Casuarina equisetifolia, Peltforum pterocarpum,
Samania saman, Delonix regia, Plumaria alba, Cassia fistula, Cocos nucifera,. Lantana
and Prosopis are common weeds found in this area
The most common shrubs and climbers, creepers are Ipomea palmata, Vitex negundo, I.
vitifolia, Aristolochia indica. The natural shrubs and herbs like Impatince sp., Calotropis
procera, Ziziphus nummularia, Phoenix sylvestris, Euphorbia hirta, Parthenium
histerophorus and Altenathera sessalis are sporadically scattered. A list of trees, shrubs
including perennial climbers and herbs found in in the core area is given in Appendix D.
As per the detailed study and vegetation analysis no rare or endangered or endemic or
threatened (REET) plants in the core area. There are no forests or wildlife sanctuaries or
biosphere reserves or nesting or breeding grounds for any of the rare species or other
protected areas, nesting sites of Marine turtles either in the core area. There are no
mangroves or mangrove forests in the proposed project site hence no removal of any
mangrove tree species.

Page 4-71
General Study area: With regard to the buffer area Samania saman, Eucalyptus are the
few tree species where good number of fruit bats congregates at one place. More than
50% of the terrestrial habitat of the buffer zone is under urban habitats. The dominant
vegetation includes Coconut, banana, jack, sapota, mango trees. Teak is the most
common cultivated timber plant. Apart from the above several avenue trees such as
Tamarind, Neem, Siris, Rain tree, Gulmohar etc. were very common. Spathodia
Polialthia longifolia, Aegle mormulus, Bauhinia purpurea, Casuarina equisetifolia,
Thespesia, Acacia auriculata, Polyalthia, Peltophorum and Macaranga peltata most
common trees are found in the buffer area. A few scattered and discontinuously distributed
mangrove patches represented by Acanthus ilicifolius (associate), Avicennia officinalis,
Bruguiera gymnorrhiza, Kandelia candel, S. alba, A. marina, A. alba and Excoecaria
agallocha are present within the buffer zone.
Thane creek has been attracting flamingos in large numbers since 1994. On August 6,
2015, the Maharashtra Revenue and Forest Department notified the northern part of the
creek as a wildlife sanctuary under Section 18 of the Wildlife (Protection Act), 1972.
Nevertheless the designated area of this creek (between the Vashi & Airoli bridges) falls
beyond the 15 km radius boundary.
4.9.1.4 Floral abundance, frequency and density

Floristically the study area is not fairly rich. The total recorded flora from the study area
was 351 species. The species recorded included, 153 species of trees, 37 species of
shrubs, 113 species of herbs, 19 species of climbers, 17 grass species and 12 species of
aquatic plants. The local distribution of the plant species with respect to their occurrence
(247 common 178, sporadic 73 and 31 rare species). No REET species found in the core
zone. A list of plant species occurring in the buffer zone is given in Appendix D.
Ecosystem wise distribution: The survey reveals that there are specific patches for certain
species and mass plantations like casuarina, coconut, sapota, mango etc. Mangroves are
present in the core zone (Elephanta island and Butcher island Only) as well as parts of the
buffer zone. There are good number of plantations on the road side like Ficus, Spathodia
Polialthia longifolia, Aegle mormulus, Bauhinia purpurea, Casuarina equisetifolia,
Peltforum pterocarpum, Samania saman, Delonix regia, Plumaria alba, Cassia fistula,
Tectona grandis, Terminalia chebula and Acacia auriculiformis.
The unique field observation is Thespesia papulnea, Acacia auriculata and Lantana
camara are dominant throughout the region. A good number of Butterfly and Dragon fly
species are recored in the wasteland and agricultural habitats. The larval and nector host
plants are very common here. The specific obervations were also made for the micro
habitats. Borassus flabellifer, Ceiba pentandra, Cocos nucifera, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus
religiosa, Mangifera indica, Prosopis juliflora, Tamarindus indica found near the city
premises.
Out of 351 species found under various categories, the following graph shows the details
of the habit wise distribution of the species in the core and buffer areas are given in Figure

Page 4-72
Figure 4-81: Graph showing Habit wise distribution of Vegetation in Core and buffer
areas
Figure 4-82: Pie Chart showing habit & species wise distribution of Vegetation in
Study area
4.9.1.5 Status of Fauna

As the animal species are capable of moving from place to place either for food or shelter
or mate, it is not proper to list them separately for core and buffer areas. Hence, common
check lists are prepared based mainly on available secondary data and also on the basis
of direct observation, indirect or circumstantial evidence such as foot prints, pellets,
feathers, skin, hair, hooves etc. The area of survey and study extends up to a radius of 15
Km for terrestrial fauna.
Mammals: There are no larger mammals either sighted directly or indirectly or recorded
from this region. Certain trees like Samania saman and other large trees were identified as
main nesting and roosting spot for the aves and fruit bats. A list of mammals either spotted
during the survey or reported from the study area is given in Appendix D. But none of the
threatened mammals were recorded in this zone. A perusal of the list indicates the
absence of any REET species, Species with Endangered IUCN criteria, or species

Page 4-73
included in Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972 and the amendments
there of.
Aves: The birds recorded are Darters, Black crowned night herons, crows, cormorants,
Drongos, Bee eaters, Egrets, Herons etc are most commonly seen in the study area.
Paddy field Egrets, Babblers, Mynas, Crows, Jungle Crows and Kingfishers were more
common than others. As per the secondary data Thane creek has been attracting
flamingos in large numbers since 1994. By November every year, over 30,000 of these
birds, along with their chicks, descend here and occupy the mudflats and the bordering
mangroves. They stay here till May, after which most of them migrate to Bhuj in Gujarat for
breeding, leaving a small resident population. A large number of waders are also spotted
along with them. Besides supporting a large congregation of flamingos, the area is a
refuge for many resident and migratory birds. In all, nearly 200 species have been
reported; including species such as Black-eared Kite (Milvus migrans lineatus), Western
Marsh Harrier (Circus aeruginosus), Booted Eagle (Hieraaetus pennatus), Greater Spotted
Eagle (Aquila clanga), Black-winged Kite (Elanus caeruleus), Black Kite (Milvus migrans),
Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus), Shikra (Accipiter badius), Western Osprey (Pandion
haliaetus), Indian Spotted Eagle (Aquila pomarina). 47 are migratory in nature and the
remaining are resident breeders.
Other Birds Either Observed or recorded included greater spotted eagle and others such
as osprey, herons, black-headed ibis, common redshank, marsh sandpiper, common
greenshank, curlew sandpiper, brown-headed gull, whiskered, gull-billed, little terns, white-
bellied sea eagle, etc. been spotted. BirdLife International has declared the creek an
important bird area. But no REET category birds found in this region. A list of birds either
spotted or reported from the study area is presented in Appendix D.
Reptiles: Mumbai is rich in reptile and amphibian diversity. The total species of reptiles
reported in India is 440 of which 165 occur in Maharashtra. About 130 of these are
restricted to the rain forests. They included turtles, snakes, lizards like geckos, skinks and
the agamids. Non marine reptile species reported from Mumbai is 112 of which 45 are
endemic to Western Ghats and 3 are endemic to Mumbai. Among the reptiles, But no
REET category have been reported from the region. There are no Crocodiles in the region.
There are no significant places sighted for nesting ground for any of the Sea Turtles. A list
of Reptiles either reported or recorded from the study area up to a radius of 15 Km from
the project area are shown in Appendix D.
Amphibians: Of the 46 species reported from Mumbai, and 2 are endemic to Mumbai. A
list of amphibians reported or recorded from the study area is given in Appendix D.
Among the amphibians, there are no REET category species in the area.
Invertebrates: A List of invertebrates either recorded or reported from the study area
either reported or recorded in the study area of 15km radius is given in Appendix D.
4.9.1.6 Statistical Analysis
4.9.1.6.1 Important Value Index

Important Value Index was estimated from the formula developed by Cottam and Curtis
(1956). Where IVI= RD + RF +RBA. IVI for trees (300) was derived from relative density
(RD), relative frequency (RF) and relative basal area (RBA). The same was calculated for
shrubs (200) and herbs (200) from only relative frequency and relative density. The
Importance Value Index (IVI) is an expression used to summarize the plant data; it is

Page 4-74
desirable to use as many values as possible. The Importance value allows quantitative
comparison of each species in a stand with the other species in the stand, or allows
comparison of the species in one stand with species in other stands. IVI for Plant species
within Buffer area are given in Table 4-20.
Table 4-20: IVI for Plant species within Buffer area
S. No. Botanical name IVI S. No. Botanical name IVI
1. Azadirachta indica 20.28 14. Callistemon citrinus 12.06
2. Avicennia officinalis* 16.49 15. Grewia hirsuta 11.71
3. Vitex negundo 16.34 16. Cassia auriculata 11.71
4. Avicennia marina* 15.88 17. Phoenix sylvestris 11.50
5. Tecoma stans 15.09 18. Parkia biglandulosa 10.88
6. Acacia leucocephala 14.79 19. Garuga pinnata 9.84
7. Dalbergia sisso 14.79 20. Ficus racemosa 8.48
8. Saraca asoka 14.79 21. Thevitia peruviana 7.88
9. Prosopis juliflora 14.40 22. Tamarindus indica 7.78
10. Acacia auriculiformis 14.27 23. Tectona grandis 7.06
11. Sonneratia alba* 13.70 24. Bombax ceiba 5.50
12. Melia azadirachta 12.71
13. Ficus mollis 12.06
4.9.1.6.2 Shannon Wiener Index

Shannon Weiner or Diversity Index has been used for estimating the diversity among the
three sampling sites in order to highlight the most diverse site, calculate the Shannon
Wiener diversity index of each site using the formula:
Diversity = -  Pi. ln Pi
S= Number of individuals of one species
N= Total number of all individuals in the sample
And, ln is the logarithm to the base e. Shannon – Wiener Indices of Diversity vary
depending upon the species richness (number of species present in a given unit area) and
their dominance or evenness. As the species richness and evenness increase, Shannon –
Wiener Indices of Diversity also increase correspondingly. On the other hand, when the
species richness decreases and as dominance increases, diversity decreases.
Communities with less number of species with high level of dominance or low level of
uniformity will have lower diversity. Thus it is a statistical function based on the richness
and evenness components. Evenness and dominance are inversely related. This can be
also calculated through Statistical Software “PAST”. Diversity index For Plant species
within Buffer zone are given in Table 4-21.
Table 4-21: Diversity index For Plant species within Buffer zone
Individuals 351
Dominance D 3.133
Shannon H 0.9554
Simpson 1-D 0.9558
Evenness e^H/S 1.383
Menhinick 4.03
Margalef 0.9858
Equitability J 6.132
Fisher alpha 0.06645
Berger-Parker 3.133
The present study reveals that there are not only has a greater number of species present,
but the individuals in the community are distributed more equitably among these species.

Page 4-75
The result of the diversity index value may be due to much human interference in
plantations and managing the vegetation.
4.9.1.6.3 Status of Flora as per Raunkiaer’s Frequency Classes

This law suggests that species in a community are either rare or common, with only few
species having intermediate occupancies. Raunkiaer classified the occurrence of species
in an area into five classes of frequency Class – A (1 to 20%), Class – B (21 to 40%) Class
– C (41 to 60%) Class – D (61 to 80%) and Class – E (81 to 100). The normal distribution
of the frequency percentages derived from such classification is expressed as
A>B>C=D<E, and has been named Raunkiaer’s “Law of Frequency”. The ecological status
of vegetation was calculated using the Raunkiaer’s normal frequency A<B<C>D>E.
The result shows that, the distribution is Heterogeneous fulfilling the Raunkiaer’s law. The
Heterogeneity observed among the plant community reveals that, dominant vegetation is
common in core and buffer zone and occupies the class C. 100% Frequency were
recorded for Samania saman which widely planted long back. Though, ornamental and
commercial species are dominant, the distribution of vegetation is heterogeneous in
nature. The Heterogeneous status indicates that there is no human impact in the study
area.
4.9.1.6.4 Distribution pattern (A/F ratio)

The ratio between abundance and frequency was used to interpret the distribution pattern
of species (Whitford, 1949). Distribution pattern of species was identified as regular
distribution if A/F ratio is < 0.025, random distribution if A/F ratio is between 0.025 to 0.050
and contiguous/clumped distribution if A/F ratio is > 0.050 as per Curtis and Cottam (1956).
The present distribution pattern ration is 0.0476, which represents more
contiguous/clumped type of distribution is present in the study area which is very common
in nature.
4.10 Fisheries
The fisheries sector occupies a very important place in the socio-economic development of
India. The sector has been recognized as a powerful income and employment generator
as it stimulates growth of a number of subsidiary industries and is a source of affordable
and nutritious food. At the same time it is an instrument of livelihood for a large section of
economically backward population of the country. More than 6.0 million fishermen and fish
farmers in the country depend on fisheries and aquaculture for their livelihood. The
fisheries sector has also been one of the major contributors of foreign exchange earnings
through export.
The fisheries sector in India is reportedly growing at 6% annually. Fisheries contribute
1.07% of national GDP, 4.54% of agricultural GDP and 14% of total agricultural exports.
According to the CMFRI Census 2010, in India there are 3,288 marine fishing villages and
1,511 marine fish landing centres in nine maritime states and two union territories. The
total marine fishermen population was about 4.0 million comprising in 864,550 families.
Nearly 61% of the fishermen families were under BPL category. About 38% marine
fishermen were engaged in active fishing with 85% of them having full time engagement.

Page 4-76
4.10.1 Maharashtra State Fisheries

Maharashtra has a coastal line of about 720 km and rivers of about 3200 km and canals of
about 12800 km length. Maharashtra contributes 14% of the 2.99 million tonnes of fish
produced in India. There are Six maritime districts viz. Palghar, Thane, Greater Mumbai,
Raigad, Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg9. At present there are 152 fish landing centres in the six
maritime districts of Maharashtra. However, there are only three harbours namely Sassoon
Docks, New Ferry Wharf and Mirkarwada which have properly constructed permanent
facilities for fish landings. The first two harbours are in the Greater Mumbai District under
the direct control of the Mumbai Port Trust while the third one is in Ratnagiri District.
The number of marine fishing villages/hamlets in Maharashtra is 456. The maximum
number was in Raigad district (168) and minimum was in Greater Mumbai district (30). The
area suitable for marine fisheries; is 112000 km2, for inland fisheries 3 lakh hectares and
for brackish water fisheries 18,600 hectares. Out of the 112000 km2 area is for marine
fisheries. 55500 km2 is upto 72 meters in depth and is being harvested at present. The
potential of fish catch from this area has been estimated at 6.3 lakh tonnes per year.
The major fish landings of the state comprise as many as 32 varieties of fish such as
Bombay duck, Croakers, Ribbon fishes. Cat fishes, Carangids. Mackerel, Pomprets.
Penaeid and Nonpenaeid prawns and Cephalopods. There are about 8.000 country crafts
and 7,000 mechanised boats operating along the Maharashtra coast. The major gear
being operated are Trawl nets, Purse seines, Gill nets, Dol nets and hooks and line.
The total number of landing centres was 152, of which 36 each belonged to Raigad and
Ratnagiri districts and the minimum was in Greater Mumbai district (18).
There were 81,492 fishermen families in the state with a population of 3,86,259. The
maximum number of families was in Thane district (26,821) followed by Raigad district
(24,026). Of the total fisherfolk population, Raigad district accounted for 32% followed by
Thane including Palghar (31%), Ratnagiri (17%), Greater Mumbai (11%) and Sindhudurg
(9%). The average family size was 4.7 with a minimum of 4.4 in Greater Mumbai and a
maximum of 5.1 in Raigad districts.
In Maharashtra, 69% of fisherfolk (excluding children below 5 years) were educated with
different levels of education.
There were 76,345 active fishermen of whom 62,614 were fulltime fishermen, 11,414 part-
time and the rest engaged in fish seed collection. Women outweighted men in fishing allied
activities accounting about 69%. Among the major fishing allied activities, women
dominated in curing/processing (95%), peeling (93%) and marketing (84%).
There were 17,362 crafts in the fishery of which 13,016 were mechanized, 1563 motorized
and non-motorized formed the rest. Greater Mumbai (4,895), Ratnagiri (2,811) and Raigad
(2,546) districts accounted for bulk of the mechanized crafts in Maharashtra. Greater
Mumbai (30%) and Ratnagiri (29%) districts were the major contributors of non-motorized
crafts while majority of the motorized crafts were operated in Thane including Palghar
(49%) and Sindhudurg (39%) districts. There were 18,185 crafts owned by fisherfolk, of
which 9,493 were mechanized, 1,346 motorized and 7,346 non-motorized. Dolnetters
accounted for 47% of the mechanized crafts owned by fisherfolk, followed by gillnetters
(32%) and trawlers 12%.
9
Marine Fisheries Information Service, No.153, 1998

Page 4-77
In Maharashtra, 91% of the fishermen houses were pucca houses. There were 713
primary schools, 245 secondary schools, 93 colleges and 58 technical institutions in the
fishing villages of Maharashtra.
4.10.1.1 Annual Fishing Production in Maharashtra

Annual fish production during the period (2004-2013) for Maharashtra is given in Table
4-22.
Table 4-22: Annual Fish Production in Maharashtra
Inland Marine Total Fish seeds produced
Year Inland Growth Marine Growth Production Growth
In million fry
(‘000 tons) rate (%) (‘000 tons) rate (%) (‘000 tons) rate (%)
2004-05 130.25 4.1 417.77 -0.53 548.02 0.53 47.45
2005-06 135.2 3.8 445.34 6.6 580.54 5.93 85.4
2006-07 131.85 -2.48 464.09 4.21 595.94 2.65 549.73
2007-08 136.63 3.63 419.82 -9.54 556.45 -6.63 200.61
2008-09 127.14 -6.95 395.96 -5.68 523.1 -5.99 149.43
2009-10 134.59 5.86 415.77 5 550.36 5.21 188.9
2010-11 148.55 10.37 446.7 7.44 595.25 8.16 190.89
2011-12 145.11 -2.31 433.68 -2.91 578.79 -2.76 1396.89
2012-13 137.46 -5.27 448.91 3.51 586.37 1.31 94.52
(Source: Maharashtra Fisheries Statistics, 2012-13)
4.10.2 Marine Fishery Study in Project Area

Marine fishery resources are renewable and limited, therefore management of the harvest
of marine fishery resources is necessary for sustained production from the sea. Marine
fisheries Study near Project Impact Area were carried out using the Marine Fisheries
Census 2010 for Maharashtra published by Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute
(CMFRI), Cochin.
The four Districts of Maharashtra are falling with in the 15 km radius of the present study
viz. Greater Mumbai region (Mumbai City district and Mumbai Suburban district), Raigad
and Thane10.
4.10.2.1 District Fisheries Profiles

District fisheries profiles, Population distribution structure, Active Fisherfolk , Occupation
Profile of Fisherfolk, Fishing Craft in the Fishery, Fishing Gear owned by Fisherfolk (<100%
ownership), Infrastructure / Facilities (In the Villages) and Infrastructure - Fishery Related
(In the Villages) of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and Thane districts are given in Table
4-23 and Table 4-32.
Table 4-23: District profiles of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and Thane
Traditional
Landing Fishing Fishermen BPL Fisherfolk
District fishermen
centres villages families families population
families
Thane 28 77 26,821 26,331 4,231 121,869
Greater Mumbai 18 30 9,304 9,138 624 40,953
Raigad 36 168 24,026 20,448 5,864 123,574
Total 82 275 60151 55917 10719 286396
10
Thane District Data includes recently carved out Palghar district also

Page 4-78
Table 4-24: Population Distribution Structure of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and
Thane districts
Male Female Sex ratio
Average
Children Children (females
District Total family
Adult Upto 5 Above 5 Adult Upto 5 Above 5 per 1000
size
yrs yrs yrs yrs males)
Thane 40635 4612 17626 40141 4476 14379 121869 4.54 938
Greater Mumbai 15343 1445 4160 14875 1451 3679 40953 4.4 955
Raigad 42689 5999 15057 40676 5774 13379 123574 5.14 939
Total 98667 12056 36843 95692 11701 31437 286396 - -
Table 4-25: Active Fisherfolk of the Greater Mumbai, Raigad and Thane districts
Actual fishing Fish seed collection
District Full time Part time Total
Full time Part time
Male Female Male Female
Thane 13350 3021 258 103 346 481 17559
Greater Mumbai 4112 550 24 5 0 7 4698
Raigad 25962 3739 17 74 3 85 29880
Total 43424 7310 299 182 349 573 52137
Table 4-26: Occupation Profile of Fisherfolk
No. of members involved in fishing allied activities
Other
Active Making/ Total
District Marketing Curing/ than
fishermen Repairing Peeling Labourer Others occupied
of fish Processing fishing
Net
Thane 17559 20215 1701 3108 1763 10911 1172 2376 58805
Greater
4698 8873 1048 72 696 4228 83 1059 20757
Mumbai
Raigad 29880 9491 9354 4401 3690 11050 3432 1251 72549
Total 52137 38579 12103 7581 6149 26189 4687 4686 152111
Table 4-27: Types of Fishing Craft in the Fishery
District Trawlers Gillnetters Dolnetters Liners Purseseiners Others
Thane 16 206 1613 0 0 0
Greater Mumbai 2849 551 1236 5 228 26
Raigad 207 1181 1093 0 65 0
Total 3072 1938 3942 5 293 26
Table 4-28: Fishing Craft in the Fishery
District Total Mechanized Motorized Non-motorized Total
Thane 1835 773 247 2855
Greater
4895 0 830 5725
Mumbai
Raigad 2546 135 505 3186
Total 9276 908 1582 11766
Table 4-29: Fishing Gear owned by Fisherfolk (<100% ownership)
Type Thane Greater Mumbai Raigad Total
Trawlnet 0 3 168 171
Gillnet 84 41 26 151
Driftnet 31 10 42 83
Ringseine 6 2 5 13
Purseseine 1 0 1 2
Boatseine 0 0 0 0
Bagnet 169 23 87 279
Shoreseine 0 1 2 3
Castnet 8 0 20 28

Page 4-79
Type Thane Greater Mumbai Raigad Total

Hooks & Lines 0 0 15 15
Troll line 0 0 0 0
Fixed net 2 0 9 11
Traps 13 3 41 57
Scoopnet 18 0 0 18
Others 59 10 22 91
Table 4-30: Infrastructure (In the Villages)
Villages having
No. of
Mob.
District fishing Bus Police Post Internet
Electricity Hospitals phone
villages stop/stand station Offices facility
coverage
Thane 77 77 68 56 30 37 74 36
Greater
30 30 27 20 22 15 30 30
Mumbai
Raigad 168 168 153 99 43 103 148 86
Total 275 275 248 175 95 155 252 152
Table 4-31: Facilities (In the Villages)
Number of
No. of
Fisheries
District fishing Other Co-operative Community Cinema Liquor
Banks Cooperative
villages Societies centers theatres shops
Societies
Thane 77 53 38 35 226 4 105
Greater
30 59 31 9 24 12 55
Mumbai
Raigad 168 190 110 90 285 28 79
Total 275 302 179 134 535 44 239
Table 4-32: Infrastructure - Fishery Related (In the Villages)
Boat Ice Cold Freezing Curing Peeling Processing Fish meal Extraction
District
yards factories storages plants yards sheds plants plants plants
Thane 4 11 10 3 1 0 3 0 0
Greater
0 4 11 36 9 9 34 9 9
Mumbai
Raigad 1 7 0 1 0 0 11 0 0
Total 5 22 21 40 10 9 48 9 9
4.10.2.2 Fishes Available At Project Area

Details of some of the fish species available at Project Area are given below in Table 4-33.
Table 4-33: Details of Fish Available at Project area
S. No. Name of Fish S. No. Name of Fish
1. White Pomfret 14. Indian Salmon
2. Black Pomfret 15. Ribbon Fish
3. Bombay Duck 16. Silver Bar
4. Thread Fin 17. Perch
5. Jew Fish 18. Small Sciaenids
6. Hilsa 19. Shrimp
7. Other Clupeids 20. Prawns
8. Coilia 21. Lobster
9. Shark 22. Crab
10. Mullet 23. Cuttle/Squids
11. Catfish 24. Sole
12. Eel 25. Miscellaneous
13. Seer Fish

Page 4-80
4.10.2.3 Project area Fisheries Profiles

As per the secondary census data of Marine Fisheries Census 2010 for Maharashtra
published by Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute (CMFRI), Cochin, there are 23
marine fishing villages are falling within the 15 km radius of the project influence area in
three districts namely Thane, Mumbai and Raigad. The details of these fishing villages are
given in the following sections. Fishing Villages Map was given as Figure 4-83.
Figure 4-83: Fishing Villages map of PIA

Page 4-81
4.10.2.4 Fisherman Households

The details of the Fisherman households covering number of households, Total number of
fisherfolk, and fishermen families as well as and house construction of the settlements
within the 15 km radius are given in Table 4-34.
Table 4-34: Details of Fisherman Households in the Study Area
Traditional Below Poverty
Fishermen Fisherfolk
S. No. Name of Village Fishermen Line (BPL)
families population
Families Families
Thane District
1. Karave 80 80 0 386
Mumbai (collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 39 39 0 162
3. Colaba 800 722 21 4122
4. Cuffe Parade 900 896 0 3733
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 8 8 0 39
6. Haji Ali (Darga Sagar) 12 12 0 34
7. Mahim 1218 1217 0 4910
8. Mahul 295 292 0 1132
9. Mandvi Koliwada 9 9 0 39
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 10 10 0 42
11. Shiwari Koliwada 46 19 0 148
12. Sion Koliwada 33 33 0 139
13. Worli 228 228 0 1018
14. Trombay 685 671 0 2934
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 64 64 4 372
16. Navkhar 97 0 68 456
17. Dighode 74 74 7 606
18. Morave 7 7 2 76
19. Hanuman Koliwada 374 372 0 1474
20. Mora 370 370 0 2250
21. Mulekhand 60 60 0 296
22. Navapada (Karanja) 1845 1844 36 13023
23. Uran Koliwada 85 85 0 314
Total 7339 7112 138 37705
4.10.2.1 Population Distribution of Fisherfolk

The Details of the Population Distribution of Fisherfolk within the 15 km radius of the
proposed port are given in Table 4-35.
Table 4-35: Details of Fishermen in the study Area
Males Females Gender
Children Children Ratio (no
Average
S. of
Name of the village Total Family
No Adults >5 Adults <5 >5 females /
< 5 yrs Size
yrs yrs yrs 1000
males)
Thane District
1. Karave 80 19 112 80 20 75 386 4.83 829
Mumbai (Collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 61 4 15 62 6 14 162 4.15 1025
3. Colaba 1442 89 631 1286 87 587 4122 5.15 907
4. Cuffe Parade 1584 95 265 1501 75 213 3733 4.15 920
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 18 0 0 17 2 2 39 4.88 1167

Page 4-82
Males Females Gender

Children Children Ratio (no
Average
S. of
Name of the village Total Family
No Adults >5 Adults <5 >5 females /
< 5 yrs Size
yrs yrs yrs 1000
males)
6. Haji Ali (Darga Sagar) 12 3 0 11 3 5 34 2.83 1267
7. Mahim 1986 121 287 2151 148 217 4910 4.03 1051
8. Mahul 482 19 63 477 46 45 1132 3.84 1007
9. Mandvi Koliwada 9 0 5 13 0 12 39 4.33 1786
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 19 0 4 16 0 3 42 4.2 826
11. Shiwari Koliwada 93 3 5 40 2 5 148 3.22 465
12. Sion Koliwada 56 3 4 62 2 12 139 4.21 1206
13. Trombay 391 40 103 382 31 71 1018 4.46 906
14. Worli 879 158 442 872 174 409 2934 4.28 984
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 171 9 19 148 11 14 372 5.81 869
16. Navkhar 208 22 21 171 23 11 456 4.7 817
17. Dighode 161 18 138 145 16 128 606 8.19 912
18. Hanuman Koliwada 607 38 107 572 42 108 1474 3.94 960
19. Morave 16 4 17 19 1 19 76 10.86 1054
20. Mora 879 124 183 853 61 150 2250 6.08 897
21. Mulekhand 125 13 18 102 18 20 296 4.93 897
22. Navapada (Karanja) 4315 513 1891 4101 496 1707 13023 7.06 938
23. Uran Koliwada 120 7 34 116 14 23 314 3.69 950
Total 13714 1302 4364 13197 1278 3850 37705 - -
4.10.2.2 Fisherfolk Education Details

Details of educational status of fishermen within the study area are given in Table 4-36.
Table 4-36: Educational Status of Fishermen in the study Area
Beyond higher
Primary Higher Secondary
S. No Name of the village Secondary
Males Females Males Females Males Females
Thane District
1. Karave 28 27 91 49 2 9
Mumbai (Collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 24 36 28 19 14 5
3. Colaba 1043 808 520 490 75 57
4. Cuffe Parade 930 914 602 321 81 43
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 18 13 0 0 0 0
6. Haji Ali (Darga Sagar) 12 11 0 0 0 0
7. Mahim 181 338 1173 1065 531 434
8. Mahul 143 132 211 126 34 24
9. Mandvi Koliwada 3 6 10 12 0 0
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 6 4 13 6 0 0
11. Shiwari Koliwada 9 12 28 24 3 0
12. Sion Koliwada 4 15 35 30 8 0
13. Trombay 136 122 284 166 14 11
14. Worli 443 435 343 208 40 18
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 32 51 134 101 21 10
16. Navkhar 117 67 56 31 18 14
17. Dighode 102 99 54 34 6 1
18. Morave 4 8 12 9 1 1
19. Hanuman Koliwada 152 157 420 314 70 43
20. Mora 532 572 471 381 43 9

Page 4-83
Beyond higher
Primary Higher Secondary
S. No Name of the village Secondary
Males Females Males Females Males Females
21. Mulekhand 37 43 94 66 10 3
22. Navapada (Karanja) 695 846 1292 1039 343 435
23. Uran Koliwada 39 55 92 70 18 11
Total 4690 4771 5963 4561 1332 1128
4.10.2.3 Active Fisherfolk within the study area

Table 4-37 represents the active fisherfolk present within the study area
Table 4-37: Details of Active Fisherfolk in the study Area
Active Fishing Seed Collection
S. Part time Full time
Name of the village Part Total
No. Full time
time Males Females Males Females
Thane District
1. Karave 23 0 0 0 0 2 25
Mumbai (Collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 17 8 0 0 0 0 25
3. Colaba 229 9 1 0 0 4 243
4. Cuffe Parade 438 76 1 1 0 0 516
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 9 0 0 0 0 0 9
Haji Ali
6. 12 0 0 0 0 0 12
(Darga Sagar)
7. Mahim 178 10 0 0 0 1 189
8. Mahul 166 9 17 2 0 1 195
9. Mandvi Koliwada 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11. Shiwari Koliwada 2 0 0 0 0 0 2
12. Sion Koliwada 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13. Trombay 131 29 2 0 0 0 162
14. Worli 412 160 0 0 0 0 572
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 51 41 0 0 0 0 92
16. Navkhar 61 53 0 0 0 0 114
17. Dighode 83 0 0 0 0 0 83
18. Morave 12 0 0 0 0 0 12
19. Hanuman Koliwada 623 1 0 0 0 0 624
20. Mora 521 0 0 0 0 3 524
21. Mulekhand 72 0 0 0 0 0 72
22. Navapada (Karanja) 2659 0 0 0 0 0 2659
23. Uran Koliwada 126 0 0 0 0 0 126
Total 5825 396 21 3 0 11 6256
4.10.2.4 Occupational Profile of Fisherfolk

Details of the occupational profile of fishermen within the 15 km radius of the proposed port
are given in Table 4-38.

Page 4-84
Table 4-38: Occupational profile Of Fisherfolk in the Study Area

S. Name of the Active Fish Making/ repairing Curing/ Other occupations Besides Total
Peeling Labourers Others
No village Fishermen marketing nets Processing Fishing Occupied
Thane District
1. Karave 25 110 0 0 0 0 0 0 135
Mumbai (Collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 25 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 39
3. Colaba 243 659 21 23 262 532 4 112 1856
4. Cuffe Parade 516 754 94 2 85 27 0 1 1479
Ghirgaon
5. 9 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 10
Chowpatty
Haji Ali (Darga
6. 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12
Sagar)
7. Mahim 189 1161 81 0 0 17 7 768 2223
8. Mahul 195 287 37 3 0 129 2 28 681
9. Mandvi Koliwada 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 9
Mazagaon
10. 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 7 17
Koliwada
11. Shiwari Koliwada 2 22 4 1 0 53 0 14 96
12. Sion Koliwada 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 29 61
13. Trombay 162 198 8 8 0 7 0 1 384
14. Worli 572 649 8 0 25 40 49 0 1343
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 92 80 14 2 2 43 1 28 262
16. Navkhar 114 66 24 1 0 8 0 0 213
17. Dighode 83 48 66 47 8 50 0 17 319
18. Morave 12 23 0 0 0 0 0 6 41
Hanuman
19. 624 0 0 0 0 0 663 0 1287
Koliwada
20. Mora 524 540 138 35 252 57 0 107 1653
21. Mulekhand 72 59 0 0 0 0 0 2 133
22. Nawapada 72 59 0 0 0 0 0 2 133
23. Uran Koliwada 126 2 0 0 0 0 146 0 274
Total 3669 4783 495 122 634 963 872 1122 12660

Page 4-85
4.10.2.5 Gender-Wise Fishing Allied Activities

Details of the Gender-Wise Fishing Allied Activities within the 15km radius of the proposed port are given in the Table 4-39.
Table 4-39: Gender-Wise Fishing Allied Activities in the Study Area
Making/ repairing
Fish marketing Curing/ Processing peeling labourers Others
S. No Name of the village nets
Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female
Thane District
1. Karave 29 81 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Mumbai District
2. Bandra Chimbai 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3. Colaba 207 452 1 20 13 10 136 126 294 238 4 0
4. Cuffe Parade 7 747 94 0 2 0 0 85 26 1 0 0
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Haji Ali (Darga
6. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sagar)
7. Mahim 27 1134 80 1 0 0 0 0 17 0 6 1
8. Mahul 2 285 37 0 1 2 0 0 26 103 0 2
9. Mandvi Koliwada 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11. Shiwari Koliwada 0 22 4 0 1 0 0 0 53 0 0 0
12. Sion Koliwada 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13. Trombay 0 198 7 1 0 8 0 0 1 6 0 0
14. Worli 60 589 8 0 0 0 4 21 19 21 49 0
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 0 80 14 0 0 2 2 0 3 40 1 0
16. Navkhar 0 66 0 24 0 1 0 0 0 8 0 0
17. Dighode 8 40 25 41 24 23 7 1 26 24 0 0
18. Morave 12 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
19. Hanuman Koliwada 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89 574
20. Mora 241 299 66 72 6 29 11 241 32 25 0 0
21. Mulekhand 0 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22. Navapada (Karanja) 24 11 802 1751 33 69 15 857 1695 938 12 0
23. Uran Koliwada 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 118
Total 617 4142 1138 1910 80 144 175 1331 2192 1404 189 695

Page 4-86
4.10.2.6 Classification of Fisherfolk Based On Religion and Community

Details regarding Classification of Fisherfolk Based on Religion and Community within the
study area are given in Table 4-40.
Table 4-40: Classification of Fisherfolk Based On Religion and Community
S. No Name of the village Hinduism Islam Christianity SC/ST Total

Thane District
1. Karave 80 0 0 0 80
Mumbai (Collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 39 0 0 0 39
3. Colaba 785 9 2 4 800
4. Cuffe Parade 900 0 0 0 900
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 8 0 0 0 8
6. Haji Ali (Darga Sagar) 5 7 0 0 12
7. Mahim 1210 0 5 3 1218
8. Mahul 295 0 0 0 295
9. Mandvi Koliwada 7 0 2 0 9
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 10 0 0 0 10
11. Shiwari Koliwada 16 27 3 0 46
12. Sion Koliwada 33 0 0 0 33
13. Trombay 228 0 0 0 228
14. Worli 603 1 81 0 685
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 64 0 0 0 64
16. Navkhar 97 0 0 0 97
17. Dighode 74 0 0 0 74
18. Hanuman Koliwada 374 0 0 0 374
19. Morave 7 0 0 0 7
20. Mora 370 0 0 0 370
21. Mulekhand 60 0 0 0 60
22. Navapada (Karanja) 1830 15 0 0 1845
23. Uran Koliwada 85 0 0 0 85
Total 7180 59 93 7 7339
4.10.2.7 Membership in Fisheries Cooperative societies

Details regarding the Membership in Fisheries Cooperative Societies within the study area
Table 4-41: Members in Fisheries Cooperative Societies Within The Study Area
Fisheries Cooperative Other Cooperative
S. No Name of the village Total
societies Societies
Thane District
1. Karave 0 0 0
Mumbai District
2. Bandra Chimbai 20 0 20
3. Colaba 20 2 22
4. Cuffe Parade 1485 0 1485
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 8 0 8
6. Haji Ali (Darga Sagar) 12 0 12
7. Mahim 124 76 200
8. Mahul 225 0 225
9. Mandvi Koliwada 0 0 0
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 0 0 0
11. Shiwari Koliwada 2 0 2

Page 4-87
Fisheries Cooperative Other Cooperative

S. No Name of the village Total
societies Societies
12. Sion Koliwada 0 2 2
13. Trombay 316 0 316
14. Worli 88 65 153
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 216 108 324
16. Navkhar 0 0 0
17. Dighode 103 0 103
18. Hanuman Koliwada 0 0 0
19. Morave 15 0 15
20. Mora 169 26 195
21. Mulekhand 121 0 121
22. Navapada (Karanja) 5 0 5
23. Uran Koliwada 0 0 0
Total 2929 279 3208
4.10.2.8 Details of Fishing Craft

Details regarding the fishing Craft (boats) owned by fisherfolk within the study area are given
in Table 4-42.
Table 4-42: Fishing Craft owned by fisherfolk in the study area
S.
Name of the village Mechanized Outboard Non-motorized
No
Thane District
1. Karave 3 0 27
Mumbai (Collective)
2. Bandra Chimbai 9 0 10
3. Colaba 65 1 3
4. Cuffe Parade 686 315 557
5. Ghirgaon Chowpatty 4 1 7
6. Haji Ali (Darga Sagar) 9 1 5
7. Mahim 39 1 53
8. Mahul 94 0 91
9. Mandvi Koliwada 0 0 0
10. Mazagaon Koliwada 0 0 0
11. Sion Koliwada 0 0 0
12. Trombay 132 2 67
13. Worli 128 0 46
14. Shiwari Koliwada 0 0 2
Raigad District
15. Mandwa 37 0 0
16. Navkhar 2 0 7
17. Dighode 13 0 13
18. Hanuman Koliwada 34 5 103
19. Mora 109 0 86
20. Morave 7 0 7
21. Mulekhand 19 0 31
22. Navapada (Karanja) 54 0 1
23. Uran Koliwada 2 0 19
Total 1446 326 1135

Page 4-88
4.11 Air Environment
4.11.1 Meteorological Data from Nearest Meteorological Station (Mumbai-Colaba)

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is Mumbai
(Bombay). The Climatological data for Mumbai (18o54’ N and 72o49’ E), published by the
IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period, is
presented in the following sections. The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological
parameters are reproduced in Table 4-43.
Table 4-43: Climatological Summary – Mumbai (Bombay) Region (1970-2000)
Station
Relative Predominant Wind
o Rainfall Level Mean
Temp ( C) Humidity Directions
(mm) Pressure Wind
Month (%) (From)*
hPa Speed
No.
Daily Daily (km/h)
Total of 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30
Max. Min.
days
Jan 29.8 19.3 0.8 0.1 77 62 19.0 21.1 5.7 NE,E,N NW,N,W
Feb 29.8 20.1 0.1 0.0 75 60 19.6 21.3 6.5 NE,N,E NW,N
Mar 31.2 22.6 0.3 0.1 76 62 24.0 24.6 6.8 NE,N,E NW,W,N
Apr 32.4 25.0 0.6 0.1 76 67 28.4 28.6 6.7 SE,N,NE NW,W
May 33.6 27.0 11.5 0.7 74 67 30.7 31.1 6.9 NW,W,SW W,NW
Jun 32.1 26.4 536.2 13.8 83 77 32.3 32.6 8.8 W,SW W,SW
Jul 30.1 25.4 707.2 20.9 88 84 32.1 32.3 10.4 W,SW W,SW
Aug 29.7 25.0 468.3 19.9 88 83 31.1 31.2 9.8 W,SW W,SW,NW
Sep 30.5 24.8 324.2 12.9 88 79 30.8 30.7 6.0 W,SE,NW W,NW
Oct 32.7 24.8 71.2 3.6 84 72 29.5 29.9 5.0 E,NE,SE NW,W,N
Nov 33.2 23.1 16.1 0.8 77 65 24.5 25.8 5.1 E,NE,SE NW,N,W
Dec 31.9 20.8 1.8 0.2 75 63 20.6 22.8 5.4 NE,E NW,N
*Predominant wind in decreasing order, (Source: IMD Climatological Data for Mumbai (Bombay) Region)
As per the above Climatological table the following are the observations drawn for different
seasons are as follows:
 Daily maximum temperature is 33.60C in the month of May and the minimum temperature
is 19.30C in the month of January
 Relative humidity is moderate to high all-round the year
 Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 88% in the months of July, August and
September and 74% in the month of May were recorded at 08:30 hours.
 Maximum relative humidity of 84% in the month of July while minimum of 60% was
recorded in the month of February at 17:30 hours.
 Maximum and minimum rainfall of 707.2 mm and 0.1 mm was recorded in the months of
July and February.
 Maximum mean wind speed 10.4 Kilometre per hour recorded in the month of July
4.11.2 Meteorological Data

For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study, site specific meteorological
data (pre processed from MM5) for the entire year of 2014 obtained from LAGA Systems
Private Limited (LAGA Systems) was used. The raw met data have been processed in
AERMET view to create surface and upper air data which can be used as inputs to
AERMOD.
The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,
NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind pattern

Page 4-89
representing 24 hours for the entire year of 2014 is discussed. The frequency occurrence of
wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number of observations recorded
in the respective wind speed category. The overall wind pattern recorded for 24 hours during
the year 2014 is given in Figure 4-84. The predominant wind directions observed were from
North West followed by West which is in line with the 30 years IMD observation data; calm
conditions prevailed for 1.42% of the total time.
Figure 4-84: Wind Rose for the locations near to project area
4.11.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)

As per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines Monitoring of
Particulate Matter size less than 10 microns (PM10) and Particulate Matter size less than 2.5
microns (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) and Mercury (Hg) were
monitored on 24 hourly basis and for CO, HC and Ozone (O 3) shall be monitored on eight
hourly basis.
Recent available Ambient Air Quality Data were collected and presented for following areas
which was generated by the respective facilities located in the PIA as a part of Environmental
Monitoring.
 JNPT area
 ONGC, Uren area
 MbPT area
4.11.3.1 Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust (JNPT)

AAQ data for JNPT were considered from the report “Environmental Monitoring Report”.
Report No. : UT/ELS/REPORT/EMR-26/2015 available in JNPT website for the Month of
May, 2015. Detail of AAQ locations are given in Table 4-44.

Page 4-90
Table 4-44: Description of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations in JNPT area

Station No. Station Location
1. POC At Port Operational Centre
2. IMC At IMC compound in Liquid Chemical Terminal Area
3. RC At JNP residential township
4. EC At Elephanta Caves
5. NGC Near North Gate Complex
6. SGC Near South Gate Complex
4.11.3.2 Observations
The values obtained for Pb, As, Ni and Benzo(α)Pyrene [BaP] are below detection limits of
measurements at all air monitoring stations. The concentrations obtained for particulate
matter concentrations at all stations do not comply with the prescribed national standards. All
remaining pollutants were recorded well below the prescribed limits. Monthly Average Values
of Air Pollutant Concentration at Various Stations of JNPT Area are given in Table 4-45.
Table 4-45: Monthly Average Values of Air Quality Parameters at JNPT Area
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, NH3, O3 , Pb C6H6, CO, CO2,
Station
[μg/m3] [μg/m3] [μg/m3] [μg/m3] [μg/m3] [μg/m3] [μg/m3] [μg/m3] [mg/m3] [ppm]
NAAQMS 100 60 80 80 400 100 1 5 4 -
111 ± 24 ± 14.9 ± 18.6 ± 11.7 ± 0.08 ± 2.9 ± 286 ±
POC 30 ± 08 2.3 ± 0.2
36 05 4.3 3.4 10.1 0.03 0.4 04
130 ± 23 ± 15.6 ± 18.9 ± 08.3 ± 0.10 ± 2.4 ± 284 ±
IMC 28 ± 07 2.5 ± 0.3
42 08 5.7 4.6 6.5 0.03 0.4 03
149 ± 46 ± 16.6 ± 21.6 ± 07.6 ± 0.15 ± 3.0 ± 293 ±
NGC 38 ± 10 2.3 ± 0.1
51 11 5.8 3.9 3.1 0.05 0.3 01
183 ± 47 ± 13.8 ± 16.1 ± 07.1 ± 0.15 ± 2.8 ± 295 ±
SGC 25 ± 08 2.4 ± 0.1
32 10 3.4 3.2 4.1 0.04 0.3 04
215 ± 60 ± 15.0 ± 19.0 ± 8.5 ± 0.16 ± 2.6 ± 286 ±
RC 31 ± 06 2.4 ± 0.3
54 16 5.3 6.6 7.1 0.05 0.5 04
EC 117 19 14.9 17.0 7.0 29 0.04 2.1 1.5 271
All the monitoring stations have higher particulate (PM10) levels i.e. above prescribed
standards. Highest levels among port stations were at RC i.e. residential area which is
currently under renovation. Followed by SGC and NGC i.e. port vehicle entry points have
particulate concentrations above prescribed standards.
At Elephanta Caves [EC] station particulate concentration was above standards and gaseous
pollutant concentrations were recorded below the prescribed standards.
4.11.3.3 ONGC, Uran Area

AAQ data for ONGC, Uran area were considered from the monitoring cell located at Uren
facility for the month of August 2015. Monthly Average Values of Air Pollutant Concentration
at Various Stations of ONGC Uran area are given in Table 4-46.
Table 4-46: Monthly Average Values of Air Quality Parameters at ONGC Uren Area
Station PM10, [μg/m3] PM2.5, [μg/m3] SO2, [μg/m3] NOX, [μg/m3] NH3, [μg/m3] O3, [μg/m3]
NAAQMS 100 60 80 80 400 100

ONGC Uran area 53.12 16.6 21.88 6.92 2.76 7.65

Page 4-91
All the monitoring parameters are within the prescribed standards.
4.11.3.5 Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) Area

Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) is equipped with Pollution Control Cell and regularly monitoring
the Ambient Air Quality inside MbPT docks operational areas. The data collected from MbPT
Pollution Control Cell for the period of January 2015 to June 2015 for the parameters RSPM-
PM10 , RSPM-PM2.5, SO2, NOX and CO are presented in Table 4-47.
Table 4-47: Air Quality Parameters monitored by MbPT during January to June 2015
Locations
Ambedkar Ambedkar Ambedkar Ambedkar Ambedkar
Parameters BPX BPX BPX BPX BPX
Bhavan Bhavan Bhavan Bhavan Bhavan
/Month
RSPM-PM10 RSPM-PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO
( μg/m3)
January 98 96 58 54 19 17 27 25 3.8 3.8
February 91 97 59 19 <10 <10 12 14 2.8 1.7
March 92 94 50 57 12 15 13 17 6 2.4
April 86 93 26 40 10 10 7 8 1.5 2.3
May 85 85 30 30 10 10 20 16 1 0.9
June 83 95 10 15 10 11 15 34 1.1 0.9
Min. 83 85 10 15 10 10 7 8 1 0.9
Max. 98 97 59 57 19 17 27 34 6 3.8
Average 89.17 93.33 38.83 35.83 12.20 12.60 15.67 19.00 2.70 2.00
Note: Standard Limit for RSPM-PM 10 - 100 ( μg/m3); RSPM-PM 2.5 - 60 ( μg/m3); SO2 – 80 ( μg/m3); NOX – 80 ( μg/m3); CO – 4 (mg/m3); BPX= Ballard Pier
Extention
In addition, MbPT monitors the following parameters RPM, SO2, NOX and NH3 at selected
locations. The average values of the data collected from MbPT Pollution Control Cell are
presented in Table 4-48.
Table 4-48: Concentrations of PM 10, SO2, NOX and NH3 parameters at the MbPT Area
PM10
Location SO2 NOX
(RPM)
Dweep Bhavan at Jawahar Dweep 40.038 5.930 7.815
Salt Water pump House at 4th Oil Berth 36.596 5.700 6.695
Table 4-49: Concentrations of SO2, NOX and NH3 parameters at the MbPT Area
Concentration of Limit in Concentration of Limit in Concentration of Limit in

Locations
SO2 μg/m3 NOX μg/m3 NH3 μg/m3
Fire Station 8.973 80 8.949 80 5.814 100

Haji Bunder 6.983 80 7.869 80 4.800 100
M Shed 7.365 80 6.791 80 5.375 100
MBPT Hospital 8.030 80 7.432 80 5.096 100
Sagar Darshan 7.836 80 6.829 80 5.679 100
Salvage 9.205 80 7.471 80 5.365 100
Pir Pav 7.486 80 8.449 80 4.931 100

Page 4-92
All the monitoring parameters are within the prescribed standards.
4.11.4 Ambient Noise Levels

Observed baseline ambient noise levels were adopted from DPR for Mumbai Coastal Road
Project, February 2015 from the locations falling with in the present proposal. Observations
were carried out in the following locations on an hourly basis for one complete day at Haji Ali,
Nariman Point, Near Mahalaxmi temple and Near Poddar Hospital locations using pre-
calibrated noise level meters.
Observations: It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all
locations are within prescribed CPCB standards
Leq levels for Haji Ali, Nariman Point, Near Mahalaxmi temple and Near Poddar Hospital
areas are 67.7 dB (A), 75.9 dB (A), 75.9 dB (A) and 72.6 dB (A) and the values are
exceeding the limits prescribed under Environment Protection Act (Regulation & Control)
rules 2000.
4.12 Socio-economic profile of the project influence area

The socio-economic profile of the project influence area was established largely through
compilation of secondary data. The various secondary data sources considered are as
follows:
 District Census Handbook-Mumbai Suburban, 2011
 District Socio-Economic Statistics -Thane, 2013
 Socio-Economic Review-Raigad-2013
 Census Data-Maharashtra, 2011
 Official Websites of Study area Districts and Municipal Corporations
 Official website of Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB)
4.12.1 Demographic/Socio-Economic Profile of the PIA District

The Project Influence area covers Mumbai Suburban, Mumbai City, Thane and Raigad
Districts of Maharashtra State. The brief socio-economic profile of the Study area districts is
given in the following sub-sections.
4.12.1.1 Mumbai Suburban

Mumbai Suburban was declared as an Independent District with effect from October 01,
1990, as a consequent of the bifurcation of the Greater Mumbai into two revenue districts
namely, Mumbai City & Mumbai Suburban. Prior to this, Mumbai Suburban was the part of
Mumbai City District. The district has a population of 9,356,962 persons (9.4 million) making
it one of the densely populated districts of the State. Mumbai Suburban district is an entirely
urban district.
The District Headquarters is located in Bandra (E). This District has four Parliamentary
Constituencies and 26 Assembly Constituencies. The entire district is divided into wards and
further into sections for administrative convenience. Since Mumbai City and Mumbai
Suburban has a single local body, entire area has been divided into wards. The wards are
named alphabetically as A, B, C, etc. A to G/South wards falls in Mumbai district and H/West
to T wards falls in Mumbai (Suburban) district.

Page 4-93
Many important places have adorned the beauty of this district like Mount Marry Church,
Kanheri Caves, Jogeshwari Caves, Fantasy Land, Essel world, Water Kingdom, Sanjay
Gandhi National Park, Aarey Colony, Film city, Santacruz Airport, Sahar International Airport,
Tulsi Lake, Vihar Lake, Powai Lake, Mithi River, Dahisar River, Poiser & Oshiwara River, INS
Hamla, Indian Institute of Technology, Powai, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Rashtriya
Chemicals & Fertilizers, Hindustan & Bharat Petroleum Refineries.
4.12.1.2 Mumbai City

Mumbai City district of Maharashtra is in Konkan Division. As a city district, it has no
headquarters or subdivisions. AIong with the Mumbai Suburban District, it makes up the
metropolis of Mumbai. The city area is called the "island city" or South Mumbai or Old
Mumbai. It extends from Colaba in the south to Mahim and Sion in the north. The city has a
population of 3,085,411 (3.0 million). Mumbai City has a sex ratio of 832 females to 1000
males and a literacy rate of 81.31%.
It is the commercial and entertainment capital of India. The city houses important financial
institutions such as the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), the Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE), the
National Stock Exchange (NSE) of India, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
and the corporate headquarters of numerous Indian companies and multinational
corporations. It is also home to some of India's premier scientific and nuclear institute like
Bhaba Atomic Research centre (BARC), Nuclear Power Corporation of India (NPCL), Indian
rare Earths Limited (IREL), Tata Institute of Fundamental Research (TIFR), Atomic Energy
Regulatory Board (AERB), Atomic Energy Commission of India (AECI), and the Department
of Atomic Energy. The city also houses India's Hindi (Bollywood) and Marathi film and
television industry.
4.12.1.3 Thane
Thane is a district in northern Maharashtra state in Western India. According to the 2011
Census, the district has a total population of 11060148 (11.06 Million) with 76.98% of its
residents living in urban areas. The district is subdivided into 15 Taluks. The district has a
sex ratio of 886 females to 1000 males and a literacy rate of 74.38%.
The important kharif crops of the district are rice, vari and nachani (finger millet). The pulses
like urad, moong and kulith are also grown. Rice is grown in all the taluks of the district but
mainly in Palghar, Bhiwandi, Murbad, Shahapur, Vada, Vikramgad and Dahanu. Vari and
nachani are grown in the hilly areas of the eastern part of the district, namely Jawhar,
Murbad, Vikramgad, Shahapur and Mokhada taluks. Wal, chavali and gram are the main rabi
crops grown in this district. Dahanu taluk is famous for fruits. Chikoos (sapotas) are grown on
a large scale at Gholwad. Chikoo orchards are also found in Palghar and Talasari taluks.
Chikoos grown in these areas are sent all over India. Vegetables are also grown in the
district. There are also rose gardens at Dahanu.
Thane is the third most industrialised district in the State. There are several large and
medium scale and small scale industries in the district. The main products of these industries
are Drugs, Textiles, Adhesives, Plastics, Rubber, Steel, Pharmaceuticals, Engineering,
Fertilizers, Electronics, Chemicals and Iron & Steel. The Thane-Belapur-Kalyan industrial belt
is the centre of highly sophisticated modern industries. Manufacture of machinery, machine
tools and parts except electrical machinery together with the iron and steel industry and
metal products are the most important and the biggest group of industries in the district and
includes manufacture of Prime movers, Boilers, Refrigerators, Machine Tools, Computing
and Accounting machinery, Industrial machinery for food and textile industries, machinery for

Page 4-94
chemicals, paper and cement industries. Fisheries constitute an important industry in Thane
district. It is carried out in sea as well as in creeks and estuaries on the western coast. Food
processing industries like grain mill products, Bakery products, Cocoa, Chocolate and Sugar
Confectionery, Salt, ice, slaughtering, preparation and preservation of meat, dairy products,
canning and preservation of fruits and vegetables, canning, preserving and processing of fish
are developed in the district. The Tarapur Atomic Power Station which has ushered an era of
utilisation of nuclear energy for electricity generation is also situated in the district.
4.12.1.4 Raigad
Raigad district is located in the Konkan region. The district was renamed after Raigad, the
fort that was the former capital of the Maratha leader Shivaji Maharaj, and is located in the
interior regions of the district, in dense forests on a west facing spur of the Western Ghats of
Sahyadri range.
The district is divided into four subdivisions, with fifteen taluks. According to the 2011 census,
Raigad district has a population of 2,634,200 with a sex ratio of 959 females to 1000 males
and a literacy rate of 73.64%. The district is bounded by Mumbai Harbour to the northwest,
Thane District to the north, Pune District to the east, Ratnagiri district to the south, and the
Arabian Sea to the west. It includes the large natural harbour of Pen Mandwa, which is
immediately south of Mumbai harbour, and forming a single landform with it. The Jawaharlal
Nehru Port (JNPT) is in Raigad district and is 5.3 km from the proposed project location.
The district includes towns/cities of Panvel, Alibag, Mangaon, Roha, Pen, Khopoli, Kharghar,
Taloja, Khalapur, Uran, Patalganga, Rasayani, Nagothana, Poladpur, Alibag, Karjat and
Mahad. The largest city both in area and population is Panvel. The district also includes the
island of Gharapuri or Elephanta, located in Uran which has ancient Hindu and Buddhist
caves.
4.12.2 Demographic/Socio-Economic Profile of Study Area

The study area Figure 4-1 for the socio-economic baseline description consists of 15 km
radius around the Project stretch. Four districts i.e., Mumbai Suburban, Mumbai City, Thane
and Raigad covering a total of 25 villages, 3 Municipal Corporations (M Corp.) and 4
Commercial Towns (CT) are falling in the study area. The Municipal Corporation of Greater
Mumbai (MCGM) is partly falling under Mumbai Suburban and partly under Mumbai City
district. These districts consist of only urban population under MCGM. Thane taluk is falling
under Thane district and Uran, Panvel and Alibag taluks are getting covered under Raigad
district within the study area.
Eight Assembly Constituencies (170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176 and 177) covering 23
wards of MCGM are getting covered under Mumbai Suburban district. 10 Assembly
Constituencies (178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186 and 187) covering 36 wards of
MCGM are getting covered under Mumbai City district. 14 wards of Navi Mumbai Municipal
Corporation (NMMC) of Nerul Administrative Ward are falling under Thane taluk. 20 Villages,
01 M Corp. and 04 CT are getting covered under Uran taluk. 03 villages are getting covered
under Panvel taluk and 02 villages are getting covered under Alibag taluk.
For assessing the impact, the project influence area has been divided into three categories
based on radial distance from the project boundary. These categories include:
 Category I (0-5 km radius)
 Category II (5-10 km radius) and
 Category III (10-15 km radius)

Page 4-95
The study area villages, Municipal Corporations and CTs present in the three categories are
given in Table 4-50. Category-I (C1) comprising of 01 village and 01 M. Corp., Category-II
(C2) comprising of 12 villages, 02 CTs and 36 Wards of GMMC and Category-III (C3)
comprising of 12 villages, 02 CTs, 23 wards of GMMC and 14 wards of NMMC .
Table 4-50: Category wise list of Villages present in the Study Area
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3
 Gharapuri 12 Villages & 02 CT MCGM Wards (36 Nos) 12 Villages & 02 CT MCGM Wards (23 Nos)
 Uran  Sawarkhar 0102 0522 Kharkopar 0933 (P) 2179
(M.Corp)  Jaskhar 0104 0523 Gavhan 1043 2180
 Panje 0105 0524 Navedar Kolgaon 1045 2281
 Dongari 0206 0525 Rewas 1048 2282
 Hanuman 0207 0526 Sonari 1139 2284
Koliwada 0208 0527 Pagote 1140 NMMC Wards
 Ranwad 0209 0628 Karal 1141 (14 Nos)
 Bokadvira 0310 0629 Bhendkhal 1142 0062
0311 0630 Chirle 1143 0066
 Funde
0312 0731 Dhutum 1144 0067
 Navin Sheva
0313 0732 Bori Bk. 1145 0068
 Mhatwali 0314 0835 Govthane 1146
 Nagaon 0069
0315 0836 Navghar (CT) 1147 0070
 Nhave 0417 0837 Jasai (CT) 1975 0071
 Kegaon (CT) 0418 0838 1976 0072
 Chanje (CT) 0419 0934 1977 0073
0420 0935 1978 0074
0421 2080 2079 0075
0076
0077
0078
4.12.2.1 Population Characteristics

Population details of villages falling in Project Influence Area are presented in Table 4-51.
Table 4-51: Population Details of the Study Area
Total Total Total Total Sex Pop Male Female
No. of Villages
HH Pop Male Female Ratio (0-6) (0-6) (0-6)
Category I
1 Village &
7383 31086 15867 15219 959 3216 1626 1590
Uran M Corp.
Category II
12 Villages,
36 Wards & 710456 3275026 1771837 1503189 848 314900 164323 150577
2 CTs
Category III
12 Villages,
37 Wards & 718319 3292005 1795827 1496178 833 338747 176701 162046
2 CTs
Grand Total 1436158 6598117 3583531 3014586 841 656863 342650 314213
Source: Census of India-2011; HH-Households; Pop-Population
Category I (0-5 km) comprises of a small portion of Uran Municipality and Gharapuri village
including the Elephanta Caves. As per Census 2011, the overall population in this region is
31,086 persons with the highest sex ratio among all the three categories i.e., 959 females to
1000 males. The above table shows that Category III (10-15 km) is a highly populated area
with 32, 92,005 population (3.3 Million) but with the least sex ratio of 833 females as to 1000

Page 4-96
males. On an average the study area has a family size of 4-5 members in each household.
The Scheduled Tribes (ST) and Scheduled Caste (SC) population is given in Table 4-52.
Table 4-52: SC & ST Details of the Study Area
No. of Villages Total Pop Total SC Total ST Total Other Castes
Category I
1 Village & Uran M Corp. 31086 2115 597 28374
Category II
12 Villages, 36 Wards & 2 CTs 3275026 231948 31785 3011293
Category III
12 Villages, 37 Wards & 2 CTs 3292005 293138 33062 2965805
Grand Total 6598117 527201 65444 6005472
Source: (Census of India-2011); SC-Scheduled Castes; ST; Scheduled Tribes
The ST population in the study area is very low and is only 1% of the total population in the
15 km radius. The SC population comprises of 8% and other castes comprises of 91% of the
total population in the study area.
4.12.2.2 Occupational Pattern

The Occupational and Non Workers categories and details of the cultivators, agricultural
labourers, house-hold and other workforce divided in main and marginal categories are given
in Table 4-53 and Table 4-54.
Table 4-53: Work Force and Non Workers in the Study Area
No. Workforce
Non Workers
of villages Total Main Marginal
Category-I
1 Village &
11667 10645 1022 19419
Uran M Corp
Category-II
12 Villages,
1303967 1220047 83920 1971059
36 Wards & 2 CTs
Category-III
12 Village,
1322838 1240815 82023 1969167
37 Wards & 2 CTs
Grand Total 2638472 2471507 166965 3959645
Source: Census of India-2011
Table 4-54: Classification of Main and Marginal Workforce in the Study Area
No. Main Workforce Marginal Workforce
of villages CL AL HH OT CL AL HH OT
Category-I
1 Village, & Uran M Corp 68 41 361 10175 26 22 36 938
Category-II
12 Villages, 36 Wards &
4296 5726 38688 1171337 2511 1042 5348 75019
2 CTs
Category-III
12 Village, 37 Wards &
3874 6322 45820 1184799 2167 1549 5301 73006
2 CTs
Grand Total 8238 12089 84869 2366311 4704 2613 10685 148963
Source: (Census of India-2011); CL: Cultivators, AL; Agricultural Labourers, HH: Household, OT: Others
Table 4-53 above shows that the total workforce in the study area comprises of 39.98% of
the total population. Main workers comprises of 93.67% whereas Marginal workers
comprises of 6.32% of the total workforce. 60.01% consists of non-workers and this includes
house wives, children, students, aged and disabled persons and some unemployed, which
are the depending classes of the community.

Page 4-97
Main and Marginal Workers are further divided into Cultivators, Agricultural Labourers,
Household workers and Others category workers. Since the study area comprises of mostly
urban population Table 4-54 reveals that the number of workers are more as household
workers and others category workers rather than as cultivators or agricultural labourers.
Being an industrial area there are lots of factories and other industrial enterprises which
provide job for the working class. A significant number of formal workers are employed in the
surrounding area as guards, mechanics, labourers, drivers, teachers, clerks and government
employees. Workers in modern industries are better paid than those in traditional industries.
Recycling of waste including plastics is very common in many slums. Many women work as
maids in surrounding residential areas. The building industry is another important employer
of women workers. Most women workers are carriers of head loads and helpers to male
workers at building sites.
4.12.2.3 Literacy
The educational details are given in Table 4-55.
Table 4-55: Educational Details of the Study Area
Literates Illiterates
No. of Villages
Total Male Female Total Male Female
Category-I
1 Village, & Uran M
25403 13477 11926 5683 2390 3293
Corp
Category-II
12 Villages,
2613679 1461619 1152060 661347 310218 351129
36 Wards & 2 CTs
Category-III
12 Village,
2631590 1494063 1137527 660415 301764 358651
37 Wards & 2 CTs
Grand Total 5270672 2969159 2301513 1327445 614372 713073
Source: Census of India-2011
The literacy population in the study area comprises of 79.88% of the total population. Male
literates comprises of 56.33% whereas the female literates comprises of 43.66% of the total
population. The table above shows that the female illiteracy population outnumbers the
males in the total number of illiterates and consists of 53.71% of the total illiterates. Thus
special attention towards promoting girl child education has been proposed under the CSR
plan towards increasing the female literacy in the study area.
4.12.2.4 Educational Facilities
4.12.2.4.1 The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM)

As per the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai-February 2008, the educational facilities
are as follows:
 Municipal Primary Schools-1188
 Private Schools for Primary education-975
 Private aided schools for Primary education- 401
 Municipal Secondary School- 49
 Community Development Centres (CDC)-23
 Municipal Teachers Libraries- 6
 Reading Halls-4

Page 4-98
Some of the notable colleges are University of Mumbai, the V.J.T.I, U.D.C.T medical
colleges, JJ School of Arts, S.N.DT University of women. Apart from this the Community
Development Centres, Sarva Sikhsha Abhiyan are carrying out various activities for
improving the quality of educations among the poor and weaker sections of the society.
4.12.2.4.2 Nerul-NMMC of Thane taluk

The educational facilities in Nerul of NMMC area of Thane taluk is given in Table 4-56.
Table 4-56: Educational Facilities in Nerul-NMMC
Medical Engg
Area Pre-Primary Aanganwadi Primary Secondary Colleges
colleges Colleges
Nerul 17 11 17 15 5 2 1
Source: Official Website of Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation
4.12.2.4.3 Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluk

The educational facilities in Uran, Panvel and Alibag taluks are given in Table 4-57.
Table 4-57: Educational Facilities in Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks
Primary Schools Secondary School
Private Private
Private Private
Taluks Govt Independent Non- Govt Independent Non-
Funded Funded
Schools Institutions Funded Schools Institutions Funded
Schools Schools
Schools Schools
Uran 1 64 5 14 0 0 12 9
Panvel 0 274 13 56 0 0 49 55
Alibag 2 201 45 40 1 0 19 12
Senior Secondary School Universities
Private
Private Private
Govt Independent Non- Private Non-Funded
Taluks Funded Government Funded
Schools Institutions Funded Schools
Schools Schools
Schools
Uran 0 0 5 6 0 1 0
Panvel 0 0 15 15 1 1 6
Alibag 0 0 8 3 0 1 2
Source: Socio-Economic Review-Raigad, 2013
4.12.2.5 Medical Facilities
4.12.2.5.1 The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM)

The details of medical facilities11 getting covered under MCGM of Mumbai Suburban and
Mumbai City districts in the study area are given below:
 Municipal Hospitals : 13
 Municipal Maternity Homes : 12
 Municipal Dispensaries : 105
 Municipal Health Posts : 90
 Private Hospitals and Nursing Homes : 666
4.12.2.5.2 Nerul-NMMC of Thane taluk:

The list of registered and active nursing homes in Nerul of NMMC area of Thane taluk is
given in Table 4-58.
11
Source: Official website of The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai

Page 4-99
Table 4-58: Medical Facilities in Nerul-NMMC

 Ojas Nursing Home  Dr. D.Y. Patil Medical college Hospital and
 Kalyani Eye Clinic Hospital Research centre
 Kamlesh Mother & Child Hospital  Arihant Hospital
 Shree Sai Nursing Home & ICCU  Terna Sahyadri speciality Hospital And Rearch
 Harish Hospital Centre
 Chaitanya Child Care Center & Maternity Hospital  Sea Wood Hospital Multi Speciality Hospital
 Dr. Dukle’s Shri Datta Mohini Hospital  Usha Maternity Home
 Shree Nursing Home  Meena Thackray Hospital MCH
 Dr. Gaikwad child Health centre  Sharada ENT Hospital
 Anand Medicare and Hospital  Pritha Hospital
 Raj Hospital  Sanjivani Hospital & ICCU
 Pad. Dr. D. Y Patil Ayurvedic Hospital  New Suyash Nursing Home
 Deep Nursing Home, Hospital  Siddhivinayak Hospital
 Ashwini Nursing Home  New Aryan Hospital
 Shushrusha Heart Care Center & Speciality Hospital  Suyash Hospital
 Surya Hospital  Shashwt orthopdic Hospital
 Deb Surgical & Maternity Care Centre  NeuroGen BSI Steam Asia Hospital & Research
 Dr.Rahul Paturia Eye care & Child Care Clinic Centre
 Sunshine hospital & vnit of saisamrath health solution pvt ltd  Sawant Nursing Home
Source: Official website of Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation
Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluk: The list of government and private medical facilities in
Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks is given in Table 4-59.
Table 4-59: Medical Facilities in Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks
Government Medical Facilities Family
Specialised Maternity Welfare
Taluks Hospitals PHC Sub-PHC
Hospitals Homes Centres
Uran 1 0 8 1 8 3
Panvel 1 0 32 5 32 11
Alibag 1 0 32 5 32 11
Private Medical Facilities
Taluks Hospitals Specialised Hospitals Maternity Homes
Uran 15 3 2
Panvel 30 0 6
Alibag 7 4 4
Source: Socio-Economic Review-Raigad, 2013
4.12.3 Existing Solid Waste Disposal Facilities
4.12.3.1 The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM)

An average of about 7,025 metric tonnes per day (MTPD) of solid waste is generated in
Mumbai, of which about 5,000 MT is generated municipal waste, about 2,000 MT is silt and
construction debris and about 25 MT is biomedical waste/miscellaneous wastes.
The administrative zones (Zone I through VI) are adopted for the management of waste
collection and transportation operations.
Waste Collection & Disposal System
Street Sweeping: The total road length in Mumbai is about 1,950Km. At present 100 percent
of the road length are swept in one or two (in case of about 75km of roads) shifts by
municipal staff (67 % of the roads) and private contractors (33 % of the roads). Sweeping is
carried out in beats (a pair of sweepers per beat) – a total of 4,200 beats are carried out per

Page 4-100
day at 4000 to 5000 m2 per pair of sweepers in island city area and 8,000 to 10000 m2 per
pair of sweepers in the suburbs.
Power sweeping has been introduced in island city area in about 50km of roads in wards A,
D, G/South and G/North, and is proposed to be scaled up with about 150km identified for the
immediate phase.
Garbage management in the four beaches-Girgaon Chowpaty, Shivaji Park-Mahim Juhu and
Versova Beach – is outsourced to private entities for five-year periods based on a
comprehensive performance based maintenance contract.
Waste Collection: Waste collection is through community bins (83%) and house- to-house
collection (13%). There are a total of about 4,338 community collection bins of various types
and capacities, including 1.0 m3 compactor containers, skip containers of various sizes,
sheds, stationary compactors and refuse vehicles (on hire). The collection from collection
bins is carried out in 3 shifts and transported either to the three transfer stations or directly to
the disposal points. Waste collected through skip vehicles is generally transferred to the
transfer stations, from where it is transported through bulk refuse carriers. The daily
collection and transportation of waste is carried out in two shifts with an average number of
about 1,000 to 1,354 trips per day.
MCGM has adopted innovative mechanisms for waste collection in slum areas- the “Slum
Adoption Scheme”- wherein local community based organisations (CBO) are registered and
provided a monthly honorarium of Rs.2,500 per 1,000 population for waste collection and
cleaning of small nallahs and drains in identified slum pockets. The amount of honorarium is
reduced to Rs.1800 in the second year and to Rs.370 in the third year. The concept of this
scheme is to encourage community to own up local initiatives in planning and execution at
the grassroots level. The CBO is authorised and expected to collect Rs.10 per month per
household in lieu of services provided. As of now, MCGM has registered about 249 such
CBOs covering about 4.8 million of slum population, and intends to cover 100 percent of the
slums under this scheme by 2006-07.
Another scheme being implemented is the Advance Locality Management (ALM) system,
which entails extensive interaction and involvement of MCGM with local neighbourhood
groups in the wards. These groups form the ALM Street Committees, and coordinate with the
respective Ward Officer for better management of civic road related issues, especially
garbage management. At present there are about 584 such ALM Street Committees in the
24 wards of the city, focusing on Zero Garbage (ZG). The focus is on reduction of waste,
storage and disposal, involving rag pickers for collection and disposal of dry waste. For wet
disposal, vermin composting and composting are being adopted in several wards.
Waste Processing and Disposal: Most of the municipal solid waste collected is disposed
off at the landfill sites at Deonar, Mulund and Gorai as mere dumping and levelling. On the
whole, only about 100 to 150 MTPD is treated to localised vermi composting, biogas
generation etc. The Deonar dumping ground is the largest (131 Ha) receiving about 4800
MTPD of garbage. Gorai receives 2,200 MTPD and Mulund receives 700 MTPD of garbage.
All the dumping sites are located in dense habited areas. In order to reduce the odor and
health nuisances, MCGM has engages tractors mounted with spraying equipment to spray
water mixed with eco-friendly disinfectants on the piled garbage which has shown positive
results (in Gorai, where levels of Hydrogen Sulphide has substantially reduced). Moreover,
MCGM has planted about 7,000 trees around Gorai dumping ground. A plantation program
for Mulund & Deonar is also under implementation. Further 1000 trees on the northeast side
are proposed to be planted to provide a buffer between refuse site & residential area.

Page 4-101
Construction Debris: About 2,000 MTPD is being disposed off in abandoned

mines/quarries within MCGM limits. MCGM has designed a new system of construction
debris collection and disposal involving the private sector. A detailed plan with a policy
framework and guidelines has been drafted by MCGM to roll out the proposed plan
(Construction & Demolition and De-silting Waste – (Management and Disposal)
Guidelines, September 2005) which entails utility agencies, developers and other debris
generators to prepare a debris disposal plan and seek an approval from MCGM as part of
the building permission process. It is proposed to contract out the collection, transportation
and disposal/recycling of the construction debris to private operators who would provide
skips of appropriate sizes to debris generators for debris collection and would transport the
same to the designated disposal/recycling site for a fixed fee.
4.12.3.2 Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation (NMMC)

Domestic solid waste from house to house in NMMC area is collected and loaded in refuse
transportation vehicles mechanically by transportation contractors. Community bins are
provided at market places. NMMC is collecting domestic solid waste (wet & dry) and
transporting to Sanitary landfill at Turbhe from NMMC area. The separation is not done at
source & it is done at sanitary landfill. About 625 MT solid wastes are collected per day on an
average. These wastes transported to sanitary landfill, weighed, separated into wet and dry
components. Recyclable waste are separated and recycled. Wet waste is used for
production of Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) and compost. The rejects are disposed of into
sanitary landfill at Turbhe.
 While disposing solid waste, Deodorant is sprayed to minimise fly and odour nuisance.
 The operation and management of sanitary landfill is given to private contractor on PPP
basis.
The sanitary landfill is protected by constructing compound wall all around from stray dogs
and trespassers. Green belt is constructed and planted with various around land fill site. 3rd
Phases of sanitary landfill are covered with grass and methane is flared and burnt to reduce
“Green House” effect. Air Quality Monitoring Station is provided to monitor air pollution from
this integrated solid waste disposal facility at Turbhe.
Leachate treatment plant is commissioned and treated water is reused for windrow
composting as cooling material. This is one of the environmental achievements.
NMMC has put up informative hoardings on segregation of dry garbage and wet garbage at
various places for guidance of citizen. The closure of Koperkhairne dumping ground and
sanitary landfill at Turbhe are ideal projects as per Municipal Solid Waste (Management &
Handling) Rules September 2000 and appreciated by visitor of World Bank, Foreign mission,
Municipal Commissioners from various state and other visitors. Hazardous Bio-medical
wastes are collected from various hospitals and dispensaries by private contractor and
disposed of a Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility at Taloja.
4.12.3.3 Raigad
CIDCO has developed its own Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) processing & disposal facility at
village Chal near Taloja Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC). Receiving
and treatment of waste has started from 2007. Compost production has started. The plot
area is approximately 14 Hectares. The site has been selected as per the guidelines of
regulatory authority and authorization from State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) has been
obtained. The waste received at the facility is being processed and disposed off scientifically.

Page 4-102
City and Industrial Development Corporation of Maharashtra (CIDCO) has implemented

Municipal Solid Waste (Management & Handling) Rules-2000 for the area under jurisdiction
of CIDCO. Solid Waste Management system is broadly divided in two parts such as
 Collection & Transportation of Solid Waste
 Processing & Disposal of Solid Waste.
The site is designed for 15.5 years period considering 65 MT of MSW per day with
progressive increase annually. The total storage capacity of landfill is about 3, 65,000 MT.
Presently about 200MT/month solid waste is received at site. The part of it is being
composted and the composted is sold in market.
Collection & Transportation of Solid Waste
The method of collection & transportation of MSW followed is as under:-
1) Daily collection of MSW on house to house basis
2) Daily collection of MSW from community basis
3) Transportation on MSW in closed body vehicle up to processing & disposal site
4) Collection & Transportation of debris
5) Collection & Transportation of green waste lying on roads
6) Removal and hygienic disposal/burial of animal carcasses
7) Cleanliness of roads & collection of street sweepings
8) Machineries employed for collection and transportation are
 Bell Wagon - 7 Nos
 Refuse compactors - 4 Nos
 Auto rickshaw with tripping arrangement - 3 Nos
 Mini Compactor - 1 Nos
9) Conducting public awareness programs for segregation and storage of MSW in two
categories as Dry (Non bio degradable) and Wet (Biodegradable) waste.
Methodology of Waste Processing
The incoming waste is weighed at Weigh Bridge at site. The waste is segregated at compost
platform in to bio degradable and non-bio degradable parts. The non-degradable waste shall
further be segregated in recyclable and non-recyclable part. Recyclable waste shall be
stored separately as paper, plastic, glass, metal etc. The non-recyclable waste shall be taken
to the landfill for disposal. The biodegradable waste shall be shredded to required size and
arranged in windrow piles on compost platform. Herbal sanitizers’ area used to control the
odour. Bio culture is used to enhance the compost process. Flyex is used to control the flies.
The landfill is to be developed in different cells (5Nos.).
 The soil bund is constructed along the periphery of the landfill.
 Sides and bottom liner comprising of clay and HDPE liner and drainage layer are
provided as per the design to prevent groundwater contamination.
 Sump wells are constructed in the landfill which collects the leachate through the
perforated HDPE pipes.
 Leachate from the sump wells will be pumped to leachate holding pond.
Rejected waste shall be filled in the landfill, spread, compacted by mechanical means. The
completed cells shall be closed as per the closer plan with the development of grass/
vegetation on top. Regular monitoring shall be done as per the regulations for different
Environmental Parameters as per MPCB norms.

Page 4-103
Methodology of Disposal in Landfill

Rejects of waste processing shall be transported and deposited in the landfill. The waste is
compacted and covered with inert materials daily as per the placement plan. Leachate
collected in the sump well shall be pumped to leachate holding pond. During the entire
operation of facility, environmental monitoring shall be done as per MPCB guidelines.
Hazardous Waste (or) Industrial Waste Management
Mumbai Waste Management Ltd (MWML) has been established in Taloja by MIDC for the
Industrial and biomedical solid waste treatment and disposal.
4.12.3.4 Waste Handling at MbPT

The existing waste handling procedure at Mumbai Port includes:
 Garbage reception at Jawahar Dweep & Pir Pau:
This facility is provided by employing a private contractor through tender procedure.
 Garbage reception at Indira Dock, Princes & Victoria Dock:
Dustbins are provided at dock areas at various suitable locations for the reception of garbage
from the vessels visiting at ID and P&V docks. Agents of respective vessels make the
necessary arrangement for removal of garbage through private firms for putting the garbage
from vessels into the nearby dustbins provided on shore. This garbage is then contractually
transported by MbPT to the MCGM dumping ground at Deonar, by dumpers/trucks. Further
processing of the garbage/solid waste is done by MCGM at their end.
4.13 Public Utilities
4.13.1 The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM)

MCGM is an urban commercial area with the presence of industries, amenities and facilities
for urban lifestyle. The city has 1867 commercial banks and 572 co-operative banks to cater
to the financial requirement of local population and organisations. Considering it a densely
populated area, half of Mumbai’s residents live in improvised dwellings on less than one-
tenth of the city land mass. Slum dwellers population in Mumbai is high and have no proper
sanitation facilities.
The Hydraulic Engineering Department of MCGM is responsible for water supply in Greater
Mumbai. Main sources of water are Tulsi, Vihar, Tansa, Upper Vaitarna and Bhatsa Rivers.
The water is completely treated with pre-chlorination, alum-dosing, settling, filtration and
post-chlorination before supplying to consumers.
As far as sanitation facility is concerned, the condition is worse among slum dwellers.
Inadequate water supply and the absence of electricity connections further limit the use of
public toilets. The lavatories that exist are usually filthy, broken down and generally
unusable. Given the density of slums, even constructing new lavatory blocks is a problem.
The Mumbai municipal corporation has taken on the task of building lavatories in several
slums.
The Traffic Division of MCGM is responsible for street lighting in Mumbai. The function of
street lighting, including installation, operation and maintenance is contracted out by MCGM
to power companies/agencies – BEST is appointed for island city area where there are about
38,520 street lights, Reliance Energy Limited for western suburbs with about 40,708 lights
and major part of eastern suburbs (wards L, M-east, M-west and N) with about 20,592 lights

Page 4-104
and MSEB for part (wards S & T) of eastern suburbs maintaining about 7,102 lights. The city
has proper road networks, airport and railway connectivity with local railway transportation
forming the main transportation in Mumbai.
4.13.2 NMMC of Thane Taluk

National Highway 4 (NH-4) passes through the NMMC area. Navi Mumbai is connected by
road and rail to Thane, Kalyan, Mumbai, JNPT, Uran and Panvel. There are footpaths,
central dividers and pathways along major roads. Navi Mumbai has six rail corridors. Public
transport system in Navi Mumbai comprises train, bus, auto-rickshaws and taxi. NMMC has
its own bus service. In addition the buses of BEST and Maharashtra State Road Transport
Corporation, KDMC and interstate private buses ply through Navi Mumbai.
There are two cinema halls, Vishnudas Bhave Natyagriha (Theatre), 35 lakes, 134 gardens,
400 hotels/eating places, five swimming pools in NMMC area. A regional park is being
developed at Advali Bhutwali. CIDCO is planning to establish five star hotels. NMMC has its
own fire fighting cell. There are 4 fire fighting stations at CBD Belapur, Vashi, Airoli & Nerul
and another emergency centre at Khairane MIDC for Thane Belapur industrial area. NMMC
is having latest fire fighting vehicles to improve fire fighting capability. There are 320 public
toilets in NMMC area with total seats of 3626 (50% for ladies & 50% for gents). NMMC also
has provided 11 mobile toilets on pay and use basis. The work of looking after these toilet
facilities has been given to seven social working organizations.
4.13.3 Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluk

As per the Socio-economic Review-Raigad, 2013, there are 09 banks in Uran, 16 banks in
Panvel and 15 in Alibag taluk catering to the financial requirement of the locals. There are 33
district industries centre and 70 district village development centres in Uran taluk, 24 district
industries centre and 160 district village development centres in Panvel taluk and 67 district
industries centre and 140 district village development centres in Alibag taluk. Drinking water
facilities are available in most of the villages in the taluks. As far as entertainment is
concerned there are no theatres or videography centres in Uran. There 11 theatres and 09
Videography centres in Panvel taluk and 01 theatre in Alibag taluk. As far as Public
Transportation is considered there is availability of buses, auto-rickshaws and taxis available
in the taluks. There are proper postal services available in the taluks with 19 Post Offices in
Uran, 35 in Panvel and 41 in Alibag Taluk.
4.13.4 List of Industries
4.13.4.1 The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM)

As per the Industries Statistics, March 2009 of MPCB there are total 3591 industries in
Mumbai. Out of these, 304 industries are in Red category, 288 in Orange category and 2999
in Green category.
4.13.4.2 NMMC of Taluk

As per the Industries Statistics, March 2009 of MPCB there are total 2753 industries in Navi
Mumbai. Out of these, 908 industries are in Red category, 417 in Orange category and 1428
in Green category.
4.13.4.3 Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks

There are total 423 industries in both the taluks. The details are given in Table 4-60.

Page 4-105
Table 4-60: Industrial Statistics of Uran, Panvel and Alibag Taluks

Taluks Red Orange Green Total
Uran 42 16 4 62
Panvel 77 59 196 332
Alibag 21 3 5 29
Source: Socio-Economic Review-Raigad, 2013, Pollution Control Board, Regional Office, Raigad
4.14 4.3 Archaeological Monuments
4.14.1 Elephanta Caves:

The Category I (0-5 km) covers the Elephanta Caves in Gharapuri which is an Island named
after a colossal elephant found in the island. At present, the statue of elephant is housed at
Jijamata Garden in Mumbai. In ancient period, the place is variously identified as Puri which
is mentioned in the Aihole inscription of Pulakesin II. Different dynasties held their sway over
this island, namely, the Konkan, Mauryas, Trikutakas, Chalukyas of Badami, Silaharas,
Rashtrakutas, Kalyani Chalukyas, Yadavas of Deogiri, Muslim rulers of Ahmedabad and then
by the Portuguese. The Marathas also had this island under their control and from them it
passed into the control of the British. There are seven cave excavations in the Elephanta
group and these are datable from circa 6th – 7th centuries A.D. The cave is famous for the
exquisite and vibrant sculptures.
The lists of Archaeological Monuments present in the study area are given in Figure 4-85 to
Figure 4-92.
 Elephanta Caves 4.9 NE  Banganga Tank 10.5 W
 Gateway of India 6.4 WSW  Sion Fort 12.4 N
 Sewri Fort 7.8 NW  Dharavi Fort/ Kala Killa 12.8 NNW
 Monolithic Bass Relief 8.5 NW  Mahim Fort 13.0 NNW
 August Kranti Maidan 9.2 WNW  Bandra Fort 14.0 NW
Figure 4-85: Entry to August Kranti Maidan Figure 4-86: Entrance of Bandra Fort

Page 4-106
Figure 4-87: Full View of Banganga Tank Figure 4-88: Front View of Elephanta Caves
Figure 4-89: Gateway of India Figure 4-90: Side View of Mahim Fort
Figure 4-91: Inside View of Sewri Fort Figure 4-92: Front View of Sion Fort
4.14.2 Places of Worship

The study area has also three main important places of worship which are as given below:
 Walkeshwar Temple
 Haji Ali Dargah
 Mount Mary Church
Other than the above Archaeological Sites and places of worship which serve as important
places of tourist attractions, there is also Tower of Silence, used by Zoroastrians for the
purposes of excarnation and the tourist beach at Mandwa. The Figure 4-93 to Figure 4-96
shows places of worship and beach in the study area.

Page 4-107
Figure 4-93: Mount Mary Church Figure 4-94: Haji Ali Dargah
Figure 4-95: Walkeshwar Temple Figure 4-96: Mandwa Beach

Page 4-108
CHAPTER 5
ANTICIPATED
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
AND MITIGATION
MEASURES
Chapter 5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures
5.0 General
The development of offshore Oil Berth at Mumbai Port involves various marine side and
limited landside construction and operational activities. Proposed development involves the
following major activities (Ref Chapter 2: Project Description).
 Trenching, land filling and compaction near the Island (Jawahar Dweep)
 Marine piling involving disturbance to the seabed and suspended particles and marine life
 Noise generated during construction activities especially piling work
 Dredging and disposal
 Likely obstruction due to the construction of berthing structures against the natural flow
 Pollution to seawater due to leakage and spill of hydrocarbon fluids.
The project has an advantage that it is located in the middle of the sea within the already
declared Port Limits. Handling of the liquid cargo in the Port may influence the environment
in different ways; in this context the following facts are worth mentioning:
1 100% liquid cargo: 100% of the cargo is to be transported through the dedicated
pipelines
2 Existing facilities to combat leakages/spillages: The leakage and spillage is

expected due to rupture of pipeline, etc. for which contingency plans already in
existence to combat in the port. There are existing facilities available to cater to such
leakage and spillage.
3 Dredging and disposal: Construction of a new jetty and anchorage point leads to
dredging to required depth. The dredged material will be in the order of 4 to 5 million m3.
The dredged material will be dumped at identified offshore location(s).
4 Usual sources of pollution: Since the project consist of only liquid handling facility and
not a processing plant or industrial unit as such, the usual sources of environmental
pollution do not come into the picture at all.
5 Latest technology and visual and scenic value: Visual or scenic value of the area
also will not be distributed in any way. The berth area would have in any case been
occupied by a number of unloading arms with latest technology to arrest any mishap in
case of emergency.
6 Risk of operation: There is no risk of accident likely to occur due to

explosion/spillage/fire, etc. during construction stage. However, there is likely risk of
accident during operation of handling/storage of the crude oil. Suitable protection gears
will be provided to the worker/supervisor and periodical training will be conducted for
safety awareness to prevent or minimize accidents. MbPT has in place an approved
Oil Spill Response plan and equipment’s to contain/remove/disperse oil spills in
sea water. An integrated fire protection system has been designed as per
guideline of Oil Industry safety Directorate (OISD) to combat fire under various
possible risks.
Chapter 5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Page 5-1
7 Explosive nature of cargo: The explosive nature of cargo will be kept in mind while
installing all the equipment for loading and unloading of liquid cargo. All the cargo will be
evacuated through pipelines.
8 No significant adverse effect on socioeconomic impacts/shoreline changes: There

are no shoreline related issues and no negative impacts on socio-economic
environment (No Resettlement and Rehabilitation) as the proposed development will be
within the existing port area and is far away from the nearest settlements.
9 Effect of natural calamities minimal:The project site is not prone to floods, landslides.
The project area falls in Seismic Zone III, area of moderate risks of earthquakes. The
structures will be designed to take care of seismic load as per BIS code.
Necessary measures for mitigation of environmental pollution caused by factors will be taken
and enforced to acceptable standards.
In this chapter, likely impacts of the above mentioned activities (not limited to, among others)
on environmental attributes have been identified, assessed and presented. To mitigate
environmental impacts during construction and operation phases due to landside and marine
side activities, suitable mitigation measures are incorporated as a part of planning process.
The impacts have been assessed both quantitatively and qualitatively for various terrestrial
and marine environmental components and impact specific mitigation measures are
proposed.
5.1 Land Environment
5.1.1 Potential Impact Due to Location
5.1.1.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition

Proposed development is planned within the existing Mumbai Port Water Limits, wherein all
proposed activities shall be offshore development. The proposed development does not
involve any Land Acquisition.
5.1.1.2 Impacts due to Changes in Land Use Pattern

The proposed project mainly involves development of offshore facilities. As far as
construction of offshore oil berth is concerned, there is no significant change in the land use
as the project area is located on water area. However, reclamation of 13 Ha of sea area will
be carried out at Jawahar Dweep. Land reclamation leads to change in land use pattern.
Construction and operation of a project will generally provide an impetus to the development
of secondary and tertiary activities in the area, such as shops, restaurants, repair shops, etc.
in and around the project site. Since the present project is an offshore development and
located within area under the jurisdiction of MbPT, impact is not expected on this account.
5.1.1.3 Mitigation Measures

The change in land use pattern will be as per the requirement of proposed project
developments. The development will be carried out in such a way to ensure proper drainage
by providing surface drainage systems including storm water network, etc.

Page 5-2
5.1.1.4 Changes in Coastline/Shoreline

The existing condition of the shoreline change along the Mumbai coast has been studied by
Institute of Ocean Management, Anna University in the National Assessment of Shoreline
Changes of Maharashtra coast. The shoreline change status of the study area is shown in
Figure 5-1.
The proposed project is located about 5 km from the main shore and no impacts on the
shoreline are envisaged due to the proposed project.

Page 5-3
Figure 5-1: Status of Existing Shoreline in Study Area

Page 5-4
5.1.1.5 Impacts due to Land Reclamation

The proposed area of reclamation is shown Figure 5-2. It can be seen from the photograph
that the existing tank farms are located on the northern side of the proposed reclamation
area. The proposed reclamation area does not have any mangroves and rock outcrop can be
seen in some locations. Thus, it provides stable ground and foundation capacity for loading
arising from the large tanks.
Figure 5-2: Proposed Location for Reclamation

The proposed area for reclamation is on the south side of the island abutting the existing
approach trestle to JD4 berth. The existing approach bund extends from the landfall point for
a distance of 366 m beyond which the approach trestle in the form of piled structure. Further,
the proposed new approach bund/trestle is planned towards the western side of the existing
approach bund, which may also occupy another 25 m. The total area for reclamation is
approximately 13 Ha.
The chemical impacts due to the disposal or backfilling are dependent on the redox potential
and pH. Normally if pH remains around 8, heavy materials like zinc, copper and mercury will
remain bound to the solid phase. The pH of the sediments as well as the marine water is
slightly alkaline in the project area. In the post project phase, after the reclamation of land,
pH and redox potential in the adjacent waters is not expected to change. In the post project
phase, since no change is anticipated in the pH and redox potential, heavy metals are bound
to the sediments. Thus, no impact on the marine water is anticipated due to reclamation.
However, testing is suggested to be done for chemical quality of the dredged material and its
suitability to disposal in the given area.

Page 5-5
It has been generally found that, if sediments are not toxic in-situ, they do not become so
even after disposal. The dredged material to be used for backfilling is non-toxic and
uncontaminated; hence, adverse impacts to marine water quality are not anticipated.

 Judicial planning of project facilities will be carried out
 Reclamation will take place within the stipulated project area limits
 Reclamation bunds shall be constructed
5.1.2 Potential Impact during Construction
5.1.2.1 Impact on Shoreline

The mathematical model studies indicated that the dumped materials would not reach the
shore and most materials are likely to be carried by tidal currents. The project is not likely to
affect the shoreline.
5.1.2.2 Impact on Local Infrastructure

Transportation of Construction Material: Transportation of construction material for
construction of the offshore oil berth, sourcing of reclamation material results pressure on the
existing facilities and systems and could lead to use of public infrastructure like roads,
railways, sea route, drainage, water and power supply which may results in congestion. Site
clearing, soil excavation, quarrying and construction wastes lead to soil erosion.
Construction Workers Camp: During construction phase temporary structures will be
erected at JD Island to facilitate construction activities at site. However, no housing for
construction workers would be constructed at Jawahar Dweep. Separate construction
workers camp is not envisaged at JD but the above temporary structures will be erected.

 Existing roads shall be used for the construction material transportation; the port having
an operational inland water transport network, material transportation will also be carried
out using the waterways (via barges, etc.)
 Construction material shall be sourced from Government approved quarries
 Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with
tarpaulin
 Vehicles deployed will conform to emission norms (air/noise) of CPCB and with valid
Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificates
 Construction waste will be properly segregated and utilized
 The domestic wastes generated at the site will be collected properly and will be disposed
after complying with the norms stipulated by statutory authorities
 If there are any accidental spillages of hazardous substances on soil that may pose the
risk of contaminating run off, such areas will be immediately remediated
To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, temporary structures will be
self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. To mitigate impacts from health
hazards, sanitation facilities will be provided. Further, these temporary structures in the
project site are located about 3 kms away from the mainland/coast. Following additional
mitigation measures shall also be considered:
 Temporary structures will be adequately equipped with all the necessary facilities such as
water supply, power supply, wastewater collection, solid waste collection and sanitation

Page 5-6
 The domestic wastes generated from the temporary structures will be disposed at
approved disposal sites
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available at the construction site/areas for
attending to injured workers
5.1.3 Potential Impact during Operation
5.1.3.1 Discharges from Ships on Land

The discharge from ships that could be a source of water pollution include bilge water, ballast
water, oily wastes, sewage, garbage and other residues from the ship. Spills of oil, fuel, etc.
can also be the source of pollution.
5.1.3.2 Shoreline Changes – Erosion/Accretion

The shoreline/coastline changes such as erosion/accretion is usually expected due to the
development of shore connected marine structures such as berth, breakwater etc. The
proposed offshore oil berth development consists of marine structures comprising dolphin
type jetty, Port craft jetty, approach trestle and bund. The nearest coast from the offshore oil
berth is located at about 5 km away.
The trestle is a RCC framed structure supported on a pair of RCC bored piles spaced 5.1 m
centre to centre in transverse direction. Overall width of approach trestle is 14.9 m.
5.1.3.3 Housing facilities for Operational Staff and Workers

No housing facility is proposed for operational workers.
5.1.3.4 Spillages
Accidental spillage of oil may occur during operation. MbPT has in place an approved Oil
Spill Response plan and equipment’s to contain/remove/disperse oil spills in sea water. List
of Tier-1 Oil Spill Response (OSR) Equipment available at OSR Centre at MOT-Jawahar
Dweep is provided as Table 2-14.

 Dirty Ballast is pumped into Dirty Ballast Storage tank of MbPT using ships’ pumps. Dirty
ballast generated due to washing of tankers, would be received at designated steel
storage tank at Jawahar Dweep and thereafter will be pumped into the crude line to both
the refineries on equal sharing basis for separation
 There is no sewage disposal system at present on the Island. Currently only septic tanks
are used for handling sewage disposal.
 Appropriate measures have been recommended to control water pollution from the ships
in the Environmental Management Plan
 Ships shall comply with MARPOL convention. No waste/wastewater shall be discharged
directly on land hence; no impact on land is envisaged
 Since sediment transport remains unchanged with the introduction of pile supported
approach trestle, it doesn’t interfere with the alongshore sediment transport
 Oil from JD island to onshore (main port area) will be transported through submarine
pipelines
 Pipeline crossing the shoreline will also be buried and no disturbance/change is
envisaged on shoreline

Page 5-7
 Operational staff and officers will go to the island by sea route from the mainland, work
on shift basis and will return after the duty
 Risk of spillage on land will not be significant; an Oil Spill Contingency Plan is in place
5.2 Water Environment
5.2.1.1 Impact on Existing Water Resources

Proposed project involves mainly marine side offshore operational activity. As the facility is
proposed offshore, fresh water supply will be met from the existing system through flexible
hose connections.
It is not envisaged to draw groundwater to avoid any possible impacts to local groundwater
resources. As fresh water requirement is minimal and is to be met from available water
supply source of MbPT, project development shall not rely on groundwater resources or
seawater. Proposed development is planned as a replacement to existing Fourth Oil Berth;
as such no additional water requirement/allotment is needed. Hence, impacts are not
envisaged on competitive user.
5.2.2 Potential Impact Due to Construction

MbPT receives fresh water from Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM) in the
underground tank at Pir Pau and the same is pumped through the submarine pipelines to
Jawahar Dweep. The quantity of fresh water being used by the staff posted at the island is
about 150 KLD. Water requirement for the construction stage is expected to be in the order
of 200 KLD, which will be met from the water being received by MCGM. The impacts on this
account are not expected to be significant.
5.2.2.1 Impact due to Land Reclamation

Generally, reclamation of low lying areas with dredged material is likely to affect groundwater
quality due to leaching of salt water. Proposed Oil Berth will be developed offshore and
reclaimation land is sea area adjoining the JD Island. Chances of intruding seawater into
groundwater are envisaged to be negligible. Hence, no impacts are anticipated due to land
reclamation on groundwater.
5.2.2.2 Wastewater Generation

During construction, sewage will be generated at site. Also, surface run off from construction
site may involve contaminants. Such wastewaters generated at construction site may affect
the ground/marine water if not regulated properly.
5.2.2.3 Impacts due to Dredging

The potential environmental effects of dredging can be categorised as impacts due to the
dredging process itself and those due to disposal of the dredged material. During dredging
and disposal of dredge material on land, effects may arise due to saline water intrusion into
ground water. In the proposed development, dredging will be carried out offshore about 5 km
away shore and disposal of dredge material will be at identified offshore disposal grounds.
There will not be any interference to the land and groundwater.

Page 5-8

 Vessels involved in construction and other construction equipment are a possible cause
of oil spill, garbage discharge, etc. However, mitigation measures have been
recommended as a part of the Environmental Management Plan to ameliorate even the
marginal impacts
 An adequate drainage system will be provided at the site. Suitable measures will also be
taken to prevent the washing away of construction materials
 Sewage generated at site will be handled by septic tanks
 Dredge spoil disposal shall be done only at identified locations for dredge spoil disposal
(MbPT has already identified the locations and are in use for ongoing dredge spoil
disposal activities)
5.2.3.1 Impact on Water Quality due to Operations

The proposed offshore oil berth terminal will only be handling liquid cargo. During normal
operations, there are no liquid effluents envisaged except the sanitary water (sewage). It may
be noted that the proposed development is planned as a replacement to existing Fourth Oil
Berth. Existing employees shall be redeployed to the new berth. No additional quantities (in
addition to existing) of sewage are envisaged to be generated.
5.2.3.2 Mitigation Measures/Wastewater Management

 Sewage generated shall be collected on board in a sewage holding tank
 Sewage holding tank will be aerated to prevent anaerobic conditions, and the sullage will
be purged and vented to atmosphere to prevent build-up of flammable gas
 Storm water runoff will be directed into appropriate storm drainage system (at JD
Island/reclamation area)
 Toilet facility will be provided at the berth which is about 1.5 km from the island into the
deep sea. This toilet facility will be used by the workers on the shift duty. The quantity of
Sewage generation would be very less hence sewerage generated for the toilet facility
will be connected to septic tank at Jawahar Dweep
5.3 Marine Environment (Coastal Hydrology/Bottom Contamination,

Sea/Harbour Water Quality)
5.3.1.1 Siltation Studies

Impacts on flow pattern and siltation rates: Model studies were carried out using
Mathematical model (Sub model) of Mumbai Port to evolve the changes in the flow pattern
and siltation rates due to the proposed developments. The proposed JD5 oil berth is aligned
along with main navigational channel in line with 4th Oil Berth (JD4) and at a distance of 600
m away from it. A pocket of 445 m x 225 m in front of the proposed berth would be deepened
to -19.0 m. A turning circle of 600 m dia. would be dredged in front of the berth. The
approach to this berth from Jawahar Dweep would be on piles. The main navigational
channel in front of the proposed berth would be 450 m wide and would be dredged to -14.5
m CD. Due to the widening of the channel, the dredging area would be extending in to the
shallow area of the existing channel. It is also contemplated to reclaim about 13 Ha at
southwest coast of Jawahar Dweep for augmenting storage capacities.

Page 5-9
Cross flow at proposed Berth area: The resulting flow pattern (Hydrodynamics) due to
these proposed developments was obtained by running mathematical model incorporating
proposed conditions. As such the flow in this area follows the channel alignment and the
proposed berth is located along the channel edge. Therefore, the proposed berth would not
experience any cross flow.
Reclamation: The tidal currents at two locations near to berth pocket or reclamation area as
obtained from the model studies were compared with those of existing conditions. During
flood the current strength remained more or Iess the same as in the existing conditions.
However, strength of the current during ebb slightly reduces after the dredging is
carried out. It is observed that the proposed reclamation on the southwest of the
Jawahar Dweep falls in the eddy/wake zone of the Island.
Model study conclusions: From the model studies it can be concluded that reclamation has
no or a negligible effect on the prevailing flow regime of the region. However, the shaping of
the reclamation may be finalized with the help of on-going physical model studies.
Siltation studies: In order to predict the changes in the siltation pattern the flow model was
coupled with silt model and the sediment deposition pattern in post dredging scenario is
evolved. The sedimentation studies were carried out using the results of flow model to arrive
at the likely siltation rates due to the proposed development. The silt change and results
obtained from running of flow model are used as inputs for the silt model. This silt model was
run for tides of one year to evolve annual slit deposition pattern.
The annual silt deposition pattern in the post-dredging scenario near the proposed oil berth,
obtained from the sedimentation studies is presented in Figure 5-3. From the figure, it can
be seen that the silt deposition rate near the berths after dredging would be of the order of
0.35 m/annum. The deposition in the approach channel would be varying from 0.15 m to 0.35
m/annum. Figure 5-4 indicates the deposition rates at section EF, located at 30 m away from
the proposed oil berth are compared with the existing conditions. The difference of these
deposition rates for existing and proposed conditions gives the additional silt deposition due
to the proposed development. This additional silt deposition in the pocket and the channel
was estimated as 22,252 m3/annum.

Page 5-10
Figure 5-3: Annual Silt Deposition Pattern
Figure 5-4: Annual Silt Deposition Rates
5.3.1.2 Littoral Drift/Sediment Transport

Sediment transport is a complex coastal process that results from the combination of
interaction within the waves, current and wind. The sediment particles are transported by
currents (tide driven, wave driven, or wind driven), wave motions and combinations of the
two. Waves, due to their orbital velocity, keep the coastal sediment in suspension, which are

Page 5-11
then transported by tidal flow or coastal currents. This results in erosion or accretion of
sediments and subsequent modification of the morphology till equilibrium is reached between
various acting forces. Any modification to this equilibrium in the form of new developments in
the coastal zone leads to changes in the seabed & coastal morphology.
The shoreline/coastline changes such as erosion/accretion is usually expected due to the
development of marine structures such as breakwaters, groynes, Jetties, wharfs, etc. The
proposed offshore oil berth development consists of dolphin type jetty plus mooring and
breasting dolphins, walkways, and pipeline trestles supported through piles.
Sediment transport: The pile supported structures which is completely permeable and
allows transmission and transport of sediment which is not significant at approximately 13 m
depth. Since sediment transport remains unchanged with the introduction of pile supported
approach trestle, it is concluded that it doesn’t interfere with the alongshore sediment
transport.
Placing of pipelines and alignment fixing: The proposed submarine pipeline starts at the
existing pipeline and fall point at Jawahar Dweep and stops at the south end of Pir Pau tank
farms. The proposed submarine pipeline alignment shall follow the existing MbPT submarine
pipeline. The land fall point shall be located west of the existing ONGC pipeline. From the
land fall point, the pipelines shall be run along the onshore portion to join the BPCL/HPCL
manifold.
Protection for pipelines: The pipelines will be buried below seabed by at least 1.5 m to
provide safety against damage from falling debris from boats and fishing trawlers. Bracelet
type anodes shall be provided to protect the pipelines against corrosion.
Proposed submarine pipeline from the landfall point at JD to landfall point at Pir Pau shall be
installed by bottom pull method or any other suitable installation scheme.

Impacts to marine ecology: Developmental activities such as dredging, trenching of
seabed, and construction of various offshore (marine side) facilities like sub seabed pipeline,
dolphin jetty/Mooring system, Unloading platform, platform for the mooring tug,
service/emergency vessels, and crew changes, walkways will result in disturbance to marine
environment. During these activities, localised and short term impacts on marine water
quality are likely to occur due to increased turbidity from suspended sediment. Also, localised
impacts on marine ecology are likely to occur. The details of various impacts on marine
environment are discussed in this section. Further, marine sediment quality indicates that it is
free from any significant pollution.
Pile driving, deposition of rubble, compaction and other construction related work is bound to
cause re-suspension of sediments resulting in increased turbidity. It also reduces sunlight
penetrating in the marine water body.
5.3.2.1 Impact due to Capital Dredging, Laying of Sub Marine Pipeline and Disposal
of Dredged Material
The offshore oil berth is positioned in approximately 13 m of water depth. Due to the current
depth of water at the project site dredging will be required for shipping channel(s), turning
circle(s), manoeuvring areas(s) and also for an anchorage location. Laying of submarine
pipeline will involve only trenching activity along the pipeline route.

Page 5-12
As such, proposed construction of the Fifth Oil Berth will involve dredging for deepening of
channel, in turning circle and berthing pocket and for anchorage. The estimated quantity of
dredging involved in proposed development is in the order of ~ 4 to 5 million m3.
Soil investigations have been carried out at the location by MbPT (through Fugro Geotech,
Navi Mumbai). As per the analysis of the investigations it is noted that the characteristics of
bed materials to be dredged are unsuitable for reclaiming purpose except the small quantity
of rock / weathered rock from the dredging in the berthing pocket area. As such it is
recommended to dispose dredged materials at the designated disposal area of MbPT. Based
on dispersion model studies carried out by CWPRS, it is suggested the dumping location
DS3 be used for disposal of the dredged material likely to be generated from the dredging
activities.
The release of organic rich sediments during dredging or disposal can result in the localised
removal of oxygen from the surrounding water. However, removal of oxygen from the water
is only a temporary phenomenon, as tidal exchange would quickly replenish the oxygen
supply. Therefore, in most cases where dredging is taking place in open coastal waters, this
localised removal of oxygen has little, if any, effect on marine life.
The installation of submarine pipeline in coastal water involves trenching to create pipeline
trench. A typical cross section of the trench is shown in Figure 5-5.
Figure 5-5: Subsea Pipeline
5.3.2.2 Impact on Marine Water Quality

The natural gradient in the area is such that the rainfall and water would outfall in the marine
water. This could lead to marginal increase in turbidity levels due to disposal or runoff from
the construction sites. However, this impact is not significant.
Redox potential (eH) and pH are two variables that control the characteristics of chemicals
and heavy metals in water and sediment. As long as the pH remains around 8 and eH <150
millivolt (mV), most of the chemicals and metals will remain bound to the solid phase without
being released into the surrounding water.
In the present survey sites pH was 7.7 to 8.5 and dissolved oxygen was 5.0 to 7.5 mg/I which
is normal for a marine ecosystem. Dissolved oxygen levels are not reduced to anoxic
conditions until and unless there is significant increase in organic pollution loading. In future,

Page 5-13
significant increase in organic pollution loading is not expected. Under these circumstances,
there is no possibility of any of the chemicals or metals being leached into the water.
Moreover, sediment samples collected from all the sites were uncontaminated. As such no
adverse Impact due to dredging on the chemical characteristics of water or sediment is
expected.
Marine water quality will be impacted due to dredging, disposal of dredged material and
trenching of seabed for construction of sub seabed pipeline, construction marine structures
and pipeline trestles in a water depth of approximately 13 m and pipelines during
construction phase.
Direct impact of these activities on marine water quality would be increased turbidity due to
suspended sediment and will be predominant during dredging and trenching. The accidental
spillage of construction material such as bentonite clay, concrete mix and paints, etc., may
also affect the marine water quality.
Turbidity due to dredging operation varies with depth and lateral distance from the
trenching location. During dredging, transport of sediment depends on velocity and fine
material concentration. Very fine cohesive material will remain in suspension for a long time
and is independent of hydrodynamic conditions. Due to above factors, there will be an
increase in turbidity due to suspended sediment in water column. Thus, it can be inferred that
trenching can cause a short-term and localised impact on marine water quality.
Apart from turbidity, the marine water quality may be affected due to aqueous discharge (oily
wastes, sanitary wastes, etc.) from the dredgers, barges and workboats involved in the
construction activities. No discharge from the equipment or work boats shall be allowed into
marine waters. The construction activity will be confined within the project site and the impact
will cease upon completion of construction.
5.3.2.3 Impact on Marine Ecology

Turbulence – Changes in Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Levels: During dredging/trenching,
oxygen demanding compounds, nutrients and sediments from the sea bed enter into water
column. Since concentrations of oxygen-demanding compounds are normally much higher in
pore water than in water column it will cause a drop in oxygen concentration. Nutrients may
stimulate primary production when light and temperatures are sufficient and may cause
eutrophication problems when released in favourable conditions. DO levels in bottom
sediments, which are usually low would increase during trenching activity. Changes in DO
levels and noise are likely to result in localised and short-term impacts on marine ecology.
Impact on/Removal of Benthic Communities associated with Bottom Sediments:
Dredging/Trenching would result in removal of benthic communities associated with bottom
sediments. During trenching sessile forms are removed along with sediments and mobile
species tend to move away and are likely to increase species diversity in areas adjoining the
site. Further, it is observed that due to movement of mobile species and transfer of nutrients
during trenching activity, there will be an increase in species diversity and density in areas
adjoining the trenching site.
In areas to be covered under dredging are close to the existing port area with four oil berths
under operation. The benthic communities are not expected to be well developed in such
areas. Since, the significant macro-and meio-fauna is not developed in the area, hence
dredging is not expected to lead to significant adverse impacts.

Page 5-14
In the sediment, samples collected from various sites, none of macro and meio-faunal
species observed at the site were coming under rare, endangered or threatened category. All
were common benthic species. The recovery of disturbed habitats following dredging
ultimately depends upon the nature of new sediment at dredging area, sources and types of
re-colonising animals and the extent of disturbance caused. In soft sediment environments
recovery of animal communities generally occurs relatively quickly and a more rapid recovery
of communities has been observed in areas exposed to periodic disturbances, such as
maintained channels.
To mitigate impacts on marine ecology, measures such as selection of trenching equipment,
environmental monitoring and regulating activities based on monitoring results will be
adopted.
Smothering Effect Due to Settling of Sediment: Settlement of the suspended sediments
can result in the smothering or blanketing of sub-tidal communities and / or adjacent intertidal
communities. Presently, the marine biota in Indian Coast is already subjected to considerable
changes in turbidity due to large-scale littoral movement, which is a recurring regular natural
phenomenon. Therefore, it would be able to withstand localised turbidity induced during the
trenching.
Impacts due to Contaminated Sediments: Another possible impact is the release of
toxicants from the sediment if the sediment is contaminated. In the case of contaminated
sediment acute toxicity, chronic toxicity and bioaccumulation are the possible effects. But all
these are short term and insignificant and no serious effects have been reported from any
earlier instances or experimental studies. In all the sites surveyed, the sediment samples
analyzed did not show the presence of any appreciable levels of contamination and hence
may not pose any such problems.
Impacts on Suspended sediments and turbidity levels: When dredging and disposing of
non-contaminated sediments, the key impacts are the increase in suspended sediments and
turbidity levels. Any dredging method releases suspended sediments into the water column
during the excavation itself and during the flow of sediments from hoppers and barges.
The sediments in the area to be dredged have clayey to clayey silt texture. Increase in
suspended sediments and turbidity levels from dredging operations may under certain
conditions have adverse effects on marine environment by reducing light penetration into the
water column and by physical disturbance. The increase is likely to last for a period of 10-15
days after the cessation of dredging activities, since texture is mainly clayey to clayey sllt.
This trend is noticeable under flood as well as ebb conditions.
Increased suspended sediments can affect filter feeding organisms, such as shellfish,
through clogging and damaging feeding and breathing process. Similarly, young fish can be
damaged if suspended sediments become trapped in their gills. Adult fish are likely to move
away from or avoid areas of high suspended solids, such as dredging sites.
Impacts due to Dumping: The proposed oil berth involves dredging of turning circle,
deepening of the channel and berthing pocket and deepening for anchorage area which
would involve about 4 to 5 million m3 of capital dredging. This material would be required to
be disposed of safely so as not to affect channel siltation or environment. Earlier studies
have been conducted by CWPRS in connection with disposal of dredge material for
deepening of main navigational channel, Indira dock, Harbour wall berths and offshore
container terminal (OCT). The offshore dumping ground DS3 was recommended for dumping
of about 50 million m3 of dredged material resulting from deepening of main navigational
channel. The same location was tested for 100 million m3 with the help of dispersion model

Page 5-15
studies and it was suggested that the location DS3 could also be used for dumping of
dredged materials resulting from deepening of Indira Dock Harbour walls and offshore
container terminal. Since the capacity of DS3 dumping ground is 100 million m 3 and the
dredged material resulting from these developments other than deepening of the main
channel are less in quantities, the offshore dumping location with its geographical
coordinates 18o55'00" (±30") N and 72°42'00" (±30") E can be used for dumping of additional
4 to 5 million m3 of dredge material resulting from the proposed 5th Oil Berth development, at
Jawaher Dweep. However, the maximum, rate of dumping at this site should be restricted to
1,00,000 m3 per day. In general, the dredgers have a hopper capacity of the order of 10,000
m3 with a weekly output of 0.5 million m3 (70,000 m3 per day) and also the density of the fluid
would be about 1.2 g/cc (200g/l). Since a TSHD dredger with hopper capacity of 4,500 m3
and with turnaround time of 6 hours is proposed for deployment at the proposed site, the
dumping of dredge material would not exceed 1,00,000 m3 per day. The dumped materials
would not reach the channel or shore and most of the material is likely to be carried by tidal
currents. The bottom deposition at dumping site as indicated by model studies would not
exceed 30 cm.
5.3.2.4 Changes in Seabed Profile

Generally construction of marine structures may alter the seabed profile. In the proposed
development, marine structures like offshore platforms which will be a piled structure and sub
seabed pipeline which requires trenching in seabed, lowering of pipeline and backfilling are
likely to change the seabed in terms of disturbance to the strata and localised sediment
dispersion. The dispersed sediment tends to increase the turbidity of the seawater resulting
in an impact on the food chain of the marine biota.
Post construction implementation survey: Notwithstanding the above, a post construction
implementation survey of the sub seabed pipeline is suggested in the Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the impacts. During the survey, stretches that may
become unstable due to adverse weather conditions will be stabilized along with restoration
of the altered seabed profile, if any; which are unlikely.

Prior to commencement of construction, a Construction Management Programme will be
prepared and implemented, which will include the following details.
 A schedule for various construction activities shall be prepared and list of DO (s) and
DONOT (s) shall be circulated among the people involved in construction activities
 It is proposed to check turbidity levels with baseline turbidity levels as a reference during
construction
 Less intrusive trenching techniques shall be adopted to minimise turbidity
 It will be ensured that suitable trenching equipment is deployed to minimise the
suspension of fine sediments at the site
 Trenching activity will be regulated during rough sea conditions
 It will be ensured that barges/workboats have slop tanks for collection of liquid/solid
waste generated on board. Discharge of wastes into sea will be prohibited.
 MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan (Tier I – for handling spills upto
700 tonnes); Spill control measures will be adopted while fuelling trenching equipment,
barges, workboats, etc.
 Environmental Monitoring Programme comprising of monitoring of marine water quality,
marine sediment quality and marine ecology will be initiated one week prior to

Page 5-16
commencement of construction/trenching activity and will be carried out throughout

construction period
 As far as possible, best available construction technology shall be adopted during
construction to minimize the waste of construction material and reduce the impact on
marine environment
 The various machineries and equipment used will be environmental friendly with less
noise and more fuel efficiency for less pollution
5.3.3.1 Impact on Marine Water Quality and Ecology

Proposed development is planned as replacement to the existing Fourth Oil Berth. As such,
no additional discharges/wastewater generation, etc. are envisaged due to the development.
Due to Aqueous Discharges: During the operation phase there is a possibility of aqueous
discharges from the oil berth and service barges such as dumping of ship wastes
(sullage)/sewage, bilge water, solid wastes, etc. if not regulated. Ships/vessels calling at
offshore oil berth will not be permitted to dump the wastes/bilge water during the berthing
period. However, during emergency, sufficient reception facilities will be provided to receive
the residues and oily mixtures generated from ship operations according to provisions of the
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973/78 (MARPOL). In
addition, reception facilities for garbage, waste oil and bilge water from the ships shall also
be provided.
Wastewater Management at Offshore Terminal: There is no sewage disposal system at
present on the Island. Currently only septic tanks are used for handling sewage disposal.
Existing facilities will be used to handle wastewater/sewage generated from the new
development.
Due to Oil Spills during Handling: Spills are not anticipated to occur during normal
operations, as the oil will be handled by specialised loading arms (Marine Loading Arms). In
the event of accidental spills of oil during transfer from the ships, the oil will be evaporated in
the atmosphere and leaves insignificant impact on the marine water quality, sediment quality
and ecology. Oil detection system will be provided; details of MbPT’s (in place and approved)
Oil Spill Response Plan and equipment’s to contain/remove/disperse oil spills in sea water is
Due to Oil Spills during Fuelling: Spills are not anticipated to occur during normal
operations, as the oil will be handled by specialised loading/unloading arms (Marine Transfer
Arms). In the event of accidental oil spills during fuelling of port crafts/service barges and
accidental spillage of oil from ships or offshore terminal, the marine water quality in the
harbour basin will be impacted. To minimise the impacts on marine water quality, the spills
will be recovered. The detail of oil spill contingency plan is discussed in Chapter 7.
It may be noted that MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan (Tier I –
for handling spills upto 700 tonnes). List of Tier-1 Oil Spill Response (OSR) Equipment
available at OSR Centre at MOT-Jawahar Dweep is provided as Table 2-14.

 MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan (Tier I – for handling spills upto
700 tonnes). Oil spill containment facilities will be provided. Oil spill control equipment

Page 5-17
such as booms / barriers will be provided for containment and skimmers will be provided
for recovery
 Ships visiting the Offshore terminal will comply with MARPOL convention and avoid
discharges into the harbour basin
 To provide waste reception facilities available in emergency, standard format of the
advance notification form for waste delivery to reception facilities and standard format for
the waste delivery receipt following a ship’s use of port reception facilities as
recommended by Marine Environment Protection Committee, IMO will be maintained
 As the accidental spills will be in harboured waters, it would not spread spatially and the
response time for shutting down the fuelling, containment and recovery will be quicker
 MbPT is following the National Oil Spill Disaster Contingency Plan (NOS-DCP) was
approved by the Government of India in November 1993 and promulgated in July 1996,
within Coast Guard Act, 1978 to combat the pollution arising from oil spillage
Ballast Water Management: Ballast water management guidelines are applicable for ships
and there are no guidelines for ports and harbours. The guidelines to ships issued by DG
Shipping vide Merchant Shipping Notification No. 13/2001 requires the ships to follow
guidelines promulgated through International Maritime Organisation (IMO). The guidelines
are as follows:
 Ships shall conduct ballast water exchange at least 200 nautical miles from the nearest
land and in water at least 200 m in depth prior to calling at a port.
 Where ballast water exchange at 200 nautical miles to nearest land is not possible, the
exchange should take place at least 50 nautical miles from nearest land and in water at
least 200 m in depth.
 Ships shall carry out ballast water exchange with an efficiency of at least 95% volumetric
exchange.
 Master and crew of the vessel shall be familiar with the essential shipboard procedures
relating to ballast water.
 Each ship shall have on board a ballast water record book which may be an electronic
recording system. Port officers may inspect the ballast water record book and ask for
relevant copies of record book.
5.3.3.3 Scour Assessment at Piles

Scour is the removal of granular bed material by hydrodynamic forces in the vicinity of
coastal structures. Scour will occur where the hydrodynamic shear stresses on the bottom
are enough to initiate sediment transport. Following typical structure and hydrodynamic
conditions lead to scour:
 Localized increase in orbital wave velocity due to combined effect of incident and
refracted waves
 Structure orientation/configuration that increases the wave velocity or initiate wave
breaking
 Breaking waves that directly generate high levels of turbulence capable of mobilizing the
sediments
 Differential wave pressure and groundwater that produce “quick” condition allowing
material to be carried out by currents.
 The scour at the vertical piles is caused by the following simultaneously acting
mechanisms
o Formation of horse-shoe shaped vortex around the front of pile
o Vortex shedding in the lee of the pile

Page 5-18
o Local flow accelerations due to streamline conveyance around the pile
5.4 Biological Environment (Coastal and Marine Ecology)
5.4.1.1 Impact on Mangroves

Main project area is an offshore facility and the areas proposed for reclamation is also sea
area adjoining JD Island. There are mangroves on JD Island, however, no mangroves were
observed at the reclamation area of JD Island. Even the areas proposed for landing of
submarine pipelines do not have mangroves.
The study area, i.e. 15 km radius around the project site is covered by Elephanta Island (4.3
km NE of the proposed site). The rest of the land is covered by mostly the Mumbai port,
urban area, and some natural vegetation. Mangroves in the study area are observed in the
Elephanta Island as well as some the adjoining creeks. The nearest mangroves on JD Island
are approximately 1.5 km from the proposed oil berth.
The activities proposed to be carried out at offshore oil berth are confined to the site no
pipelines pass through any the mangrove areas; therefore impact on the mangroves is not
anticipated.
5.4.1.2 Impact on Terrestrial Flora and Fauna

As per baseline environmental survey, no REET species of flora and fauna are observed in
JD Island. The onshore receiving facility/LFP will not involve manufacturing or processing
facilities which are likely to impact the flora and fauna in the surrounding area.

 Discharge of wastes/waste water during the construction and operation would not be
allowed
 Awareness will be given to workers about the importance of mangroves and their
conservation
5.4.2.1 Impact due to Dredging/Trenching and Pile Driving

Trenching is required to position the sub seabed pipeline from offshore terminal to ORF
which may cause temporary disturbance to biological environment. Trenching activity
removes bottom biota. The exposed portions of the pipelines can become a new habitat for
marine organisms. The likely impacts on marine ecology are discussed in Section 5.2.2.3.

The proposed mitigation measures are given in Section 5.3.2.3.
5.4.2.3 Impact on Ecology due to Reclamation

The proposed project is development of offshore oil berth includes reclamation of sea area
adjoining JD Island. The area near the JD Island is devoid of large trees and any major
endanger/endemic flora and fauna species as observed or reported from the study area.

Page 5-19

Nevertheless in order to minimize the effect of dredging and reclamation on benthic biota the
following mitigation measures are proposed:
While reclaiming the area, bunds will be provided with suitable overflow facilities, clear water
will be returned to the sea. Ecology in the vicinity of the project site is not anticipated to be
disturbed during reclamation.
5.4.2.5 Impact on Ecology during Construction Activities

The impacts caused due to construction activities include the following:
 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
 Dust suspension during site preparation, construction, trenching and material transport
 Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material
 Noise caused by handling of construction materials
 Noise & exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery
 Interference to fishermen and fishing activities
During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission, emission
of exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2, CO and NOx. The fugitive dust may coat the
leaves of plants and trees. Fauna that occur in the study area may get disturbed with the
sound of vehicles, construction and construction equipment.

Spraying of water during handling of construction materials like sand and gravel will minimise
dust emission. Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission. The
impacts caused by construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and most (if not all)
of the observed and documented flora and fauna of the project area will adapt to these
impacts. Proper navigational aids must be installed to aid fishermen during construction
activities.
5.4.3 Potential Impact Due to Operation
5.4.3.1 Impact due to Aqueous Discharges and Mitigation Measures

During the operation phase there is a possibility of aqueous discharges from the cargo
vessels, service barges such as dumping of ship wastes (sullage)/sewage, bilge water, solid
wastes, etc. if not regulated. The likely impacts and corresponding mitigation measures to be
followed are discussed in Section 5.3.2 and Section 5.3.3.
5.4.3.2 Impact due to Accidental Spills

Spills are not envisaged to occur during normal operations, as the cargo will be handled by
specialised loaders/unloaders, multi-purpose cranes, etc. and transfer shall be through
pipelines. In the event of accidental spills of cargo during transfer from/to the ships, the
marine ecology near oil berth can be impacted.

 MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Contingency plan and a Disaster Management
Plan (DMP)
 Spill recovery/immediate response measures will be displayed at cargo handling areas

Page 5-20
 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of cargo being handled will be displayed for quick
information about the material handled
 Mock drills will be conducted at periodic intervals
5.5 Air Environment

The major pollutant in the construction phase will be Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM);
being airborne to various construction activities. The vehicular movement generates
pollutants such as NOx, CO and HC. But the vehicular pollution is not expected to lead to
any major impacts. Fugitive emissions generated as a result of vehicular movement is not
expected to travel beyond a distance of 200 to 300 m. The impact on air environment during
construction phase is not expected to be significant since there are no habitations in the
vicinity of the site.
5.5.1.1 Impact due to Transportation of Construction Material

Transportation of construction material results in use of public infrastructure like roads and
during material transportation, there is a possibility of impact on air quality along the route
due to exhaust emissions, fugitive dust suspension and traffic congestion. The windblown
dust during the material movement could impact the road users and also habitations enroute.
Fugitive dust could arise during material unloading. This can contribute towards slight build-
up of pollutant concentration over the baseline levels.
5.5.1.2 Emissions during Construction

During the construction activities, the sources of potential impacts on the air quality at the
construction site can be categorised as:
 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
 Dust suspension during site preparation, construction, trenching and material transport
Fugitive dust is expected particularly during dry weather conditions due to the site
preparation and movement of transport vehicles for materials and personnel. Emissions from
Diesel power generators, construction equipment and transport vehicles will affect the air
quality within the work areas, if not adequately managed. Movement of materials such as
cement, steel, sand, etc. will cause disturbance to the adjoining communities. Proposed
construction activities are envisaged to result in only mild build-up of air pollutants.
Further, because of the prevailing strong winds along the coastal region, resulting dispersion
the impact on air quality from pollutants would be reduced. The impacts during construction
are short-term in nature and will cease on completion of the construction. Further, adoption
of suitable mitigation measures will ensure that these impacts are rendered insignificant.

 Movement of materials through barges will be adopted as much as possible
 Adequately sized temporary construction structures will be provided at the site for storage
of construction materials, equipment tools, earthmoving equipment, etc. In addition,
temporary worker amenities will be provided at site
 Proper area will be demarcated for storage of construction material
 Movement of material will be mostly during non-peak hours and regulated during peak
hours

Page 5-21
 Construction equipment and transport vehicles will be periodically washed to remove

accumulated dirt
 Dust generated from handling of construction materials will be suppressed by water
sprinkling to suppress fugitive dust during earthworks
 Environmental awareness program/training will be organised to the personnel involved in
developmental works
 All mitigation measures will be taken to control dust and odour to meet MPCB norms
5.5.2 Potential Impact due to Operation

The impact on Air Environment due to the operation of 5th Oill Berth has been predicted
based on the Air Quality Modeling study using AERMOD.
The proposed 5th oil berth will be a replacement to the existing 4th Oil Berth with Crude Oil
handling capacity of upto 20 MTPA. The size of the vessel expected for this operation is
ranged from 150,000 to 200,000 DWT. Handling and Transport is only through Pipelines.
Hence no other emissions from the operation of 5th Oil Berth are envisaged except emissions
from Ships visiting the facility.
Proposed development is planned as a replacement to existing 4th Oil Berth and as such
significant increase in emisisons due to vessel traffic is not envisaged.
Number of ships/vessels visiting the MbPT 5th oil Berth has been arrived based on the cargo
handling rate and berth occupancy. Number of vessels expected to be berthed continuously
around one (01) per day maximum.
During the berthing time, the main engine of the ships will be turned off and the Auxiliary
engines will be turned on to meet the auxiliary power requirement. It is assumed that the
auxiliary engines will be running continuously during berthing. The vessel auxiliary engine
power is assumed to be around 1500 KW capacity. The emissions were calculated by using
following emission factors: PM – 2.2 g/kwh, SO2 – 11.5 g/kwh and NOX – 12 g/kwh. The
emission details for the point sources in the study region are given in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1: Point Sources Emission Details
Stack Details Emissions (g/sec)
Stack Exit
Stack Stack
Stack Code Velocity Temp PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx
Height (m) Dia (m)
(m/sec) (K)
P1 (ship at 5th Oil
18 25 0.8 593 1.22 0.49 6.39 6.67
Berth)
Other emissions include fugitive emissions from crude handling and transfer operations etc.
Fugitive emission can be controlled by selecting suitable equipment, appropriate handling
methods etc., there are no significant emission and no other production is planned and
hence no fugitive emissions were considered in the air quality modelling.
5.5.2.1 AERMOD Model
AERMOD is a ‘near-field, steady-state’ Gaussian model. It uses boundary-layer similarity
theory to define turbulence and dispersion coefficients as a continuum, rather than as a
discrete set of stability classes. Variation of turbulence with height allows a better treatment
of dispersion from different release heights. AERMOD requires Surface as well as Upper Air
data as meteorological input.

Page 5-22
5.5.2.2 Model Assumptions

The following are the assumptions for the air quality modelling;
 Uses rural dispersion
 Stack-tip downwash; Model assumes receptor on flat terrain
 Used calms processing routine
 Used missing data processing routine
 No exponential decay
 No Dry and Wet Depletion
5.5.2.3 Model Source Input

The technical details of MbPT 5th Oil berth Point source inputs considered for Air Quality
Modelling studies is given in Table 5-1.
5.5.2.4 Meteorological Data Considered
For the purpose of carrying out the air quality modelling study, site specific meteorological
data (pre processed from MM5) for the entire year of 2014 obtained from LAGA Systems
Private Limited (LAGA Systems) was used. The raw met data have been processed in
AERMET view to create surface and upper air data which can be used as inputs to
AERMOD.
5.5.2.5 Wind Speed and Wind Direction
The wind roses were drawn for the met files obtained on a sixteen-point compass (N, NNE,
NE, ENE; E, ESE, SE, SSE; S, SSW, SW, WSW; W, WNW, NW, and NNW). Wind pattern
representing 24 hours for the entire year of 2014 is discussed. The frequency occurrence of
wind at various speeds was calculated on the basis of total number of observations recorded
in the respective wind speed category. The overall wind pattern recorded for 24 hours during
the year 2014 is given in Figure 5-6. The predominant wind directions observed were from
North West followed by West which is in line with the 30 years IMD observation data; calm
conditions prevailed for 1.42% of the total time.
Figure 5-6: Annual Wind Rose Diagram (2014)

Page 5-23
5.5.2.6 Receptors Locations

The details of the receptors which are monitored for the baseline data as a part of EIA Study
Table 5-2: Receptor Details
Location No. Receptors Distance (km) Azimuth Directions

AAQ1 MbPT - Pumphouse, JD4 1.5 NNE
AAQ2 MbPT - DweepBhavan JD 2.6 NNE
AAQ3 ONGC, Uran 8.15 SSW
AAQ4 MbPT - Sagar Darshan 6 NW
AAQ5 Indian Molasses Company(IMC), JNPT 5.2 E
AAQ6 MbPT - HajiBander 6.2 NW
AAQ7 MbPT - Salvage 5.6 W
AAQ8 MbPT - Fire Station 5.6 WNW
AAQ9 MbPT - Pirpau Jetty 5.5 NNE
AAQ10 MbPT - Ambedkar Bhavan 5.7 W
AAQ11 Port Operational Centre (POC),JNPT 6.5 ENE
AAQ12 Residential Colony, JNPT 9.9 SE
AAQ13 Elephanta Caves, JNPT 4.9 NNE
AAQ14 Northgate Complex, JNPT 7.3 ENE
AAQ15 Southgate Complex, JNPT 6 E
AAQ16 MbPTHospital/ 9 NNW
AAQ17 MbPT -M.Shed 5.1 WNW
AAQ18 MbPT - Ballard Pier (BPX) 5.4 WSW
5.5.2.7 Model Results

The 1st 24-hour average incremental concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 are given
in Table 5-3.
Table 5-3: 1st 24-hour Average Incremental & Resultant Concentration of PM10, PM2.5,
SO2 and NOx
1st 24 Hour Average Incremental Concentration (µg/m 3)
Location No. Receptors
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX
AAQ1 MbPT - Pumphouse, JD4 0.72 0.29 3.74 3.90
AAQ2 MbPT - DweepBhavan JD 0.52 0.21 2.72 2.84
AAQ3 ONGC, Uran 0.16 0.06 0.85 0.89
AAQ4 MbPT - Sagar Darshan 0.27 0.11 1.42 1.48
AAQ5 Indian Molasses Company(IMC), JNPT 0.10 0.04 0.52 0.54
AAQ6 MbPT - HajiBander 0.14 0.06 0.73 0.76
AAQ7 MbPT - Salvage 0.28 0.11 1.45 1.51
AAQ8 MbPT - Fire Station 0.16 0.06 0.83 0.87
AAQ9 MbPT - Pirpau Jetty 0.47 0.19 2.48 2.59
AAQ10 MbPT - Ambedkar Bhavan 0.19 0.08 0.98 1.03
AAQ11 Port Operational Centre (POC),JNPT 0.06 0.02 0.29 0.31
AAQ12 Residential Colony, JNPT 0.09 0.04 0.46 0.48
AAQ13 Elephanta Caves, JNPT 0.19 0.08 0.98 1.03
AAQ14 Northgate Complex, JNPT 0.07 0.03 0.35 0.36
AAQ15 Southgate Complex, JNPT 0.11 0.05 0.60 0.63
AAQ16 MbPTHospital/ 0.18 0.07 0.95 0.99
AAQ17 MbPT -M.Shed 0.20 0.08 1.03 1.07
AAQ18 MbPT - Ballard Pier (BPX) 0.51 0.20 2.66 2.78
5.5.2.8 Isopleths
The Isopleths for 1st incremental 24-hour Average Concentration of all the parameters are
given in Figure 5-7 to Figure 5-10.

Page 5-24
Figure 5-7: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10
Figure 5-8: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5

Page 5-25
Figure 5-9: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2
Figure 5-10: Isopleth for 1st 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NOX

Page 5-26
5.5.2.9 Observations at Receptors

The 1st highest 24 Hour average and annual average incremental concentrations of NOX,
PM10, PM2.5 and SO2 at all receptor locations are found very minimal. Hence the impact due
to the operation of 5th Oil Berth on air environment is not significant.
 Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly.
 The Annex VI of MARPOL Convention deals with the “Regulations for the Prevention of
Air Pollution from Ships”. It sets limits on NO2 and SOx emissions from ship exhausts,
and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. It also prohibits the
incineration on board ships of certain products, such as contaminated packaging
materials and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). The vessels are required to comply with
the regulations and should have the “International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate”.
The project proponent will take all appropriate measures to comply exhaust emission
from vessels in accordance with MARPOL regulations and Euro Emission standard
norms so as to reduce pollution load in the air environment.
5.6 Noise Pollution
5.6.1.1 Due to Construction Activities

Construction activities increase ambient noise levels. There would be impact on noise levels
due to the following:
 Vehicles transporting construction material
 Diesel run engines of construction machinery and dredgers
 Pile driving activities during construction
Noise is an inherent part of construction activity and response of species/communities would
be either attracted or diverted away from the region. Noise generated from diesel engines of
dredgers, workboats, etc. could result in movement of mobile faunal species away from area
of operation.
There would be a degree of avoidance behaviour (flight) exhibited by marine species initially
and they would eventually be expected to return once they become accustomed to increased
noise levels or once the noise source has moved or ceased. Noise generating sources are
mobile and the impact will be short-term in nature.
The noise levels generated by various construction equipment are given in Table 5-4.
Table 5-4: Average Noise Levels by Operation of Construction Equipment
S. No. Equipment Noise Level dB(A)
1. Floating pontoon with mixer machine and crane 70
2. Winch machine 80
3. Transit mixer 75
4. Generators 85
5. Pile drivers 115
Noise generated from construction activities will be predominantly confined within project site
and will impact construction workers at site. Impacts due to these activities would be short-
term in nature and localised. The nearest residential areas are at a distance of more than 5

Page 5-27
km from the proposed project site and hence no adverse impacts are anticipated on the
noise levels.

The following mitigation measures will be followed to minimise the noise generation and the
associated impacts.
 During construction, noise levels will be maintained below threshold levels stipulated by
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) by selecting appropriate equipment, machinery
and using enclosures. Procurement of machinery/construction equipment will be done in
accordance with specifications conforming to source noise levels less than 85 dB (A)
 Only well-maintained construction equipment, which meets the regulatory standards for
source noise levels, will be used. Any equipment emitting high noise, wherever possible,
will be oriented so that the noise is directed away from sensitive receptors; if any
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing suitable techniques
such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration dampers. The attenuation devices will
be properly maintained throughout the construction period
 High noise generating activities such as piling and drilling will be scheduled to minimise
noise impacts
 Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond threshold limits will be provided with personal
protective equipment (PPE) like earplugs, muffs, etc. especially construction personnel
involved in pile driving operations. Rotation of personnel will also be adopted
 Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be
carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to
minimise noise emissions
 Proper over-hauling and maintenance of plant and equipment will be done to minimize
noise pollution. Negligible noise is expected during construction work which is in the sea
 Noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during construction phase of the project

During the operational phase, noise will be generated due to the operation of the generators,
pumps, compressors, cranes and engines of boats/barges. The proposed Offshore oil berth
is approximately 5.0 km away from the nearest habitation hence the impact due to noise
generation on the habitation is not envisaged.
During normal operation of proposed project, the additional vehicular traffic will be negligible
as the oil is to be transferred through pipeline for connectivity to existing industries and also
as proposed development is planned as a replacement to existing JD4 berth. Hence
possibility of increase in noise impact from mobile sources (vehicular traffic) on nearby
habitation is not anticipated.

 Ships shall comply with IMO Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships, A 468 – X1. It is
proposed that all the ships shall comply with MARPOL/IMO regulations; whereas the
Emergency DG sets, cranes, backup generator, etc. shall comply with prescribed
Standards for Noise Generation
 Workers exposed to excessive noise will use appropriate Personal Protecting Equipment
(PPE) including ear plugs, muffs, or both when engineering or administrative controls are
not feasible to reduce exposure

Page 5-28
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy equipment by employing suitable techniques
such as acoustic controls, insulation and vibration dampers. The attenuation devices will
be properly maintained.
 Rotation of personnel will be adopted to minimize the exposure to high noise levels.
 Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used will be carried out. Worn out parts will
be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to minimise noise emissions.
 Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operation phase of the
project.
 Labelling equipment at a prominent location to indicate the approximate level of noise it
generates in operation will also be done. Where the reading is less than 85 dB, then the
equipment should be labelled using the green coloured label with no specific noise
exposure precautions required for usage of less than 8 hours. Where the reading is equal
to or greater than 85 dB, then the equipment should be labelled using the red coloured
label and the operator should wear hearing protectors. In addition, those persons working
within 5 m of the equipment should also wear hearing protectors or take other appropriate
control measures to protect against noise. Suggested formats for these labels are shown
in the Figure 5-11.
Figure 5-11: Format of Noise Labels
5.7 Solid Waste Management
5.7.1.1 Construction and Other Wastes

Solid waste generation during construction activity may include excess construction
materials, including offcuts/packaging, hazardous wastes, oils and other chemicals, etc.
generated by onsite maintenance and repair of construction equipment and machinery,
excavation materials, municipal solid waste from construction personnel, site office, etc.
Poor construction procedures that generate excessive wastes increase construction costs
and results in disposal of otherwise valuable resources. Solid waste generated during
construction phase may impact soil/water quality and public health if not regulated properly.
5.7.1.2 Mitigation Measures/Solid Waste Management

The various types of solid wastes generated during the construction phase will be
segregated into two main categories, viz., non-hazardous and hazardous. All non-hazardous
waste will be covered under solid waste management.
 General refuse generated on-site will be collected in waste skips and separated from
construction waste

Page 5-29
 A local authorised waste recycler will be employed to remove general refuse from the
site, separately from construction waste and hazardous wastes, on regular basis
 Burning of refuse at construction sites will be prohibited
 If removal of waste materials at the end of the working day is not possible, the materials
should be covered with tarpaulin or similar
5.7.1.3 Hazardous Materials Management

 Hazardous materials such as lubricants, paints, compressed gases, and varnishes etc.,
will be stored as per the prescribed/approved safety norms
 Construction site is within secured areas of Mumbai Port
 Hazardous wastes will be disposed at nearest Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility
(TSDF) through approved MPCB vendors. Hazardous materials will be stored as per
prescribed safety norms in locations with restricted entry and with fire-fighting facilities.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be available for attending to injured workers

The problem envisaged during operation phase could be the disposal of garbage or solid
waste generated from various sources. During normal operation, the process systems at
offshore oil berth do not generate any solid waste except garbage (municipal solid waste)
and maintenance debris; if any. The cargo handled proposed to be handled at the oil berth
shall be oil in liquid form only.

During the field surveys consultants has spotted used mineral water bottles on the sea
surface. The most common floating object seems to be used mineral water bottles. Same is
proposed to be routinely collected and disposed of at disposal sites of Mumbai Municipal
Corporation. Garbage accumulated on deck, if any, will be disposed of suitably at garbage
disposal sites of Mumbai Municipal Corporation. Municipal waste generated may generate
odour and health impacts if not regulated properly. No solid waste is expected from domestic
sources as no project colony is to be developed for proposed development at the Port.
 The garbage and the maintenance debris from offshore facility will be collected and send
for disposal to authorised dealers of MbPT
 Solid waste from the various office buildings shall be segregated as biodegradable and
non-biodegradable waste and collected separately by providing bins at respective places
 The biodegradable waste shall be sent to municipal solid waste management site through
the existing authorized waste management dealer of MbPT
 The non-biodegradable waste such as plastic, metal which can be recycled shall be
disposed of by authorized waste handling agent for MbPT
 Though hazardous waste generation is not envisaged during the normal operation except
used oil etc., in case of hazardous waste generation if any shall be disposed of as per the
MPCB regulations and guidelines through the approved waste operators
 Proper collection, segregation and disposal of solid waste generated (very small
quantities) as per the Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization
(CPHEEO) manual on “Municipal Solid Waste Management, 2000
 There need to be strict guidelines for disposal of used mineral water bottles in the sea.

Page 5-30
5.8 Socio-Cultural Impact
5.8.1.1 Relocation of Local People

There are no habitations in the project area and also within ~ 5.0 km radius Project Influence
Area. Hence, there will be no direct PAPs (Project Affected People)/PAFs (Project Affected
Families) due to this project and no Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) is envisaged.
5.8.1.2 Fishing Activities

The main navigational channel is currently being used by all users like, Mumbai Port Trust,
Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust, Tourism Board and Navy. The enclosed sea area being a
highly protected area because of port limits and various port and other operations the area is
naturally potential fishing ground where in chances of getting fish in huge quantity is very
high. Realising this potential fisherman always dare to venture in to the port limits and carry
out illegal fishing. As such the proposed facility is not envisaged to bring any negative
impacts or hindrance in the movement of boats and carrying out fishing activities.
5.8.1.3 Mitigation measures

Breeding ground: Port limits need to be protected area for fishing as it indirectly helps
fisherman as peripheries of this area could be ideal breeding ground for fishes and other
marine organisms.
Marine ecology: The protection of active marine ecological aspect in the various isolated
pockets need to be seen as a part of EMP for all impacts due to port operations.
5.8.1.4 Enhancement of Local Economy

It is anticipated that the proposed development of offshore oil berth will generate and support
diverse economic development during its construction and operation. Economic benefits,
direct and secondary, will include job creation and increased business spending throughout
the construction and operation phases. Secondary economic impacts will be created through
the supply of oil and oil related products and the subsequent increase in employment and
business activity necessary to produce these goods and services.

Due to positive impacts, no specific mitigation measures are required.
5.8.2.1 Fishing Activities

There are total 28 fishing villages falling within the 15 km radius of Mumbai Port. As per the
CMFRI Marine Fisheries Census 2010, total population of fishermen in the study area is
41490 having 15119 males, 14506 females and 11865 children.
Most important impact that can be envisaged on fishes is due to suspended solids or
changes in food chain due to dredging. This might result in clogging of gills of fishes and
cause asphyxiation. As fishes are free swimmers, they can sense changes and can move to
safer areas during this period and come back after turbidity is over. Due to this capability of
fishes there shall be no significant adverse impacts. In proposed area due to dredging and
presence of heavy traffic, abundance of fishery resources is also not envisaged. Moreover,

Page 5-31
fishing is not a permissible activity within port limits. Hence unfavourable impacts are
not anticipated.

Construction scheduling and dredge scheduling need to be adjusted in such a way that the
impact is minimal at any given point of time
5.8.2.3 Employment Generation

During the construction phase of proposed development, expected for a period of about 30
months, the proposed activity is expected to bring an employment of about 12000 man-days.
Sourcing of employees will need to be from local fisherman’s families (capable individuals) to
help the immediate neighbourhood as a proactive mitigation/compensation for port activities.
5.8.2.4 Land Acquisition

The proposed Fifth Oil Berth is planned to be constructed near Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai
Harbour, Mumbai Port. This will fall in the offshore area which is about 5.0 km away from the
landward side. This proposed location is a part of existing Mumbai Port Trust area and hence
does not involve acquisition of any private land. As such the proposed activity does not
attract any Rehabilitation or Resettlement issues.

No specific mitigation measure area required.
5.8.2.6 Impact on Nearby Settlements

The impact on nearby settlements during construction phase will be due to air pollution and
the noise generating activities. However, the 5.0 km radius of the proposed activity does not
have any habitation, except for few nearing the 5.0 km radius areas.
However, activities are limited to construction phase and will cease upon completion of
construction. Hence, this impact is considered to be negligible and therefore can be
classified as insignificant.
Dust suppression measures such as sprinkling of water and suitable enclosures around the
high noise generating areas within construction area shall be provided. Ambient noise levels
shall be monitored at regular intervals. Noise generating equipment shall be provided with
suitable enclosures such that cumulative noise will be within permissible limits. Noise and
pollution generated from construction activities will be predominantly confined within project
site. Impacts due to these activities would be short-term in nature and localised.
5.8.3.1 Impact on Fishing Activity

Presence of heavy traffic and ship movement will impact the fishing activity in the region. In
any case, fishing is not a permissible activity within the port limits and should not be carried
out. As for the fish, the impact may be due to accidental oil spillage in case of
handling/storage of oil/product, vessel movements during operation phase.

Page 5-32

Necessary steps shall be taken in order to address/minimize adverse impacts on fishermen
community as result of proposed activity. Necessary sign boards and marker buoys along
with interaction with fishermen will be initiated so that there is no hindrance in the movement
of fishing boats and carrying out fishing activities. Oil containment booms and oil skimmers
are proposed to control the accidental leakage of oil. The leakage and spillage is expected
due to rupture of pipeline, etc. for which contingency plans already in existence to combat in
the port. There are existing facilities available to cater to such leakage and spillage.
5.8.3.3 Impact due to Vessel Movement

As the vessels calling at the offshore oil berth will strictly follow the MARPOL convention
guidelines, hence no discharge from vessels is anticipated at offshore terminal. In case of
accidental spills, mitigation measures shall be followed.
Increase in barge movement is not anticipated for transfer of working personnel, service and
maintenance and garbage, etc. as proposed development is planned as replacement of
existing JD4 wherein existing employees will be redeployed to the new facility. In any case,
barges will also comply with MARPOL convention hence disposal of garbage, wastewater is
not envisaged in the sea. The barge movement may hinder the route of fishing boat.

 As discussed in Section 5.8.2.1, safe navigation routes will be earmarked for movement
of fishing vessels and the route will be finalised in consultation with the operator at the
offshore oil berth, MbPT and fishing communities to avoid any negative impacts due to
vessel movement on fishing community
 Channels will be marked properly so that it will not lead to accidents with illegally
venturing fishing or other tourist boats
5.8.3.5 Employment Potential

The proposed activity is planned as a replacement to the existing Fourth Oil Berth wherein
existing employees will be redployed to the new facility. Approximately 50-80 existing
employees will be redeployed during operation phase of 5th Oil Berth
5.8.3.6 Public Health and Safety

Since the proposed project consists of only a liquid handling facility and not a processing
plant or industrial unit as such, the usual sources of environmental pollution such as
emission of smoke and toxic chemical, effluent discharge, spoilt disposal etc. will not happen.

 There are number of unloading arms with latest technology to arrest any mishap in case
of emergency
 All the cargo will be evacuated through pipelines
 No portion of the proposed facility will cross the inhabited area. Separate de-ballasting
pipeline shall be provided to receive the washing from the ships
 MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan and equipment’s to
contain/remove/disperse oil spills in sea water. An integrated fire protection system has
been designed as per guideline of Oil Industry safety Directorate to combat fire under
various possible risks. MbPT also has in place a DMP. All these will help minimize/avoid
the probability of occurrence of emergency situations and mitigate the impacts

Page 5-33
CHAPTER 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PROGRAMME
Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Background
In this chapter, Environmental Monitoring Programme for the proposed Fifth Oil Berth facility
is presented. Environmental Monitoring Programme is an important component during
environmental management of the project. Environmental monitoring will help to establish the
existing scenario and help take informed decisions during project planning/operations. In the
case of the proposed development, Environmental Monitoring Programme/systems can help
improve safety and enhance operational efficiency by monitoring meteorological and marine
conditions. The main objectives of the environmental monitoring are said to be:
 To ensure the effective implementation of EMP
 To comply with all relevant environmental legislatives of Government of India
 To modify the mitigation measures and implementation arrangements, if any
The institutional mechanism to implement the planned mitigation and monitoring measures
during all stages of the project are discussed in Chapter 9. The project management should
always go for a rational approach with regards to environmental monitoring. This includes
judicious decision making in consultation with responsible agencies such as Maharashtra
Pollution Control Board (MPCB) or reputed environmental consultants for appropriate
changes in the monitoring strategy, changes in the sampling/monitoring frequency, sampling
location, monitoring parameters and any new/additional requirements.
The efficacy of the mitigation measures being followed during construction and operational
phases can be assessed and the measures can be revised, made more stringent and
reinforced based on the monitoring results. The environmental monitoring programme for
construction as well as operation phases shall be implemented by MbPT. Besides the
monitoring, compliances to all Environmental Clearance conditions and permits from
MPCB/MoEF & CC shall be monitored and reported periodically. The likely significant
impacts and mitigation measures will also be monitored.
The environmental attributes to be monitored during construction and operational phases of
the project, sampling locations and frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, etc. are
presented in Table 6-1.

Page 6-1
Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Programme for Construction and Operation Phase
Standards Methods for
Environmental Parameters to be Frequency of
No. of Sampling Locations Sampling & Compliance
Attributes monitored Monitoring
Analysis
Construction Phase
Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Two (02) Twice in a week Fine Particulate Samplers National Ambient Air
Quality NO2, CO and HC  Dweep Bhavan at during construction for PM10, PM2.5, Respirable Quality Standards
Jawahar Dweep period Dust Sampler for SO2 and released during
 At Pir Pau (near NOX, CO analyser/portable November, 2009 given as
Submarine Pipeline LFP) CO meter for CO and Appendix E.
portable HC meter for HC
Noise Levels Day and night noise Two (02) Once in a month Portable hand-held sound National Ambient Noise
levels  Dweep Bhavan at during entire pressure level meter. Standards, GSR 1063
Jawahar Dweep construction period (E), 1989 given as
 At Pir Pau (near Appendix F.
Submarine Pipeline LFP)
Marine Water Physical, Chemical Four (04) Once in a month Bottom sampler (Nishkin Primary water quality
th
Quality and Biological  Near 5 Oil Berth site both for low tide and Sampler) and analysis by standards for coastal
 Near area of proposed high tide periods using standard methods. water (SW –IV), given as
reclamation during construction Appendix G.
 Near area of subsea period
pipeline
 Monitoring within 5 km
area of proposed
trenching/reclamation/con
struction activities
Plankton and Phytoplankton, Four (04) Once in a month Plankton net of diameter of Baseline data
Benthic Zooplankton and both for low tide and 0.35 m, No.25 mesh size 63
th
Communities Benthic Communities  Near 5 Oil Berth site high tide periods  and analysis by using
 Near area of proposed during construction standard methods.
reclamation period

Page 6-2

Analysis
 Near area of subsea
pipeline
area of proposed
Sediment Quality Physical and Four (04) Once in a month Peterson’s Grab Sampler Baseline data
th
Chemical  Near 5 Oil Berth site both for low tide and and analysis by using
 Near area of proposed high tide periods standard methods
reclamation during construction
 Near area of subsea period
pipeline
area of proposed
Operation Phase
Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Two (02) Twice in a week Fine Particulate Samplers National Ambient Air
Quality NO2, CO and HC  Dweep Bhavan at for PM10, PM2.5, Respirable Quality Standards
Jawahar Dweep Dust Sampler for SO2 and released during
 At Pir Pau (near NOX, CO analyser/portable November, 2009
Submarine Pipeline LFP) CO meter for CO and
portable HC meter for HC
Stack Emission PM10, PM2.5, SO2, One (01) Once in a month Standard Stack emission Emission Limits for New
th
NO2, HC, CO  DG set at 5 Oil Berth methods Diesel Engines (upto 800
facility KW) For Generator Sets
(Gensets) Applications,
Rule 2(C) of The
Environment (Protection)
Page 6-3

Analysis
Second Amendment
Rules, 2002 Notified Vide
Notification G.S.R.371(E),
Dated 17.5.2002,
G.S.R.448(E), dated
12.7.2004, G.S.R.520(E),
dated 12.8.2004 given as
Appendix H.
Fugitive Methane and non  Onshore receiving facility Gas detection -
emissions methane System
hydrocarbons
Noise Levels Day and night noise Three (03) Once in a month Portable hand-held sound  National Ambient
levels  Dweep Bhavan at pressure level meter. Noise Standards,
Jawahar Dweep GSR 1063 (E), 1989
 At Pir Pau (near  Noise Limit for
Submarine Pipeline LFP) Generator Sets Run
th
 DG set at 5 Oil Berth With Diesel, Rule
facility 2(C) of The
Environment
(Protection) Second
Amendment Rules,
2002 Notified Vide
Notification
G.S.R.371(E), Dated
17.5.2002, G.S.R.
566(E), dated
29.8.2007, G.S.R.752
(E), dated
24.10.2008,
Page 6-4

Analysis
G.S.R.315(E), dated
16.5.2005,
G.S.R.464(E), dated
7.8.2006, G.S.R.752
(E), dated 24.10.2008
given as Appendix I.
Marine Water Physical, Chemical Three (03) Twice a year both for Bottom sampler (Nishkin Primary water quality
th
Quality and Biological  Near 5 Oil Berth site low tide and high tide Sampler) and analysis by standards for coastal
 Monitoring within 5 km periods using standard methods. water (SW –IV).
th
area of proposed 5 oil
berth operational activities
Plankton and Phytoplankton, Three (03) Twice a year both for Plankton net of diameter of Baseline data
th
Benthic Zooplankton and  Near 5 Oil Berth site low tide and high tide 0.35 m, No.25 mesh size 63
Communities Benthic Communities  Monitoring within 5 km periods  and analysis by using
th
area of proposed 5 oil standard methods.
Sediment Quality Physical and Three (03) Twice a year both for Peterson’s Grab Sampler Baseline data
th
Chemical  Near 5 Oil Berth site low tide and high tide and analysis by using
 Monitoring within 5 km periods standard methods
th
area of proposed 5 oil
Greenbelt Survival rate Reclamation area Once a month - -
development
(proposed on
reclamation area)

Page 6-5
6.2 Budgetary Estimates for Environmental Management

The budgetary estimate for Environmental Management during construction phase is INR
6.03 Million (INR 0.603 Crores) and the Annual Recurring cost estimate is INR 5.92 Million
(INR 0.59 Crores). The breakup of cost is given in Table 6-2 and Table 6-3.
Table 6-2: Environmental Management - Capital Cost
INR in
S. No. Purpose Cost items Cost in INR
Million
Tree (Greenbelt/ green
areas) Plantation
Air Pollution and Noise Total Area –2.0ha
1. 1250000 1.25
Abatement Spacing – 2.0 m X 2.0 m
Total Trees – 5000 nos.
Cost/plant – Rs.250/-
2. Solid Waste Management Dustbins for waste collection 50,000 0.05
3. Capacity Building Training Workshop 100000 0.10
Environmental Monitoring
Marine & Terrestrial
4. Construction Phase 4632000 4.63
Environment
(Additional Facilities)
Total 6,032,000 6.03
Total Capital Cost Rounded off : INR 0.60 Crores
Table 6-3: Environmental Management – Annual Recurring Cost
INR in
S. No. Purpose Cost items Cost in INR
Million
 Salary of Environmental
700000 0.70
Engineers (2 Nos.)
 Documentation Assistants
200000 0.20
(1 Nos.)
1. EMC Recurring Expenditure
 Support Staff (1 Nos.) 100000 0.10
 Office Expenses 600000 0.60
 Waste Disposal & House
240000 0.24
Keeping
2. Greenbelt Maintenance - 125000 0.13
3. Maintenance of Dust bins 50000 0.05
Awareness campaigns-
4. - 1500000 1.5
Training
Statutory compliance for Environmental Monitoring
5. 2398500 2.4
environmental protection (Marine)
Total 5913500 5.92
Total Recurring Cost Rounded off: INR 0.59 Crores
MbPT has an inhouse Pollution Control Cell which is responsible to look into aspects of
environmental protection and safety aspects. For OSR TIER 1 Facility, MbPT is expending
about Rs. 28 crore over a period of 5 years. MbPT expends about Rs. 1 crore every year
specifically on environmental aspects.

Page 6-6
6.3 Compliance Reports

 As a part of environmental monitoring programme, following compliance reports will need
to be submitted to MPCB and Regional Office of MoEF & CC, which may include (as
applicable):Half yearly compliance report in respect of the prior environmental
clearance/PCB conditions on 1st June and 1st December of every calendar year
 Environmental statement for the financial year ending 31st March to MPCB on or before
30th September every year
 Format for maintaining records of hazardous waste, if any, in Form 3 as per Hazardous
Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008
 Format for maintaining hazardous waste imported and exported, if any, in Form 10 as per
Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary movement) Rules, 2008
 Safety data sheet for hazardous chemicals shall be maintained as per Schedule 9 of
MSIHC rules, 1989 (amended 2000)
 Format for maintaining notification of major accident in Schedule 6 as per MISHC rules,
1989 (amended 2000)
 Water Cess returns in Form 1 as per Rule 4 (1) of Water (Prevention & Control of
Pollution) Cess Rules 1978 on or before the 5th of every calendar month
6.4 On-site Mock Drills Requirements

On-site mock drills are very important as it helps employees to be aware of the safety
procedures and how to react during the time of crisis. Conducting mock drills at regular
intervals enhances preparedness and checks the viability of environmental/ disaster
management plan. Mock drills helps:
 in revising/ improving the environmental/ disaster management plan
 to evaluate whether the responsible officials are trained efficiently for the unforeseen
event
 in evaluating whether emergency equipment are being maintained at the offshore and
onshore facilities
To ensure efficient environmental/ disaster management, MbPT conducts periodic onsite
mock drills in case of occurrence of the following activities:
 Fire
 Natural calamities (cyclones, floods, tsunami, earthquakes)
 Collision of vessels calling at the Berth/Port
 Power break down
 Oil spill
 Bomb threats/terrorist attacks, etc.
Mock drills will involve fire department, police, municipal authorities, hospitals, Port users and
other department/ agencies that are mandated to provide emergency support. Documenting
the outcome of mock drills is an important aspect as this helps in revising the existing plan
more efficiently.

Page 6-7
CHAPTER 7
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Chapter 7 Additional Studies

7.1 Risk Analysis
Risk analysis (RA) study was carried out to assess risks associated with the construction and
operation of the proposed 5th Oil berth near JD Island. A systematic Risk
Analysis/Assessment (RA) will help in identification of the hazards and associated risk. The
RA thus carried out also provides inputs for formulating the onsite Disaster Management
Plan (DMP). The RA can be broadly divided into three basic steps:
 Hazard Identification
 Consequence or Effect and Damage calculations
 Failure Frequency
7.1.1 Hazard Identification

Identification of hazards is of primary significance in the analysis, quantification and cost
effective control of accidents. Potential Hazards identified in the proposed project have been
broadly classified as below:
 Hazards during Construction Phase
o Mechanical Hazards
o Transportation Hazards
o Physical Hazards
o Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials
 Hazards during Operation Phase
o Material Hazards
o Handling Hazards
 Hazards due to Natural Calamities
o Earthquake
o Tsunami
o Cyclone/Flood
7.1.1.1 Hazards during Construction Phase

Potential hazards during the construction phase of the project could be due to the
mechanical hazards, navigation/ transportation hazards, physical hazards and storage and
handling of hazardous materials.
Mechanical Hazards: Mechanical hazards during the construction phase arise due to the
moving parts in the machinery, especially the belts and bolts of the construction equipment,
which are heavy and pose a threat to the work personnel. Other hazards include falling
(during working at heights), falling objects like hand held tools, etc; failure of slips and traps
created for scaffolding; and due to faulting of electrical equipment.
Navigation/ transportation Hazards: Planning of access/egress to construction site also
plays significant role in minimizing the associated hazards such as vehicles/ barges collision.
Physical Hazards: The noise and vibrations generated during the construction phase may
affect the workers health, hinder effective communication and may jeopardise sensitive
organs. In addition to noise and vibration, hot works also pose a considerable hazard to the
workers.

Page 7-1
Storage and handling of hazardous materials: During the construction period, storage of
hazardous materials like fuel for the engines, lubricants, paints and other flammable
materials is likely to pose a fire and explosion risk. Due care shall be taken in locating these
materials away from the work place, free of any influence of temperature or sparks or fire.
Proper wiring of the electrical appliances like lights, exhausts, etc., would be made to ensure
that there are no live wires causing short circuits to ignite these materials.
7.1.1.2 Hazards during Operational phase

Material Hazards: During operation, Crude oil will be handled at the proposed facility. The
Liquid cargo hazard classification can be made based on its Characteristics such as
Flammability, explosiveness, toxicity or corrosivity etc. The ratings for a large number of
chemicals including crude oil based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity are given in NFPA
(National Fire Protection Association) Codes and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). The
properties, NFPA classification and hazards due to exposure of crude oil are presented in
Appendix J.
Handling Hazards: MbPT 5th oil Berth involves handling of Crude Oil in the form of Liquid.
The hazards related to crude oil transport and unloading may be due to accidents, breaking
of unloading arms, failure in mechanical components, etc. The handling hazards include:
 Insufficient knowledge on hazardous nature of Crude Oil in use leading to inappropriate
handling of the Crude Oil
 Failure to use appropriate control measures and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
 Use of expired/worn Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPE's)
 Failure of liquid delivery tools
 Possible hazards during ship movements at the port are collision, grounding, etc.
 Likely hazards during loading and unloading of Crude Oil
 During ship unloading operations, the possible hazard may arise due to collision by
another vessel and others
Cargo handling: A fully mechanized ship loading/unloading system (Pipelines) is planned at
the berths. The major components of the mechanised ship loading/unloading system are
Pumps and Pipelines:
Ship movements/Navigation Hazards: The navigation hazards during operation phase are
grounding and collision of vessels at MbPT area. However, these would be controlled by
suitable vessel traffic management by MbPT.
Ship unloading: During ship unloading operations, the possible hazard may arise due to
collision by another vessel and others.
Transfer operation: The transfer operation involves transfer of Crude oil from ships through
pipelines. During this operation there is a possibility of mal-operation / non-synchronisation /
misalignment leading to crude oil spillage.
Slip and Trip Hazards: Workers performing cleaning operations are exposed to slippery
working surfaces and tripping hazards. This places workers at risk of:
 Slipping off oily and greasy ladders
 Slipping and falling on oily decks
 Tripping over equipment, hoses, and vessel structures
A Preliminary Hazard Analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards associated
with handling and transport of crude oil at 5th oil berth and its future proposed storages. This

Page 7-2
is followed by consequence analysis to quantify these hazards. Finally the vulnerable zones
are plotted for which risk reducing measures are deduced and implemented. The following
are the potential hazards identified for the proposed 5th oil berth
Table 7-1: Potential Hazards
S.No Equipment Process/Operation Potential Hazard Provision
Pipelines for Crude Oil / Transportation of Regular maintenance and
1. Product (Future) transfer of Crude Oil and Fire & Explosion inspection of pipelines as per
various sizes Product (Future) OISD-124 and 140
Tanks design as per IS code and
Crude Oil Storage Tank
2. Storage of Crude Oil Fire & Explosion fire protection facilities as per
(Future)
OISD-156
7.1.2 System Features Considered for Quantitative Risk Analysis

The following are the salient features of the proposed 5th oil berth development
Table 7-2: Salient Features of 5th Oil Berth
S. No Details Dimensions
1. Location 600 m downstream of offshore JD 4 Berth.
2. Unloading Platform 50 m x 25 m
3. Berthing Dolphins (Four Nos) 20 m x 16 m
4. Mooring Dolphins (Six Nos) 15.6 m x 15.6 m
5. Central service platform 50 m x 25 m
6. Approach Trestle Length ~ 2.4 km
7. Boat and Helicopter Landing Platform 100 m x 25 m
8. Dreading 4 to 5 MCM
9. Turning Circle 600 mm dia
10. Channel Depth 16.1 m
11. Name of the Cargo to be Handled Crude Oil
12. Handling Capacity of the 5th oil berth 20 MTPA
13. Area to be Reclaimed for Future Storage 13 Ha
14. Pipelines for Fifth Oil Jetty
 Crude Import -Service platform to JD Manifold  2 no. 1060 mm (42”) dia
 Crude Export - Service platform to ONGC at JD  1 no. 910 mm (36”) dia
 Product (provision made Future)  1 nos. 750 mm (30”) dia
 Dirty Ballast  1 no. 300 mm (12”)
 FO Bunker - Service platform to utility pump house  1 no. 300 mm (12”) dia
 Diesel Bunker- Service platform to utility pump house  1 no. 300 mm (12”) dia
 Fresh Water  1 no 200 mm (8”) dia
 Fire Water  1 no.450 mm (18”) & 400 mm (16”) dia
 Foam  1 no. 100 mm dia (4”)
 Salt water for Line Flushing  1 no. 400 mm (16”) dia
15. Crude and Product (Future) Pipelines
 Maximum velocity of flow  4.5 m/sec
 Discharge pressure  15 kg/cm2
 Sp. Gravity of crude  0.80
16. Marine (Un) Loading Arms
 Crude Import/Export  two Nos 20”
 Future product  two Nos 24”
 Oil Bunkering  One Nos 12”
7.1.3 Software Used

PHAST/PHAST RISK MICRO 6.7 software was used for detail damage distances calculation.
PHAST 6.7 is a software product designed to provide a total service for chemical process

Page 7-3
hazard analysis to DNV Technica’s customers in industry. PHAST provides the most
advanced collection of consequence models for hazard analysis available. The program has
many new features and enhancements to existing features. The new version makes PHAST
an even more useful and productive consequence-modeling tool.
7.1.4 Consequences Analysis
7.1.4.1 Consequences Analysis

The accidental release of hazardous chemicals leads to subsequent events, which actually
cause the damage. The damages are caused by
 Heat radiation
 Over pressure effects from explosions and
 Toxic effects
Since there is no toxic material handled in this unit, there is no toxic effect. Heat radiation
and overpressure effects are applicable to the crude oil, product (Future) and bunkering oil
as they are highly flammable materials. The nature of damage and extent of damage
resulting from an accidental release of a chemical depend on several factors like nature of
material, storage conditions, release conditions, atmospheric conditions etc. The sequence
of probable events following the release of a material is schematically shown in Figure 7-1.
Figure 7-1: Steps in Damage Calculations

The best way of understanding and quantifying the physical effects of any accidental release
of material from their normal containment is by means of mathematical modeling. In the
present study, PHAST RISK MICRO 6.7 software from DNV Technica, London, is used.
These models for various steps are described in the following sub-sections

Page 7-4
7.1.4.2 The Release Models and Source strength

Release Model
The first aspect to be considered is the modelling of release of hazardous substances. This
depends on the nature of failure of the unit and content of the unit and temperature, pressure
conditions of the unit. The release may be instantaneous due to catastrophic failure of
storage unit or continuous due to leakage or rupture of some component of the storage
facility. The material discharged may be gas or liquid or the discharge could be manifested
through two-phase flow.
Vapor/liquid Outflow: In a vessel when liquid and vapour co-exist, the type of release
depends on the position of the leak. Leak in vapour space results in vapour release and leak
in liquid position results in liquid release. The rates of discharge for these cases are
calculated based on idealised models. Corrections are applied for practical situations.
Evaporation Model
The liquefied materials when released will evaporate and disperse into the atmosphere. The
rate of evaporation depends on various factors. The natural gas whose atmospheric boiling
point is less than the ambient temperature partly flashes into vapours instantaneously, taking
the required heat from the remaining liquids.
Cryogenic liquids receive heat from the surface of the land and evaporate. Liquids with
boiling points above ambient temperature evaporate only because of the influence of wind.
The rate of evaporation depends on the wind speed and size of the pool. The possibility of
pumping the spillage back to storage is much higher if the liquid is neither cryogenic nor
flashing type, provided it is confined in the bund of the respective storage tank.
Gas/Vapour Dispersion
Vapour clouds are one of the major sources of worst chemical disasters. These may result
from direct release of gas or vapours from flashing liquids or evaporation of spilled liquids.
Vapour clouds may give rise to large fires, explosions or toxic effects depending on the
nature of the chemical.
Gaussian dispersion models are useful for neutrally buoyant gases with densities equivalent
to that of air at the release conditions. For gases / vapors heavier than atmospheric air, Box
models are useful. Box models assume that mass transfer occurs by entrainment across the
density interface of a cloud with an assumed shape and that internal mixing is fast enough
that concentration within the cloud is uniform.
Heat Radiation Model
When flammable liquid is released into atmosphere, and immediate source of ignition is
available, it may result in pool fire or flash fire.
Pool fires: When a liquid spills, it spreads into a pool. The size of the pool depends on the
availability of bund and obstacles. If there are no obstacles or bund, it can spread into a thin
film on flat land/floor and upon ignition a pool fire will form. The size of the pool gradually
increases with time but it will reach an equilibrium size shortly after ignition when burning rate
matches with the release rate. Since all the materials handled are liquids at room / operating
temperatures, there is no possibility of BLEVE. Therefore pool fires are the most probable
scenarios in this case.
Flash fires: Flammable vapour clouds form as a result of release of flammable gas/vapor,
flashing liquids or evaporation from liquids pools. These vapors/gases get dispersed in

Page 7-5
atmosphere forming explosive/flammable vapor clouds where the concentration will be within
the flammable limits. If there is no source of ignition, the cloud gets further diluted and
passes away without causing any damage. However, if the mixture is in explosive range and
comes in contact with a source of ignition, it may result in a flash fire or vapor cloud
explosion depending on the level of turbulence. In flash fire the flame front travels through
the flammable mixture and stabilizes at the release point resulting in either a pool fire or jet
fire. Any person caught in the cloud envelope is likely to suffer fatal burn injuries. Secondary
fires may ensue if combustible material is present in the cloud envelopes. Further, instrument
and power cables may get burnt, but steel structures are not likely to be damaged.
7.1.4.3 Impact of Thermal Radiation

The damages that may be caused due to heat radiation effect are given in the Table 7-3
Table 7-3: Damage due to incident radiation
Radiation level within the fire Degree of injury 100% lethality
37.5 KW/m2 Severe damage to unprotected areas
12.5 KW/m2 Initiation of secondary fires
4.0 KW/m2 Injury to people
Thermal radiation and the extent of burn injury depend on the time duration of exposure.
Exposure time thermal load and lethality are calculated by probit equation.
Y = - 36.8+2.5 ln(t I4/3)
Where, Y is the probit value
t is time in second and I is radiation in (w/sq.m)
7.1.4.4 Impact of Over Pressure

When a flammable vapor cloud ignites, under certain conditions it may result in deflagration
thus causing damage due to over pressure effects. The damage depends on the level of over
pressure as indicated in the Table 7-4.
Table 7-4: Effect of over pressure
Over pressure Damage
0.3 bar Heavy structure damage
0.1 bar Repairable structure damage
0.03 bar Major glass damage
7.1.4.5 Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) Analysis

MCA stands for Maximum Credible Accident or in other words, an accident with maximum
damage distance, which is believed to be probable.
Risk involves the potential occurrence of some accident consisting of an event or sequence
of events. Accidental release of Crude Oil to the atmosphere from pipelines or storage tanks
is studied by visualizing scenarios on the basis of their properties and the impacts are
computed in terms of damage distances. A disastrous situation is the outcome of fire or
explosion of the released Crude Oil in addition to other natural causes, which eventually
leads to loss of life, damage to property and/or ecological imbalance. Depending on the
effective hazardous attributes and their impacts, the maximum effect to the surroundings
could be assessed.
Following steps are involved in the MCA analysis:

Page 7-6
 Identification of potential hazardous sections

 Visualisation of release scenarios with recourse to consequence analysis
 Damage distance computations for the released cases.
The credible accident scenarios expected in this facility are given below:
Table 7-5: Creditable Accident Scenarios
Scenario Description
S.No Details of MLA/Pipelines 25 mm 100 mm
5 mm Leak Rupture
Leak Leak
1. Crude Oil 20" Marine Loading Arm Failure    
2. Product (Provision made for future) 24" Marine    
Loading Arm Failure
3. Bunkering 12" Marine Loading Arm Failure    
4. Crude Oil 42" Pipeline    
5. Bunkering 12" Pipeline    
6. Crude Oil Storage - Jawahar Dweep Crude Oil 42"    
Pipeline
7. Crude Oil 36" Pipeline    
8. 1.7 Lakh M3 Crude Oil Storage (Future) Tank - - - 
7.1.4.6 Meteorological Data

Dispersion of vapour in atmosphere is highly influenced by the atmospheric conditions like
wind speed and stability class. The following wind data has been considered to model the
scenarios.
Three atmospheric stability classes neutral (D), and most stable (F) have been considered
here. The dispersion calculations are carried out for Two (02) most probable wind speeds
such as 5.0 m/s and 15.0 m/s.
7.1.5 Results of Consequence Analysis/ Estimation of Damage Distances

The materials that are proposed to be Unloaded and stored in the Jawahar Dweep are Crude
Oil and Product (Future). These are flammable liquids and any leakage / spillage results in
pool fires. The consequence analysis is carried out for all the identified credible scenarios.
The results of consequence analysis for all the scenarios are presented in the Table 7-6 and
Table 7-7. The results are separately given for each type of consequence.
7.1.5.1 Heat Radiation Effects

Heat Radiation is the result of fire or explosion occurring upon the ignition of continuous or
instantaneous release of flammable materials. Heat radiation effects cause damage to
people and property. In the present study as all the products are flammable liquids; heat
radiation effects are due to pool fire and jet fires.
In case of pool fire and jet fire, the damage to people and property depends upon the extent
of heat radiation per unit area emitted from certain fire. The heat radiation 37.5 KW/m 2 is
considered to be lethal and anyone within this heat radiation zone is likely to die. The
persons within 12.5 KW/m2 heat radiations are likely to be injured severely, whereas 4.0
KW/m2 heat radiation causes minor injuries. For the present study, the heat radiation
damage distances are presented in Table 7-6.

Page 7-7
7.1.5.2 Over pressure Effects

Over pressure effects are due to the vapor cloud explosion. If the leaked flammable
petrochemical is not ignited immediately, the vapors generated from the pool will form an
explosive vapor cloud with air and this could upon ignition results in vapor cloud explosion
and over pressure effects. The over pressure damage distances are presented in Table 7-7.

Page 7-8
Table 7-6: Heat Radiation Damage Distances
S. Release LFL distance (m) 4.0 KW/m2 Damage distance (m) 12.5 KW/m2 Damage distance (m) 37.5 KW/m2 Damage distance (m)
Scenario Type
NO rate (kg/s)
D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15
Crude Oil 20" Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
Jet Fire 20.95 / 20.95 19.87 / 19.87 15.64 / 15.64 14.59 / 14.59 12.45 / 12.45 11.46 / 11.46
5 mm leak in
1 6.38E-001 Early Pool Fire 7.35 / 7.83 5.21 / 4.76 38.91 / 30.26 - 34.81 / 25.40 - 30.45 / 20.22 -
20" MLA
Late Pool Fire 65.96 / 59.89 - 48.32 / 36.48 - - -
Jet Fire 56.03 / 50.82 76.30 / 56.21 41.48 / 37.66 55.38 / 40.93 32.94 / 29.93 43.23 / 32.05
25 mm leak 34.73 / 58.75 /
2 1.59E+001 Early Pool Fire 75.12 / 68.08 104.30 / 76.71 56.58 / 49.31 91.55 / 61.34 - 72.17 / -
in 20" MLA 26.96 32.64
Late Pool Fire 137.91 / 131.78 167.44 / 144.81 74.02 / 67.27 99.99 / 73.32 - -
Jet Fire 127.36 / 118.79 127.60 / 116.30 93.40 / 87.18 92.07 / 84.00 73.56 / 68.72 71.47 / 65.27
100 mm leak 55.99 / 68.52 /
3 2.55E+002 Early Pool Fire 157.66 / 149.23 178.30 / 160.93 94.64 / 86.18 107.67 / 89.87 - -
in 20" MLA 47.43 51.18
Late Pool Fire 289.97 / 282.01 321.81 / 305.16 158.57 / 150.22 172.39 / 156.17 - -
Jet Fire 207.21 / 203.97 188.97 / 188.97 151.53 / 149.19 137.94 / 137.90 118.92 / 117.11 108.27 / 108.27
Rupture of 50.39 / 54.09 /
4 6.38E+003 Early Pool Fire 282.99 / 281.33 306.01/ 302. 83 149.64 / 147.93 154.24 / 150.99 - -
20" MLA 48.38 50.06
Late Pool Fire 282.99 / 281.33 306.01 / 302.83 149.64 / 147.93 154.24 / 150.99 - -
Product (Future) 24"Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
Jet Fire 20.95/ 20.95 19.87/ 19.87 15.64/ 15.64 14.59/ 14.59 12.45/ 12.45 11.46/ 11.46
5 mm leak in
5 6.38E-001 Early Pool Fire 7.35 / 7.83 5.21 / 4.76 38.91/ 30.26 - 34.81/25.49 - 30.45/20.22 -
24" MLA
Late Pool Fire 65.96/ 59.89 - 48.32/ 36.48 - - -
Jet Fire 34.74 / 56.03 / 50.82 76.30 / 56.21 41.48 / 37.66 55.38 / 40.93 32.94 / 29.93 43.23 / 32.05
25 mm leak 58.76 /
6 1.59E+001 Early Pool Fire 27.14 75.12 / 68.08 104.30 / 76.71 56.58 / 49.31 91.55 / 61.34 - 72.17/-
in 24" MLA 32.73
Late Pool Fire 153.74 / 147.87 183.34 / 161.86 81.06 / 74.39 106.45 / 80.59 - -
Jet Fire 55.99 / 127.36 / 118.79 127.60 / 116.30 93.40 / 87.18 92.07 / 84.00 73.56 / 68.72 71.47 / 65.27
100 mm leak 68.54 /
7 2.55E+002 Early Pool Fire 47.43 157.66 / 149.23 178.30 / 160.93 94.64 / 86.18 107.68 / 89.87 - -
in 24" MLA 51.18
Late Pool Fire 295.87 / 287.94 328.21 / 311.60 161.57 / 153.28 175.67 / 158.47 - -
Jet Fire 219.48 / 216.72 198.07 / 199.16 160.40 / 158.40 144.65 / 145.45 125.81 / 124.26 113.57 / 114.21
Rupture of Early Pool Fire 52.59 / 56.56 / 290.25 / 288.68 313.73 / 310.91 153.99 / 152.38 158.61 / 155.72 - -
8 9.18E+003
24" MLA 50.61 52.71
Late Pool Fire 290.25 / 288.68 313.73 / 310.91 153.99 / 152.38 158.61 / 155.72 -

Page 7-9
Scenario Type
NO rate (kg/s)
Bunkering 12"Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
Jet Fire 20.02/20.02 19.08/ 19.08 14.79/ 14.79 13.85/ 13.85 11.67/ 11.67 10.76/10.76
5 mm leak in
9 5.98E-001 Early Pool Fire 7.7 / 8.57 5.38 / 4.89 41.55 / 31.38 - 38.49 / 26.82 - 35.23 / 21.98 -
12" MLA
Late Pool Fire 66.59/ 61.40 - 54.15/ 38.53 - 39.03/- -
Jet Fire 56.29/ 50.30 83.46/ 58.80 41.23/ 36.89 59.95/ 41.89 32.45/ 29.06 46.36/ 32.46
25 mm leak 38.25/ 64.21/
10 1.49E+001 Early Pool Fire 79.19/ 69.90 122.67/ 81.29 61.61/ 52.01 111.41/ 67.19 - 92.35/-
in 12" MLA 29.89 38.00
Late Pool Fire 122.56 / 103.86 153.84 / 117.27 66.21 / 56.92 108.46 / 66.35 - -
Jet Fire 127.56/118.43 122.55/ 111.55 92.58/ 86.03 88.33/ 80.33 72.26/ 67.19 68.48/ 62.24
100 mm leak 61.65 / 78.36 /
2.39E+002 Early Pool Fire 160.58/150.60 185.27/ 163.30 99.31/ 89.04 116.51/ 94.79 - -
11 in 12" MLA 51.47 56.19
Late Pool Fire 244.58 / 234.98 276.19 / 254.73 138.11 / 128.16 156.71 / 135.32 - -
Jet Fire 182.98 / 175.87 162.24 / 156.99 132.59 / 127.49 118.11 / 114.25 103.23 / 99.31 92.47 / 89.43
Rupture of 49.55 / 54.12 /
12 2.15E+003 Early Pool Fire 234.97 / 231.45 254.88 / 248.45 127.12 / 123.55 134.26 / 127.23 - -
12" MLA 46.52 47.81
Late Pool Fire 234.97 / 231.45 254.88 / 248.45 127.12 / 123.55 134.26 / 127.23 - -
Crude Oil 42" Pipeline
Jet Fire 20.95 / 20.95 19.87 / 19.87 15.64 / 15.64 14.59 / 14.59 12.45 / 12.45 11.46 / 11.46
5 mm leak in 7.35 / 7.83 5.21 / 4.76
13 6.38E-001 Early Pool Fire 38.91 / 30.26 - 34.81 / 25.40 - 30.45 / 20.22 -
42" Pipeline
Late Pool Fire 65.96 / 59.89 - 48.32 / 36.48 - - -
25 mm leak Jet Fire 34.75 / 58.76 / 56.03 / 50.82 76.30 / 56.21 41.48 / 37.66 55.38 / 40.93 32.94 / 29.93 43.23 / 32.05
14 in 42" 1.59E+001 Early Pool Fire 27.14 32.91 75.12 / 68.08 104.30 / 76.71 56.58 / 49.31 91.55 / 61.33 - 72.17 / -
Pipeline Late Pool Fire 190.82 / 185.76 220.46 / 201.89 98.45 / 92.26 122.82 / 98.45 - -
100 mm leak Jet Fire 73.84 / 83.57 / 127.36 / 118.79 127.60 / 116.30 93.40 / 87.18 92.07 / 84.00 73.56 / 68.72 71.47 / 65.27
15 in 42" 2.55E+002 Early Pool Fire 71.57 70.62 157.66 / 149.23 178.30 / 160.93 94.64 / 86.18 107.68 / 89.87 - -
Jet Fire 262.22 / 261.25 228.06 / 231.28 191.25 / 190.55 166.79 / 169.16 149.71 / 149.17 131.09 / 132.97
Rupture of 74.39 / 85.66 /
16 2.55E+004 Early Pool Fire 714.47 / 713.78 776.72 / 774.72 405.61 / 404.67 413.42 / 410.78 - -
42" Pipeline 72.99 81.40
Late Pool Fire 714.47 / 713.78 776.72 / 774.72 405.61 / 404.67 413.42 / 410.78 - -
Bunkering 12" Pipeline
Jet Fire 20.02/20.02 19.08/ 19.08 14.79/ 14.79 13.85/ 13.85 11.67/ 11.67 10.76/10.76
5 mm leak in
17 5.97E-001 Early Pool Fire 7.7 / 8.57 5.38 / 4.89 41.55 / 31.38 - 38.49 / 26.89 - 35.23 / 21.98 -
12" Pipeline
Late Pool Fire 66.59/ 61.40 - 54.15/ 38.53 - 39.03/- -
18 25 mm leak 1.49E+001 Jet Fire 38.63/ 64.21/ 56.29/ 50.30 83.46/ 58.80 41.23/ 36.89 59.95/ 41.89 32.45/ 29.06 46.36/ 32.46

Page 7-10
Scenario Type
NO rate (kg/s)
in 12" Early Pool Fire 29.97 38.30 79.19/ 69.90 122.67/ 81.29 61.61/ 52.01 111.41/ 67.19 - 92.24/-
Pipeline
Late Pool Fire 199.31/192.37 235.04/ 210.46 105.29/ 97.02 141.08/ 105.84 - -
100 mm leak Jet Fire 127.56/118.43 122.55/ 111.55 92.58/ 86.03 88.33/ 80.33 72.26/ 67.19 68.48/ 62.24
80.28 / 91.64 /
in 12" 2.39E+002 Early Pool Fire 160.58/150.60 185.27/ 163.30 99.31/ 89.04 116.51/ 94.79 - -
19 76.27 75.3
Jet Fire 182.98 / 175.87 162.24 / 156.99 132.59 / 127.49 118.11 / 114.25 103.23 / 99.31
Rupture of 59.43 / 66.45 /
20 2.15E+003 Early Pool Fire 292.56 / 289.02 317.78 / 311.31 156.84 / 153.26 163.42 / 156.89 -
12" Pipeline 56.42 60.79
Late Pool Fire 501.83 / 498.66 545.96 / 539.97 273.63 / 270.56 283.03 / 277.68 -
Crude Oil Storage – JD Crude Oil 42" Pipeline
Jet Fire 20.95 / 20.95 19.87 / 19.87 15.64 / 15.64 14.59 / 14.59 12.45 / 12.45 11.46 / 11.46
5 mm leak in
21 6.38E-001 Early Pool Fire 7.36 / 7.83 5.21 / 4.76 38.90 / 30.26 - 34.80 / 25.40 - 30.44 / 20.22 -
42" Pipeline
Late Pool Fire 65.97 / 59.90 - 48.31 / 36.48 - - -
25 mm leak Jet Fire 56.03 / 50.82 76.31 / 56.21 41.48 / 37.66 55.38 / 40.93 32.94 / 29.93 43.23 / 32.05
34.75 / 58.76 /
22 in 42" 1.59E+001 Early Pool Fire 75.11 / 68.08 104.30 / 76.71 56.58 / 49.31 91.54 / 61.34 - 72.16 / -
27.14 32.91
100 mm leak Jet Fire 127.36 / 118.79 127.60 / 116.29 93.40 / 87.18 92.07 / 84.00 73.56 / 68.72 71.47 / 65.27
73.84 / 83.57 /
in 42" 2.55E+002 Early Pool Fire 157.66 / 149.23 178.30 / 160.93 94.64 / 86.18 107.68 / 89.87 - -
23 71.57 70.62
Jet Fire 262.22 / 261.25 228.06 / 231.28 191.25 / 190.55 166.79 / 169.16 149.71 / 149.17 131.09 / 132.97
Rupture of 68.77 / 76.62 /
24 2.55E+004 Early Pool Fire 550.01 / 549.01 596.95 / 594.52 303.27 / 302.05 310.69 / 309.11 - -
42" Pipeline 66.59 71.46
Late Pool Fire 550.01 / 549.01 596.95 / 594.52 303.27 / 302.05 310.69 / 309.11 - -
Jet Fire 20.95 / 20.95 19.87 / 19.87 15.64 / 15.64 14.59 / 14.59 12.45 / 12.45 11.46 / 11.46
5 mm leak in
25 6.38E-001 Early Pool Fire 7.36 / 7.83 5.21 / 4.76 38.90 / 30.26 - 34.80 / 25.39 - 30.44 / 20.22 -
36" Pipeline
Late Pool Fire 65.97 / 59.90 - 48.31 / 36.48 - - -
25 mm leak Jet Fire 56.03 / 50.81 76.31 / 56.21 41.48 / 37.66 55.38 / 40.93 32.94 / 29.93 43.23 / 32.05
34.75 / 58.76 /
in 36" 1.59E+001 Early Pool Fire 75.11 / 68.08 104.29 / 76.71 56.58 / 49.31 91.45 / 61.33 - 72.16 / -
27.14 32.91
26 Pipeline Late Pool Fire 190.82 / 185.76 220.46 / 201.89 98.45 / 92.26 122.81 / 98.45 - -
27 100 mm leak 2.55E+002 Jet Fire 73.84 / 83.57 / 127.36 / 118.79 127.60 / 116.30 93.40 / 87.18 92.07 / 84.00 73.56 / 68.72 71.47 / 65.27

Page 7-11
Scenario Type
NO rate (kg/s)
in 36" 71.57 70.62
Pipeline Early Pool Fire 157.66 / 149.23 178.30 / 160.93 94.64 / 86.18 107.68 / 89.87 - -
Late Pool Fire 555.90 / 550.57 609.62 / 596.53 308.39 / 301.75 324.25 / 315.05 - -
Jet Fire 251.81 / 250.54 220.66 / 223.39 183.74 / 182.82 161.32 / 163.34 143.89 / 143.18 126.75 / 128.36
Rupture of 67.05 / 74.73 /
28 2.07E+004 Early Pool Fire 548.42 / 547.39 595.21 / 592.78 301.65 / 300.45 308.99 / 307.40 - -
36" Pipeline 64.99 69.77
Late Pool Fire 548.42 / 547.39 595.21 / 592.78 301.65 / 300.45 308.99 / 307.40 - -
1.7 Lakh m3 Crude Oil Storage Tank
Catastrophic 63.07 / 67.93 /
29 - Late Pool Fire 476.48 / 476.48 519.46 / 519.46 238.39 / 238.39 249.00 / 249.00 - -
Rupture 65.83 76.24
Table 7-7: Over Pressure Damage Distances

S. 0.03 bar Damage Distance (m) 0.1 bar Damage Distance (m) 0.3 bar Damage Distance (m)
Scenario Release rate (kg/s) Type
NO D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15
Crude Oil 20" Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
1 5 mm leak in 20" MLA 6.38E-001 Late Ignition 18.03 / 19.25 - 13.43 / 13.94 - 11.71 / 11.91 -
2 25 mm leak in 20" MLA 1.59E+001 Late Ignition 72.14 / 51.52 112.74 / 75.12 47.97 / 33.44 82.49 / 49.24 38.97 / 26.71 71.23 / 39.61
4 Rupture of 20" MLA 6.38E+003 Late Ignition 117.79 / 116.19 150.17 / 137.96 101.85 / 101.17 132.87 / 121.93 95.92 / 95.58 126.43 / 115.95
Product (Future) 24" Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
Bunkering 12" Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
13 5 mm leak in 42" Pipeline 6.38E-001 Late Ignition 18.03 / 19.25 - 13.43 / 13.94 - 11.71 / 11.97 -
14 25 mm leak in 42" 1.59E+001 Late Ignition 86.97 / 70.71 112.74 / 75.12 60.03 / 47.36 82.49 / 49.24 50.00 / 38.67 71.23 / 39.60
Page 7-12
S. 0.03 bar Damage Distance (m) 0.1 bar Damage Distance (m) 0.3 bar Damage Distance (m)
Scenario Release rate (kg/s) Type
NO D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15 D5 / F5 D15 / F15
Pipeline
100 mm leak in 42"
15 2.55E+002 Late Ignition 237.52 / 250.43 204.31 / 165.31 198.80 / 210.04 161.69 / 133.59 184.38 / 194.99 145.82 / 121.78
Pipeline
16 Rupture of 42" Pipeline 2.55E+004 Late Ignition 211.01 / 210.54 239.39 / 238.74 176.02 / 175.82 199.59 / 199.32 162.99 / 162.89 184.78 / 184.64
Bunkering 12" Pipeline
25 mm leak in 12"
18 1.49E+001 Late Ignition 90.14 / 86.22 136.82 / 76.19 61.39 / 59.71 104.23 / 49.79 50.68 / 49.84 92.10 / 39.84
Pipeline
100 mm leak in 12"
19 2.39E+002 Late Ignition 276.73 / 273.25 227.07 / 205.88 232.72 / 231.24 177.13 / 162.36 216.34 / 215.60 158.64 / 146.16
Pipeline
Crude Oil Storage- JD Crude |Oil 42" Pipeline
25 mm leak in 42"
22 1.59E+001 Late Ignition 86.97 / 70.71 112.74 / 75.12 60.03 / 47.36 82.49 / 49.24 50.00 / 38.67 71.23 / 39.61
Pipeline
100 mm leak in 42"
23 2.55E+002 Late Ignition 237.52 / 250.43 204.31 / 165.31 198.79 / 210.04 161.69 / 133.59 184.38 / 194.99 145.82 / 121.78
Pipeline
25 mm leak in 36"
26 1.59E+001 Late Ignition 86.97 / 70.71 112.74 / 75.12 60.03 / 47.36 82.49 / 49.24 50.00 / 38.67 71.23 / 39.61
Pipeline
100 mm leak in 36"
27 2.55E+002 Late Ignition 237.52 / 250.43 204.31 / 165.31 198.80 / 210.04 161.69 / 133.59 184.38 / 194.99 145.82 / 121.78
Pipeline
1.7 Lakh m3 Crude Oil Storage (Future) Tank
29 Catastrophic Rupture - Late Ignition 175.19 / 170.79 167.31 / 181.34 109.13 / 107.35 105.77 / 117.49 84.53 / 83.59 82.85 / 93.71

Page 7-13
7.1.5.3 Domino Effects

It is observed (from the damage distances and contour mapping) that some of the scenarios
are affecting the other units in the facility. Thermal radiation and overpressure produced
during an incident such as heavy leakage and rupture of a pipeline containing flammable
material can cause severe damage to nearby storage tanks in the terminal leading to fire and
explosion one by one i.e. may initiate a secondary incident in a chain reaction. This
phenomenon is called the ‘domino effect’, ‘cascading effect’, or ‘chain of accidents’. The
extent of damage depends on radiation or overpressure intensity, the duration of exposure,
the type of material, the response of protection (e.g. water deluge) systems- automatic and
manual- etc.
Practical ‘rules of thumb’ found in literature, provide values of thermal radiation or
overpressure corresponding to a given degree of damage. American Institute of Chemical
Engineers (AIChE) considers heat flux of 37.5 KW/m2 as the limit for severe damage to
process equipment, while The Netherlands Organization for Applied Scientific Research
(TNO) identifies critical radiation intensities of 100 KW/m2 and 25 KW/m2, for rupture and
deformation of structural elements, respectively. In both cases, the duration of exposure is
considered to be 15 - 20 minutes. Concerning explosion consequences, TNO suggests the
overpressures of 0.5 - 1 bar can cause cylindrical tank displacement or failure of connecting
pipes, and overpressures above 1 bar can cause failure of spherical tank supports.
Cascade analysis is carried out for all the probable scenarios to know the larger
consequences due to these effects. Examining the scenarios with the above criteria, it is
observed that 15 incidents represent all the scenarios which can cause cascade effects and
these scenarios are presented in Table 7-8.
Table 7-8: Scenarios that can cause Cascade Effects
S. No. Scenario Description & location Damage distances Affected Areas
1 100mm leak in 20" Crude Oil Marine 37.5 KW/m2: 73.56 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Loading Arm - Heat radiation effects Carrier and storage tank
2 Rupture of 20" Crude Oil Marine Loading 37.5 KW/m2: 118.92 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Arm - Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank
3 100mm leak in 24" Product (Future) Marine 37.5 KW/m2: 73.56 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Loading Arm - Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank
4 Rupture of 24" Product (Future) Marine 37.5 KW/m2: 125.81 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
5 100mm leak in 12" Bunkering Marine 37.5 KW/m2: 72.26 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
6 Rupture of 12" Bunkering Marine Loading 37.5 KW/m2: 103.23 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Arm - Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank
7 100mm leak in 42" Crude Oil Pipeline - 37.5 KW/m2: 73.56 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank
8 Rupture of 42" " Crude Oil Pipeline - Heat 37.5 KW/m2: 149.71 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
radiation effects carrier and storage tank
9 100mm leak in 12" Bunkering Pipeline - 37.5 KW/m2: 72.26 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank
10 Rupture of 12" " " Bunkering Pipeline - Heat 37.5 KW/m2: 103.23 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
radiation effects carrier and storage tank
11 100mm leak in 42" Crude Oil Pipeline of 37.5 KW/m2: 73.56 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
storage tank - Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank

Page 7-14
S. No. Scenario Description & location Damage distances Affected Areas

12 Rupture of 42" Crude Oil Pipeline of 37.5 KW/m2: 149.71 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
13 100mm leak in 36" Crude Oil Pipeline of 37.5 KW/m2: 73.56 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
14 Rupture of 36" Crude Oil Pipeline of 37.5 KW/m2: 143.89 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
15 Catastrophic rupture of 1.7 lakh m3 crude 12.5 KW/m2: 249 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
oil storage tank - Heat radiation effects carrier and storage tank
16 100mm leak in 20" Crude Oil Marine 0.3 bar: 83.42 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Loading Arm - Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
17 Rupture of 20" Crude Oil Marine Loading 0.3 bar: 126.43 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Arm - Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
18 100mm leak in 24" Product (Future) Marine 0.3 bar: 93.43 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
19 Rupture of 24" Product (Future) Marine 0.3 bar: 126.32 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
20 100mm leak in 12" Bunkering Marine 0.3 bar: 86.31 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
21 Rupture of 12" Bunkering Marine Loading 0.3 bar: 115.74 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Arm - Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
22 100mm leak in 42" Crude Oil Pipeline - 0.3 bar: 194.99 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
23 Rupture of 42" " Crude Oil Pipeline - Over 0.3 bar: 184.78 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
pressure effects carrier and storage tank
24 100mm leak in 12" Bunkering Pipeline - 0.3 bar: 216.34 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
25 Rupture of 12" " " Bunkering Pipeline Over 0.3 bar: 138.78 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
pressure effects carrier and storage tank
26 100mm leak in 42" Crude Oil Pipeline of 0.3 bar: 194.99 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
storage tank - Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
27 Rupture of 42" Crude Oil Pipeline of 0.3 bar:171.67 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
storage tank - Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
28 100mm leak in 36" Crude Oil Pipeline of 0.3 bar: 194.99 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
storage tank Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
29 Rupture of 36" Crude Oil Pipeline of 0.3 bar: 171.36 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
storage tank Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
30 Catastrophic rupture of 1.7 lakh m3 crude 0.3 bar: 93.71 m Personnel, facilities, crude oil
oil storage tank Over pressure effects carrier and storage tank
This analysis indicates that the distance between the tanks, trained personnel and the fire
fighting facilities available at the site will play a major role in averting any domino effect. The
tanks shall be installed with fire water sprinkler system to provide cooling during fire. Fire
hydrants / monitors at appropriate locations will help in restricting the spread of fire to cover
the entire area and prevent the occurrence of the domino effects.

Page 7-15
7.1.6 Accident Scenarios and Damage Contour Mapping

The scenarios of marine loading arm leakage, pipelines leakage, bunkering pipeline leakage
for crude oil/product (Future) and catastrophic rupture of Storage (Future) tank were
considered to identify the impact of heat radiation and explosion.
7.1.6.1 Pool fires / jet fires – Heat Radiation Damage Distances

The HRDD of 37.5 KW/m2 (Severe damage to unprotected areas) for the different scenario is
listed below and damage distance mapping have presented for the worst scenario.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 20" crude oil marine loading arm, the crude oil will spill
covering an area of 30.45 m radius with 37.5 KW/m2 heat radiation.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to 25 mm and 100 mm leakage from
20" Crude Oil marine loading arm are 72.17 m and 73.56 m respectively.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 20 mm Crude Oil marine
loading arm will extend up to 118.92 m in radius. This will affect the entire working
personnel at the terminal.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 24" Product (Future) marine loading arm the Product will
spill covering an area of 30.45 m radius with 37.5 KW/m2 heat radiation.
24" Product (Future) marine loading arm will extend up to 72.12 m and 73.56 m in radius
respectively. If the leakage is very near to terminal, the working personnel at terminal will
be affected.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 24" Product (Future)
marine loading arm will extend up to 125.81 m in radius. This scenario which is having
least probability to occur will affect the entire working personnel at the terminal.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 12" Bunkering marine loading arm, the Oil will spill
covering an area of 39.03 m radius with 37.5 KW/m2 heat radiation.
12" Bunkering marine loading arm will extend up to 92.35 m and 72.26 m in radius
respectively. This leakage will affect the working personnel at terminal.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 12" Bunkering marine
loading arm will extend up to 103.23 m in radius. This scenario which is having least
probability to occur will affect the entire personnel within that range.
 The 37.5 KW/m2 heat radiation damage distance for 5mm leak in 42" Crude Oil pipeline
will extend upto 30.45 m. This will affect the entire working personnel at the terminal.
42" Crude Oil pipeline will extend up to 72.17 m and 73.56 m in radius respectively. This
leakage will affect the working personnel at terminal.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 42" Crude Oil pipeline will
extend up to 149.71 m in radius. This scenario which is having least probability to occur
will affect the entire personnel within that range.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 12" Bunkering pipeline, the Oil will spill covering an area
of 39.03 m radius with 37.5 KW/m2 heat radiation.
12" Bunkering pipeline will extend up to 92.24 m and 72.26 m in radius respectively. This
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 12" Bunkering pipeline
will extend up to 103.23 m in radius. This scenario which is having least probability to
occur will affect the entire personnel within that range.

Page 7-16
All the above scenarios will be on the Unloading Platform and the maximum HRDD for 37.5
KW/m2 observed is due to rupture of 42" Crude Oil pipeline which will extend up to 149.71 m
in radius. This scenario which is having least probability to occur will affect the entire
personnel within that range. The scenario is represented in the Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-2: Jet Fire Damage Distance for Rupture of 42” Crude Oil Pipeline on Berth
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 42" crude oil pipeline of Crude oil Storage (Future) tank
at Jawahar Dweep, the crude oil will spill covering an area of 30.44 m radius with 37.5
KW/m2 heat radiation.
42" Crude Oil pipeline of Crude oil Storage (Future) tank at Jawahar Dweep are 72.16 m
and 73.56 m respectively.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 42" Crude Oil pipeline of
Crude oil Storage (Future) tank at Jawahar Dweep will extend up to 149.71 m in radius.
This will affect the entire working personnel at the terminal.
All the above scenarios will be near the JD Island manifold point and the maximum HRDD for
37.5 KW/m2 observed is due to rupture of 42" Crude Oil pipeline which will extend up to
149.71 m in radius. This will affect the entire working personnel at the terminal. The scenario
is represented in the Figure 7-3.
0.00 0.10 0.20

km
Figure 7-3: Jet Fire HRDD for Rupture of 42” Crude Oil Pipeline Near JD

Page 7-17
at Jawahar Dweep, the crude oil will spill covering an area of 30.44 m radius with 37.5
KW/m2 heat radiation.
 Similarly the heat radiation damage distances due to rupture of 36" Crude Oil pipeline of
All the above scenarios will be near the JD storage (Future) and the maximum HRDD for
37.5 KW/m2 observed is due to rupture of 36" Crude Oil pipeline which will extend up to
143.89 m in radius. This will affect the entire working personnel at the terminal. The scenario
0.00 0.10 0.20

km
Figure 7-4: Jet Fire HRDD for Rupture of 36” Crude Oil Pipeline near Storage (Future)
The 12.5 KW/m2 heat radiation damage distance for the catastrophic rupture of 1.7 Lakh m 3
Crude Oil Storage (Future) tank is 249 m and the damage contour is shown in Figure 7-5.
Figure 7-5: Late Pool Fire HRDD for Catastrophic Rupture of Crude Oil Storage
(Future) Tank

Page 7-18
7.1.6.2 Over Pressure Damage Distances

The overpressure generates due to explosions in a facility. The scenarios which are
considered for heat radiation scenarios were considered for overpressure also.
The OPDD of 0.3 bar (Heavy structure damage) for the different scenario is listed below and
damage distance mapping have presented for the worst scenario.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 20" crude oil marine loading arm, the overpressure
distances are reaching upto 11.91 m radius for a value of 0.3 bar.
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to 25 mm and 100 mm leakage from
20" Crude Oil marine loading arm will extend up to 71.23 m and 83.42 m respectively.
The working personnel at the terminal will be affected.
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 20 mm Crude Oil marine
loading arm will extend up to 126.43 m in radius. This will affect the entire working
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 24" Product (Future) marine loading arm the Product will
spill Overpressure distances are reaching upto 11.97 m radius for a value of 0.3 bar.
 Similarly Overpressure damage distances due to 25 mm and 100 mm leakage from 24"
Product (Future) marine loading arm will extend up to 71.23 m and 93.43 m in radius
respectively. This will affect the entire working personnel at the terminal.
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 24" Product (Future)
marine loading arm will extend up to 126.32 m in radius for a value of 0.3 bar. This
scenario which is having least probability to occur will affect the entire working personnel
at the terminal.
 The Overpressure damage distances due to 5 mm leakage of 12" Bunkering marine
loading arm will extend up to 12.29 m radius for a value of 0.3 bar.
12" Bunkering marine loading arm will extend up to 92.10 m and 86.31 m in radius for a
value of 0.3 bar respectively. This leakage will affect the working personnel at terminal.
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 12" Bunkering marine
loading arm will extend up to 115.74 m in radius for a value of 0.3 bar. This scenario
which is having least probability to occur will affect the entire personnel within that range.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 42" Crude Oil pipeline the spill Overpressure distances
are reaching up to 11.97 m for a value of 0.3 bar. This will affect the entire working
42" Crude Oil pipeline will extend up to 71.23 m and 194.99 m in radius for a value of 0.3
bar respectively. This leakage will affect the working personnel at terminal.
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 42" Crude Oil pipeline will
extend up to 184.78 m in radius. This scenario which is having least probability to occur
will affect the entire personnel within that range.
 In case of leakage of 5 mm from 12" Bunkering pipeline, the spill Overpressure distances
are reaching upto 11.90 m radius for a value of 0.3 bar.
 Similarly Overpressure damage distances due to 25 mm and 100 mm leakage from 12"
Bunkering pipeline will extend up to 92.10 m and 216.34 m in radius respectively. This
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 12" Bunkering pipeline
will extend up to 138.78 m in radius. This scenario which is having least probability to
occur will affect the entire personnel within that range.

Page 7-19
All the above scenarios will be on the Unloading Platform and the maximum OPDD for 0.3
bar observed is due to 100 mm leakage from 12" Bunkering pipeline which will extend up to
216.34 m in radius. This leakage will affect the working personnel at terminal. The scenario
0.00 0.10 0.20

km
Figure 7-6: OPDD for 100 mm leak in 12” Bunkering Pipeline on Berth
at Jawahar Dweep, the crude oil spill Overpressure will extend upto 11.97 m radius for a
value of 0.3 bar..
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 42" Crude Oil pipeline of
All the above scenarios will be near JD Island manifold point and the maximum OPDD for 0.3
bar observed is due to 100 mm leakage from 42" Crude Oil pipeline of Crude oil Storage
(Future) tank at Jawahar Dweep which will extend up to 194.99 m in radius. The scenario is
represented in the Figure 7-7.

Page 7-20
0.00 0.10 0.20

km
Figure 7-7: OPDD for 100mm Leak in 42” Crude Oil Pipeline near JD
at Jawahar Dweep, the crude oil spill Overpressure will extend upto 11.97 m radius for a
value of 0.3 bar.
 Similarly the Overpressure damage distances due to rupture of 36" Crude Oil pipeline of
Above scenarios will be near JD storage (Future) and maximum OPDD for 0.3 bar observed
is due to 100 mm leakage from 36" Crude Oil pipeline of Crude oil Storage (Future) tank at
JD which will extend up to 194.99 m in radius. The scenario is represented in the Figure 7-8.
0.00 0.10 0.20

km
Figure 7-8: OPDD for 100mm Leak in 36” Crude Oil Pipeline near Storage (Future)

Page 7-21
The 0.3 bar Overpressure damage distance for the catastrophic rupture of 1.7 Lakh m3
Crude Oil Storage (Future) tank is 93.71 m and the damage contour is shown in Figure 7-9.
0.00 0.10 0.20

km
3
Figure 7-9: OPDD for Catastrophic Rupture of 1.7 Lakh M Crude Oil Storage (Future)
Tank
Even though, the over pressure distances are presented, it is to be observed that the
chances of vapor cloud explosion in case of flammable liquids are minimum, where as pool
fire occurrence is more likely. The proper action like fire water spray along with aqueous film
forming foam (AFFF) during any emergency by the personnel at the facility helps in reducing
/ mitigating / escalation of the event.
7.1.7 Failure Frequencies

The release scenarios considered earlier can be broadly divided into two categories
(i) Catastrophic failures which are of low frequency and
(ii) Ruptures and leaks which are of relatively high frequency.
Vapor or liquid releases from failure of gasket, seal and rupture in pipelines and vessels fall
in second category whereas catastrophic failure of vessels and full bore rupture of pipelines
etc. fall into first category.
Leaks from the flanges and valves etc. are more frequent and have high damage potential
where damage distances extend beyond to other areas. However for such scenarios, it is
important to consider the probability of occurrence of such an event, which may be
calculated from failure frequencies and event probabilities.
Typical failure frequencies are given in Table 7-9.
Table 7-9: General failure frequencies*
Item Mode of failure Failure Frequencies
Atmospheric vessel Serious leak catastrophic 1x10-4/yr
5x10 / yr
-6

Page 7-22
Item Mode of failure Failure Frequencies

Pressure vessel Serious leak 1.0 x10-5/yr
Catastrophic 3x10-6/yr
Process pipe lines
=50 mm dia Full bore rupture 8.8 x 10-7/m.yr
Significant leak 8.8 x10-6/m.yr
> 50 mm = 150 mm dia Full bore rupture 2.6 x 10-7/m.yr
Significant leak 6x10-5 /m.yr
> 150 mm dia Full bore rupture 8.8 x10-8 /m.yr
Significant leak 6x10-6 /m.yr
Hoses Rupture 3.5 x10-2/yr
Check valve Failure on demand 1x10-4/demand
Motor operated valve Failure on demand 1x10-3/demand
Flange Leak 3 x10-4/yr
Pump seal Leak 5 x10-3/yr
Process Safety Valve Lifts heavily 4 x10-3/yr
Blocked 1 x10-3/yr
Lifts lightly 2 x10-2/yr
Ref: 1) Loss Prevention in the Process Industries -Frank P.lees.Vol.2 & 3, 2nd edition.
2) TNO communication
7.1.8 Risk Analysis
7.1.8.1 Individual risk

According to Control of Major Accident Hazards (COMAH) regulations, the ALARP range for
workers is from 1 x 10-3/yr to 1 x 10-6 /yr, and is shown in Figure 7-10.
Figure 7-10: Risk Criterion

Page 7-23
7.1.8.2 Societal risk

According to Control of Major Accident Hazards (COMAH) regulations, the ALARP range for
public is from 1 x 10-4/yr to 1 x 10-6 /yr, and is shown in Figure 7-10.
Societal risk is the relationship between the frequency of an event and the number of people
affected and is represented by F/N curve. There are essentially three major issues that the
work on societal risk seeks to deal with:
 incremental development (a build up over time of population exposed to the risk)
 large developments outside the existing land use planning consultation distances and
 Sufficiency of measures at the hazardous installation to reduce risks to as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP) in view of their risk profile.
7.1.8.3 Results of Risk analysis

The Risk analysis has been carried using PHAST RISK MICRO 6.7 software. The study has
been done for the maximum credible accident scenarios by taking the following into
consideration.
 Individual and societal risk criteria
 Release frequencies
 Weather probability
 Population
 Ignition probability
The results have been shown in the Figure 7-11 and Figure 7-12 for Individual risk. In
Figure 7-11, the Individual risk contours for 0.0001/Avg. yr risk is shown in green colour and
is shown in yellow colour for 1.0E-06//Avg. yr risk.
0.00 0.20 0.40

km
Figure 7-11: Individual Risk Contours for Fifth Oil Berth

Page 7-24
0.00 0.12 0.24

km
Figure 7-12: Individual Risk Contours for Storage Facility
7.1.9 Observations and Recommendations
M/s. Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) is proposing to develop Fifth Oil (J5) Berth at Jawahar
Dweep, Mumbai. The components of the development are Central service platform with
berthing dolphins and mooring dolphins provided symmetrically, Crude Oil Storage (Future)
tanks, Crude Oil Marine Loading Arm, Crude Oil Export Pipeline, Bunkering Marine Loading
Arm, Product (Future) Marine Loading Arm, Unloading platform with Marine Loading Arms
and Submarine pipelines from J5 to Land Fall point.
 All the credible scenarios such as 5 mm, 25 mm 100 mm and full-bore rupture of Crude
Oil and Product (Future) transfer lines at various locations have been considered. In case
of any major pipeline leak / rupture, the control valves at Crude Oil/Product (Future)
carrier or storage tank should close supply immediately.
 The maximum heat radiation damage distances due to pool fire / jet fire due to leakage of
Crude Oil/Product (Future) for 37.5 KW/m2 intensity is about 149.71 m and for 12.5
KW/m2 extends up to 413.42 m. The impact of the heat radiation will be on personnel and
property of the terminal.
 The maximum overpressure damage distances 216.34 m for 0.3 bar overpressure and
extends up to 232.72 m for 0.1 bar.
The consequence analysis of Crude Oil/Product (Future) transfer pipelines leakage, rupture
of Storage (Future) tank lead to the following conclusions.
The damage distances for the scenarios like catastrophic failure of Storage (Future) tank and
rupture of pipelines are higher than those in case of 5 mm, 25 mm and 100 mm leakage of
transfer lines. The scenario i.e. Storage (Future) tank failure and pipeline rupture are not
much credible. The failure frequency of these scenarios is 5 x 10-6 per year. Whereas
scenarios like 5 mm, 25 mm and 100 mm leakage scenarios and leakage from flanges /
gasket and pinhole on Storage (Future) tanks are much more credible. Regular maintenance,

Page 7-25
inspection and intelligent pigging of pipelines will help in avoiding any leakage from the
pipelines.
The damage distances for all the credible scenarios may lead to domino effect and hence
there should be necessary arrangement of fire fighting facility as per various national and
international code for the facility to avoid any major incident.
7.1.9.2 Recommendations
The Storage and transfer of Crude Oil/ Product (Future) to Storage (Future) tanks and to
Sub-sea pipeline, LFP and metering station create the potential for leaks or accidental
release from tanks, pipelines, MLA, and pumps. The storage and transfer of these materials
poses a risk of fire and explosion due to flammable and combustible nature of the materials
stored.
To minimize the consequence effects if any accident takes place and for the safe storage
and handling of Crude Oil/Product (Future) the following are recommended.
 Storage tanks (Future) and components should meet international standards for
structural design integrity and operational performance to avoid catastrophic failures
during normal operation and during exposure to natural hazards and to prevent fires and
explosions. Applicable international standards typically include provision for overfilling
protection, metering and flow control, fire protection (including flame arresting devises),
and grounding (to prevent electrostatic charge). Overfill protection equipment include
level gauges, alarms, and automatic cutoff systems.
 Loading / unloading activities should be conducted by properly trained personnel
according to pre-established formal procedure to prevent accidental releases and fire /
explosion hazards. Procedures should include all aspects of the delivery or loading
operation from arrival to departure, connection of grounding system, verification of proper
connection and disconnection of marine loading arm, adherence to no-smoking and no-
naked light policies for visiting personnel.
 Quick isolation of mechanical loading arm in case of spillage from the tanker or pipelines
near the jetty to avoid personnel and property loss.
 To identify the hazards present in the system, a hazard identification study such as a
hazard and operability study (HAZOP) should be undertaken. All hazards identified
should be examined and appropriate mitigating measures developed and implemented.
 For all the tanks where there is a single in / outlet line, an ROV (or an equivalent design
to allow isolation of the tank from the line in an emergency) should be provided.
 The remote operable tank isolation valves should be operable locally, from the unloading
ship and from the control room. The ROVs should be provided with limit switches. Valve
status indication (based on limit switch output) and an emergency shutdown button
should be provided in the following locations
o At the respective ship loading / unloading points, to close the relevant tank valves,
also stopping all pumps associated with that loading operation.
o In the control room.
 The operators M/s. Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) has to ensure that first aid equipment and
manpower resources are at place to deal with emergencies, in consultation with
emergency services to rescue any personnel, trapped or immobilized by an accident
scenario.
 Install hydrocarbon detectors in the terminal for any leakage from the flanges / valves.

Page 7-26
 Implement and maintain appropriate safety management systems to control the

managerial and organizational factors that can impact on the overall risk associated with
the hazardous materials.
 Carryout regular checks / maintenance and testing of instruments, valves and flange
joints as per strict schedule. Pipelines, flanges and valves require special attention to
minimize the failure rate.
 All components (e.g. roofs and seals) should undergo periodic inspection for corrosion
and structural integrity and be subject to regular maintenance and replacement of
equipment (e.g. pipes, seals, connectors, and valves). A cathodic protection system
should be installed to prevent or minimize corrosion, as necessary. Epoxy coating for the
pipelines may be provided for protection against external corrosion.
 Guidelines and procedures for entering and cleaning the storage tanks are to be followed
as per API RP 2016 / OISD 129 / IS 9964 Part I and II.
 Prevention of potential ignition sources such as:
o Proper grounding to avoid static electricity buildup and lightening hazards (including
formal procedures for the use and maintenance of grounding connections)
o Use of intrinsically safe electrical installations and non-sparking tools.
o Implementing permit systems and formal procedures for conducting any hot work
during maintenance activities, including proper tank cleaning and venting.
 Fire fighting equipments shall be provided as per API RP 2021 and API RP 2030/ OISD
117 & 156.
 Consider linking foam and fire water system. Considerations should be given to directly
inject AFFF foam compound into the respective fire mains (at 6 percent strength), which
can act as a vehicle to transport foam solution to user points on either site for mobile
response foam branches / cannons.
 Facilities should be properly equipped with fire suppression equipment that meets
internationally recognized technical specifications for the type and amount of flammable
material stored at the facility.
 Preparation of a fire response plan supported by the necessary resources and training,
including training in the use of fire suppression equipment and evacuation. Procedures
may include coordination activities with local authorities or neighboring facilities.
 Use additional bunding and/or intermediate bunding to assure that spill areas are
minimised in size and the exposures to adjacent tanks are minimized. Provide drainage
around tanks to assure spills collect away from tanks (to prevent the leaked material
stagnation in the dyke and reduce incident damage distances). Provide fixed fire
protection for the entire bunded area.
 The Cascade effects may be caused mainly due to various scenarios mentioned earlier
sections. The probabilities of occurrence of such an incident are 8.8x10-8 per meter per
year, 3.3 x 10-7 per meter per year and 5 x 10-6 per year and hence are remote. Even in
the event of such an incident occurring, the presence of an ignition source can only lead
to fire and explosion hazards. The probability of the presence of an ignition source is also
very remote and the probability of ignition with no ignition sources is about 0.1 and the
probability of explosion given an ignition is also about 0.1 (Lees, 1996). Hence the risk for
cascade effects is negligible.
 Provision of fire safety training and response as part of workforce health and safety
induction/training, including training the use of fire suppression equipment and
evacuation, with advanced fire safety training provided to a designated fire fighting team.
 Do’s and Don’ts shall be displayed prominently in the site near the pipelines and at all
workplaces. Regular maintenance shall be carried out under the supervision of an
authorized person.

Page 7-27
 Important telephone numbers of emergency shall be displayed prominently in bold letters

in the plant site and administration building.
 Caution boards shall be displayed near the pipelines for all working person.
o No smoking signs
o No flames or pilot lights or electrical gadgets.
o Emergency contact numbers.
o Keep distance from pipelines. Pipeline is guarded during maintenance work to avoid
objects hitting it.
7.2 Disaster Management Plan

A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness
and suffering and, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical & social care and
other necessities of life.
The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of
environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in
this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely
circulated and a personnel training is to be provided through rehearsals/drills. To tackle the
consequences of a major emergency inside the premises or immediate vicinity of the port, a
DMP has to be formulated.
The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the port and the
outside services to achieve the following:
 Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties
 Safeguard plant and other people
 Minimize damage to property and the environment
 Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
 Identify any causalities
 Provide for the needs of relatives
 Provide authoritative information to the news media
 Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area
 Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and
circumstances of the emergency
 Restore the facilities at the earliest
7.2.1 Causes of Disaster

 Flammable liquid release - resulting in fire (Crude oil and HSD)
 Collision/Grounding/Sinking of ships
 Oil Spill from pipeline, storage tank and oil tanker
 Sabotage/Terrorism/War
 Fire on board a vessel within the port limits
 Natural hazards: Cyclones; Floods; Earthquakes and Tsunami
7.2.2 Crisis Management Group

The contingency plans envisaged among other things, a holistic, coordinated and prompt
response to any emergency/disasters. There is a Crisis Management Group (CMG) under
the chairmanship of Chairman, Mumbai Port Trust. The CMG has a clearly defined line of
command and control. It is responsible for laying down policies, plans and guidelines for
contingency/disaster management including mitigation and preparedness measures besides
response.

Page 7-28
MbPT established the “Crisis Management Group“ for entire port area including PirPau,
Jawahardweep (Butcher/JD Island), Timber pond, Haji bunder, Hay bunder, Brick bunder,
Coal bunder, Lakdibunder, Fish jetty and Sassoon Dock. These areas are divided into three
(03) administrative sectors in case of any emergency/disasters.
1. Sector A : Areas of Indira Dock, Victoria Dock and Princess Dock.
2. Sector B : Jawahar Dweep and Pir Pau areas
3. Sector C : Bunder Areas- Haji Bunder, Hay Bunder, Brick Bunder, Timber
Pond, Coal Bunder, Lakdi Bunder, Fish jetty (Ferry Wharf).
The composition, powers and jurisdiction of CMG is as follows:
Chairperson : Chairman/ Dy. Chairman
Members : Dy. Conservator (DC)
: Traffic Manager, MbPT
: Fire and Safety Officer, MbPT
: Sr. Commandant, CISF
The following officials will be special invitees of this Group (CMG).
1. Secretary, Relief & Rehabilitation, State Government of Maharashtra,
2. General manager, BEST Undertaking
3. Director, Industrial Safety and Health
4. Deputy Director General, India Meteorological Department
5. Flag Officer, Maharashtra Area, Indian Navy
6. IG – Coast Guard
7. Officer Commanding, Maharashtra Area, Indian Army
8. Commandant, State Reserve Police/NCC/home Guards/Civil defence
9. Chief Fire Officer, Mumbai Fire Brigade.
The Mumbai Port Trust (Disaster Management Control Room) has connectivity with 12 other
agencies/departments to respond to any emergency/disasters. Other Agencies/departments
have direct connectivity to Mumbai Port Trust (Disaster Management Control Room, CISF) in
case of any emergency/disasters.

Page 7-29
7.2.3 Response Structure

Page 7-30
7.2.4 Response Structure in General
7.2.5 Disaster Level Classification

Level 1 : Operational unit level
Level 2 : Local area Level
City area Level
Level 3 :
(Asking City Authority for help as per Response Structure)
7.2.6 Disaster Level Matrix – Authority

Authority Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Chief Disaster DC/Traffic Manager Deputy Chairman Chairman
Controller (CDC)
Site Controller (SC) DMJD/SDM/DMCS DC/Traffic Manager Deputy
Deputy Traffic Chairman
Manager
Incident Controller (IC) Asst. Traffic Manager Deputy Traffic Manager DC /TM
DMJD/SDM/DMCS/GOM
7.2.7 Roles and Responsibilities

Chief Disaster Controller (CDC): Responsible in total for any emergency control. Over all
in-charge and is assisted by functional coordinators like Marine, Traffic, Mechanical &
Electrical Engineering, Civil Engineering Safety, General Administration, Finance, Stores,
Medical, Welfare and Security etc.His prominent duties include declaration of emergency,
evacuation, all clear, dispatch etc. Detailed responses are given below:
 Establishing Disaster Management Control Room (DMCR)
 Taking final decision of course of action. Disclosure of information to press etc.
 Co-ordinate with other agencies and organisation, when capabilities are exceeded

Page 7-31
 Co-ordinate and organize resources in preparing for responding to and recovering from
hazardous material incidents, which may impact life and property.
 Declare danger zone. Advice Police/District Authorities regarding evacuation of public in
vicinity/vulnerable zone.
 Authorize procurement of material
 Take decision to declare “Offsite Emergency”
Site Controller (SC) Core Group/On Site Group (CMG):
 Assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether evacuation of staff from the
port is needed.
 Exercise and direct operational control over areas other than those affected.
 Maintain a continuous review of possible development and assess in consultation with
work incident controller and other Key Personnel.
 Liaison with Police, Fire Service, Medical Services, Dock Safety Inspectorate and other
Govt. agencies.
 Direct and control rehabilitation of affected area after emergency.
 Respond to actual or threatened releases of hazardous materials not typically responded
but that, as a result of the disaster or emergency, pose a threat to public health or welfare
or to the environment.
 Intimate Off-site Emergency controller if the emergency spreads beyond the factory
premises and likely to affect the surrounding area.
 Ensure that evidence is preserved for enquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities.
 The Site Controller will declare the emergency and he will instruct gate office to operate
the emergency siren after assessing the gravity of the situation
Incident Controller (IC):
 In case of emergency he will rush to the place of occurrence and take overall charge and
report to the Site Controller by personal communication system like cell phones or walky
talky and inform about the magnitude of emergency.
 He will assess the situation and considering the magnitude of emergency he will take
decision and inform Telephone Operator to communicate the news of emergency to
different agencies. What to communicate will be given clearly by him to operator.
 He will give direction to stop all operations within the affected area.
 He will take the charge of Site Controller till the Site Controller arrives.
 He will order for shutdown and evacuation of workers and staffs from affected area.
 He will inform all Key Personnel and all outside agency for help.
 He will inform security and fire officers and MbPT Fire Services.
 He will ensure that all non-essential workers/staff are evacuated to assembly point and
areas searched for casualties.
 He will report all significant development to Site Controller. Moreover he will advise to
preserve evidence of emergency into the cause of emergency.
Safety Coordinator: Assist the emergency operation.
 Advise to avoid escalation of situation.
 Extent technical help based on MSDS and hazards of chemicals, etc.
Traffic Coordinator:
 Act as a link between site and CDC.
 Take/implement decision related to isolation, resources deployment, rescue, despatch
etc.

Page 7-32
 Liaise with other dept. like safety, fire, Engg, services for effective & smooth coordination
of activities.
 Control / stop all loading unloading operation in the section, if required.
 List out all available ambulance with all information. If required, pre-contract with private
ambulance owners.
 Ensure smooth transportation links at all level.
 Arrange transportation of resources needed for emergency.
 To provide necessary man power, equipments, material and logistic support to all
concerned dealing with emergency.
 To provide support for requirement not specifically identified. It addresses the effort and
activity necessary to evaluate, locate, procure and provide essential material/resources
including excess and surplus.
Marine Coordinator:
 To control/stop shipping movement as required.
 To combat and control water, soil and air pollution. Liaise with MPCB.
 To Keep manpower, equipment readily available for shipping movement at any time.
 To carry out disposal of any waste, formed during emergency with help of CE & MCGM.
 To ensure conservation of Port.
Mechanical & Electric Engineering Coordinator: Meet any immediate break down
condition viz. equipment failure, fire line failure etc.
 Liaise Traffic, Safety & utility coordinators to extend assistance in emergency handling by
releasing manpower.
 Meet electrical requirement like power isolation, temporary power connections,
requirement of emergency supply like DG, UPS etc. for essential equipments&
emergency operation. Man MCC, PCC stations.
 Liaise with MSEB for requirement of power etc.
 Release manpower to help in emergency operation, if required.
 Ensure functioning of wireless sets.
 Help in handling break down condition like failure of process logic, fail-safe operation of
instruments etc.
 Restore/provide communication facilities.
 Restore/provide electric supply, lighting equipment, etc.
Finance Coordinator::
 Ensure that cash is made available at any time during emergency.
 Give authorization of purchase to concerned in consultation with CDC and maintain
records thereof.
 Liaise with insure company for information. Coordinate their visit, if required.
 With production services & stores coordinator carryout preliminary assessment of
damage. Ensure that vital evidences are undisturbed for insurance purpose.
C.I.S.F Coordinator:
 Control gates, allow only essential men and vehicles. Allow exit for men & vehicles with
permission of CDC. Keep record of the persons & vehicles going out.
 Control traffic to avoid road chocking. Regulate vehicle movement.
 Depute manpower to cordoning off the affected area.
 Arrange CISF Staff/ QRT for patrolling in the area to maintain law & order situation.
 Cordon off the area, Control and disperse crowd, if required.

Page 7-33
 Regulate and Control personnel evacuation.

Stores Coordinator:
 Man the store during emergency for prompt delivery.
 Keep inventory of items handy for quick delivery.
 Keep safety items ready for issue.
 If require in coordination with accounts arrange for essential local purchase.
Civil Engineering Coordinator:
 Meeting emergency needs like barriers / bund to contain leak, demolition of some / part /
total structure for effective emergency operation.
 Release manpower to help in emergency operation, if required.
 Quick restoration/provision of water supply and drainage system.
 Keep essential utilities running like water for fire water and their pumps as per demand.
 Restoration of roadways, if required.
 Arrange water supply through mobile water tankers.
 Clearance of debris, if any.
 Demolish unsafe structure, if any & construction of safe structures.
Welfare Coordinator:
 Arrange for food, refreshment for the people-fighting emergency.
 Make arrangements for their rest/shelter.
 Coordinate to bring manpower available in company colony.
Medical Coordinator:
 Keep all ambulances ready.
 Keep the antidote & other medicines in stock with sufficient quantity of drugs,
 Surgical equipments ready in hospital/dispensary.
 Activation of Medical facilities with all manpower, supplies and equipments.
 Keep medicine in reserve with mobile medical team on rotational basis.
 Set up trauma counselling desks.
 Perform medical evaluation and treatment as needed.
 Maintain patient tracking and record of their treatment.
 Keep reserve beds in hospital.
Firefighting Coordinator:
 Depute fire-fighting squad with resources for their optimum utilization.
 Develop strategy with SC, IC & Safety coordinator for the fire-fighting, emergency
containment & rescue operation.
 Directs and control operations regarding fire prevention, detection, fire suppression,
rescue and hazardous material incidents.
 Extinguish fire. Be in readiness for additional firefighting assignments as there is a
possibility of secondary fire incidents.
 Advise / assist the rescue operation & handling of casualties.
 Establish search & rescue operation.
 Prioritize the operation to ensure that maximum lives are saved.
 To provide life and property saving assistance to manage fire incidents following
emergencies.
 To provide personnel. Equipment and supplies during firefighting operation.
 Co-ordinate and call for mutual aid members to assist emergency operation and record.

Page 7-34
Civil Defence Resources: (Auxiliary Unit for Training & Awareness)

 Activation of Civil Defence Control Room by Dy. Chairman/CME
 Release manpower of volunteers as per requisition of Disaster Management Control
Room.
 Send Mobile First Aid/rescue, etc team at the site as quickly as possible.
 Send Quick Response Team at sites and establish temporary medical camps.
 To maintain inventory of, and to take optimal use of available resources of MbPT
volunteers.
Telephone operator:
 On receipt of inform of emergency communicate with important persons like CDC, safety,
services, administration. etc.
 Keep the lines free / don’t keep them engage for use if situation demand.
 In case of fire/toxic leakage/spill is discovered and reported but no emergency siren is
operated, he shall ensure the information about the location of the fire/emergency
incident from the person discovered/ notices the above and communicate to different Key
Personnel immediately with clear message.
 Control use of all telephone facilities.
General Administration:
 Liaison with external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals, blood banks, private transports,
press, local-Govt.- statutory authorities, neighbouring industries. Get external aid as per
the site requirement.
 Ensure correct accounting of persons for head count & give feedback to CDC.
 In consultation with CDC release the emergency details.
 Ensure only authenticated information release to avoid confusion.
 Ensure that relatives of victims are informed.
7.2.8 Emergency Procedure

On noticing the fire or leak, the observer will do following based on the resources available:
 Shout as Help - emergency / fire / leak.
 On phone or through cell phone contact immediately to your Sectional Officer and giving
the detail in brief and inform type of emergency, location, etc.
 Try to control the situation by extinguishing fire or stopping / controlling leak. Priority shall
be personal safety while doing so.
 If an imminent threat to personnel exists, obtain instructions from the CDC/SC/IC to
evacuate the area and keep others away. Personnel should not re-enter the area without
CDC approval.
Other Department/employees:
 As mentioned above employees will stop jobs in safe condition & report to dept. & wait for
further instructions.
 As per instructions they will take action or assemble at assembly point for head count.
 Administration and other departments will follow their actions mentioned above.
Traffic Department: If situation is not getting controlled,
 Shut Down of operations
 Seek external aid through the respective coordinator.
 Call evacuation after consulting CDC. Give siren& announce on PA system.

Page 7-35
 Assist in evacuation.
If situation comes under control at site then, Traffic Department after consulting CDC, “all
clear” siren can be given followed by announcement of PA system or sending messenger at
assembly point.
7.2.9 Fire Fighting - Standard Operating Procedure

ON DUTY FIRE MAN IN FIRE CONTROL ROOM:
 On receipt of message on duty fire man will write down all information and call back on
the telephone nos. given by the caller to confirm about the fire.
 After confirming he will press the ‘Fire Bell’.
 He will contact PSFO and Asstt. PSFO.
 After obtaining necessary orders he will deploy necessary crew and send them to attend
the incidence along with necessary equipments and fire tender.
 He will maintain the communication with the riding officer turnout with fire vehicle.
 He will inform the VTMS / Port control.
 He will write all the information received from fire site in occurrence book
 He will provide all the help or reinforcement required at fire ground by informing the
officer present at fire station.
 He will activate the CRISIS management group if situation is beyond control & evacuation
has to carried out, by informing P.A. of Chairman, Dy. Chairman, and all HODs, after the
message received from the Sr. Section leader from the fire ground.
FIRE CREW:
 Fire crew turn out to attend the call within 40 seconds and shall reach the spot and inform
the control room about the site situation
 Fire crew under guidance of Sr. Section leader and orders of PSFO will decide the
course of action for tackling fire and carry out the firefighting operation to extinguish the
fire .
 Fire crew will also carry out necessary rescue operation and shift the casualties to the
hospital in ambulance.
 Fire staff will communicate with seniors from the seat of the fire/ close to fire source of
fire to tackle it as quickly as possible.
 Fire crew will use the resource provided by seniors to tackle the fire and save the life &
property of Mumbai Port Trust.
CONTROL ROOM SUPERVISORS: Control room supervisors keep the reinforcement, ready
(if required) and all emergency nos. ready at desk.
Sr. SECTION LEADER:
 After receiving the message of fire he immediately see that fire vehicle is turn out to the
emergency site within 40 seconds.
 He & crew will go to the fire call.
 After reaching the site he will analyses the situation, severity of fire and surrounding risk.
 He will plan the strategy to tackle the emergency.
 He will organize the rescue operation, if required.
 He will decide the 'Extinguishing media' to be used to tackle the fire,
 He will implement the planning & strategy to tackle the fire/emergency,
 He will evacuate the non-essential people from the site.

Page 7-36
 He will call for the resource like heavy equipment, cranes, BA Sets, emergency
equipment etc. if required to overcome the emergency,
 He will ask for the additional help if required from other agencies,
 He will maintain overall supervision of the situation for the safety of fire fighters and the
surrounding area.
 If situation goes beyond control, PS& FO and Asst. PS & FO will inform him to activate
the CRISIS Management Group
 He will inform the Control room fireman to inform PA of Chairman, Dy. Chairman & all
HODs about the disaster.
 After the fire is extinguished, he will do the rigging of the area to check if anything is still
smouldering or fire is completely extinguished.
 If something still left or reignited he will again start the fire fighting and after completely
knocking down the fire, he will return back to fire station.
7.2.10 Major Fire/Explosion-Response Plan

Page 7-37
7.2.10.1 Major Fire/Explosion- Standard Operating Procedure

TERMINAL MANAGER/VESSEL MASTER/Dy. TRAFFIC MANAGER/VTMS /INFORMER
In the event of fire and explosion in his jurisdiction he will report the incident to the Dy.
Conservator/Dy. Traffic Manager and Port Fire and Safety Officer.
PORT SAFETY & FIRE OFFICER
On receipt of information he will gather relevant information and assess the level of disaster
and will report the incident to the Dy. Conservator/Dy. traffic Manager. And he will deploy
necessary fire resources to tackle the fire and rescue the persons.
DY. CONSERVATOR / DY. TRAFFIC MANAGER / HARBOUR MASTER
On receipt of information from port fire and safety officer he will report the incident to the Dy.
chairman or chairman being a Chief Disaster Controller and chairman of crises management
group
CRISIS MANAGEMENT GROUP
On receipt of information CMG will respond as follows:
 Declare crisis level.
 Declaration of emergency, evacuation, all clear, dispatch etc.
 Establishing Emergency Control Center (ECC).
 Taking final decision of course of action. Disclosure of information to press etc.
 Co-ordinate with other agencies and organization, Mutual Aid Group when capabilities
are exceeded.
 Co-ordinate and organize resources in preparing for responding to and recovering from
hazardous material incidents, which may impact life and property.
 Declare danger zone. Advice Police/District Authorities regarding evacuation of public in
vicinity/vulnerable zone.
 Authorize procurement of material.
 Take decision to declare “Off-site Emergency”
 Keep liaison with Secretary -State Govt. Agencies and Secretary- Most & Central Govt.
Agencies
ACTION/ON SITE GROUP
Apply resources monitor work and provide necessary information and feed back to Crises
Management Group for further improvement and necessary support and action.

Page 7-38
7.2.11 Response Plan when Tanker on Fire at Marine Oil Terminal

Page 7-39
7.2.11.1 Standard Operating Procedure - Tanker on Fire at Marine Oil Terminal

MASTER OF VESSEL
 Will immediately report the incident to the Dock Master JD/ PirPau, and Dock Master
Control Station on channel-12 or by phone, VTMS and Terminal/Jetty Fire Service in-
charge.
 Sounds alarm
 Initiates vessel response plan
 Cease cargo operation-advises loading master-closes manifold valves.
 Fire Flighting squads commence contain fire-status-extent damage-casualties
 Advises VTMS and Port fire service status on VHF
 If necessary requests additional resources or-evacuation injured
 On arrival PFS and action group- coordinates with them to fight fire
 Keeps engines on standby to move the ship from berth.
FIRE SERVICE
 Port Fire Service will immediately turnout to he site within 40 sec.
 Tackle the fire, using foam or other extinguishing media to knock down the fire .
 Carryout rescue operation & save the life of people.
 Starts cooling ship side with water jet & tug fire fighting system.
 PFS will liaison with MARG-for help if required.
 On arrival of action group coordinates with Dy. Conservator and Master of the tanker for
firefighting.
 Arrange back up of Mumbai Sewaree, Oil Terminal Companies.
DY. CONSERVATOR
 He will proceed to the VTMS/DMCR.
 He will assess level of crisis.
 If at level 2 or 3 will inform Crisis Management Group through VTMS
 Cooperation to Master water jets, Sprinklers firefighting tugs, pilot, mooring, de-berthing
evacuate injured keep CMG informed.
DOCK MASTER- JD & PP
 Dock Master is overall incharge of Jawahar Dweep and will inform Deputy Conservator
about disaster.
 He will Proceed to the berth /Jetty.
 He will alert other vessels on the adjacent berths.
 He will suspend Cargo operation on all adjacent berths by informing the Master of the Oil
companies.
 He will inform VTMS/Port Control to provide the additional Port & Harbour Tugs, Mooring
Launches in tackling the disaster if necessary.
 He will instruct private Tug, available on Island, to assist in evacuation and any other
help.
 In consultation with DC, opt for the casting off the vessel/s to the emergency anchorage.
 He will keep the D.C. posted the situation.
 For evacuation, if required , he will arrange Helicopter from Indian Navy.
 Takes over charge from Action Group at control room if crisis is agreed at level 2 or 3.

Page 7-40
 Coordinate at district, state, national level including Ministry of Shipping if crisis level 2 or
3
 Restore berth operational
 Complete maritime accident report
 Complete situation report
 Survey and cost damage to port installation
 Hold meeting of all concerned parties
 Seek compensation
 Initiate Fact finding inquiry and submit final report.
ACTION/ON SITE GROUP: Apply resources monitor work and provide necessary
information and feed back to Crises Management Group for further improvement and
necessary support and action
7.2.12 Response Plan during Drowning of Dock Worker at JD
7.2.12.1 Standard Operating Procedure - Drowning of Dock Worker at JD

TERMINAL JETTY STAFF: Will report the incidence to the Action Group, Port Fire Services
JD and Dock Master, JD.
ACTION GROUP: Dock Master; Sr. Sec Leader, Port Fire Service; JR. Engr. OPL ME

Page 7-41
PORT FIRE SERVICE

 Proceeds to location of the mishap.
 Start rescue operation in collaboration with salvage section.
 Arrange for transportation for casualty shifting to hospital
DOCK MASTER
 Use tug, mooring launches for search of the person. Direct all people on the jetty
including oil company representative shore crew, agents etc to keep sharp visual look
out. Keep life jackets and life buoy ready for throw n to person if & when sighted
 Inform VTMS to transmit navigation warning for all vessels in the vicinity, JNPT, NAVY,
COAST GUARD on channel 12
 Direct port fire service staff to go on mooring launch for rescue operation.
 Inform Jr. Engr. OPL to arrange for extra light.
 On rescue arrange for transportation by launch/tug to new pir pau bearth for shifting the
person to hospital.
 Inform police authorities on island.
 Prepare incident report and send it to the concerned.
MOORING LAUNCH AND TUG
 Standby to search area as per Dock Masters directions
 Keep life buoy and heaving line ready.
C I S F: He shall proceed to site and control law and order and render help as required by
the Action Aroup.
PORT HOSPITAL – CASUALTY I/C: On receipt of information, shall keep the Ambulance
with first aid team at new Pirpau jetty for transfer of victim and provide immediate medical
attention.
7.2.13 Response Plan for Vessel Collision

Action to be considered BY PORT VESSEL
IMMEDIATE ACTION
1. Take all the measures to manoeuvre - Officer on Watch/Master
vessel to safety & if necessary anchor
the vessel.
2. Slow down and stop main engines
3. Sound Emergency Alarm:
4. Check for possibility of oil pollution
5. Effect appropriate damage and pollution
controls
INITIAL RESPONSE-COMMAND CENTRE
1. Establish communication with other Action Group Command Centre
vessel and exchange information HM with
2. Advise other vessels to keep clear-Hoist standby tugs
NUC Lights
3. Advise port for assistance
4. Advises agents of status requests
surveyors-Class-P&I-Salvage
association-owners Supdt.
5. Secure evidence and maintain adequate

Page 7-42
Action to be considered BY PORT VESSEL

records
FURTHER RESPONSE-EMERGENCY TEAM
1. Inspects/assesses damaged area- Action Group Emergency team
reports to Command Centre-In case oil U/WATER welding
leakage determine whether separating salvage
vessels will increase oil spill rate
2. Ascertains oil pollution-ascertains leak
source- if pollution requests port for
immediate assistance
3. Harbourmaster and Exe Mech. Engineer
board vessel to inspect both vessels
with standby tugs
4. Sounds all bilge, ballast and fuel tanks
5. Transfer oil from leaking tanks
6. Checks damage stability and stress
criteria
7. Effects damage control and temporary
repairs to stop oil leakage with the
assistance of port action group and
underwater welding team or salvage
group
8. Check if deck cargo on board such as
containers are secured or have fallen
overboard
SECONDARY RESPONSE- SUPPORT TEAM
1. Provide First Aid - Support Team
2. Prepare Lifeboats
3. Shut All W/T doors and vents
4. Assist as directed
FURTHER RESPONSE-ENGINEERS TEAM
1. Attend engine room controls and Harbour Master Engineers Team
services
2. Investigate engine room for damages
and water ingress
3. Check switchboard for low insulation
4. Check steering gear
5. Report status of main engine and
auxiliaries to Command Centre and
Harbour master
6. If vessels have blocked channel-tugs
standby and vessels taken to repair
berth/anchorage awaiting class
surveyors recommendations

Page 7-43
7.2.13.1 Response Plan

Page 7-44
7.2.14 Oil Spill Contingency
7.2.14.1 At Marine Oil Terminal – Standard Operating Procedure

MASTER/CAPTAIN OF VESSEL/ LOADING MASTER /ANY WATCH STAFF: Immediately
inform the incident to the Dock Master, Jawahar Dweep through VTMS/VHF/Telephone,
Loading/ Discharging In-charge of the concerned Oil Company through wireless, and
Superintendent/ Technical supervisor, MOT Jawahar Dweep /Pir Pau, through EPABX by
raising a Fire Alarm. It can be also be operated by anybody anywhere at Jawahar Dweep /
Pir Pau.
An information shall consists of
 Name of the Vessel/Oil Pipe Line involved
 Position of the Vessel/Oil Pipe Line
 Details of oil and chemical spill
 Severity of the situation
 Details of help to be provided
 In case of chemical spill – details of incompatibility, if any.
 Any other information deemed necessary to mitigate the emergency.
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (W), MOT Jawahar Dweep
 Takes immediate measures for the stoppage of the leakage. If the leakage is from a
running pipeline, he takes systematic steps for stopping of operation, closing of valves
after sufficient dropping of line pressure and plugging the leak.
 He also takes action for the cleaning of the spillage in co-ordination with the Oil Company
involved in the operation along with the Port Fire Brigade.
 In case of major leak he gives information to the Pollution Control Cell at BPX.
DOCK MASTER (JD)
 Informs Chairman/Deputy Chairman.
 He has also to inform Coast Guards if the spill is large.
 If necessary a help shall be sought from members of mutual aid Group as per
Memorandum of Understanding between Mumbai Port Trust, Jawaharlal Nehru Port
Trust, Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited and other participating oil companies on the
implementation of the National Oil Spill Disaster Contingency Plan (NOS-DCP) within
Mumbai Harbor is signed on 18.02.2011
 He informs Security/Police to cordon of the area, and regulate traffic movement.
DIRECTOR POLLUTION CONTROL CELL: To take all necessary legal steps of sampling,
analysis, sealing etc. for legal action against the ship master/captain as laid down in the port
rules for breach of Port regulations.
After cleanup operation the waste material is brought to shore for suitable disposal.
Contact Numbers
Name of the Organisation EPABX No. Public
Tel. No.
Fire Service Station, JD 5845,5844 -------
Exe. Eng. (M) MOT, JD 5855 2454 2030
Asst. Exe. Eng. (W) (Ele.) 5854 2454 2028
Asst. Exe. Eng. (W) (OPL) 5852
CISF Security Chowkey 5885, 5808 -------

Page 7-45
Name of the Organisation EPABX No. Public

Tel. No.
Dock Master, JD 5874/ 5873 2454 2029
BPCL Sr. Operation Manager 5821, 5822, 5825 -------
HPCL Office 5815 -------
IOC Office 5814 -------
ONGC Office 5816 -------
7.2.14.2 Oil Spill Through Vessel - Standard Operating Procedure

MASTER OF VESSEL/ PILOTS/JETTY INCHARGE/ANY OTHER PERSON WHO NOTICE
THE SPILL
Shall inform the incidence to the port VTMS through wireless or to Harbour Master on
telephone.
MASTER/ VESSEL ACTION
 Sounds alarm
 Initiates Response Plan
 Cease all cargo operation-advises loading master-closes manifold valves.
 Advises VTMS station status on VHF 16/12
 Commences taking actions to contain spill. Request additional resources.
 Keeps engines on standby to move the ship from berth
DOCK MASTER CONTROL STATION: Will immediately inform the incidents to CRISIS
MANGMT GROUP and ACTION GROUP
ACTION GROUP: Harbour Master
 Will assess level of crisis.
 Keeps standby tugs, pilot, mooring boats Uses tugs and port resources to contain &
control spill.
 Collects spill oil if spill small large spill-Coast Guards/ Contractor.
 Takes over charge from Action Group at control room if crisis is agreed at level 2 or 3
 If at level 2 or 3 will inform Crisis Management Group thru VTMS
 D.G.Shipping shall be informed & appraised of the situation
 Coordinate at District, State, National level including MOST if crisis level 2 or 3(MPCB,
MoEFCC)
 Informs Coast Guard-clean up contractors
 Restore berth operational
 Question witnesses
 Complete maritime accident report
 Give press reports
 Survey and cost damage to port installation
 Hold meeting of all concerned parties
 Seek compensation
 Distribute final report to concerned authorities.

Page 7-46
7.2.14.3 Oil Spill Response Equipment

List of Tier-1 Oil Spill Response (OSR) Equipment available at OSR Centre at MOT-Jawahar
Dweep is provided in Chapter 2, Table 2-14.
7.2.15 Natural Hazards
7.2.15.1 Cyclones - Standard Operating Procedure

 The Cyclone Contingency Plan will come into force as soon as the storm warning signal
No.5 or higher is hoisted (see Annexure for list of signals). OR, when the Port
organization has gathered enough data to forecast that a cyclone threat is close and
imminent.
 The Civil Defence Control Room will come into operation at the Nirman Bhavan,
Mazgaon. The Staff Officer, Civil Defence will be in charge of the Civil Defence Control
Room.
 Storm warning signals will be hoisted at the No. 14, Victoria Dock and at the Jawahar
Dweep by the respective Dock Masters.
 Dock Master VTMS will inform Civil Defence Controller, Deputy Conservator/HM
telephonically the status of worsening weather conditions and storm signals.
 All the departmental Control Rooms will be made functional in their respective offices.
 The Civil Defence Control Room will be in constant touch with the District and Local
Administration for rescue and relief operation.
 Cyclone station, cyclone co-ordination centre and control rooms will function round the
clock and will be closed only after obtaining the necessary orders from the Chairman.
Press reports will be released through the chairman’s office.
 The Heads of Departments may keep an eye on the Signal station as telephone link may
be ineffective. Cell telephones/Satcom/walkie talkie will be put to immediate use.
Precautionary measures will have to be taken by each department immediately after the
receipt of the warning signal (details as follows)
 The following steps shall be immediately taken:
 All leave of pilots and marine personnel stands cancelled
MARINE DEPARTMENT: The HM or any of his deputed managers will make 6 hourly, or if
required make frequent, visit to the VTMS station and will apprise the cyclone station of the
developments. If the storm is observed on the radar screen, the visiting officer will inform the
HM and cyclone station. The HM will liaise with the DC at all times. Hourly weather fax
pictures will be obtained directly or through a vessel in port with SATCOM.
Under the overall supervision of the HM, the specific duties of marine personnel will be as
given below:
Senior Pilot /Dock master
 He will keep in touch with the Harbour Master who will be responsible for the operation of
the Cyclone Station and will issue necessary standing orders for the purpose.
 Senior pilot will keep close liaison with P & T Department, Radar Station, Police Wireless
Station, Coast Guard HQ, and Ships in Port in regard to the likely weather conditions in
the near future using SATCOM weather fax.
 He will prepare special signals and promulgate them to the Masters of the vessels,
dredgers, tugs and any other crafts in Port. He will inform the Masters of all vessels at the
berths to double the moorings, put out insurance wires and to keep engine ready to
proceed out to sea if situation warrants. Decision regarding sending ships to the

Page 7-47
anchorage will be taken depending on the strength of the wind likely to be encountered
and number of vessels in the Port.
 He will maintain a close liaison and co-ordination with the Manager Engineering Services
for arranging the staff for manning the Port Crafts.
VTMS Station
Sufficient number of staff will be detailed in accordance with the HM’s instructions.
 They will keep in close touch with the man signal station. The staff of signal station/port
office will remain on duty until they are relieved by next shift staff or till alternative
arrangements are made or till the storm has passed and the HM releases them.
 Every two hourly barometer reading will be recorded after cyclone warning signal No.3 is
hoisted but the same will be made hourly if further upward signal is placed.
 One ‘Aldis’ lamp with battery will be kept ready at signal station.
 The VTMS station will maintain a continuous watch on channel 16. VTMS station will
keep Civil Defence Control Room informed of all the messages received by telephone,
VHF sets or by messenger.
 VTMS station will inform the Dock Master / Sr. Pilot on duty any buoys or crafts are seen
adrift or any Port installation is seen or informed to be in danger.
 The staff on duty will have sufficient provisions to stay on duty for a period ranging from
24 hours to 48 hours.
 VTMS station will receive weather facsimile report from New Delhi or any other station
and pass on to the HM and Traffic Manager for information.
SR. Duty Pilot
 He will detail one shore gang consisting of minimum one Sarang, and 5 ratings to remain
on duty as emergency duty squad unit being relieved by the next shift staff.
 He will take all necessary steps for the safety of the Port crafts. It will be ensured that all
other crafts are placed at safe place and properly secured excepting one pilot launch and
one stand by launch used for inspection and emergency duties.
 He will ensure all barges will be secured at safe place along with emergency squad will
make frequent round (minimum two hourly) to check the safety of Port Crafts.
 He along with emergency squad will make frequent round (minimum two hourly) to check
the safety of Port Crafts.
 Fender and extra lengths of ropes/wires will be kept ready so as to attend to any craft
whose moorings may part.
 Sufficient provision food will be kept as staff may have to stay for 24 to 48 hours.
Master of tug/pilot launches and other launches
 Masters of respective crafts will notify their staff to remain on board until they are relieved
by next shift staff or Senior Duty Pilot releases them from duty.
 Masters will shift their respective crafts at suitable places as directed by the HM/Traffic
Manager and will secure them suitably with additional moorings. Masters of respective
crafts will be responsible for proper securing and safety.
 Masters will keep the engines of their crafts ready to proceed at short notice as per the
instructions of the Manager Marine Services
 Extra fenders will be kept ready on board the Tug for use as required.
 Master will see that sufficient provision is kept for staff on board as period of stay may
range from 24 to 48 hours.
 If any craft is seen adrift or any other port installation is seen in danger, the Master of the
crafts will immediately inform the VTMS.

Page 7-48
CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT: The cyclone mitigation team shall be headed by

Chief Engineer in co-ordination with the Executive Controller Civil Defence. The Chief
Engineer will be the head of the Team.
Allocation of Duties
 The head of the field units shall intimate the Civil Defence Control Room about formation
of their team by name with accountability. The field units may include assistance as
required by them including their names in the formation of the team.
 On completion of the task, the head of the field unit shall fill up the check list and intimate
the CD control room and on getting clearance from the control room, the field unit shall
disperse.
The Field Units COMPOSITION will be as follows:
Chief Eng. -1 Asst. Exe. Eng (Civil ) -1
Dy. Chief Eng. (Gen) - 1 Dy. C. M. E. (Ele) -1
Sr. Exe. Eng. (GW) - 1 Dy. C. M. E. (Mech.) -1
(ND/SD/MOT) Marine Eng. -1
Precautionary Measures
 Cyclone warning signals shall be communicated to all field units from Civil Defence
Control Room.
 The field units shall communicate the signal to all the staff of the Divisions. Individual
workers shall be intimated through special messenger/loud speakers/public address
system, if possible.
General Functions of Field Units
 All the outside installations and equipment shall be properly secured.
 Safety of workmen on duty shall be given priority during action and all efforts shall be
made to evacuate departmental held up workmen.
 Operator’s cabin doors of all the equipment and vehicles shall be kept shut.
 Doors and windows of permanent buildings must be properly shut.
 Important documents/files/records must be stored well above the floor vessel.
 Power supply to be switched off before leaving the building.
SPECIFIC DUTY: The duties of task force shall be as follows:
Mechanical & Electrical Engineering Department
Senior Executive Engineer, CME’s Department will supervise and ensure the following
 All the mobile cranes to be brought to a safe place, booms of the cranes to be lowered
and jacked. Cabin doors and panels to be closed.
 All wharf cranes to be properly anchored on the rail, slewing to be blocked and booms to
be placed at the highest position and to be retained by two turn buckles. End stops on the
rail must be checked. Booms will remain in the direction of the track, so that more
distance is kept between the ship at the berth and the cabin of the wharf crane.
 Rolling and slewing movement of all cranes must be blocked.
 Forklifts and all heavy equipment shall be parked inside the shed.
Superintending Engineer (Mechanical)
 Electrical Sub-stations will be manned during the cyclone.
 Food and drinking water to be provided to all points, which are to be manned during the
cyclone.

Page 7-49
 One emergency vehicle shall be providing to Electrical Engineer, Electrical power for
attending to various duties.
 CME’s-Motor shop & Auto Workshop
 Motor Shop & Auto workshop shall be manned by a skeletal staff to attend to vehicle
breakdown.
 Six nos. 24 volt batteries, one self-starter and one dynamo to be kept as standby for
emergency use. Emergency spares to attend to vehicle breakdowns shall be retained by
Auto Workshop.
 All the unused vehicles shall be parked inside the shed.
 Executive Engineer, Workshop Division will have a temporary advance if required to meet
POL and food requirement and other contingency.
CME’s -Loco Shed
 Loco engines to be housed inside the shed and the engines parked outside shall be
properly blocked.
 The point to the shed line to be blocked.
 All derailing equipment, batteries and tools shall be kept ready for emergency use.
 Two groups of wagon staff to be identified and kept as standby.
 The cross and long travel of the EOT crane to be blocked and hook to be anchored.
CME’s- Workshop
 The Workshop shall be manned by one set of staff consisting of one Machinist, one
Fitter, one Welder and three Helpers to attend to emergency requirement.
 Power supply to all the machinery and equipment to be shut off.
 Doors and windows to be kept shut.
Chief Engineer’s Department-Civil Works
 The Dy. Chief Engineer (Gen) shall identify 3 to 4 local contractors and keep them as
stand by to meet emergency requirements such as requirement for manpower,
equipment etc.
 The Contractors, if any, already engaged in some site works shall be intimated about the
cyclone warning and directed to take necessary precautionary measures to prevent loss
of life and damage to machinery /equipment and Port Trust’s assets.
 Temporary building roofs will be checked carefully and any missing or loose A.C. sheets
or ‘J’ hooks will be changed, if necessary.
 Any crack in cement parapets on buildings will be adequately repaired.
 The hinges and closing appliances of all the doors and windows will be checked.
 All the drains and obstructions in the creeks/culverts should be cleaned for easy
discharge of sludge water.
 One Section Officer will be posted for each of the above jobs who will also take up
immediate repair to roads, breaches and buildings, clearance of roads and water logging
and other jobs which may crop up during and after the cyclone will be responsible for
above jobs.
 The Executive Engineer will post one Asst. Engineer exclusively to look after Navigational
aids, fenders; transit shed doors and roofs etc. along with necessary staff.
 The Executive Engineer deploys one Asst. Engineer along with necessary staff to look
after the sea wall maintenance and nourishment. Wherever breach is noticed along side
the sea-wall, immediate steps shall be taken to close it.
 For the above purpose he shall keep ready 3,000 to 4,000 empty cements bags to be
used as sand bags.

Page 7-50
 All measures to be taken to minimise uprooting of trees.

Chief Engineer’s Department (Water Supply)
 During cyclone, each pump house shall be manned by a team headed by at least one
Assistant Engineer.
 Diesel engines for raw water and clean water, all pump house equipment and all
generator sets meant for water supply shall be tried out and kept ready.
 The diesel pumping sets are to be kept in running condition to meet the demand in case
of power failure.
 Sufficient quantities of bleaching powder, alum etc. is kept for water treatment during
cyclone period.
 As soon as the contingency plan is made operational all the water tanks should be filled
up and standby arrangement for supply of water to be made with special provision for the
hospital.
General
 After receiving the cyclone warning, different site-in-charge of Engineering Department
will alert the firms/contractors executing the projects to take necessary steps for safety of
the workmen/equipment/ materials.
 Door and window fittings of the Administrative building should be checked up by
Engineer-in-charge to ensure closing of the same during cyclone.
OPERATIONS/TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT
Traffic Manager will take the following measures:
 All loading/unloading operations to cease-hatches closed-cranes secured
 All the cargoes under Port’s custody, lying outside and likely to get damaged, will be
shifted to Transit Sheds/Ware Houses.
 Doors of the sheds will be closed and properly secured.
 He will visit the site and inspect the arrangements.
RAILWAY MANAGER’S DEPARTMENT
Railway Manager will ensure the following:
 Yard Master personally takes over the charge of yard supervision instead of leaving the
same to shift staff and keeps chains and clamps ready.
 Movement of wagons is stopped when wind speed exceeds the operational limit (70 KM
per hour).
 All the rolling stock on tracks is clamped/chained both in Port area and exchange yard
and the locomotives (if in danger) are returned to Loco Shed.
 The locomotives should be properly secured and clamped.
CIVIL DEFENCE CONTROL ROOM :
 Executive Controller Civil Defence will remain overall in-charge of the Civil Defence
Control Room. He will coordinate through the Departmental Control Rooms, Warden
Offices and Incident Control Officers at the sites. He should keep informed Chairman, Dy.
Chairman and Ministry of Shipping from time to time.
 Controller shall make a duty roster for the manning of the Control Room by the officers of
various departments. The Civil Defence Control Room will keep constant touch with the
Local & District Administration for rendering necessary assistance.

Page 7-51
 The Controller will make necessary arrangement for the announcement by mike in the
MbPT Colonies regarding precautionary measures to be taken during cyclone.
 The Controller in co-ordination with the Chief Welfare Officer will make necessary
arrangement for evacuating people from the following areas, which are considered to be
low lying. They will be shifted to relief centres as indicated below:
Area Relief Centre School

Tejas Nagar Nadkarni Park Welfare Centre MbPT School, Wadala
 The Controller will requisition required number of vehicles from various departments for
the rescue and relief operation. He will also detail Officers to remain in-charge of various
relief centres.
 Orders of the Chairman port will be communicated to various port quarters for necessary
implementation and also passed the same to the coordinator Port trust for joint
cooperation.
ACCOUNTS DEPARTMENT
 All the departments may inform the Financial Adviser & Chief Accounts Officer the
amount of cash required by them so that the same can be kept in the chest and can be
disbursed by one of the Officers of the Finance & Accounts Department as per need.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT
 Ambulances have to be kept manned and standby at all times at Port Trust Hospital.
 Mobile medical facility, if required, may be made available.
STORES DEPARTMENT
 The Materials Manager will ensure the following :
 During cyclone season sufficient stock of stores like AC sheets, ‘J’ Hooks, screw hinges,
gunny bags, tarpaulins, ropes and wires for Port Crafts, diesel oil, kerosene oil, hurricane
lantern, petromax lamps, torch lights with batteries and bulbs, electrical items etc. are
kept.
 All the materials which are likely to get damaged with rain are covered with tarpaulin.
 One Store Keeper and the other minimum staff required to issue materials including POL
are kept during emergency.
SECURITY SECTION
Chief Security Officer will make arrangement for the following:
 To keep extra vigil on the all stores/buildings which are likely to be affected by the
Cyclone.
 Till normally is restored, arrangement will be made for thorough checks on all out-going
vehicles to guard against pilferage.
POST CYCLONE DUTIES
 All the Heads of the Departments are required to assess the damage and submit a
detailed report indicating the estimate to the Dy. Chairman. For this, a team may be
formed comprising Senior Pilot, Traffic Manager, Chief Engineer, Chief Mechanical
Engineer and assistant with one representative from the Finance Department. The
preliminary report is to be submitted within 3 hours and detailed report within three days.
 Hydrographic survey to be conducted to assess the channel condition and shipping to
resume as early as possible.

Page 7-52
 In case of any small craft sunk or grounded, the same to be removed to make the
channel/berth safe for navigation.. HM will detail a salvage party headed by Senior Pilot
for this purpose.
 A team of Officers to be nominated by Civil Defence to supervise the rescue and relief
operation and disposal of animal carcasses in coordination with the local and District
Administration.
 Mobile medical service, if required, to be provided by the Medical Department. Preventive
measures for epidemics to be taken care of.
 All the operating systems to be attended urgently and made operational as early as
possible on war footing basis to resume operation.
 Water supply and electricity to be given priority. The electrical cabling net work to be
checked area-wise.
 All damaged temporary roofed houses in the port premises will be attended to.
 The Materials Manager will nominate a team for the procurement and supply of essential
materials for repair of various structures and equipment as reported.
 To assess the progress of repair works, Heads of Departments meeting will be held daily
till normalcy is restored.
Beaufort Wind Scale
CODE DESCRIPTION KM/HR CODE DESCRIPTION KM/HR
TERM
1 Light Air 4 7 Near Gale 60
2 Light Breeze 10 8 Gale 74
3 Gentle Breeze 18 9 Strong gale 88
4 Moderate Breeze 26 10 Storm 104
5 Fresh Breeze 38 11 Violent Storm 120
6 Strong Breeze 48 Hurricane/ cyclone >120
7.2.15.2 Floods – Standard Operating Procedure

CHIEF ENGINEERS DEPARTMENT:
 Rain drain system in the port and roads leading to the port before onset of monsoon is
clear
 Topo sheets of the entire plan jurisdiction of contour intervals of less than 0.5 m should
be made available
 Potential inundated areas are to be identified in the port area
 Trailer mounted portable Diesel pump sets standby with sufficient length hoses
 Sand bags to be used around sensitive areas
LOCAL MUNICIPAL CORPORATION
 Topo sheets to be studied and potential inundated areas to be identified.
 Entire rain drain system to be cleared
 Contractors of Earthmoving equipment to be identified and placed on list.
 Trailer mounted portable Diesel pump sets standby with sufficient length hoses.
ACTION GROUP/CRISIS MANAGEMENT GROUP/THE FIELD UNITS
 Disseminate rain forecast received from IMD to WARD CONTROL ROOM
 All the outside installations and equipment shall be properly secured.
 Safety of workmen on duty shall be given priority during action and all efforts shall be
made to evacuate departmental held up workmen.
 Doors and windows of permanent buildings must be properly shut.

Page 7-53
 Important documents/files/records must be stored well above the floor vessel.

 Power supply to be switched off before leaving the building.
 Coordinate with other stake holders as per requirement
 Alert citizens through SMS Media in case of heavy to very heavy rainfall
 Monitor rainfall on AWS (33 locations, 35 AWS)
Sr. Dy. Manager (Welfare): To provide drinking water, food, blankets and shelter
7.2.15.3 Earth Quake - Standard Operating Procedure

Page 7-54
7.2.16 De-Activation or Restoration
7.2.17 Evacuation
7.2.17.1 Assembly Point

 Gathering at Landing Jetty, MOT, JD for going by launch to No. 14 Victoria Dock/MOT Pir
Pau Jetty.
 Gathering at Helipad, JD, air lifted by Indian Navy to Naval Base, Mumbai in extreme
emergency when launch service not feasible.

Page 7-55
7.2.17.2 Equipment at the Assembly Point

(i) First aid box,
(ii) Telephone,
(iii) List of telephone number
(iv) Stretchers
7.2.17.3 Temporary Shelters/Safe Zones

In the event of a probable disaster like flood, release of toxic gas from nearby industry,
affected population MbPT colony residents would have to be transported to intermediate
temporary shelter. The temporary shelters identified for Port are Welfare Centre / school at
Wadala/extended docks shed. In case of failure of the above arrangement, Municipal /
District Authority will be contacted for evacuation and shelters.
7.2.17.4 Relief
As a part of emergency relief Port Trust to consider 500 gm of rice per day per adult and 250
gm of rice per day per child. Relief of this scale should be catered to by consent of collector
for a period of 3 days whereas a relief of 7 days could be obtained with the approval of
District Collector. Extension of relief beyond 15 days could be sought from the State
Government or Central Government.
Chief Medical Officer, Medical Department, should make arrangement for the immunization
of the Port Trust Employees and staff engaged for relief and rescue operations. Necessary
arrangement for handling trauma and other injury cases in the First Aid Centers or at Port
Trust Hospital shall be made. Asst. Exe. Engineer, Water Section, Chief Engineer’s
Department should make necessary arrangement for the supply of drinking water to the
temporary relief shelters.
7.2.17.5 Transportation
The Executive Controller, Civil defense, should be the overall in-charge of transport as far as
relief and rescue operation is concerned. All the departments should send their idle
vehicle(s), which are not engaged in emergency duty of the department along with the driver
to the Civil Defense. Usage of those vehicle(s) will be maintained by the Civil Defence Office.
7.2.17.6 Temporary Evacuation Centre

The temporary evacuation centre shall be looked after by the following officers:
 Welfare Officer, Nadkarni Park Colony and Welfare Officer, Tejas Nagar shall ensure that
the Temporary Evacuation Centres are established in the schools / Welfare Centre at
Wadala.
 Asst. Executive Engineer, GWND, Seva Bhavan, shall ensure adequate quantity of
drinking water supply at all the temporary evacuation centers.
 CMO shall ensure that necessary medicine and medical assistance at the temporary
evacuation centers is available.
 Labour Officer and Catering Officer of the Chief Welfare Officer’s Department shall take
care of the requirement for food for the evacuees in the temporary evacuation centers.
NAME OF WELFARE CENTRE ADDRESS
Nadkarni Park Kalyan Kendra 7641 7642 7643 Nadkarni Park, Wadala
MbPT School -- Nadkarni Park, Wadala
(Adjacent to Port Trust Hospital)
Any available vacant shed in the -- Address will be given by Dy. Docks

Page 7-56
NAME OF WELFARE CENTRE ADDRESS

docks/ extended dock area Manager, during emergency.
7.2.17.7 Contact with Railways & State Road Transport Corporation

Staff Officer Civil Defence should ensure for the smooth movement of workers/employees
for which he may get in touch with the officers of BEST and apprise them about the situation
so that the movement of staff is not suffered.
7.2.18 Medical and First Aid
7.2.18.1 Medical and First Aid and Relief Centers

Port Trust Hospital at Wadala with 242 beds including ICU beds is working round the clock
and ready to act in case of any emergencies. At present 39 doctors are on the roster and
most of them are staying in the quarters within the Hospital compound. Most of the nurses
are also staying in the quarters located within the compound and thereby, their services can
be availed within a short period. In case of emergency, 38nos. of additional beds can be
made available. Two ambulances are kept on standby duty at Hospital and one at Hamallage
Building and another at Fire Brigade Station, Prince’s Dock. Dispensaries are located
throughout the MbPT estate at strategic locations and are operational during day time, which
can be utilised as First aid centre and relief centre. In emergency the staff at hospital has to
carry out their regular duties in war footing.
7.2.18.2 Contact Numbers

POST LOCATION TEL. NO.
First Aid Post No 1 Ballard Estate Dispensary 4720, 4721, 4722
5673, 5678,
First Aid Post No.2 Carnac Bunder Dispensary
2261 2933 D
6233, 6232
First Aid Post No.3 Dock Yard Dispensary
2376 6597 D
Reynold Road Dispensary, 7389, 7391, 7399
First Aid Post No. 4
Wadala 2412 1296 D
Antop Village Dispensary, 7688/89/98/78
First Aid Post No.5
Nadkarni Park 2412 5778
Ambulance Service,
Port Department 5039
Post No. 1
Ambulance Service Hamallage Building
5471, 5472
Post NO. 2 Asst. Manager Docks
Ambulance Service Fire Station, Yellow Gate, Prince’s
6261/6260
Post No. 3 Dock
7.2.19 Mutual Aid Response Group

Eight Industries in the Chembur-Mahul Area and eighteen industries in the Wadala – Sewree
Area spreading over 10 Square Kms. have formed Two Mutual Aid Response Groups under
the guidance of the Directorate of Industrial Safety & Health (DISH). Mostly all the members
industries are handling, storing and transporting petroleum products through pipelines and
tank lorries. Major pipelines are owned by the port. The Chembur – Mahul Mutual Aid
Response Group is functioning under the chairmanship Senior most Officer of one of the
MARG company along with one conveyor of the group.
All the industries in the group have their “On-Site Emergency Plan” and are equipped with
adequate facilities and man-power for firefighting and to cope-up with any kind of disaster
within their boundary limits. In case of major emergencies in any of the member industries

Page 7-57
beyond the individual’s capacity to cope up the Mutual Aid Group has agreed to share
resources, information and expertise in that situation to save life and property.
7.2.19.1 Contact Numbers

MARG - CHEMBUR – MAHUL AREA
S. No. Name of the Member Industry Telephone No.
1 M/S. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation, Wadala 2507 6605
2 M/S. RCF, Fire Station 2552 2222
3 BARC, Fire Station 2550 5176
4 TATA Fire Station 6717 5555
5 M/S. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. F/Stn. 2553 3701 / 4
6 CTTL Fire Station 6703 0114 / 5
7 Aegis Fire Station 2554 7366
8 IOBL, Control Room 2554 2725
MARG – SEWREE – WADALA AREA

S.No. Phone no. of other Industries in the area Telephone No.
2412 8598
1. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation, Wadala
2412 9801
2. Godrej Industries Ltd., (Food Division), Wadala (E) 2418 8152 / 55 / 58
3. I. B. P. Co. Ltd., Wadala 2414 6621 / 2412 3901
4. Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., Wadala 2418 1281 / 2411 4390
5. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd., Wadala 2414 3477
6. Castrol India Ltd., Wadala 5684 9200 / 2454 1496
2404 5785 / 2403
1720/2401 2400
7. Mahanagar Gas Limited
(emergency)/
9324941244
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd., Benzene,
8. 2414 6400 / 2412 3640
Sewree
9. I. B. P. Co. Ltd., Sewree 2414 7129 / 2415 0078
10. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd., Sewree I 2412 3284
11. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd., (B/O), Sewree 2415 8902 / 2412 3640
12. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd., Sewree II 2414 3700 / 2418 0227
13. Hisdustan Lever Ltd.,HajiBunder Road 2370 6700
14. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd., Mazgaon 2371 3807 / 71/ 75
15. Indian Oil Corporation Ltd., Sewree 2413 6259/ 2412 3806
16. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. 2414 3587
7.2.20 Important Telephone Numbers

Crisis Management Team
PORT POSITION OFF. TEL. RES. TEL. MOBILE EPABX (O)
9820031310
Chairman 2262 1234 ----- 4011
9870100865
2218 5021 9820031315
Deputy Chairman 2261 5049 4012
4900 / 4801 9820702500
Deputy Conservator 2261 4345 2422 6108 9820282613 4021

Page 7-58
PORT POSITION OFF. TEL. RES. TEL. MOBILE EPABX (O)

Manager Human
Resources 2261 3979 2660 0571 9820028545 4061
Department
2261 1458 2542 4267
Chief Engineer 9820267647 4031
Chief Mech. & 2218 7302

2377 4413 9820028544 6500
Electrical Engineer 4908
Financial Advisor &
2261 0241 2405 0111 9820389399 4041
CAO
2218 5256
Traffic Manager 2261 4391 9820030204 4051
4911
4918
Secretary 2261 9602 9819562040 4057
22180291
2412 0732
Chief Medical Officer 2414 5573 9820328839 7700
7943
Controller 6886
2375 1776 2216 6037 ----
Civil Defence 6887
Chief Security Officer 2261 3051 7482 9820447672 5650
Commandant CISF 5090 / 4651 4818 9819106456 4654
Harbour Master 2261 2563 2422 6108 9820282613 4022
Sr. Dock Master 22616636 9820193912 5040
Dock Master,
2261 4594 -- -- 5035
Control Stn.
Fire & Safety Officer 2376 7704 4946 -- 6261
Dy. Chief Mechanical
2377 2374 6918 -- 6502
Engineer - I
Dy. Chief Mechanical
2378 1882 6903 -- 6505
Engineer - III
6911
Dy. CE (Gen) 5656 4034 -- 4033
2588 4648
Dy. Docks Manager,
2261 4984 5480 -- 4871
IDK
Asst. Medical Officer 2416 6188 -- -- 7711
Asst. Security Officer 2261 3051 -- -- 5653
Dir. Pollution Control 2261 9565 -- -- 5053
Dock Master, JD &Pir 2454 2029
-- 9820282614 5874
Pau
OUTSIDE AGENCIES
District Co-ordination Team Office Telephones No. Address

District Collector 2266 1231 Collector's Office, Fort
st
Dy. Commissioner of Police 2261 1620 1 . Fl. Railway Manger's
(Port Zone) 4701 Building, Ballard Pier
2307 6111 – 13 Fire Brigade Head Qtrs,
Fire Control, BMC
101, 2308 6183 (F) Byculla, Mumbai
MCGM, Disaster Management 2269 4727 BMC Annex Building,

Page 7-59

CCR 2269 4725 Basement, MahapalikaMarg,
2270 4403 Mumbai 400 001
2269 4719 (F)
2284 5067 Electric House, Colaba,
BEST (Transport)
2285 1244 (F) Mumbai
2285 6262, 2284 5067
Electric House, Colaba
BEST (Electricity) 2279 9591/92
Depot/ Hqtrs. Mumbai
2285 1244 (F)
Commerce Centre, Tardeo,
Dir. Industrial Safety & Health 2494 2230
Mum 400 034
2409 2203 Central Labour Institute
Chief Inspector Dock Safety 2407 4358 N. S. Mankikar Marg, Sion,
2409 1526 Mum 400 022
2262 2685 / 2262 0773
Central Railway, CST 2757 9969 (CCR) CST, Mumbai
2757 2420 (F)
2201 7420
Churchgate Bombay Central, Mumbai
2208 4287
St. George's Hospital 2262 1464 P. D'mello Road, Mumbai
KEM Hospital 2413 6051 – 5 Parel, Mumbai
G. T. Hospital 2262 1464 / 68
J. J. Hospital 2376 9400 /0943 Nagpada, Mumbai
Nair Hospital 2308 1491 Mumbai Central
Sion Hospital 2407 6381 / 289 Sion
2205 3057
Air Force 2371 4982 / 2371 4963 FDC Mari Time air Operation
2371 4982
2215 1701 GOC MG & G Area Army,
Army Station Commander
2215 7105 Afgan Church
Coast Guards 2437 6133 / 2437 1932 Fort, Mumbai
Navy Station Commander 2215 0290
Fort Mumbai
Western Naval Command 2266 3030 (Exchange)
2284 3667 / 2284 4171/ 4 Chhatrapati Shivaji Market,
Controller Civil Defence HQ
2285 6435 (F) 3rd. Fl. Mata Ambai Road
2284 6941 / 2203 5869 Division 1, Cross Maidan,
Home Guard Head Office
2284 4171 Mumbai
Chief Officer, Disaster 2269 4725 / 2269 4727 Annex Bldg. Basement HQ
Management, MCGM 2270 4433 Mahapalika Marg, Mumbai
All India Radio, Churchgate 2202 6242 / 2202 4533 Churchgate, Mumbai
2494 0357 / 2496 5800
Television Centre, Worli Worli, Mumbai
2493 8788 (F)

Page 7-60

Indian Meteorological 2215 0405
Department 2215 0431 2216 0824 (F) Colaba, Mumbai
Dy. Director 2218 8504 / 2215 0452 (F)
National Information Centre 2204 6934 / 2285 3562 (F)
General Manager, BEST 2287 961 Colaba, Mumbai
2218 4242 / 22845067
BEST Colaba Mumbai
2285 6262 / 228 2709
2414 6533 / 2418 4489
BEST Wadala, Mumbai
2413 7937 / 2414 3611
2307 2555 / 2307 0197
Mumbai Central Mumbai Central
2307 0764
Mantralaya Control Room 2285 4168 / 2202 7990 Churghgate
2262 0111
Police Control Crawford Market, Mumbai
100
CONTROL ROOMS
Control Room Location Person in Charge Telephone No.
6886 / 87 / 88
Civil Defence Mezzanine Floor Controller Civil
*2375 1776
Nirman Bhavan Defence
2376 2893
Yantra Bhavan,
Asstt. Security 5665
Security G/Fl. I. Dock
Officer 5668
Main Gate, P&V
7700 / 7797/8
Port Trust 2412 5573/ 7947
Medical Department CMO
Hospital, WADALA 2412 9684
9833771241
nd
2 Floor, Vijay Dy. Manager 4251
Welfare Division, HRD
Deep (Welfare) 2261 6588
Mech.& Ele. Eng. 6656 6506/07/08
Nirman Bhavan Sr. Exe. Engineer
Department 2374 0449
Civil Eng. Department Port House Adm. Officer 4581
Port House,
Marine Department Adm. Officer 4203
Ballard Pier
5484 / 5
Traffic Department H.O. Hamllage Dy. Mgr. (Ham.)
2261 7409
Building Asst.Mgr.
2261 5811/4178
BPX, INDIRA 5036,
VTMS SR. CAPTAIN
DOCK 2261 0612
SR. SECTION
PRINCE’S DOCK 201, 6260 6261 / 6274,
Fire Station LEADER
(Near G Shed) 23778704
FIRE MAN

Page 7-61
Control Room Location Person in Charge Telephone No.
HUGHES DRY 22643572

CISF SR. COMMANDANT
DOCK BLDG 5090 / 4651
PORT FIRE STATIONS

Location Phone No.
201 / 6261/ 6274,
Prince’s Dock /Victoria Dock
2377 8704
Haji Bunder 7151
(Haji Bunder Haz. Cargo Complex) 7152
Pir Pau (Marine Oil Terminal) 6656 6119 / 2554 8553
Jawahar Dweep 2294 0633 - 640
( Marine Oil Terminal) Extn. 5844/5845
6260 (Off)
Port Fire & Safety Officer 2377 6284
(Res.: 26, Wilson House, Colaba) 98200 28881
4946 (Res)
Asst. Port Safety & Fire Officer 6275 (Off)
(Res.: 8Anderson House,Mazgaon- 9820663687
10) 6948 (Res)
MbPT Fire Brigade Control Room, PD 201
Municipal Fire Service 2307 6111/101
FIRST AID POSTS AND AMBULANCE SERVICE

POST LOCATION / IN CHARGE TEL. NO.
Ballard Estate Dispensary 4720, 4721, 4722
First Aid Post No 1
Dr. (Mrs.) U. M. Sagathia 9969516854
Carnac Bunder Dispensary 5678 / 2261 2933
First Aid Post No.2
Dr. (Mrs.) C. R. Sisodia 9869616229
Dock Yard Dispensary 6233 /2376 6597
First Aid Post No.3
Dr. (Mrs.) ChitraWagh 9833525307
Reynold Road Dispensary, 7389 / 2412 1296
First Aid Post No. 4
Dr. S. N. Dhanorkar 9833408515
Antop Village Dispensary, 7688/89/98/78
First Aid Post No.5
Nadkarni Park 2412 5778
Ambulance Service, Post
Port Department 5039
No. 1
Ambulance Service Hamallage Building
5471, 5472
Post NO. 2 Asst. Manager Docks
Ambulance Service Fire Station, Yellow Gate,
6261/6260
Post No. 3 Prince’s Dock
STATE GOVERNMENT: IMPORTANT TELEPHONE NUMBERS

PERSONS OFF RES
Disaster Management 2269 4727 ----

Page 7-62
PERSONS OFF RES

Control Rooms 2269 4725
2262 0588
Health Officer 2307 3595
2415 0158
Public Relations Officer 2262 1601 2522 5892
2363 2660
Raj Bhavan ----
2363 0878
2262 0525
2493 7290
Municipal Commissioner 2262 0251
2495 4680
2161 3109
City Fire Chief 2307 4923 2836 8855
2282 2631
DG Control (Police) 2202 6636
2265 0707
Addl. Chief Secretary (Home) 2202 9959 ----
2262 2011 2262 1649
Police HQ
2262 5020 2262 1983
BEST-GM 2287 3961 ----
2202 7990
2202 4243
Mantralaya Control ----
2285 4164
2202 3551
Chief Secretary 2202 5042 ----
7.3 Fire Protection Facilities
7.3.1 Fire Fighting Facilities at JD

A comprehensive fire fighting facility exists at Marine Oil Terminal, Jawahar Dweep to cater
to the oil jetties, tank farms & manifold and other installations at the island. The pumps with
prime movers are housed in a pump house located at a safe distance from potential fire
hazard area. Entire demand of fire water is drawn from sea.
Eleven (11) vertical turbine fire pumps have been installed inside the Pump House
constructed offshore alongside Approach Trestle. Out of the 11 pumps, five (05) are diesel
driven main pumps, three (03) are electric driven standby pumps and remaining three (03)
are electric driven jockey pumps.
Existing fire fighting facilities at JD4 consist of:
 Hydrants located at approach trestle at about 45m intervals for protection of fire in trestle
 Two monitors each mounted on RCC towers installed at berthing dolphins for protection
of marine arms & first aid to tankers. At present foam is not inducted through monitors.
 Two ground monitors installed at service platform to take care of jetty manifold
 Three jumbo curtains with deflector type nozzles at front side of service platform have
been provided for segregation of arms/piping manifold and ship tanker in the event of fire
on either on these facilities
 Fire alarm with addressable type communication system for detection of fire has been
provided at service platform
 One overhead foam tank has been installed at service platform; in line foam induction
system is not in use at JD4.

Page 7-63
All the Diesel Engine (DE) main pumps are in auto starting mode and put in operation one
after another depending on need of fire water at jetties, tank farm & manifold. Pressure
indicator & switches have been provided in strategic locations of sea water pipe lines in order
to start DE pumps automatically. In case the line pressure is dropped below 7 bar DE pumps
will automatically start to cater the demand of pressurised water to tackle fire in jetty areas.
The diesel engine pumps are provided with pneumatic starting arrangement with a standby
battery starting facility. Jockey pumps are electrically operated auto start up type to make up
the loss of pressure in the network and maintain minimum line pressure of 7 bar. The
standby electrically driven main pumps are operated manually. None of the pumps are
dedicated for any particular Jetties/Tank farm/ Manifold.
At JD4 fire water is supplied through 450 mm diameter main at 15 Kg/cm2 pressure for the
aforesaid systems from a common sea water pump house. The fire water system with
minimum pressure of 7.0 bar is available at the furthest point of application. The network is
laid in closed loops with isolation valves provided at strategic locations. Pump house has
been equipped with 7.5 tones capacity E.O.T. crane for handling of pumping machineries.
Transformers of 1000 KVA & 500 KVA are installed inside the pump house from where
power supply is made to electric driven pumps, compressors and cranes etc. All the pumps
and other equipment are operated from local control panels which are installed in the pump
house.
7.3.2 Fire Fighting System for JD5

A dedicated firefighting system is proposed for the new jetty (JD5). The system is proposed
to consist of water/foam monitor system, ground monitor, jumbo curtain system, hydrants,
foam induction system, fire alarm, public address and fixed fire extinguishers, gas detection
system, existing main and standby pumps will be used to maintain the water demand at
required pressures in 5th Oil Berth.
The firefighting arrangement for JD5 is proposed as per OISD guideline which consists of the
following systems:
 Fire Water Pump Sets  Fire Alarm System
 Tower Mounted Electrical Remote  Public Address / Talk Back System
Controlled Water/ Foam Monitor System  Gas Detection System
 Foam Injection System  Fire Extinguisher
 Hydrant /Jumbo Water Curtain / Base  Water Borne Fire Fighting Equipment
Monitor Water System
 Remote Control System
The firefighting arrangement proposed at JD5 includes components as discussed below:
7.3.2.1 Fire Water Pumps

The pumping capacity has been selected to cater to the requirements of the single largest
risk at the 5th Oil Jetty which is the case of crude oil jetty or handling vessel of 250,000 DWT
maximum. It is estimated that total fire water demand to combat firefighting at JD5 is ~
37,000 LPM (Litre per Minute). It is proposed to use four pumps as main pumps and two
pumps to be kept standby. Jockey pump no. P11 (electric driven) with discharge rating of
3000 LPM at head of 8.8 kg/cm2 shall be used to maintain minimum pressure of 7 kg/cm2 in
fire distribution work. These pumps are already in service and discharging through a
common header of 600 mm dia. Two nos. dedicated pipelines, one 450 mm dia for the

Page 7-64
monitors and other 400 mm dia for hydrants & jumbo curtain are required. Minimum line
pressure at the farthest point of the jetty after losses is 1.2 kg/cm 2. Above two pipelines will
be tapped off from 600 mm dia common header in the pump house at suitable location.
Necessary modification in control & annunciation system shall be made for these pumps so
that these pumps can be used for JD5 as well as for present firefighting scenarios.
7.3.2.2 Water/ Foam Monitor System

The remote operated tower mounted water/foam monitors are considered the most suitable
for jetty protection as their maneuverability permits the fire fighter to operate from a safe
distance and direct the foam / water stream directly at the fire and follow up any progress
until the fire is extinguished.
The proposed monitor system consists of 2 nos. water / foam monitors mounted on 25
meters high Steel towers. The towers shall be located 15 meters away from the jetty face
and shall be spaced at a minimum of 100 meters apart to enable the best coverage of the
crude tanker and installations on the jetty. Each tower monitor shall be connected by a
branch line of 200 NB dia to the common monitor main of 450 NB dia. coming from the fire
water pump house to the jetty.
7.3.2.3 Foam Injection System

In order to effectively combat, control & extinguish large hydrocarbon fires foam has been
proved useful due to its inherent blanketing ability, heat resistance and security against
burnback in case of jetties foam applied through long-range remote operated monitors is a
reliable and effective firefighting system.
The proposed foam system shall be a fixed injection type using a foam-pressurizing pump
and inline balance pressure proportionator. The foam compound proposed to be used is Low
Expansion AFFF of 3% concentration and the system capacity as been considered as per
O1SD-156. The foam pumping and storage capacity shall be able to operate for 1 hour
considering both the tower monitors operating simultaneously for the single largest risk or it
shall be able to cater to the 50% requirement of all the jetties for 1 hour. The foam pumps &
foam storage tank shall be located at the Fire Water Pump House.
7.3.2.4 Hydrant
Throughout the JD5 jetty head and approach trestle, fire water hydrants shall be spaced at
an interval of every 30 m. The hydrants shall be double-headed type mounted on a 100 NB
(Nominal Bore) dia. stand post connected to the fire mains. Each stand post shall be
provided with an isolating butterfly valve and orifice plate. On the approach trestle / road
carrying the crude / POL / pipelines hydrants as described above shall be spaced at every 30
meters. Each hydrant stand post shall be provided with a Hose box containing 2 x 15 meter
long hoses & one short branch pipe nozzle. The fire main shall be designed to ensure a
minimum pressure of 7 kg/cm2 at the remotest hydrant.
Internal single hydrant points shall be provided at each level inside control building. Each
internal hydrant shall be provided with a hose box containing 2 x 7 meters long fire hoses
and one short branch pipe nozzle.

Page 7-65
7.3.2.5 International Shore Connection

International Shore Connections at one side of jetty shall also be provided at suitable
locations. These shall be connected to the fire water mains through 150 NB size of pipeline
along with isolating gate valves.
7.3.2.6 Jumbo Water Curtain

The jumbo / water curtain system shall be provided to suit a design flow rate of 8800 lpm.
Twelve nos. water curtain nozzles are proposed at the front side edge of service platform to
form water curtain between the tankers and MLAs in the event of fire on either of these
facilities. Spacing between two adjacent nozzles is kept 4 m (max.). Five Jumbo Curtain
Nozzles are proposed in front of each tower monitors. Coverage of these nozzles shall be 25
m high & 5 m wide fan.
7.3.2.7 Remote Control System

The remote control system shall be provided so as to offer total flexibility to the fire fighter for
effective firefighting operations on the Jetty. The system shall enable control / operation of all
systems from the fire control room (except the hydrant valves). The fire control room shall be
located at Control Tower Building and shall provide a total overview of the Jetties JD4 & JD5
and the tankers. The fire control room floor elevation shall be minimum 15 meters from jetty
top to enable full view of the tanker deck in unloaded condition. The location of fire control
room is considered in the safe area.
7.3.2.8 Fire Alarm System

The fire alarm panel shall be microprocessor based addressable type provided with a MIMIC
layout diagram of the jetties. It shall have zone wise LED display for FIRE & FAULT
conditions. The LCD display shall provide details of various FIRE & FAULT conditions.
Provision shall be made in the panel for providing repeat annunciation to any other location.
The panel shall provide potential free FIRE & FAULT contacts. The panel shall also have
auto telephone dial facility. The panel shall be located at the control room.
The fire alarm system is provided with addressable Manual Call Points (Flameproof type)
along the jetties and alongside the approach trestle. These shall be spaced at every 60
meters. These MCP shall be connected to the fire alarm panel by means of PVC insulated
copper control cables.
7.3.2.9 Public Address & Talk Back System

The public address & talk back system proposed for the jetty shall consist of a main
communication console located in the fire control room and speaker / talk back units located
along the jetty and approach trestle. The spacing proposed is two nos., one at FWPH, and
one every 100 meters on the approach trestle.
7.3.2.10 Gas Detection & Alarm System

The gas detection and alarm panel shall be microprocessor based provided with a MIMIC
layout diagram of the jetty. It shall have detector wise LED digital display for gas levels and
alarm settings. Provision shall be made in the panel for providing repeat annunciation to any
other location. The panel shall provide potential free ALARM & FAULT contacts. The gas
alarm system is provided with suitable gas detection sensors at the unloading manifold area
of crude oil jetty. These detectors shall be connected into the gas detection panel by means
of PVC insulated copper control cables. The panel shall be located at the control room.

Page 7-66
7.3.2.11 Fire Extinguishers

Suitable number of fire extinguishers, fire suit and first aid box shall be provided at
jetty/control room as per guidelines of OISD-156.
7.3.2.12 Water Borne Fire Fighting Equipment

Water borne firefighting equipment in the form of fire tugs is available at MbPT. It is
understood from MbPT that these tugs are generally berthed at harbour & deployed to the oil
terminals at JD if required. As per OISD guidelines water borne firefighting at terminal is
essential. Accordingly a landing jetty with small crane having capacity of 5 Tonne near to
control tower of JD5 is proposed for berthing of tugs and boats handling of small
equipment/spare parts etc. It is recommended that fire tug already available at MbPT may be
berthed within the geographical jetty area in order to reach the scene of the fire in JD5 within
10 minutes.
7.4 Offsite Emergency Plan

Under the Environmental Protection Act, the responsibility of preparation of Off-Site
Emergency plan lies with the state government. The Collector/Deputy Collector is ordinary
nominated by State Government to plan Off-Site Emergency Plan. The District Collector or
his nominated representative would be the team leader of planning team, who shall conduct
the planning task in a systematic manner. The members of planning team for off-site
emergencies are Collector/Deputy Collector, District Authorities in charge of Fire Services
and police and members drawn from Medical Services, Factory Inspectorate, Pollution
Control Board, Industries and Transport. In addition to these members, there are Co-opted
Members also from district authorities concerned, civil defence, publicity department,
Municipal Corporation, and non-official such as elected representative (MPs, MLAs,
voluntary organization, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), etc).
Off-site emergency plan would follow the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences
of an emergency situation go beyond the project boundaries, it becomes an off-site
emergency. Off-site emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration.
However, the MbPT management will provide the public administration with the technical
information relating to nature, quantum and probable consequences on neighbouring
population.
A summarised version of action procedures detailing the “Role of Essential Staff in Major
Emergency” would be issued in a flip chart like booklet form to all concerned persons
(officers and supervisors) at work places and also to senior officers of the civic
administration.
The components of an offsite emergency plan would include:
 Identification of locations of hazardous or dangerous substances, personnel and
emergency control rooms
 Technical information such as chemical and physical properties, dangers, etc.
Background information, past accidents, control techniques and effects of hazardous
materials of relevance
 Identification of facilities and transport routes for toxic materials
 Contact for further advice such as meteorological information, transport, temporary food
and accommodation, first aid and hospital services, water, etc.
 Establishing communication links including fire fighting materials, damage control and
repair items

Page 7-67
 Detailing emergency response procedures

 Notification to public at large
 Evacuation arrangements
 Press /media handling
 Addressing longer term environmental cleanup
7.5 Social Impact Assessment
7.5.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase
7.5.1.1 Land Acquisition

Harbour, Mumbai Port. This will fall in the offshore area which is 5 km away from the
landward side. This proposed location is a part of existing Mumbai Port Trust area and hence
does not involve acquisition of any private land. As such the proposed activity does not
attract any Rehabilitation or Resettlement issues.
7.5.1.2 Impact on Nearby Settlements

Proposed development is planned about 5 kms away from the shore. The location of the
proposed development is completely an offshore area and has no settlements at the project
area. However, very small portion of area falling within 5 kms of proposed development is
covering a small portion of Uran Municipality and Gharapuri village comprising of Elephanta
Caves. During the site visit it was revealed by the locals that tourism is a major employment
activity in that region. The main navigational channel is currently being used by all port
authorities (MbPT & JNPT) including Tourism Board and fishermen. Hence the proposed
activity is not envisaged to bring any significant or additional negative impacts on the
activities of other users.
noise generating activities. However, the activities are limited to the construction phase and
will cease upon completion of the construction. Hence, this impact is considered to be
negligible and therefore can be classified as insignificant.

The main navigational channel is currently being used by all users like, Mumbai Port Trust
(MbPT), Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust (JNPT), Tourism Board, Navy and as well as
Fishermen for venturing into the open sea for fishing. Fishing in Port limit is prohibited by
law due to security reasons as well as safety reasons. As such the proposed facility is
not envisaged to bring any negative impacts or hindrance in the movement of boats and
carrying out fishing activities.
The most important impact that can be envisaged on the fishes is due to the suspended
solids or changes in the food chain due to dredging in the construction phase and oil spillage
in case of handling/storage of oil/product, accidents and vessel movements during operation
phase. This might result in clogging of gills of fishes and cause asphyxiation. But as fishes
are free swimmers, they can sense the changes and can move to safer areas during this
period and come back once the turbidity levels have stabilised/improved. Due to this

Page 7-68
capability of fishes there shall be no significant adverse impacts. In the proposed area due to
dredging and presence of heavy traffic, abundance of fishery resources is also not
envisaged. Moreover fishing is not a permissible activity within port limits. Hence
unfavourable impacts are not anticipated.
However necessary steps shall be taken in order to address minimize and address the
adverse impacts on the fishermen community as a result of the proposed activity. Necessary
sign boards and marker buoys along with interaction with the fishermen will be initiated so
that there is no hindrance in the movement of fishing boats and carrying out fishing activities.
Oil containment booms and oil skimmers are proposed to control the accidental leakage of
oil. The leakage and spillage is expected due to rupture of pipeline, etc. for which
contingency plans already in existence to combat in the port. There are existing facilities
available to cater to such leakage and spillage.

7.5.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase

As discussed in Sections 7.5.1.3 necessary steps shall be taken in order to address issues/
negative impacts on the fishermen community as a result of the proposed project activity.

existing employees will be redployed to the new facility. Approximately 50-80 existing
employees will be redeployed during operation phase of 5th Oil Berth.
7.5.2.3 Public Health and Safety

Since the proposed project consists of only a liquid handling facility through pipelines, and
not a processing plant or industrial unit as such, the usual sources of environmental pollution
such as emission of smoke and toxic chemical, effluent discharge, spoilt disposal, etc. will
not happen. However essential steps shall be taken to handle any mishap in case of
emergencies such as use of number of unloading arms with latest technology, etc. Pipelines
shall be used for cargo evacuation and there will be no handling of hazardous liquid. No
portion of the proposed facility will cross the inhabited area. Washing from the ships shall be
collected through separate de-ballasting pipeline. Also, proposed development is a
replacement of existing Fourth Oil Berth. As such no impacts due to the additional
development are envisaged.
MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan, an integrated fire protection
system, and a Disaster Management Plan. All these will help minimize/avoid the probability
of occurrence of emergency situations and mitigate the impacts.

Page 7-69
CHAPTER 8
PROJECT BENEFITS
Chapter 8 Project Benefits

8.1 Preamble
The crude oil traffic at MbPT is handled at the Jawahar Dweep through four oil
terminals/jetties (JD1, JD2, JD3 and JD4). About 65 to 70% of crude is handled at JD4 and
the balance at JD1, JD2 & JD3. MbPT has observed that berthing structures and approach
jetty of JD4 have been badly damaged due to saline climate and appears that JD4 has
completed its design life. As such it is apparent that a new jetty replacing JD4 is imminent.
The crude oil traffic through MbPT is solely to cater the requirement of HPCL and BPCL.
With expanding capacity of these oil companies, crude oil traffic is increasing and the oil
companies are seeking facility to handle fully laden Suez Max / VLCC tankers of 150,000
Tonne to 200,000 Tonne parcel load for crude import be created to achieve economy in
freight charges.
Considering the long term business needs, the need to construct an additional jetty for
handling fully laden Suez Max tankers is being considered by MbPT and accordingly MbPT
has decided to construct the Fifth Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep which shall be a replacemnent
to the existing Fourth Oil Berth.
8.2 Induced Development

Crude oil and its by-products are used in the production of variety of products in industries.
Plastic is probably the most widespread use of oil. There are a number of items that rely on
petroleum as a part of their production.
The proposed development is a channel through which additional crude handling will take
place at MbPT. This will help indirectly promote opportunities for further industrial growth of
the region. It will indirectly assist in the creation of more industries and provide employment
to the local population. This is in turn will lead to employment generation and meeting the
occupational requirements of the local population.
8.3 Improved Socio-Economic Conditions

The project will have overall positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the region.
Crude oil will be utilised in the industries for the manufacture of various products. Their
production capacity will increase thereby leading to the creation of more job opportunities
and avenues for income generation. As, a result it will lead to various indirect employment
opportunities. People will have higher earning and buying capacities and their standard of
living will increase.
The quality of life in the region is likely to improve due to the creation of limited direct but
more indirect jobs for the local people. This will result in more than one earning member in
the family and reduce the dependency on a single earner and enable them with better
economic freedom.
8.4 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

As a gesture towards CSR, MbPT is contributing in a large manner towards community
development and environmental management. Detailed below are some of the activities
which are being undertaken by MbPT as a step towards community development. These
shall also be extended as a part of the proposed development.

Page 8-1
Botanical Garden
As a part of CSR, MbPT has created a small Botanical garden named “Sagar Upvan” near
Colaba Bus Station, Colaba Mumbai. The garden is a boon to the citizens of Mumbai in
general & South Mumbai in particular. The 800 m long pathway enables morning and
evening walks. The Garden is presently being maintained by AIAI (All India Association of
Industries). The Garden has won 1st prize number of times in the competitions organised by
the “Friends of Tress” (an NGO). A Sewage Treatment Plant caters to the watering needs of
Garden.
Central Kitchen Garden
The Central Kitchen situated in the Victoria Dock caters to about 2000 MbPT employees
through departmental Canteens. This kitchen generates about 1820 kgs of kitchen waste
daily. As a step towards a green initiative, this waste is recycled on the terrace of this kitchen
building admeasuring about 3000 sq.ft. area. This has reduced their dependence on local
resources.
Support to Exhibition
MbPT also supports organisations in carrying out exhibitions as a part of creating awareness
and sensitivity towards heritage for the purposes of education, study and enjoyment of the
public. It also sponsors educational programmes directed towards children of aided schools
and economically weaker sections of the society.
Development Of Kanhoji Angre Lighthouse as a Tourist Destination
This project is to be developed in PPP mode and is supported by a grant of Rs.15 crores
from the Ministry of Tourism, GOI and grants from Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Ports
under their CSR programmes. This plan includes refurbishing the existing lighthouse
building, restoration/conservation of existing fort wall, landscape enhancement of the Island,
regular motor boat/ferry services from Thal/Ali Bag and Gateway of India.
Tree Plantation and E-Waste Disposal
MbPT regularly undertakes tree plantation programmes throughout its estates and does its
bit to add Green Cover to the City. As a responsible authority, they are also maintaining the
cleanliness in the environment and are disposing their e-waste through CPCB shortlisted
vendor.
8.4.1 Health
As a part of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives, MbPT is carrying out
monthly health awareness programmes catering to the health care needs of the employees
and their family members. MbPT was the first port in the country to implement a Workplace
Policy on HIV/AIDS on 1st of December, 2006. However MbPT’s efforts on HIV/AIDS
prevention, treatment and care commenced since the early 1990’s. It also organizes street
plays in certain locations across the city and near the port trust office and residential spaces,
with the sole objective of creating awareness about HIV/AIDS and informing the public about
prevention. Thus as a part of CSR, it is suggested that MbPT may conduct periodic health
awareness programs which will lead to better health conditions not only of the employees but
also of the local population in the region.

Page 8-2
8.4.2 Educational Facilities

Continuous effort in developing and improving the educational facilities of youth living in the
periphery villages can also be considered. As a part of Corporate Social Responsibility
(CSR), MbPT can undertake following activities based on the educational need and
requirement of the local population.
 Strengthen primary schools with teaching aids, student education material mobile
laboratory and computer education
 Scholarships/Financial assistance for education of girl child
 Funds for setting of Libraries
8.4.3 Skill Development Activities

With globalization, Indian industries are now opening to the world, resulting in growing
demand for world-class quality workmanship and deployment of latest technologies to
enhance technical skill and productivity. Intense training to workforce and equipping them
with required knowledge and skill will ensure quality and higher level of productivity of men
and machines. Keeping this objective in view MbPT can provide vocational training for
enhancement in skills to the unemployed youths in the study area in order to develop their
skills, knowledge and appropriate qualifications which will lead the way to decent
employment.
8.5 Employment Opportunities

The proposed development would have beneficial impacts through provision of additional
direct and indirect employment opportunities. At the time of construction and operational
phases, there would be increase in skilled, semi skilled and unskilled work force. It is
imperative that local people would be employed based on their skills and educational
qualifications.
8.6 Environmental Conservation

As a responsible developer/project proponent, MbPT is also committed towards
environmental conservation and social attributes. MbPT has an inhouse Pollution Control cell
which looks into aspects of environmental pollution. In order to minimize the adverse impacts
if any on environmental components, it is also suggested to implement all required mitigation
measures during operation phase of the proposed cargo handling at Port.
8.7 Economic Stability, Revenue Generation and Growth

With expanding refining capacity of the different oil companies, the crude oil traffic is
increasing. The proposed development will be able to handle fully laden Suez Max tankers
for crude import and thereby achieve economy in freight charges. This will also meet the
expansion needs of the oil refineries in the region. Development of infrastructure and new
growth centres in the region and the Port will pave way for further industrialization of region,
thus leading to greater economic activity, stability and growth in the region.

Page 8-3
CHAPTER 9
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan

The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:
 Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction and
operation phases of the project
 Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures
 Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures
 Ensure that the mitigation measures are being implemented
 Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures
 Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur
 Develop an institutional framework which shall include/address the responsibilities for
environment management/implementation of environmental measures
 Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur
9.1 Components of EMP

The anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation/avoidance measures for likely impact
on the prevailing environment have been discussed in respective sections in Chapter 5. The
Environmental Monitoring Programme has been discussed in Chapter 6.
Following specific environmental management aspects are discussed in this Chapter:
 Summary of project activities, associated impacts and mitigation measures
 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management
 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures
 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance
 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
 Audits and Inspections
 Greenbelt Development
 Occupational Health and Safety
9.2 Project Activities, Associated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Summary of various project activities associated environmental impacts and proposed mitigation
measures are summarised in Table 9-1.

Page 9-1
Table 9-1: Project Activities, Associated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Relevant Environmental
S. Likely Impacts and their significance in the Proposed Responsible Agency for
Activity components likely to be
No. absence of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Measures Implementation
impacted
Construction Phase
1. Capital Dredging/ Marine water quality  Increase in turbidity  Check turbidity levels with baseline levels as Construction Contractor/
Trenching for  Change in marine water quality due to reference during entire monitoring MbPT
laying of subsea aqueous discharges (oily waste, sanitary programme
pipelines/ wastes) from dredgers, barges and  Dredge Management Programme
Reclamation workboats  Dredge material will be dumped in approved
 Spill of Bentonite Clay during pile driving dumping ground
Marine ecology  Decrease in DO levels  Ensure dumping of excess/unusable dredge
 Increase in noise levels material would be uniform
 Removal of benthic communities  Discharge of waste into sea will be
 Increase in species diversity and density in prohibited
areas adjoining dredging site  Oil Spill control measures will be adopted
 Smothering or blanketing of sub-tidal  Ensure that slop tanks will be provided to
communities barges/ workboats for collection of liquid/
solid waste
 Recirculation/Reuse of Bentonite clay and
adoption of better construction methods to
minimise the spill on marine environment.
 Adoption Proper Reclamation methods such
as containment system to retain the solid
inside the reclamation area
 Marine environmental monitoring as per
environmental monitoring programme
Mangrove area  Impact on nearby mangrove  No mangroves were observed at the
proposed project site (i.e. proposed
reclamation area). Mangrove patches were
observed at ~1.5 km towards the North side
of the proposed oil berth site.
 No impacts on the mangroves are
envisaged during construction and operation
Phase of the oil berth. However, water
quality near the mangrove area shall be
ensured by regular monitoring.

Page 9-2
impacted
2 Construction of Air Quality  Emissions from DG Sets  To reduce impacts from exhausts, emission Construction Contractor/
new jetty and other control norms will be enforced /adhered. MbPT
offshore structures  No dust emission is anticipated due to the
proposed oil berth facility.
 Environmental awareness program will be
provided to the personnel involved in
developmental works.
Noise Noise from following activities  Noise levels will be maintained below
 Diesel run engines of construction threshold levels stipulated by CPCB/MPCB
machinery and dredgers  Procurement of machinery / construction
 Pile driving activities during construction of equipment will be done in accordance with
Approach trestle/cargo berth specifications conforming to source noise
levels less than 75 dB (A)
 Well-maintained construction equipment,
which meets the regulatory standards for
source noise levels, will be used
 Noise attenuation will be practised for noisy
equipment by employing suitable techniques
such as acoustic controls, insulation, etc.
 Personnel exposed to noise levels beyond
threshold limits will be provided with
protective gear like earplugs, muffs, etc.
 Ambient noise levels will be monitored at
regular intervals.
3. Solid Waste Soil quality  Impacts due to disposal of solid waste  Most of the facilities are planned on offshore MbPT/Construction
Management and as per the geotechnical investigations, Contractor
most of the dredged material will be
disposed in sea.
 General refuse generated on-site will be
collected in waste skips and disposed as per
prescribed/approved norms.
4. Handling of Human safety and property  Fire accidents due to hazardous material  Adequate safety measures as per OSHA MbPT
hazardous wastes loss handling standards will be adopted
 Hazardous materials such as lubricants,
paints, compressed gases, and varnishes
Page 9-3
impacted
etc., will be stored as per the
prescribed/approved safety norms.
 Medical facilities including first aid will be
made available for attending to injured
workers.
 Handling and storage as per statutory
guidelines.
 Positive isolation procedures will be adhered
 Hazardous wastes will be disposed through
approved MPCB/CPCB vendors.
5. Fishing Fishermen and fishing  Impact on fishing due to Construction  Proposed construction is planned within the MbPT
travellers works Mumbai Harbour areas near the Approach
Channel where fishing activities are not
permitted; however, following measures are
yet suggested:
 Signboards will be placed at the construction
site in order to make fishermen aware of the
ongoing activities
 Necessary marker buoys will be installed
 Interactions will be initiated with the fishing
community before commencement of
construction works
 Construction shall be limited to as per
development plan.
 Proper Planning execution of offshore
construction activities to ensure the
completion of construction as per schedule
 Ensure that slop tanks will be provided to
barges/ workboats for collection of liquid/
solid waste
Operation Phase
1. Liquid cargo Air Quality  The proposed project consists of only a  Vessels visiting the facility shall meet MbPT
handling facility on liquid handling facility. emission standards as per MARPOL.
offshore  No dust emission is anticipated from the oil
handling facility
Page 9-4
impacted
Noise Quality  Due to loading and unloading of liquid  100% of the cargo is expected to be shipped
cargo through the dedicated pipelines from the oil
terminal and refinery.
 Personal Protecting Equipment (PPE)
2. Aqueous Marine water quality and  Change in marine water quality/ecology  Ships are prohibited from discharging MbPT to provide regulations
discharges in Oil ecology due to discharge ship wastes (silage), wastewater, bilge, oil wastes, etc. into the to vessel operators
berth facility sewage, bilge water, solid waste etc. near-shore as well as harbour waters.
 Ships would comply with the MARPOL
convention.
 Oil Spill Contingency Plan shall be prepared
and will be implemented.
 Provision of waste reception facility during
emergency
3. Cargo and Oil Marine water quality and  Change in marine water quality  All the cargo will be evacuated through MbPT
spills (Accidental) ecology pipelines and there will be no handling of
hazardous liquid.
 No portion of the proposed facility will cross
the inhabited area.
 Separate de-ballasting pipeline is provided
to receive the washing from the ships.
 The leakage and spillage is expected due to
rupture of pipeline etc. for which contingency
plans already in existence to combat such
situations
 There are existing facilities available to cater
to such leakage and spillage
 Oil containments booms and oil skimmers
are proposed to control the accidental
leakage of oil.
 Response time for shutting down the
fuelling, containment and recovery will be
quicker.
4. Handling of Fire accidents due to  Human life and loss of property  All the liquid cargo will be evacuated through MbPT
hazardous liquids products handling and other pipelines and there will be no handling of
health hazards. hazardous liquid.
Page 9-5
impacted
 Medical facilities including first aid will be
available for attending to injured workers
5. Fishing activity Fishermen livelihood  Impact on fishing due to vessel movement  Educate the fishermen about the orientation MbPT
etc., of approach channel and ships visits etc.,
 Regular interactions will be initiated with the
fishing community
 Conflicts, if any, with fishing community will
be amicably resolved in all cases.
6. Operation of oil Fire Fighting A dedicated fire fighting system is proposed for the new jetty. The system consist of water/foam monitor system, ground monitor,
berth jumbo curtain system, hydrants, foam induction system, fire alarm, public address and fixed fire extinguishers, gas detection system;
existing main and standby pumps will be used to maintain the water demand at required pressures in 5 th oil berth.
MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response plan and equipment’s to contain/remove/disperse oil spills in sea water. An
integrated fire protection system has been designed as per guideline of Oil Industry safety Directorate (OISD) to combat fire under
various possible risks.
Ship loading and Unloading The fixed unloading arm will be deployed for unloading and loading of crude with ships pumping gears. These arms have inbuilt fail
safe devices to prevent spillage of oil in case of the outboard end of arm is separated from the tanker manifolds.
Socio-economic Impacts Proposed development is only envisaged to have positive socio-economic impacts. There is no land acquisition/R&R due to this
project. During the construction phase of proposed development, expected for a period of about 30 months, the proposed activity is
expected to bring an employment of about 12000 man-days. The proposed activity is planned as a replacement to the existing
Fourth Oil Berth wherein existing employees will be redployed to the new facility. Approximately 50-80 existing employees will be
redeployed during operation phase of 5th Oil Berth.
Natural Hazards A Coast guard approved Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is already in place. Manager (EHS) will act as the overall in-charge of
the control of educative, protective and rehabilitation activities to ensure least damage to life and property.

Page 9-6
9.3 Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management

Additional charge/responsibilities will be assigned to existing staff at MbPT based on
qualifications and experience to handle responsibilities of Environmental Management.
Adequate support staff will be provided for the task of Environmental Management. The
responsibilities of the Environmental Management Team shall include:
 Identify environmental aspects for normal, abnormal and emergency conditions
 Ensure implementation of standard operating procedures as updated from time to time
 Evaluate any non-conformity to the environmental standards as stipulated by different
regulatory agencies
 Ensure and implement necessary corrective actions
 Establish procedures for reporting, documentation and record control
 Establish and implement procedures for incident and near miss reporting, investigation
and root cause analysis and prescribe corrective action
9.4 Institutional Mechanism for Implementation of Mitigation Measures

The effective implementation and close supervision of environmental management to
mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and
operational phases of the proposed project can be achieved through a suitable institutional
mechanism.
A proper institutional mechanism to understand and implement appropriate environmental
management measures during various stages of the project is a prerequisite and has a
strong bearing for the overall success of the project management. The staff/team assigned to
the task of Environmental Management shall make up the Institutional Arrangement needed
for implementation of the environmental measures.MbPT has an inhouse Pollution Control
Cell which will take the lead in dealing with aspects of environmental issues.
9.4.1 Approach towards Voluntary Compliance/Environmental Management System

MbPT can adopt Environment, Health & Safety Management System (EHS MS) based on
recognized international standards for environmental and safety management systems (ISO
14001 – 2008; OHSAS 18001- 2007, 2008, Social Accountability (SA) 8000 and International
Maritime Organisation (IMO)). The objective is to establish a system to assess, monitor and
manage environmental performances; which can be used to promote continual
environmental improvement and prevention of pollution. The typical procedure that can be
adopted in formulating the EMS is presented below
 Identify and list out environmental aspects due to operation of the port
 Determine the key operations that have significant environmental impacts
 Identify and track environmental legislations, policies, codes and other relevant
requirements
 Establish objectives and targets (Environmental Management Plan)
 Formulate an Environmental Management System
For successful implementation of the formulated Environmental Management System, MbPT
shall ensure that the essential resources (with defined roles and responsibilities) are made
available to implement, maintain and improve the Environmental Management System.

Page 9-7
9.4.2 Environmental Management Team

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a
permanent organizational setup charged with the task of ensuring its effective
implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring. MbPT shall
have a well-structured Environmental Management Team. The proposed environmental
management team shall be made up of existing qualified/experienced staff with additional
charge. The team shall be given the task of ensuring effective environmental management
implementation and to conduct environmental monitoring. The major duties and
responsibilities of this team shall include:
 To implement the Environmental Management Plan
 Risk identification and control of environmental problems
 Evaluating the efficacy of the EIA, mitigation measures, as stipulated in the EMP
 Coordination/interaction with regulatory authorities and other agencies such as MoEF &
CC, Central/State Pollution Control Board, Indian Coast Guard, etc.
 To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations
 To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices
 To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to the EMP
 To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule
 Review and interpretation of monitoring/monitoring results and suggest corrective
measures in case monitored results are above the specified limits
 Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental
laws as ready reference
 Maintain environmental related records
 Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultant, monitoring laboratories
 Maintain log of public complaints regarding environmental issues and the actions taken
 Plantation/greenbelt development and monitoring
9.4.2.1 Record Keeping

The proposed Environmental Management Team should have all basic record keeping
facilities such as hard ware/software facilities, adequate space, vehicle (transport) and basic
furniture and instruments such as GPS, Digital Camera, Hand held noise meter, etc. The
team should have all basic environmental management data of the project that includes but
not limited to the following:
 Environmental Impact Assessment Report (both well preserved soft and hard copy)
 All valid and up to date Environmental Clearance and consent papers (for various
components at the Port)
 All latest Environmental legislations, policies, codes and manuals for ready references
 A list of consultants on environmental management need to be kept with yearly revision
of the list. This will help to receive proper advice in case of an emergency or a
requirement and also to implement day to day environmental management activities.
Over a period of time a system to understand and absorb the new revisions and changes in
the environmental requirements and practices are to be established. This can only be
achieved by regular training and genuine capacity building initiatives.
9.4.2.2 Audits and Inspections

The Environmental Management Team (EMT)/EMC shall be responsible for implementing
compliance assurance activities, namely environmental audits. Internal audits and reviews of

Page 9-8
environmental procedures shall be conducted annually. Third party audits of environmental

procedures shall be conducted periodically.
The EMT/EMC shall also serve as a resource for MbPT employees regarding environmental
compliance issues. The Environmental team, made up of management team members, shall
conduct quarterly EHS performance reviews. Inputs to their review process are provided
from monitoring programs, audits and inspections conducted by staff and contractors with
specialised expertise in operations and EMS. Any change/impacts to the environment
identified during the review process, shall be evaluated and corrective actions shall be taken
appropriately.
A vital part of EHS practice is to learn from experience - using it as basis to improve the
system. To this effect, periodic inspections and record keeping provides a measure of how
effective programs are and facilitates identification of areas where improvement is found
necessary. Environmental inspections consist of examining all activities and documenting
those actions that are carried out in compliance with environmental permits, specifications
relating to environmental protection, and mitigation plans approved for MbPT.
9.5 Greenbelt Development Plan

The proposed oil berth facility is coming up on offshore area. As part of proposed
development, reclamation is planned to be done at the area adjacent to Jawahar Dweep
(~13 ha). Greenbelt is proposed on this reclamation area. In addition, existing areas of MbPT
already has adequate green belt cover.
The green cover development not only functions as foreground and background landscape
features resulting in harmonizing and amalgamating the physical structures of the port with
surrounding environment, but also acts as pollution sink. Approximately 2 ha of area is
proposed to be covered under greenbelt cover. A capital cost of about ` 1.25 million has been
estimated which shall be earmarked for this purpose.
9.5.1 Recommended Species for Plantation

The selection of plant species for the development depends on various factors such as
climate, elevation and soil. The plant species should exhibit the following desirable
characteristic in order to be selected for plantation.
 Should be fast growing (attaining a height of 5 m or more in 3 to 4 years) and providing
optimum penetrability.
 Should be wind-firm and deep-rooted
 Should form a dense canopy
 As far as possible, the species should be indigenous and locally available.
 Species tolerant to air pollutants like PM, SOX, VOC and NO2 should be preferred
 Should be permeable to help create air turbulence and mixing within the belt
 Plants shall:
o Have pleasing appearance and provide shade
o Be preferably evergreen
o Have large leaf area index
o Maintain species diversity
o Be able to attenuate noise generated within the area
o Have capacity to endure water stress and climate extremes after initial establishment

Page 9-9
Based on the above mentioned factors, the species recommended for green belt
development is listed in Table 9-2.
Table 9-2: Recommended Species for Greenbelt Development
S. Common
Botanical name Significance
No. Name
Cinamomum Evergreen tropical tree (not recommended to be
1. Camphor tree
camphora planted on a large scale though)
2. Dalbergia latifolia Rosewood Tough wood and very hardy
Pterospermum
3. Bayur Can grow in seasonally moist climate
acerifolium
4. Polyalthia longiformis Ashoka Noise abatement
5. Azadiracht aindica Neem Dust, Particulate & Noise Abatement
6. Sweitenia Mahogoni
Mahogany Landscaping tree, evergreen & flowering plant
7. Sewitenia.macrophylla
8. Tabubea Spectibilis -
Flowering ornamental plant
9. Tabubea rosea -
Kadalasu
10. Kadalasu Puvu Flowering thorny shrub useful in natural fences
Puvu
Trees Suitable for Saline Tracts
1. Casuarina equistifolia Casuarina Quick growth rate, and very suitable for saline soils
2. Cocos nucifera Coconut palm Wind breaker and is compatible for saline soils
3. Acacia auriculiformis Acacia Can grow in hot dry & saline conditions
4. Butea monosperma Parrot tree Scarlet Flowers
Cochlospermum Indian
5. Golden yellow flowers
religiosum buttercup tree
Can survive hot, dry saline conditions (not
6. Eucalyptus Citriodora Eucalyptus
recommended to be planted on a large scale though)
Roble Da
7. Heriteria Macrophylla Tropical flowering tree
Sabana
8. Inga dulcis Madras thorn --
9. Parkinsonia aculeata Jellybean tree Salt tolerant flowering tree
10. Pongamia pinnata - Wind Breaker
11. Samanea saman Rain Tree Branches cover a wide area, shade
12. Tamarix articulate - Dense Foliage
Salt tolerant plant with cream yellow to pale orange
13. Thespesia populnea
flowers
Tamarind
14. Tamarindus indica Tamarind fruit, hardy plant
Tree
15. Terminalia arjuna - Medicinal value
(Source: “Guidelines for Landscaping and Tree plantation” IRC: SP: 21-2009)
9.6 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational Health and Safety are important aspects for any developmental activity.
Occupational Health and Safety needs attention both during construction, operation and
maintenance phases. A broad framework for Occupational Health and Safety measures is
presented in this section.

Page 9-10
9.1.1 Occupational Hazards

Occupational health hazards, areas associated with hazards and proposed mitigation
measures are given in Table 9-3.
Table 9-3: Occupational Health Hazards and Proposed Mitigation Measures
S. Occupational Health Areas Associated with
Mitigation
No. Hazard Component Hazards
1. Noise Construction, operational  Provision of sound-insulated control rooms with noise levels
activities such as liquid below 60 dB(A)
cargo handling, loading &  Design of generators to meet applicable occupational noise
unloading, maintenance, levels
and repair activities, DG  Identify and mark high noise areas and provision of PPE
sets, etc. where people have to enter high noise areas
 To reduce the risk of noise exposure isolate noisy equipment
and rotate tasks to minimize time spent in a noisy area over
an eight hour period.
2. Confined Spaces Specific areas for  Adequate engineering measures shall be implemented to
confined space entry. eliminate the degree of confined spaces
 Entry into confined spaces should be strictly controlled
 Unavoidable confined spaces shall be provided with
permanent safety measures
 System shall follow “Recommendations for entering
enclosed spaces aboard ships” of IMO Resolution
A.1050(27)
 Local exhaust ventilation shall be installed
3. Electrical Hazards Energized equipment,  Installation of hazard warning lights shall be taken up
earthing and welding  Use of voltage sensors prior to and during workers' entrance
equipments and power  Deactivation and proper grounding of live power equipment
lines can pose electrical and distribution lines according to applicable legislation and
hazards for workers guidelines
 Provision of specialized electrical safety training to workers
 Welding machines and consumables should be kept dry at
all times
 Adequate earthing for transformers
4. Fire and Explosion Handling and storage of  Use of automated fire and safety controls
fuel, combustible  Implementation of startup and shutdown procedures
material & products, etc.  Automated sensors and regular cleaning mechanism
 Mock Drills
5. Slip, Trip and Falls Decks, gratings, ladders  Good housekeeping practices shall be in place
and walkways are likely  Adequate lighting shall be provided
to become slippery or  Regular maintenance of lifting equipment’s shall be
hazardous due to cargo undertaken
residues, welding rod  Appropriate fall arrest equipment shall be provided
ends, Spill liquids, scrap  A safe means of access between vessel and shore to
metal, etc. prevent falls shall be ensured
6. Falling objects  Hoisting of material on  Use of safety helmets
and off the ship and  Incomplete works should be stabilized by temporary support
movement of and/or bracing systems
equipment or material

Page 9-11
S. Occupational Health Areas Associated with

Mitigation
No. Hazard Component Hazards
within tanks, engine
rooms and pump
rooms
9.5.1 Personal Protective Equipments

The Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) offers protection to worker, co-workers and
visitors. Staff should be trained in the correct selection, use and maintenance of PPE.
Typically when working at port facilities, minimum PPE should include a long sleeved
suit/coveralls, safety footwear, safety helmet, safety spectacles/goggles, torch, gloves and
hearing protection. When working aloft, an appropriate safety harness should be utilised. If
the work being undertaken could create a potential inhalation hazard then respiratory
protection should be worn. It is of paramount importance that prior to use, respirators are
checked to ensure that they have been maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. Table 9-4 provides list of PPE that shall be used at the port facilities:
Table 9-4: List of Personnel Protective Equipment
Protection For Equipment Protection Against
 Leather gloves  Cuts due to handling
 Asbestos gloves  Heat radiation
Hand  Electrical resistance gloves  Electrical shock
 Canvas gloves  Contact with oil & grease, etc.
 Hand sleeves  Falling of hot slag
 Welding sparks
 Leg-guards  Striking by objects, fall of objects and stepping
Leg  Leather safety boots on sharp or hot objects
 Asbestos safety boots  Heat radiation, stepping hot or sharp objects
and stepping on sharp or hot objects
Eye Spectacle type goggles with plain shatter proof lens Foreign bodies entering eyes and reflected arc rays
Fall of objects/hitting against objects during
Head Fibre Helmet
construction, maintenance, etc.
Ear Ear plugs or muffs High noise level
Nose Dust protection mask Fine dust particles
9.5.2 Occupational Health and Safety Improvement Measures

Following are some of the occupational health and safety improvement measures to be
implemented at the port:
 Provision of personal protective equipment (PPE) that is fit for the task to prevent injury
and maintain hygiene standards
 PPE should be inspected regularly and maintained or replaced as necessary
 Training of workers in correct use of machinery and safety devices
 Installation of mechanical lifting aids where possible and rotate work tasks to reduce
repetitive activities
 Separation of people from moving equipment
 Installation of walkways to separate people from vehicles or moving parts to reduce risk
of collision

Page 9-12
9.5.3 Health Monitoring

MbPT has already established an occupational health service centre within the port premises
to promote and maintain physical, mental and social well being of the employees. The unit is
equipped to detect and prevent occupational/work related diseases and shall offer effective
emergency and injury care. The centre is being developed health education training
packages including use of PPE for all employees and imparts training accordingly.
Occupational Health Service shall arrange to provide adequate number of First Aid Boxes
with approved contents on the shop floor. Ambulance is also available in MbPT to meet any
emergency situations.
The records of health check-up of all employees are being maintained in the port and same
will be continued for the proposed project also. The occurrence of occupational health
hazards and diseases is being maintained. The records are being reviewed at regular
intervals to check the effectiveness of various measures implemented. Based on the review,
action plan to improve the effectiveness of occupational health and safety measures shall be
prepared.
9.5.4 Safety
Overall safety of men and material is an important aspect of port performance. MbPT shall
implement separate safety measures for construction and operation phases and the Safety
Engineer shall be engaged to coordinate the safety aspects.
9.5.4.1 Safety Circle

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous
processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area
of work. The circle shall consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle shall normally
meet for about an hour every week.
9.5.4.2 Safety Training

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Engineer on a regular basis. In addition to
regular employees, contract employees/labours shall also be provided safety training.
9.5.5 Legislations
Legislations relating to Occupational Health & Safety in India (Ref: Report of the Working
Group on Occupational Safety and Health – Planning Commission of India, GoI, September
2001) and applicable/relevant to port operations are listed below:
 The Factories Act, 1948 and the State Rules notified there under
 The Dock Workers (Safety, Health & Welfare) Act, 1986
 The Shop & Establishments Act
 The Explosives Act, 1884 and the Rules framed there under
 The Petroleum Act, 1934 and the Rules framed there under
 The Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956
 The Dangerous Machines (Regulation) Act, 1983

Page 9-13
CHAPTER 10
SUMMARY AND
CONCLUSION
Chapter 10 Summary and Conclusion

10.1 Preamble
Mumbai Port (Port) is one among the Twelve (12) Major Ports of India, established in 1873.
The Port situated in the state of Maharashtra has long been the principal gateway to India
and has played a pivotal role in the development of the national economy, trade & commerce
and prosperity of this City for achieving “economic capital of India” status in particular. The
Port has achieved this position through continuous endeavour to serve the changing needs
of maritime trade. Though traditionally designed to handle general cargo, over the years, the
Port has adapted to changing shipping trends and cargo packaging from break bulk to
unitisation/palletisation and containerisation. Besides, it has also developed specialised
berths for handling POL and chemicals. For several decades, Mumbai Port was India’s
premier port. Even today, with the development of several other ports, it caters to 10.7% of
the country’s seaborne trade in terms of volume and about 19.16% of POL traffic handled by
Major Ports of the country.
Having weathered and survived many a change in maritime trade in its long history, Mumbai
Port is today facing challenges posed by competition from adjoining ports and private ports,
changing traffic patterns, inherent physical constraints and continuing labour intensive
operations, etc. Even with such challenges, Mumbai Port is taking various measures to
render cost effective and quality services to the trade.
To keep up with the operational needs of Mumbai Port, the Port has identified the need for
construction of an additional Oil Berth. MbPT proposes to construct a Fifth Oil Berth at
Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Port area. This development is planned as a replacement to the
existing Fourth Oil Berth. For construction of the proposed Oil Berth, MbPT needs to obtain
prior Environmental/Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Clearance after conducting an
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
10.2 Project Site Location

protected by the mainland of Konkan on its East and Island of Mumbai on its West. The deep
waters in the Harbour provide ample shelter for shipping throughout the year. The location of
the Port is shown in Figure 1-1.
10.3 Need and Justification of Project Development

Of the four oil handling berths at Jawahar Dweep (JD) i.e. berths JD1, JD2, JD3 and JD4,
JD4 is the only berth which can handle larger vessels of Displacement Tonnage 125,000 T.
The crude traffic through MbPT is primarily to cater the requirement of HPCL and BPCL. The
oil companies have been insisting Mumbai Port that a facility to handle fully laden Suez Max
Tankers for crude import to be created. The existing JD4 berth has deteriorated and
expensive rehabilitation of structures are being carried out. However, this would enhance the
life of the berth for another 8-10 years.
Both the oil companies have informed that due to lack of berthing facilities for handling Suez
Max and VLCC vessels, they have been incurring cost of Rs. 150 to 170 Crores every year
towards additional freights / demurrage to the vessels.

Page 10-1
The issue of infrastructural constraints at Jawahar Dweep was discussed by the

Parliamentary Committee for Petroleum and Natural Gas, during their visit in November
2014. The Committee has recommended for the early construction of JD5 to avoid incurring
additional freight.
Considering the limited life of the existing Fourth Oil Berth and no other berths can cater to
larger vessels, it is necessary to construct the 5th Oil Berth catering to the fully laden Suez
Max Vessels and Light Drafted VLCC, with sharing of cost of construction by Oil PSUs.
Mumbai Port had appointed consultants for the Preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR)
for Construction of Fifth Oil Berth catering to fully laden Suez Max tankers and light drafted
VLCC.
10.4 Project Benefits
10.4.1 Induced Development

Crude oil and its by-products are used in the production of variety of products in industries.
There are a number of items that rely on petroleum as part of their production. The proposed
development is planned with the aim to increase crude handling at MbPT. This facility will
help supply additional oil to the refineries in the region. This will help indirectly promote
opportunities for further industrial growth of the region. It will indirectly assist in creation of
many industries and provide employment to local population. This in turn will lead to
employment generation/meeting occupational requirements of local population.
10.4.2 Improved Socio-Economic Conditions

The project will have overall positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the region.
Crude oil will be utilised in the industries for the manufacture of various products. Their
production capacity will increase thereby leading to the creation of more job opportunities
and avenues for income generation. As, a result it will lead to various indirect employment
opportunities. People will have higher earning and buying capacities and their standard of
living will increase. Additional employment opportunities will result in having more than one
earning member in a family and reduce the dependency on a single earner and enable them
with better economic freedom.
10.5 Project Description

Proposed development plan includes the following:
 Unloading Platform
 Four berthing dolphins
 Six mooring dolphins
 Boat Landing and Helicopter Landing Platform including Control Tower Building
 Link Bridge to Existing JD4 Unloading Platform
 Link Bridge to Existing Pump House
 Link Walkways
 New Pump House
 Approach Bund
 Approach Trestle
 Submarine pipeline
 Capital Dredging for berth, channel, and anchorage
 Reclamation at Jawahar Dweep reef for tankages and buffer stock to meet exigencies

Page 10-2
reef area, abutting the existing approach trestle to JD4 berth. Necessary Environmental/CRZ
clearances for setting up of the tank farms will be taken up separately by the respective oil
companies.
10.6 CRZ Compatibility

Physical demarcation of HTL, LTL and delineation of CRZ boundaries for the project site
were carried out by Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai, which is one of
the MoEF & CC authorized agencies for conducting this study. HTL, LTL/CRZ demarcation
map is shown as Figure 2-13.
The summary of the CRZ demarcation is as follows
 The proposed development is a complete offshore development in the water area of
Mumbai Harbour within the Mumbai Port Water Limits.
 This area falls in the classification of CRZ IVB category - the water area from the Low
Tide Line to Twelve Nautical Miles on the seaward side
 Proposed development includes dredging, reclamation, offshore berth, boat landing and
helipad structures, approach trestle and submarine pipeline; there are no mangroves in
the area of proposed development.
 Proposed development being in CRZ IVB area, is a permissible activity as it requires
waterfront and foreshore facilities.
10.7 Description of Environment

An area within 15 km radius from project boundary has been earmarked for the study as the
PIA/study area. Four districts are falling within the study area, namely: Mumbai Suburban,
Mumbai Central, Thane and Raigad districts of Maharashtra.
The baseline environmental status of the study area was established/understood by
generating primary data for the marine component and valid secondary terrestrial data is
used for conducting this EIA study. Primary survey for ecoogy (flora and fauna) was carried
out as part of this EIA study.
10.7.1 Marine Environment

The marine environment baseline survey observations are provided below:
 Temperature ranged between 26.7 0C at MSL-7 during high tide and 37.9 0C at MSL-5
during high tide
 pH value ranged in between 7.7 to 8.5
 Salinity ranged between 33.5 ppt at MSL-4 during low tide to 40.6 ppt at MSL-4 during
high tide
 Turbidity ranged between 17.0 NTU at MSL-1 during low tide and 24.1 NTU during MSL-
4 during high tide
 Dissolved Oxygen ranged between 5.0 mg/l at MSL-5 during low tide to 7.5 mg/l at MSL-
4 during low tide
 Biochemical Oxygen Demand ranged between 2.1 mg/l at MSL-1 and MSL-4 during high
tide and low tide respectively and 3.0 mg/l at MSL-5 during high tide
 Ammonia concentrations varied between 0.058 µmol/l at MSL-7 during high tide and
0.085 at MSL-5 and MSL-7 during low tide respectively

Page 10-3
 Total Nitrogen concentration varied between 20.89 µmol/l at MSL-6 during low tide and
 Total Phosphorous concentration ranged between 1.84 µmol/l at MSL-3 during low tide to
 Particulate Organic Carbon ranged between 111.13 µgC/l at MSL-5 during low tide and
125.28 µgC/l at MSL-5 during high tide
 Petroleum hydrocarbons ranged between 0.391 µg/l at MSL-5 during low tide and 0.683
µg/l at MSL-6 during high tide.
 Cadmium (Cd): The cadmium concentration in marine waters varied between 1.296 µg/l
at MSL-1 during low tide to 2.064 µg/l at MSL-5 during high tide.
 Lead (Pb): The lead concentration in marine waters varied between 3.60 µg/l at MSL-3
during low tide to 5.12 µg/l at MSL-7 during high tide.
 Zinc (Zn): The zinc concentration in marine waters varied between 24.35 µg/l at MSL-7
during low tide to 36.09 µg/l at MSL-3 during low tide.
 Mercury (Hg): The mercury Concentration in marine waters varied between 0.05 µg/l at
MSL-1 and MSL-5 during low tide respectively to 1.76 µg/l at MSL-8 during high tide.
 Primary Productivity: Primary Productivity ranged between 170.3 mgC/m 3/day at MSL-2
during high tide and 298.9 mgC/m3/day at MSL-1 during low tide.
 Total Biomass: Total Biomass ranged between 18.38 ml/100m3 at MSL-4 during low tide
and 48.42 ml/100m3 at MSL-7 during high tide.
between 43 x104 CFU/ml at MSL-2 during high tide and 60 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-6 during
low tide.
 Total Coliform (TC): The Total Coliform population ranged between 24 x104 CFU/ml at
MSL-2 during high tide and 39 x105 CFU/ml at MSL-5 during low tide.
10.7.2 Terrestrial Environment

The terrestrial environment baseline survey observations are provided below:
 The total area considered for land use study is 70682 ha (~15 km radius). Of this, 57.9 %
is sea, 21.6% is Urban land, 5.9% is Mangrove Swamp, 3.3% is Coastal Wetlands, 3.2%
is Scrub land, 2.8% is Crop land, 1.7% is Fallow land, 1.3% is plantation and 1% is
Deciduous lands. The rest is distributed among built-up land, coastal sand and others.
 Daily maximum temperature is 33.60C and the minimum temperature is 19.30C
 Relative humidity is moderate to high all-round the year
 Maximum and minimum rainfall of 707.2 mm and 0.1 mm.
 Maximum mean wind speed 10.4 Kilometre per hour
 As per the Flora and Fauna study and analysis no rare or endangered or endemic or
threatened (REET)/Endangered IUCN criteria plants and animal species are observed in
the core area
 Ambient Air Quality monitoring is carried out regularly by MbPT’s Pollution Control Cell.
Data collected (RSPM-PM10, RSPM-PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3) for the period of January
2015 to June 2015 is used in this EIA report to understand the baseline quality. Results
indicate that all monitoring parameters are within the prescribed standards.
 Secondary data from the study area was collected and analysed to understand baseline
conditions for terrestrial components of soil and surface water quality. Results available
within the 15 km radius of present proposal indicate:
o Soil texture is sandy loam
o Soil pH ranged between 7.8 to 8.4, soil in the region is moderately alkaline in nature

Page 10-4
o Surface water pH ranged between 7.2 to 7.6 and is neutral to moderately alkaline in
nature
o Dissolved Oxygen ranged between 5.5 mg/l to 6.2 mg/l
10.7.3 Socio-economic Conditions

The study area for the socio-economic baseline description consists of 15 km radius around
the Project stretch. Four districts i.e., Mumbai Suburban, Mumbai City, Thane and Raigad
covering a total of 25 villages, 3 Municipal Corporations (M Corp.) and 4 Commercial Towns
(CT) are falling in the study area. The Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM) is
partly falling under Mumbai Suburban and partly under Mumbai City district. These districts
consist of only urban population under MCGM. Thane taluk is falling under Thane district and
Uran, Panvel and Alibag taluks are getting covered under Raigad district within the study
area.
The study area has a population of 65,98,117 persons with a sex ratio of 841 females to
1000 males. Male population comprises of 54.31% and female population comprises of
45.68% of the total population in the study area. The ST population in the study area is very
low and is only 1% of the total population in the 15 km radius. The SC population comprises
of 8% and other castes comprises of 91% of the total population in the study area. Total
workforce in the study area consists of 39.98% of the total population. Main workers
comprises of 93.67% whereas marginal workers comprises of 6.32% of the total workforce.
60.01% consists of non-workers from the total population in the study area. 79.88% is the
literacy rate in the study area. As the study area is covering Municipal Corporations and
Commercial Towns government and private medical, educational facilities are available to
meet the requirements of the local population.
10.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts with Mitigation Measures

Anticipated impacts on the environmental and social attributes, which are likely to arise due
to construction and operation of proposed project have been identified, predicted and
evaluated.
10.8.1 Construction Phase

Project developmental activities such as site development, civil construction and mechanical
erection works, material transport & other construction activities, dredging, reclamation,
dredge spoil disposal, development of offshore structures, etc. will result in disturbance to
predominantly the marine environment and to some extent the terrestrial environment.
Most of impacts during construction are short-term in nature and will cease on completion of
construction activities.
10.8.2 Operation Phase

The operational phase impacts due to all components of the projects have been identified,
predicted and evaluated. Likely impacts due to the project will mostly be on the marine
environment. In addition, proposed development is a replacement to existing Fourth Oil
berth; as such no additional/new impacts are envisaged due to operation of the Fifth Oil
Berth. The proposed activities, likely environmental parameter and impacts along with
mitigation measures are discussed in Chapter 5.

Page 10-5
10.9 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Monitoring Programme for construction and operation phases of project has
been formulated. The Environmental Monitoring Programme for both Terrestrial and Marine
environment covers the technical and network design of monitoring including measurement
methodologies, frequency, location, etc., and budgetary estimates. The budgetary estimate
for Environmental Management during construction phase is INR 6.03 Million (INR 0.603
Crores) and the Annual Recurring cost estimate is INR 5.92 Million (INR 0.59 Crores).
MbPT has an inhouse Pollution Control Cell which is responsible to look into aspects of
environmental protection and safety aspects. MbPT expends about Rs. 1 crore every year
specifically on environmental aspects.
10.10 Environmental Management Plan

The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmental management to
mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the construction and
operation phases of the project will be best achieved through a suitable institutional
mechanism. During construction and operational phase, Project proponent shall adopt an
Environmental Management System (EMS) that would be developed on guidelines similar to
that of ISO 14000. The objective of such EMS will be to establish a system to assess,
monitor and manage environmental performances, which can be used to promote continued
environmental improvement and the prevention of pollution.
10.11 Additional Studies
10.11.1 Risk Assessment

Risk analysis study was carried out to assess risks associated with operation of the proposed
offshore oil berth at Jawahar Dweep. The Risk Analysis covered the following.
 Hazard Identification including potential release events and Failure Frequency
 Consequence modelling of release rate and damage distances
10.11.2 Disaster Management Plan

MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan and equipment’s to
contain/remove/disperse oil spills in sea water. An integrated fire protection system has been
designed as per guideline of Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) to combat fire under
various possible risks. MbPT also has in place a Disaster Management Plan (DMP).
The DMP is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of
installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the same order of priorities.
For effective implementation of DMP, it should be widely circulated and personnel training is
to be provided through rehearsals/drills.
An institutional framework with assignment of roles and responsibilities was broadly prepared
with which location of Emergency Control Centre and Assembly Points is identified.
Communication system and alarm systems for effective communication in the event of a
disaster are broadly identified. DMP for natural hazards such as cyclones was prepared.
Mutual aid scheme and aspects relating to community involvement for dealing with off-site
disasters is broadly discussed.

Page 10-6
10.11.3 Social Impact Assessment
10.11.3.1 Social Impacts during Construction Phase

Land Acquisition
Harbour, Mumbai Port. This will fall in the offshore area which is about 5 km away from the
landward side. Proposed developments are planned within existing Mumbai Port Trust area
and hence do not involve acquisition of any private land. As such the proposed activity does
not attract any rehabilitation or resettlement issues.
Impact on Nearby Settlements
the noise generating activities. The 5 km radius of the proposed activity is covering minimal
habitations. However, the activities are limited to the construction phase and will cease upon
completion of the construction. Hence, this impact is considered to be negligible and
therefore can be classified as insignificant.
Impact on Fishing Activity
The main navigational channel is currently being used by all users like MbPT, JNPT, Tourism
Board, Navy and as well as Fishermen for venturing into the open sea for fishing. Fishing in
Port limit is prohibited by law due to security reasons as well as safety reasons. As
such the proposed facility is not envisaged to bring any negative impacts or hindrance in the
movement of boats and carrying out fishing activities.
The most important impact that can be envisaged on the fishes is due to the suspended
solids or changes in the food chain due to dredging in the construction phase and oil spillage
in case of handling/storage of oil/product, accidents and vessel movements during operation
phase. This might result in clogging of gills of fishes and cause asphyxiation. But as fishes
are free swimmers, they can sense the changes and can move to safer areas during this
period and come back once the turbidity levels have stabilised/improved. Due to this
capability of fishes there shall be no significant adverse impacts. In the proposed area due to
dredging and presence of heavy traffic, abundance of fishery resources is also not
envisaged. Moreover fishing is not a permissible activity within port limits. Hence
unfavourable impacts are not anticipated.
However necessary steps shall be taken in order to address minimize and address the
adverse impacts on the fishermen community as a result of the proposed activity. Necessary
sign boards and marker buoys along with interaction with the fishermen will be initiated so
that there is no hindrance in the movement of fishing boats and carrying out fishing activities.
Oil containment booms and oil skimmers are proposed to control the accidental leakage of
oil. The leakage and spillage is expected due to rupture of pipeline, etc. for which
contingency plans already in existence to combat in the port. There are existing facilities
available to cater to such leakage and spillage.
Employment Potential

Page 10-7
10.11.3.2 Social Impacts during Operation Phase

Impact on Fishing Activity
Necessary steps shall be taken in order to address the issues and negative impacts on the
fishermen community as a result of the proposed project activity.
Employment Potential
existing employees will be redeployed to the new facility. Approximately 50-80 existing
employees will be redeployed during operation phase of the Fith Oil Berth.
Public Health and Safety
Since the proposed project consists of only a liquid handling facility through pipelines and not
a processing plant or industrial unit as such, the usual sources of environmental pollution
such as emission of smoke and toxic chemical, effluent discharge, spoilt disposal, etc. will
not happen. However essential steps shall be taken to handle any mishap in case of
emergencies such as use of number of unloading arms with latest technology, etc. The cargo
will be evacuated through pipelines. No portion of the proposed facility will cross the
inhabited area. Separate de-ballasting pipeline shall be provided to receive the washing from
the ships. Also, proposed development is a replacement of existing Fourth Oil Berth. As such
no new/additional impacts due to the operation of the Fifth Oil Berth are envisaged.
MbPT has in place an approved Oil Spill Response Plan, an integrated fire protection system
and a Disaster Management Plan. All these will help minimize/avoid the probability of
occurrence of emergency situations and mitigate the impacts.
10.12 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

As a gesture towards CSR, MbPT is contributing in a large manner towards community
development and environmental management. Detailed below are the various activities
which are being undertaken by MbPT as a step towards community development. These
shall also be extended as a part of the proposed development
Botanical garden
As a part of CSR, MbPT has created a small Botanical garden named “Sagar Upvan” near
Colaba Bus Station, Colaba Mumbai. The garden is a boon to the citizens of Mumbai in
general & South Mumbai in particular. The 800m long pathway enables morning and evening
walks. The Garden is presently being maintained by AIAI (All India Association of Industries).
The Garden has won 1st prize number of times in the competitions organised by the “Friends
of Tress” (an NGO). A Sewage treatment plant caters to the watering needs of Garden.
Central Kitchen Garden
The Central Kitchen situated in the Victoria Dock caters about 2000 MbPT employees
through departmental Canteens. This kitchen generates about 1820 kg of kitchen waste
daily. As a step towards a green initiative, this waste is recycled on the terrace of this kitchen
building admeasuring about 3000 sq. ft. area. This has reduced their dependence on local
resources.
Support to Exhibition
MbPT also supports organisations in carrying out exhibitions as a part of creating awareness
and sensitivity towards heritage for the purposes of education, study and enjoyment of the

Page 10-8
public. It also sponsors educational programmes directed towards children of aided schools
and economically weaker sections of the society.
Development Of Kanhoji Angre Lighthouse as a Tourist Destination
This project is to be developed in PPP mode and is supported by a grant of Rs.15 crores
from the Ministry of Tourism, GoI and grants from Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Ports under
their CSR programmes. This plan includes refurbishing the existing lighthouse building,
restoration/conservation of existing fort wall, landscape enhancement of the Island, regular
motor boat/ferry services from Thal/Ali Bagh and Gateway of India.
Tree Plantation and E-Waste Disposal
MbPT regularly undertakes tree plantation programmes throughout its estates and does its
bit to add Green Cover to the City. As a responsible authority, they are also maintaining the
cleanliness in the environment and are disposing their e-waste through CPCB shortlisted
vendor.

Page 10-9
CHAPTER 11
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants

Mumbai Port Trust has engaged L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd (LNTIEL), Hyderabad
(formerly known as L&T-RAMBØLL Consulting Engineers Limited), to undertake the EIA and
RA Study for the proposed development of Fifth Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai
Harbour, Mumbai Port.
11.1 Brief Profile of L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd

L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd., a subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro Limited is a leading
multi-disciplinary Indian Consultancy firm. LNTIEL has made a distinctive mark by creating
new standards in providing sustainable solutions. Today, LNTIEL is distinguished from others
not limited to its lineage but its relentless quest for quality - a unique tradition of placing
client’s needs above all.
LNTIEL offers a diverse array of talents together with practical experience. We assure our
clients a professional approach by innovation and evolving optimal solutions. At LNTIEL, we
recognise that human resources are the key to organisational success. LNTIEL’s expertise
ranges across a broad spectrum of sectors with special forte in Infrastructure Projects and
Industrial Parks/SEZs. LNTIEL has expertise in carrying out Techno-Economic Feasibility
Studies, Preparation of Master Plans & Detailed Project Reports and Bid Process
Management. LNTIEL is rendering the following services for Specialised Industrial
Clusters/SEZs/Industrial Parks/Investment Regions:
 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment including assistance to Client in obtaining
necessary clearances/approvals from various statutory authorities: State PCB’s, Coastal
Zone Management Authorities (CZMA’s), MoEF & CC (GoI)
 Field surveys (Terrestrial & Marine Environments) and investigations
 Numerical modelling especially for the marine projects
 Project formulation/conceptualisation & configuration
 Market study and demand assessment
 Master planning, Urban planning, Environmental planning and Tourism planning
 Infrastructure design and engineering
 Block cost estimation
 Economic and financial analysis
 Bid Process Management
 Assistance in domestic and international marketing including road shows/investors
conference (or meet) for marketing the project.
 Assistance to Client in achieving technical and financial closures
Strengths of LNTIEL
LNTIEL has a well-equipped Corporate Office at Chennai. LNTIEL’s staffs is replete with a
wide range of professionals – Planners, Engineers, Designers, Environmental and Social
Specialists, Financial Analysts, Project Structuring, Marketing and Privatisation Experts,
Construction Supervision Managers – covering a wide spectrum of services. The skills of the
Experts are continuously aligned to suit the changing Client requirements. LNTIEL has
strategic tie-ups with Associates for specialized services. Services of an eminent group of
Expert Consultants are also available to LNTIEL. Our clients value the highly motivated and
dedicated team of professionals who assure them international quality service through
focused and optimal solutions.

Page 11-1
LNTIEL provides a stimulating working environment. We have assembled a team of skilled,

creative and dynamic professionals who strive to translate the organisational ethos into
reality. To enhance the efficiency of the personnel and enable them to be updated with the
latest developments in technology, we organise comprehensive technical training
programmes and organisational development programmes at regular intervals. A creative
work environment, motivated staff, structured training, latest methodologies and tools,
continuous adherence to quality, adoption of best ethical standards and a keen client
orientation are the factors that spur on LNTIEL‘s journey into the future. Our driving
philosophy is ‘Client First’. We work towards complete satisfaction of our clients by adopting
good work practices and meeting their requirements through timely delivery of appropriate
solutions. Further for achieving this objective, we have acquired state-of-the-art IT facilities
and software to ensure quality in all spheres of our activity.
LNTIEL has modern fully computerized offices with latest computational and communication
facilities. A large number of high-end computers are available and are connected by a
network. Further, data one Internet connectivity enables fast exchange of information with
the clients, as well as within the offices and the parent companies. These facilities help us to
provide our clients high quality services within the shortest possible time. Besides several
expert consultants hired regularly for various highly skilled expertise requirements, LNTIEL
has more than 300 regular employees at four offices forming a leading consulting group with
extensive operations at Chennai, Hyderabad, Delhi and Mumbai.
Quality Policy of LNTIEL
LNTIEL is committed to achieve and sustain excellence in consultancy services to customers
world-wide through an in-house Quality Management System that conforms to ISO
9001:2008. The commitment stated above will be fulfilled by:
 Working towards complete satisfaction of LNTIEL’s customers by adopting good work
practices and meeting their requirements through timely delivery of appropriate solutions.
 Striving to achieve continual improvement of quality management system through
periodic review of quality policy, processes and quality objectives.
 Striving to maintain well-qualified and motivated staff by empowering them and providing
a stimulating work environment.
 Adhering to the best ethical standards for business behaviour by respecting the rules of
law governing LNTIEL’s business and presenting a well-audited financial statement every
year.
 Impelling employees at all levels in achieving the objectives of the organisation and
ensuring that all employees are aware of and act within the policy framework of LNTIEL.
 Propagating our quality policy and procedures to our sub-consultants and associates and
ensuring adherence to the relevant components of the quality system.
QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation
National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) is a constituent board of the
Quality Council of India (QCI). QCI, NABET has accredited LNTIEL formerly known as L&T-
RAMBØLL Consulting Engineers Limited for carrying out EIA studies in the following Six
sectors:
 Ports, Harbours, Jetties, Marine Terminals, Break Waters and Dredging
 Thermal Power Plants
 Highways, Railways, Transport Terminals, Mass Rapid Transport Systems
 River Valley, Hydel, Drainage and Irrigation Projects

Page 11-2
 Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), Special

Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes
 Airports
Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.lntiel.com
11.2 Sub Consultants Engaged

As part of the process for obtaining Environmental/CRZ Clearance for development of the
proposed Fifth Oil Berth, several surveys have been carried out by various agencies. These
agencies/organizations have been identified based on the credentials, commitment to the
quality of output and deliverables, price, etc. Brief details of these agencies are provided
below:
11.2.1 Institute of Remote Sensing-Anna University

Nature of consultancy service rendered: HTL, LTL & CRZ Demarcation Studies
The Institute of Remote Sensing (IRS) was established in 1982 by Anna University with the
funds provided by the Government of Tamil Nadu. Over the years, the infrastructural facilities
have been gradually built-up using development grants mainly from Ministry of Human
Resources Development, University Grants Commission, Federal Republic of Germany,
Government of India and Department of Agriculture of Government of Tamil Nadu. At
present, the Institute is rated as one of the best in the country in the areas of Remote
Sensing, Geographical Information System and Large Scale Mapping. The Institute functions
as an autonomous unit of Anna University, governed by an executive committee headed by
the Vice-Chancellor and the recurring grants for maintenance are provided by the
Government of Tamil Nadu. As an externally assisted project, The Federal Republic of
Germany has provided assistance worth 7 million DM towards equipment, exchange of staff
and for conducting a 4-year engineering Under-Graduate program, B.E. (Geoinformatics),
which is the only program of its kind in this country. The Institute has about 2400 square
metres of built-up space for various laboratories equipped with sophisticated instruments and
machinery worth Rs.150 million. The main building and laboratories are centrally air-
conditioned.
IRS has carried out more than 100 projects in the past involving HTL, LTL & CRZ
Demarcation which are sponsored by Central, State and private organisations.
11.2.2 Centre for Advanced Studies in Marine Biology, Annamalai University,

Parangipettai
Nature of consultancy service rendered: Marine Environmental Surveys
The Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology (CASMB) is a reputed Marine Institute in
India which is actively engaged in teaching, research and extension activities with an ideal
location and easy access to different biotopes such as estuary, mangrove, backwaters and
coastal waters. It has made rapid strides in various facets of Marine Science.
Research contribution through the years to Marine Science pertaining to the tropical
environment by this Centre resulted in the establishment of exchange programmes with
research institutions of the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The major
thrust areas identified for the Centre by the experts of the UGC visiting committee are
Biological Oceanography, Physical & Chemical Oceanography, Physiology, Biochemistry &
Microbiology, Fishery Science and Ecology & Aquaculture.

Page 11-3
The ENVIS Centre (Environmental Information System), which is one among the 78 Centres
in the country sponsored by the Ministry of Environment and Forests and Climate Change
(MoEF & CC), Government of India, New Delhi, started functioning from March 2, 1992 at the
Centre of Advanced Study in Marine Biology, Annamalai University, Parangipettai, Tamil
Nadu, a pioneering Marine Biological Research Institute.
This Centre is meant to collect information on Estuaries, Mangroves, Coral reefs and
Lagoons. The Centre has been serving with a motto to "Collect, Collate and Disseminate"
and is engaged in several information services viz., query/answer, and abstract service,
press clipping service, publication and development of database for the benefit of user
community.
In addition to ENVIS Centre, ENVIS Node on the Environmental Management Capacity
Building - Technical Assistance Project (EMCB-TAP) on Estuaries, Mangroves, Coral reefs
and Lagoons has been established by the Ministry of Environment and Forests and Climate
Change (MoEF & CC), Government of India, under the World Bank (WB) Assistance.
ENVIS centre has also been selected as one among the 20 Sustainable Development
Network Partners (SDNP) of ENVIS under Indo-Canada Environmental Facility (ICEF)
Project, India. Further details on the agency may be seen on the following URL:
www.casmbenvis.nic.in.
11.2.3 Indian Institute of Chemical Technology

Nature of consultancy service rendered: Risk Analysis Study
Indian Institute of Chemical Technology (IICT), a constituent laboratory of Council of
Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), is renowned for its contributions to the Indian
Industry, particularly in the chemical industry, for its expertise in technology development in
market driven products and processes.
Being multidisciplinary in character IICT is engaged in research and technology development
work for a large number of products in many areas of interest to the Indian industry.
Significantly, agrochemicals, drugs, oil derivatives, surface coatings, polymers, organic
intermediates, fine chemicals and catalysts are the major areas of technology developmental
and applied scientific research of the Institute.
IICT provides a variety of technical and scientific services to the Indian Industry, academic
institutions and other government and non-government agencies for a variety of services like
contract research, process development in the areas of specialization, design engineering of
commercial plants, hazard and risk analysis of chemical plants, toxicity evaluation for
pesticides, process revalidation, modelling, simulation and optimization of chemical
processes and chemical characterization.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES
Chemical Engineering Sciences is a major area in Indian Institute of Chemical Technology.
This area contributes to the chemical engineering aspects at various stages of technology
development and assists in successful commercialization of any technology, by providing
Basic/Detailed engineering packages.
PROCESS SAFETY CENTRE
IICT has developed technologies for hazardous and toxic chemicals like carbon monoxide,
phosgene, sodium azide and agrochemicals like monocrotophos, chloropyriphos, butachlor

Page 11-4
etc. Several commercial plants are in operation with the technology and engineering
provided by IICT.
Until 1984, IICT's main concern was the safety of process plants based on its technology, but
the MIC gas tragedy at Bhopal changed it all. A special cell, Process Safety Centre
(PROSAC) was established to carryout Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment of Chemical
and Petrochemical Industries. The group consists of members from Chemical, Mechanical
and Electrical Engineering, Process Control, Mathematical Modelling and Computer Science.
PROSAC offers a variety of services in the field of safety such as:
 Hazard Analysis
 Hazard and Operability Studies (HAZOP)
 Failure Frequency Analysis
 Quantitative Risk Assessment
 Safety Audit & Safety Reviews
 On-site and Off-site Emergency Plans
 Disaster Management Plans
 Maximum Credible Accident Consequence Analysis
 Dust Explosion studies (Experimental)
Apart from the above studies, PROSAC is actively engaged in development of computer
software and conducting training programs as per the requirements of the clients.
PROSAC ASSIGNMENTS
PROSAC has conducted risk analysis studies for several chemical installations including gas
processing and petrochemical plants. PROSAC collaborated with TNO, The Netherlands,
DNV Technica, Kuala Lumpur, SSC, The Netherlands and EPTRI, Hyderabad in some of the
assignments.
The major names in the list for which PROSAC has done projects are for ONGC-IEOT,
BPCL, HPCL, IOCL, PHMBL, Hindustan Lever Limited, Coromandel Fertilizers Ltd., Andhra
Sugars, Sree Rayalaseema Alkalies & Allied Chemicals Ltd, CIBA India Ltd., Bayer India
Ltd., LNTIEL, Matrix Laboratories Ltd., Astrix Laboratories etc.
Further details on the agency may be seen on the following URL: www.iictindia.org
11.2.4 Flora and Fauna Study

A detailed survey of Flora and Fauna in the study area of the proposed development of Fifth
Oil Berth and its environs extending up to a radius of 15 km was carried. L&TIEL has
engaged the services of Dr. I. Sivaramakrishna to conduct the Flora and Fauna surveys. Dr.
I. Sivaramakrishna, an Assistant Professor at K.L. University, Vaddeswaram, Guntur District,
Andhra Pradesh, is now a reputed freelance consultant in the field of ecology and
biodiversity. He is also a Category A accredited QCI-NABET Functional Area Expert in
the sector of Ecology & Biodiversity.

Page 11-5
APPENDIX A
MoEF ToR APPROVAL
LETTER
F.No.10-4/2015-IA.III
Government of India
Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
(IA.IIISection)
Indira Paryavaran Bhawan,
J or Bagh Road,
New Delhi - 110 003.
Dated: 19th June, 2015
To
The Chief Engineer,
Mj s Mumbai Port Trust,
Port House, Shoorji Vallabhdas Marg,
Ballard Estate, Mumbai
Subject: Construction of fifth Oil Berth at Jawahr Dweep, Mumbai by MIs

Mumbai Port Trust - Terms of Reference (ToR) - Reg.
Sir,
This has reference to your letter No. CE.HF.481CjFBjBIj 1399 dated

25.02.2015 forwarding along with application seeking for Terms of Reference for
the aforesaid project.
2. The proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) in

its 147th meeting held on 23rd - 24th April, 2015 and the proponent has informed
that:
1. With expanding capacity of the BPCL and HPCL refineries, Crude Oil
demand is increasing and Oil companies insist that the facility to handle
Suez MaxjVLCC tankers of 1,50,000 Tonne to 2,00,000 Tonne parcel load
for Crude import should be created to achieve economy in freight charges.
Hence, Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) has decided for construction of fifth Oil
berth at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour area located downstream of
existing J4 berth at a distance of approximately 600m south west. The
location of proposed fifth berth (JD5) is selected to have good separation
between the tankers during berthing and de-birthing. A distance of 300m is
maintained after berthing.
11. The dredging for connection to the new berth is proposed to a depth up to -
19m CD. The channel leading to JD5 is a common channel of MbPT and
JNPT. The second phase of dredging of the common channel i.e. up to -16m
CD has been considered while designing the berth.
111. The proposed JD5 berth will consist of a central service platform of size
50m x 25m, 4 Nos. of berthing dolphins of size 20m x 16m and 6 Nos. of
mooring dolphin of size 15.65m x 15.6m.The deck can accommodate 7 Nos.
Marine Loading Arms for handling crude oil, Products, dirty ballast j
bunkering.
IV. This is designed to accommodate crude pipelines and with the service road
of 4.3m wide. The length of trestle is approximately 4 km and overall width
is 14.9m.
v. Presently, one submarine pipeline of 42 for handling crude import from JD
to MbPT Manifold at Pir Pau exists. Additional 42 dia pipeline is proposed to
be laid.
ToR_Mumbai Port Trust_5th Oil Berth Page 10f4
- l
3. The project was examined by the EAC in its 147th meeting held on 23rd _
24th April, 2015 and recommended the project for the TOR with the following
specific TOR with general conditions for preparation of the Environment Impact
Assessment (EIA)Report and Environment Management Plan (EMP)in respect of
the Construction of fifth Oil Berth at Jawahr Dweep, Mumbai by MIs
Mumbai Port Trust:
(i) Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites
examined/rejected/ selected on merit with comparative statement
and reason/basis for selection. The examination should justify site
suitability in terms of environmental angle, resources sustainability
associated with selected site as compared to rejected sites. The
analysis should include parameters considered along with weight age
criteria for short-listing selected site.
(ii) Details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details of
land use around 10 km radius of the project site. Examine and
submit detail of land use around 10 km radius of the project site and
map of the project area and 10 km area from boundary of the
proposed/ existing project area, delineating project areas notified
under the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972/ critically polluted areas as
identified by the CPCB from time to time/notified eco-sensitive
areas/interstate boundaries and international boundaries. Analysis
should be made based on latest satellite imagery for land use with
raw images.
(iii) Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map

demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale along with the
recommendation of the SCZMA.
(iv) Details of the layout plan including details of channel, breakwaters,

dredging, disposal and reclamation.
(v) Details of handling of each cargo, storage, transport along with

spillage control, dust preventive measures.
(vi) Submit the details of fishing activity and likely impacts on the fishing
activity due to the project.
(vii) Details of oil spill contingency plan.

(viii) Details of bathymetry study.
(ix) Details of ship tranquillity study.
(x) Examine the details of water requirement, impact on competitive

user, treatment details, use of treated waste water. Prepare a water
balance chart.
(xi) Examine details of Solid waste generation treatment and its disposal.
(xii) Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected
incremental load due to the proposed project/ activities.
(xiii) The air quality monitoring should be carried out according to the
notification issued on 16th November, 2009.
ToR_Mumbai Port Trust_5th Oil Berth ~

/. Page 2 0[4
(xiv) Examine separately the details for construction and operation phases
both for Environmental Management Plan and Environmental
Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters.
(xv) Submit details of a comprehensive Risk Assessment and Disaster

Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural
and man-made disasters
(xvi) Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including
anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measure,
project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry
website ''http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Port and harbour".
(xvii) The EAC observed that request of PP for granting exemption from
Public Hearing cannot be considered since the PP so far has not
placed on the justification/ valid ground on records in this regard.
Thus, EAC recommends conduct of Public Hearing (PH).
General Guidelines
(i) The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible.
(ii) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.
(iii) Period/ date of data collection should be clearly indicated.
(iv) Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional

languages.
(v) The letter/application for EC should quote the MoEF&CC File No.
and also attach a copy of the letter prescribing the TOR.
(vi) The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the TOR
prescribed for the project should be attached as an annexure to the
final EIA-EMP Report.
(vii) The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate
the issues in TOR and that raised in Public Hearing. The index of the
final EIA-EMP report, must indicate the specific chapter and page no.
of the EIA-EMP Report where the specific TOR prescribed by Ministry
and the issue raised in the P.H. have been incorporated.
Questionnaire related to the project (posted on MoEF&CC website)
with all sections duly filled in shall also be submitted at the time of
applying for EC.
(viii) Grant of TOR does not mean grant of EC.
(ix) Grant of TOR/EC to the present project does not mean grant of
approvals in other regulations such as the Forest (Conservation) Act
1980 or the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.
(x) Grant .of EC is also subject to Circulars issued under the EIA
Notification 2006, which are available on the MoEF&CC website:
www.envfor.nic.in.
(xi) The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI

shall be specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his
accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA is prepared.
ToR_Mumbai Port Trust_S'h Oil Berth
Page 3 of4
. I
(xii) On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the
consultant/ consultancy firm along with their complete details
including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The
consultant while submitting the EIA/EMP report shall give an
undertaking to the effect that the prescribed TORs (TOR proposed by
the project proponent and additional TOR given by the MoEF) have
been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct (Refer
MoEF office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009).
(xiii) While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts
associated with/involved in the preparation of these reports and the
laboratories through which the samples have been got analysed
should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether
these laboratories are approved under the Environment (Protection)
Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (Please refer MoEF office
memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The project leader of the EIA
study shall also be mentioned.
(xiv) All the TOR points as presented before the Expert Appraisal
Committee (EAC)shall be covered.
4. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in terms of the above

additional ToRs and should be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for
conduct of Public Hearing. Public Hearing to be conducted for the project in
accordance with the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification,
2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the
Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted based
on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the
Meeting available on the web-site.
5. You are required to submit the detailed final EIA/EMP prepared as per
ToRs including issues raised during Public Hearing to the Ministry for considering
the proposal for environmental clearance within 3 years as per the MoEF&CC
O.M. No.J-l1013/41/2006-IA-II(I) (P) dated 08.10.2014.
6. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report after

accreditation with Quality Council of India/National Accreditation Board of
Education and Training (QCI/NABET) would need to include a certificate in this
regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other
Organization(s)/Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. vide
notification of the MoEF dated 19.07.2013.
7. The prescribed ToRs would be valid for a period of three years for
submission of the EIA/EMP Reports.
(Dr. Ranjini Warrier)

Copy to: Director
The Member Secretary, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Kalpataru Points,

3rd & 4th floor, Opp. Cine Planet, Sion Circle, Sion (E), Mumbai - 400 022.
ToR_Mumbai Port Tmst_Sth Oil Bertb

Page 4 0[4
APPENDIX B
COMPLIANCE TO MoEF
SUGGESTION ON ToR
Appendix B. Compliances to MoEF & CC Approved ToR

S. No. Additional ToR Compliance
1 Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites The proposed 5th Oil Berth is
examined/rejected/ selected on merit with comparative statement planned to be developed in Mumbai
and reason/basis for selection. The examination should justify Harbour area within MbPT Port
site suitability in terms of environmental angle, resources Limits to augment existing crude
sustainability associated with selected site as compared to handling capacity at MbPT. Details
rejected sites. The analysis should include parameters of the site are discussed in Chapter
considered along with weight age criteria for short-listing selected 3.
site.
2 Details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details The details of land use covering 15
of land use around 10 km radius of the project site. Examine and km radius is discussed in Section
submit detail of land use around 10 km radius of the project site 4.3.4 of Chapter 4. Details of Eco-
and map of the project area and 10 km area from boundary of the Sensitive Area within 15 km radius
proposed/ existing project area, delineating project areas notified are discussed in Section 4.3.5 of
under the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972/ critically polluted areas Chapter 4.
as identified by the CPCB from time to time/notified eco-sensitive
areas/interstate boundaries and international boundaries.
Analysis should be made based on latest satellite imagery for
land use with raw images.
3 Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map Extract of the HTL/LTL map
demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale along with prepared by an authorized agency is
the recommendation of the SCZMA. provided in Section 2.11 of Chapter
2. MCZMA recommendation will be
obtained and submitted to MoEF &
CC during Appraisal after Public
Hearing.
4 Details of the layout plan including details of channel, Layout Plan of facilities at MbPT is
breakwaters, dredging, disposal and reclamation. shown as Figure 2-2 and layout
details of proposed JD5 is discussed
in Section 2.7.4 of Chapter 2.
5 Details of handling of each cargo, storage, transport along with Discussed in Sections 2.3.3, 2.3.4,
spillage control, dust preventive measures. 2.3.5, 2.4.4, 2.4.5, 2.7.14.2, 2.7.15,
2.7.16, 2.10 of Chapter 2 and
Sections 5.1.3, 5.3.3 and 5.5 of
Chapter 5.
6 Submit the details of fishing activity and likely impacts on the Discussed in Section 5.8 of Chapter
fishing activity due to the project. 5 and Section 7.6 of Chapter 7.
7 Details of oil spill contingency plan Discussed in Section 7.2 of Chapter
7
8 Details of bathymetry study Discussed in Section 2.5.1 of
Chapter 2
9 Details of ship tranquility study Discussed in Section 2.6.3 of
Chapter 2
10 Examine the details of water requirement, impact on competitive Discussed in Section 2.4.8.1 of
user, treatment details, use of treated waste water. Prepare a Chapter 2.
water balance chart.
11 Examine details of Solid waste generation treatment and its Discussed in Section 2.4.8.4 of
disposal Chapter 2.
12 Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected Discussed in Section 2.6.2
incremental load due to the proposed project/ activities (additional dredge spoil disposal) of
Chapter 2, Section 5.3 and 5.5 of
Chapter 5.
Appendix B Compliances to MoEF & CC Approved ToR

Page B-1
EIA/EMP & RA for Construction of 5th Oil Berth at Jawahar Dweep in Mumbai Harbour C1151305 305
S. No. Additional ToR Compliance

13 The air quality monitoring should be carried out according to the Discussed in Section 4.11.3 of
notification issued on 16th November, 2009. Chapter 4.
14 Examine separately the details for construction and operation Discussed in Chapter 6 and Chapter
phases both for Environmental Management Plan and 9.
Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters.
15 Submit details of a comprehensive Risk Assessment and Discussed in Section 7.1 and 7.2 of
Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuation Chapter 7.
during natural and man-made disasters
16 Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies -
including anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative
measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available
on Ministry website ''http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Port and harbour"
17 The EAC observed that request of PP for granting exemption Necessary procedure shall be
from Public Hearing cannot be considered since the PP so far followed for conduct of Public
has not placed on the justification/ valid ground on records in this Hearing.
regard. Thus, EAC recommends conduct of Public Hearing (PH).
Appendix B Compliances to MoEF & CC Approved ToR

Page B-2
APPENDIX C
Marine Environmental
Monitoring Results
Appendix C Marine Environmental Monitoring Results

Table C-1: Macrobenthic Fauna in PIA
S. Name of the MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL- MSL-
No. Species 1-HT 1-LT 2-HT 2-LT 3-HT 3-LT 4-HT 4-LT 5-HT 5-LT 6-HT 6-LT 7-HT 7-LT 8-HT 8-LT
Polychaetes
Amphinome
1 150 150 * * * * * 150 * 125 100 25 * 75 * 100
sp.
Armandia
2 50 * * * * * * * 75 * * * * * 75 *
intermedia
Armandia
3 * * * * 50 * 100 * 50 * * * * * * *
longicaudata
Boccardia
4 * * 50 * 50 * 50 * * * * * 100 * 50 *
polybranchia
Capitella
5 * 50 * * 100 * * * 25 * * * 75 * 50 50
capitata
Cirratulus
6 50 * 75 * * * * * * * 50 * * * * *
africanus
Cirratulus
7 100 * * * * * * * 75 * * * * * 75 *
concinnus
Cossura
8 * * * * * 50 50 50 * * * 50 * 25 * *
coasta
Exogone
9 150 * 50 * 100 * 50 * * * * * * * * *
clavator
Glycera
10 * 50 * 25 * * * * * 150 * * * * * 100
benquellana
11 Glycera sp. * * * * * * * * * * * * * 25 * 50
Goniada
12 * 150 * 75 * 100 * * * * * 25 * * * *
emerita
Goniadopsis
13 * * * * * * * 150 * 125 * 100 * 25 * *
incerta
14 Laonice cirrata * * * 75 * 50 * 75 * * * * * * * *
Lumbrinereis
15 * * * * * * * * 50 * 75 * 100 75 * 50
sp.
Malacocerous
16 * 100 * * * * * 50 * 50 * * * * * *
indicus
Page C-1
Maldanidae
17 50 50 * 50 50 25 75 * * * * 200 * 50 75 50
sp.
Nephtys
18 100 * * * * * * * 25 * 50 * * * * *
dibranchis
19 Nephtys sp. * * 25 25 75 * * * * * * 25 50 * * *
20 Nereis sp. * 100 25 * 50 * * 50 50 100 75 * 100 * * *
Notomastus
21 75 125 * * * 75 50 75 * 50 * 25 * 25 * 25
aberans
Ophelia
22 * * * * * * * 50 50 * * 50 * * * *
anamala
23 Ophelia sp. * 75 * 25 * 25 * * * 50 * 50 * 75 * *
Perinereis
24 125 * * * * * 50 * * * 150 * * * * *
capensis
25 Perineries sp. * * * * * * * * * 75 * * * * * 50
Phalacrophoru
26 * 25 * 50 * 25 * 50 * * * 75 * 50 * 75
s pictus
Platynereis
27 * * 50 * * * * 50 * * * * 50 * * *
dumerilli
Poecilochaete
28 * 50 * * * * * * * * * * * 75 * 50
s serpens
Prionospio
29 * 100 * 50 * 25 * 75 50 50 50 * 50 * * *
pinnata
Prionospio
30 * * * * * 200 * 50 * 50 * * * 75 * 50
sexoculata
31 Prionospio sp. * 25 * * * * * * * 100 * 50 * 75 * 25
32 Sabellaria sp. 50 75 75 50 75 * 25 * * * 50 75 * * 50 *
33 Syllis sp. * * 50 * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Crustaceans
Ampithoe
1 * * 25 * * * * * * * 75 * * * 100 *
romondi
Ampithoe
2 * * * * * * 100 * * * * * 50 * * *
rubricata
3 Angeliera 75 * 25 * 100 * * * 150 * * * * * * *

Page C-2
phreaticola
4 Angeliera sp. * * * * * * * 50 * 75 * * * * * 25
5 Apseudes sp. * * * * 150 * * * 50 * 50 * * * 25 *
Campylaspis
6 * 75 * 25 75 25 50 50 * 50 * * 50 * 75 *
sp.
7 Crab larvae * * * 50 * 75 * * * * * * * 50 * *
8 Gammarus sp. * * * 25 * * * * * * * 25 * * * *
Mirocerberus
9 * * * 50 * * * * * * * 150 * * * *
sp.
Penaeus
10 * 50 * * * 25 * 50 * 100 * 100 * 100 * *
shrimp larvae
11 Urothoe sp. * * * * * * * * * 50 * * * 50 * 50
Bivalves
Anadara
1 * 100 * 50 * 75 * 50 * * * 50 * 50 * *
granosa
Anadara
2 50 25 * * 25 * * * 25 * 75 * * * 100 50
veligers
3 Bivalve veliger * * * * * * * 50 * * * 100 * 125 * 50
Cardium
4 * * 25 * * * 25 * * * * * 25 * 25 *
veligers
Crassostrea
5 * 25 * * * 75 * * * 25 * * * * * 25
madrasensis
6 Donax veligers * * * * * * 50 * * * * * * * * *
Meretrix
7 * 75 50 75 50 50 * 25 * 50 75 50 50 25 * *
meretrix
Gastropods
1 Bullia veligers * * * * * * 100 * * * * * * * * *
Cerithedia
2 * * 25 * * * * * 100 * 100 50 * * 125 50
cingulata
Gastropods
3 * * * 50 * 75 * 50 * * * * * 50 * *
veliger
4 Littorina sp. * * * * * 25 * * * * * 50 * * * 25

Page C-3
Littorina
5 75 * * * 75 * 75 * * * 25 * 50 * * *
veligers
Nassarius
6 100 * * * 50 * * * * * 50 * * * 50 *
variegatus
7 Natica sp. * 25 * 25 * 100 * 50 * 50 * * * 25 * *
8 Turris indica * * * * * * * * * * * * * 50 * 75
Turritella
9 * * * * * 50 * * * 50 * 75 * 75 * *
attenuata
Table C-2: Meiobenthic fauna in PIA
Nematodes
Astomonema
1 * * 5 * 10 * * * 9 * 4 * * * 6 *
sp.
Daptonema
2 8 4 3 * * 5 5 * * 9 5 5 * * 6 8
conicum
Desmoscolex
3 * * * * * 5 * 5 * * * * * 3 * 4
falcatus
Desmoscolex
4 5 4 6 * 6 * 9 * * * 7 * * * * *
sp.
5 Draconema sp. * * * 6 * 5 * * * 9 * * * * * 8
Echinotheristus
6 * 5 * * 9 4 * 6 3 * 5 6 5 * 6 6
sp.
7 Greeffiella sp. 6 * * * * * 6 * * * * * * * 7 *
8 Halalaimus filum * * * * * 3 * * * 5 * * * 4 * *
9 Halalaimus sp. 4 * * * 5 * * * 5 * 3 * * * * *
10 Microlaimus sp. * * * * * * * 5 * * * * * * * 3
Neochromodora
11 * 6 * 3 * 7 * 6 * 5 * * * 3 * *
sp.
Odontophora
12 * 6 * 5 * 5 * 7 * 8 * * * 5 * *
sp.
13 Pselionema sp. * * 4 * * * 5 * * * * * 2 * * *
Page C-4
14 Spirinia sp. 8 4 * * 3 * 6 9 5 * * 3 3 * 4 5
Stephanolaimus
15 * * * * * 6 * * * 6 * * * * * 4
sp.
16 Synonchus sp. * * * * * * * 8 * * * * * 3 * 8
17 Theristus sp. * 6 * 3 * 5 * * * 7 * 3 * * * 7
18 Tricoma sp. * 3 * * * 6 7 8 * * 4 * * * 6 *
19 Viscosia sp. 8 4 3 * 5 * 9 * 8 * * * * 3 9 5
Foraminiferans
1 Ammodiscus sp. 6 * 6 9 5 * 8 6 9 7 5 9 7 * 9 5
Ammonia
2 * 6 14 * 7 6 * * 6 6 14 8 5 5 * 4
beccari
3 Ammonia tepida 8 6 * * * 6 7 * 7 * * * 5 9 * 6
Asterorotalia
4 12 * 1 9 8 7 8 6 * 5 9 6 * 8 3 *
trispinosa
Cibicides
5 8 5 * 0 9 * 9 * 8 * 5 6 1 6 9 6
lobatulus
6 Discorbis sp. * 5 * 7 11 4 * 6 3 * 8 10 5 * * 5
Elphidium
7 8 * 1 3 * * 6 7 * 6 * 0 1 1 8 *
subarficum
Globigernita
8 8 3 4 8 6 5 * * * 8 * 7 * 9 * *
glutinata
9 Leptohalysis sp. 8 * * 4 3 7 6 * 5 * 8 4 4 8 4 6
Loxostomum
10 7 6 * 0 * 7 * 6 * 5 4 0 3 5 * *
limbatum
Nonion
11 5 * * * 4 7 6 * * 5 * 8 * * 6 4
depressulum
12 Nonion sp. 7 6 5 13 * 7 7 * 6 5 9 7 * 9 7 3
Oridosalis
13 * 5 * 0 * 6 * 8 * * * 3 * 3 * 11
umbonatus
Pararotalia cf
14 8 * * 5 8 6 * 6 3 7 * 4 6 0 * 7
globosa
15 Pnotelphidium * 6 3 2 14 4 * * * 6 * 0 4 4 * 6

Page C-5
sp.
Quinqueloculina
16 * 8 * * * 8 * 6 * * * 7 * 10 * 8
sp.
Rosalina
17 * 5 * * * 6 * 6 * 7 * * * * * *
bertheloti
18 Rosalina bradyi * 4 * 7 * 6 * * * * * 3 * 11 * 6
Rosalina
19 8 * 3 * 3 * 6 * 5 * 3 * * * 4 *
floridana
Sarcomastigoph
20 * * * 2 * * * 6 5 5 8 * 8 * 6 7
ora
Textularia
21 3 4 * * * 5 4 7 * * * 3 3 8 * 8
agglutians
Triloculina
22 6 5 * 6 5 * * 5 5 5 * * 3 9 * 5
austriaca
Ostracodes
Basslerites
1 6 * 6 8 5 3 5 * * 4 5 4 5 5 5 *
liebaui
2 Conchoeciasp. * 6 * * * 8 * 6 7 8 * 9 7 * 5 *
3 Cyprideis sp. * 8 4 * 5 8 7 * 6 6 6 5 9 * * *
4 Cypridina sp 8 4 * 4 11 5 6 7 * * * 3 8 4 6 8
5 Keijella oerthii * 5 6 * 4 * 6 5 7 5 5 4 * * 4 5
Leptocythere
6 6 * 5 6 7 7 7 * 8 * 4 4 8 8 * *
levis
7 Leptocythere sp. * * 6 * * * 5 * * * 4 * 7 * * *
8 Tanella estuarii * 6 * 4 * * * * * 3 * * * 3 * 4
9 Tanella indica 7 * * 3 5 * * 3 5 * * * 7 * 6 *
10 Tanella kingmaii * * * * * * * * * * * 3 * * * *
Harpacticoids
Apodopsyllus
1 * * * 6 * * * * * * * * * * * 5
vermiculiformis
2 Cervinia sp. * * 9 4 6 * * 4 4 * * 4 * 9 3 *

Page C-6
Cylindropsyllus
3 5 4 5 * 12 * 6 * * * 4 * 5 * 6 *
sp.
4 Diarthrodes sp. 7 * * * 3 * * 5 4 * * 5 4 8 4 3
Laophonte
5 * * * 2 * 6 * * * * * * * 4 * *
thoracica
6 Laptastocus sp. * * * * * * * * * * * 3 * * * 4
7 Metisignea sp. 6 * 8 * 7 3 7 4 8 * * * * 9 * *
8 Stenhelia sp. * * * * * * * * * * * 4 * * * 5
9 Tisbe furcata * 3 * 7 * * 5 * 5 4 6 * 6 * 6 *
Table C-3: Sediment Microbial Parameters in PIA

TVC TC FC EC PA PK SF SH SL VP VC
Locations
CFU/mg
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
HT 68 x10 35 x10 20 x10 12 x10 13 x10 10 x10 13 x10 11 x10 14 x10 14 x10 15 x10
MSL 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 78 x10 37 x10 29 x10 15 x10 14 x10 17 x10 13 x10 20 x10 12 x10 16 x10 11 x10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
HT 63 x10 34 x10 22 x10 10 x10 10 x10 12 x10 13 x10 15 x10 11 x10 14 x10 16 x10
MSL 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 73 x10 34 x10 24 x10 13 x10 12 x10 15 x10 20 x10 16 x10 11 x10 14 x10 15 x10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
HT 67 x10 29 x10 24 x10 11 x10 14 x10 16 x10 10 x10 12 x10 13 x10 12 x10 15 x10
MSL 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 77 x10 51 x10 20 x10 14 x10 11 x10 15 x10 10 x10 13 x10 13 x10 16 x10 12 x10
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
HT 68 x10 30 x10 25 x10 15 x10 14 x10 18 x10 13 x10 16 x10 11 x10 19 x10 17 x10
MSL 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LT 74 x10 40 x10 29 x10 12 x10 19 x10 17 x10 16 x10 12 x10 15 x10 18 x10 19 x10
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
HT 65 x10 40 x10 31 x10 17 x10 11 x10 17 x10 21 x10 14 x10 13 x10 20 x10 12 x10
MSL 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LT 83 x10 30 x10 31 x10 17 x10 16 x10 27 x10 25 x10 22 x10 19 x10 24 x10 19 x10
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
HT 70 x10 39 x10 28 x10 18 x10 12 x10 19 x10 17 x10 10 x10 14 x10 16 x10 15 x10
MSL 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LT 73 x10 43 x10 37x10 22 x10 19 x10 23 x10 19 x10 13 x10 20 x10 21 x10 15 x10
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
HT 69 x10 46 x10 29 x10 14 x10 13 x10 22 x10 20 x10 19 x10 16 x10 21 x10 12 x10
MSL 7 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LT 79 x10 49 x10 34 x10 18 x10 14 x10 20 x10 21 x10 23 x10 19 x10 20 x10 17 x10
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
MSL 8 HT 66 x10 44 x10 25 x10 21 x10 12 x10 19 x10 14 x10 17 x10 13 x10 20 x10 11 x10
Page C-7
Locations
CFU/mg
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LT 75 x10 46 x10 35 x10 23 x10 16 x10 25 x10 27 x10 15 x10 15 x10 21 x10 19 x10
Table C-4: Phytoplankton recorded in PIA

Blue greens
Merismopedia
1 * 135 185 110 120 85 60 115 350 120 330 125 330 210 * 186
glauca
2 Oscillatoria sp. 125 * 730 75 490 60 125 * * 30 * 135 120 * 100 138
3 Spirulina sp. * 105 30 90 410 * 350 125 542 * 120 130 * 450 * 256
Tricodesmium
4 650 * 790 85 420 * 210 510 190 85 120 180 10 * 220 125
erythraeum
Diatoms
Astrionella
1 35 * 250 180 * 185 * 210 120 75 780 120 120 * * 321
glaciales
Astrionellopsis
2 350 60 220 * 30 * 135 * * 130 120 75 225 110 455 186
japonica
Bacillaria
3 410 90 * 24 340 130 180 60 30 18 330 * 450 * 185 *
paradoxa
Bacteriastrum
4 350 * 420 150 * 30 255 30 * 60 45 85 120 120 * 130
comosum
Bacteriastrum
5 350 240 320 * 110 90 39 105 85 * 125 90 85 * 120 158
delicatulum
Bacteriastrum
6 * 195 * 125 130 * * 45 85 * * 225 65 250 * 166
hyalinum
Bacteriastrum
7 35 * 75 60 75 220 30 45 75 45 120 105 145 * 220 *
varians
Bellerochea
8 * 120 * * 250 * 1480 * 320 18 210 * 340 * * 186
malleus
Cerataulina
9 * 240 120 60 105 30 * * * * 120 185 35 130 415 *
bergonii
Chaetoceros
10 120 110 350 * 135 * * * * * * 215 120 220 60 222
affinis

Page C-8
Chaetoceros
11 350 30 0 * 350 420 125 39 * 30 320 75 120 80 * 105
brivis
Chaetoceros
12 20 * 78 * 510 * * 90 45 75 * * * * 120 *
coarctatus
Chaetoceros
13 * 145 110 120 * 85 35 135 120 135 110 85 455 450 * 372
diversus
Chaetoceros
14 250 * 210 30 450 85 245 30 135 30 * * 120 * 55 372
indicus
Chaetoceros
15 * * * 60 * 120 105 * 135 130 220 125 840 65 * 599
messanensis
Chaetoceros
16 120 * 180 90 130 * 45 90 * 90 45 105 450 10 75 *
peruvian
Coscinodiscus
17 40 * 413 66 785 78 240 48 110 90 450 90 50 * 120 591
centralis
Coscinodiscus
18 0 30 60 * 30 110 * * 90 30 * * 320 150 155 148
ecentricus
Coscinodiscus
19 85 21 330 120 30 * 45 110 * 75 255 200 410 * 120 154
gigas
Coscinodiscus
20 * 60 * 90 * 30 90 * 90 * 220 350 * 450 350 *
granii
Coscinodiscus
21 * 120 175 160 340 * 135 120 30 * 330 * 220 330 55 204
lineatus
22 Cyclotella sp. 350 240 120 30 60 210 45 220 * 182 85 310 220 20 70 143
Cylindrotheca
23 0 180 830 120 450 85 45 60 30 * 155 110 320 * * 157
closterium
Ditylum
24 65 * * * * 30 330 182 112 * * 450 * * 146
brightwelli
Eucampia
25 350 60 330 60 110 180 220 330 112 124 * 50 120 220 220 452
zoodiacus
26 Fragilaria sp. 110 * * 175 * 30 10 * 124 89 100 75 * * 10 *
Gyrosigma
27 210 320 350 75 330 123 220 38 45 65 350 105 520 * 155 190
balticum
Leptocylindrus
28 * * * * 120 60 60 330 * * 145 225 150 35 * 168
danicus
29 Lithodesmium 45 255 * 90 * 85 10 * 230 45 0 * 0 120 120 259
Page C-9
undulatum
Navicula
30 310 330 120 * 330 50 40 80 * 145 250 * 220 220 * *
granulate
31 Nitzschia acuta 45 105 * * 220 30 85 * 151 230 * 45 120 * 60 110
Nitzschia
32 350 * * 180 45 75 195 220 250 * 310 * 0 120 30
longissima
33 Nitzschia sigma * 60 450 150 90 * 15 10 25 151 220 75 220 110 * *
Odentella
34 120 125 145 * * 150 255 220 * 120 22 120 120 10 * 210
mobilensis
Odentella
35 * 458 * 125 75 130 * 110 120 75 * 120 * 330 120 *
sinensis
36 Planktonella sol * 28 250 * 200 40 * 40 55 90 * 50 * 220 *
Pleurosigma
37 * * 105 120 90 * * * 165 75 460 * 120 220 10 12
diractum
Pleurosigma
38 45 120 * 120 225 110 * 220 * 120 810 * 220 * * *
elongatum
Pleurosigma
39 350 220 * 330 105 * 180 133 175 75 350 180 * * * 120
longisima
Pleurosigma
40 20 * 110 * * 120 70 10 * * 112 * 822 * 220 125
normanii
Rhizosolenia
41 350 * 125 180 * * 180 85 120 90 * 145 310 * 45 240
alata
Rhizosolenia
42 350 45 * 150 120 * 360 30 * 135 345 195 * 110 * 120
cylindrus
Rhizosolenia
43 80 120 120 330 10 110 * 33 120 75 120 60 * 10 * 10
styliformis
Skeletonema
44 * 120 75 120 105 45 * * 240 * 33 15 210 * 210 *
costatum
Stephanopyxis
45 110 35 * 330 110 120 150 75 120 * 120 850 * 220 350
palmeriana
46 Streptotheca sp * 90 125 60 90 30 * * 65 45 55 105 120 110 10 230
Thalassionema
47 350 * * 130 425 255 165 180 80 50 120 180 * 155 120 *
nitzschioides
48 Thalassiosira * 30 100 * * 39 120 45 * * * * 220 * 151
Page C-10
punctigera
Thalassiothrix
49 65 150 * 185 * * 1275 149 125 55 458 180 120 * * 45
frauenfeldii
Triceratium
50 20 90 275 30 350 * 60 75 0 105 0 255 120 110 * 250
favus
Triceratium
51 * * 125 180 * 30 240 145 * * 120 * * * 110 25
retigulatum
Triceratium
52 45 110 120 120 50 90 * * 140 150 220 220 120 120 * *
rubustiana
Dinoflagellates
Ceratium
1 * 30 75 110 75 135 90 115 80 90 * 45 * 120 450 150
extensum
2 Ceratium furca 350 75 * 60 * 90 165 * * 130 1120 * 120 350 110 *
Ceratium
4 125 * 320 60 * * * * 85 * * 180 245 220 120 165
macroceros
Ceratium
3 350 * * 310 105 * * 105 120 120 120 * * 330 12 120
trichoceros
5 Ceratium tripos 40 105 * 127 * 123 520 240 275 75 22 120 120 80 * *
6 Dinophysis sp. * * 45 30 120 120 180 110 * * 120 * 410 80 65 175
Peridiium
7 120 * 150 210 50 18 125 * 250 125 * 180 10 * 60 *
divergens
Protocentrum
8 * 45 125 * 145 30 * 48 120 90 120 75 120 120 220 55
micans
Protoperidinium
9 250 135 * 135 * 30 * * 120 45 450 * 100 120 25 120
oceanicum
Pyrophagus
10 * 75 330 * 225 90 95 * 330 90 450 75 120 * * 80
stenii
Table C-5: Zooplankton recorded in PIA
Calanoida
Acartia
1 * 350 68 * 350 * 45 350 20 225 * * 60 10 120 220
centrura
Page C-11
2 Acartia danae 225 * 120 * 455 225 510 110 110 330 120 * 220 120 490 120
Acartia
3 90 75 780 80 * 120 135 320 * * * 10 25 55 * 120
erythrea
Acrocalanus
4 225 225 330 80 185 450 345 * * * 450 220 * 1120 420 *
gibber
Acrocalanus
5 165 * 45 * * 120 33 120 210 210 * * 450 30 * 120
gracilis
Labidocera
6 * 105 * 120 * 65 55 250 10 120 220 110 * 220 150 60
pavo
Nannocalanus
7 * * 120 85 220 145 * 450 120 * 220 155 120 * 340 *
minor
Paracalanus
8 520 725 * 275 850 * * 325 * * * 220 * 425 * 55
parvus
9 Pontella danae 180 120 120 * 415 35 420 130 320 10 110 110 120 210 110 220
Temora
10 * 135 320 * * 120 458 80 * 120 1120 * * 220 130 10
discaudata
Cyclopoida
Copilia
1 45 30 155 * * 320 110 * 350 * * * 195 45 875 250
mirabilis
Corycaeuas
2 * 30 45 90 75 450 1120 10 110 * 120 350 80 * 135 *
catus
Corycaeuas
3 * 120 220 * * 840 * 65 * 330 * 30 120 330 * 220
danae
Oithona
4 105 860 * 135 60 120 220 220 * 1250 10 120 100 * 105 *
brevicornis
5 Oithona rigida 45 130 243 * 410 * * * * 55 * 45 * 1120 * 155
6 Oithona similis 45 450 * 30 55 120 * * 450 * 110 120 220 * 510 *
Harpacticoida
Euterpina
1 135 340 * 30 155 320 835 150 120 * 180 220 105 125 860 *
acutiforns
Macrosetella
2 * 120 2455 75 1200 * 22 540 * 120 245 80 * 535 130 220
aculata
Microsetella
3 30 555 330 * 55 1220 110 330 220 85 145 120 255 120 785 *
rosea
Page C-12
Spirotricha
1 Favella brevis 220 110 85 112 70 220 125 20 55 105 95 * 90 30 165
Favella
2 10 545 120 124 10 22 22 * * 120 * 10 * 225 785 *
philipiensis
Tintinnopsis
3 * 120 * 89 * 450 850 * 120 55 240 330 180 105 * 175
cylindrica
Tintinnopsis
4 220 330 * 45 220 120 460 220 10 120 110 * 70 340 60 *
tocantinensis
Others
Lucifer
1 10 450 350 230 155 520 1120 * 220 822 * * 75 10 545 80
hanseni
Oikopleura
3 85 220 * 151 510 * * 35 45 310 90 * 75 155 * 65
dioica
Oikopleura
4 120 40 120 225 120 420 1200 120 330 210 120 120 * 10 450 120
parva
2 Sagitta sp 40 330 650 * 215 80 * * 200 * 115 220 * 120 330 45
Larval forms
Barnacle
1 80 * * * 60 120 420 * 255 * 75 * * 105 220 240
naupili
2 Bivalve veliger 350 * * 50 * 320 320 110 39 110 * 85 150 110 45 120
Copepod
3 350 * 310 350 30 425 * 120 * 130 125 85 * 90 90 65
naupili
Crustacean
4 * 350 220 45 * 220 75 110 30 75 782 75 165 425 * 80
naupili
Gastropod
5 810 50 145 350 120 * * * 245 * 100 320 120 200 75 *
veliger
6 Shrimp zoa 120 225 220 350 220 * 120 20 * 105 215 * 150 * 90 85
Table C-6: Marine water Microbial Parameters in PIA

Locations
CFU/ml
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 3
MSL 1 HT 48 x10 33 x10 22 x10 11 x10 13 x10 10 x10 10 x10 80 x10 80 x10 12 x10 80 x10

Page C-13
Locations
CFU/ml
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
LT 58 x10 30 x10 23 x10 11 x10 10 x10 16 x10 12 x10 15 x10 17 x10 14 x10 13 x10
4 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 4
HT 43 x10 24 x10 18 x10 80 x10 10 x10 90 x10 11 x10 10 x10 60 x10 70 x10 12 x10
MSL 2 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 4
LT 54 x10 38 x10 26 x10 70 x10 17 x10 11 x10 15 x10 10 x10 16 x10 80 x10 13 x10
4 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 4 3
HT 46 x10 30 x10 22 x10 30 x10 14 x10 13 x10 70 x10 11 x10 12 x10 10 x10 70 x10
MSL 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 4 4
LT 56 x10 33 x10 26 x10 50 x10 11 x10 18 x10 80 x10 13 x10 12 x10 17 x10 10 x10
5 5 5 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 5
HT 48 x10 23 x10 18 x10 40 x10 10 x10 80 x10 60 x10 70 x10 90 x10 50 x10 11x10
MSL 4 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 59 x10 29 x10 21 x10 14 x10 90 x10 13 x10 10 x10 12 x10 16 x10 11 x10 15 x10
5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 4
HT 45 x10 36 x10 23 x10 13 x10 70 x10 11 x10 10 x10 12 x10 80 x10 90 x10 70 x10
MSL 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 55 x10 39 x10 29 x10 18 x10 17 x10 13 x10 19 x10 20 x10 10 x10 12 x10 17 x10
5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 4
HT 43 x10 32 x10 25 x10 19 x10 13 x10 90 x10 11 x10 12 x10 10 x10 14 x10 50 x10
MSL 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 60 x10 36 x10 29 x10 19 x10 18 x10 20 x10 15 x10 13 x10 11 x10 13 x10 10 x10
5 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 5
HT 47 x10 35 x10 27 x10 12 x10 90 x10 13 x10 11 x10 14 x10 80 x10 80 x10 10 x10
MSL 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 58 x10 35 x10 30 x10 21 x10 14 x10 18 x10 17 x10 19 x10 15 x10 15 x10 13 x10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 5
HT 49 x10 33 x10 26 x10 15 x10 11 x10 10 x10 14 x10 16 x10 50 x10 13 x10 12 x10
MSL 8 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LT 56 x10 38 x10 28 x10 18 x10 10 x10 21 x10 18 x10 17 x10 14 x10 11 x10 16 x10

Page C-14
APPENDIX D
Flora & Fauna Survey
Results
Draft EIA/EMP & RA Report RP00rev. 0
Appendix D Flora & Fauna Survey Results

Table D-1: List of Plants Found in Project Study Area
S. No. Scientific Name Status Habit Core Buffer
1. Abrus precatorius L Common Climber P P
2. Antigonon leptopus Common Climber A P
3. Asparagus racemosus Common Climber A P
4. Cardiospermum halicacabum Sparce Climber A P
5. Cissus quadrangularis Common Climber P P
6. Clerodendron inerme Common Climber A P
7. Clitoria ternatea Sparce Climber A P
8. Coccinia grandis Common Climber P P
9. Evolvulous alsinoides Common Climber A P
10. Hemidesmus indicus Rare Climber A P
11. Ipomoea hederifolia Common Climber P P
12. Ipomoea macrantha Sparce Climber A P
13. Ipomoea nil Common Climber P P
14. Ipomoea obscura L. Common Climber A P
15. Ipomoea pes-caprae Common Climber A P
16. Pergularia daemia Common Climber A P
17. Plumbago zeylanica L Sparce Climber A P
18. Tragiainvolucrata L. Rare Climber A P
19. Vanda tessellata Hook. Common Climber P P
20. Brachiaria eruciformis Common Grass A P
21. Chloris barbata Sw. Common Grass P P
22. Cymbopogon citratus Common Grass A P
23. Cyperus flavidus Common Grass P P
24. Cyperus rotundus Common Grass A P
25. Dactyloctenium aegyptium Common Grass P P
26. Digitaria ciliaris Common Grass A P
27. Eragrostis tenella Common Grass P P
28. Fimbristylis cymosa Sparce Grass A P
29. Phragmites karka Rare Grass A P
30. Saccharum spontaneum Sparce Grass A P
31. Schoenoplectus articulatus Common Grass P P
32. Setaria intermedia Sparce Grass A P
33. Spinifex littoreus Common Grass A P
34. Trachys muricata Common Grass P P
35. Tragus roxburghii Rare Grass A P
36. Zizania latifolia Common Grass A P
37. Abutilon indicum Common Herb P P
38. Acalypha ciliata Forssk Common Herb A P
39. Acanthus ilicifolius* Common Herb A P
40. Achyranthes aspera L Common Herb P P
41. Adhathoda vasica Common Herb A P
42. Aerva lanata (L.) Juss Common Herb P P
43. Aeschynomene aspera L Common Herb A P
44. Aeschynomene indica L. Common Herb A P
45. Aeschynomene indica L. Sparce Herb A P
46. Ageratum conyzoides Sparce Herb A P
47. Alternanthera pungens Common Herb P P
48. Alternanthera sessilis Sparce Herb A P
49. Alysicarpus heterophyllus Common Herb A P
50. Amaranthus spinosus L. Sparce Herb A P
51. Amaranthus viridis L. Common Herb P P
52. Andrographis paniculata Sparce Herb A P
53. Argemone mexicana L. Rare Herb A P

Page D-1

54. Aristolochia elangans Common Herb A P
55. Barleria longifolia L. Sparce Herb A P
56. Barleria prionitis Common Herb P P
57. Blepharis maderaspatensis Common Herb A P
58. Blumea mollis Common Herb A P
59. Boerhavia diffusa L. Common Herb A P
60. Boerhavia erecta L. Common Herb A P
61. Caralluma umbellata Haw. Common Herb A P
62. Cardanthera triflora Common Herb A P
63. Cassia occidentalis L. Common Herb P P
64. Cassia tora L Common Herb A P
65. Catharanthus roseus Common Herb P P
66. Celosia argentea L. Common Herb A P
67. Celosia polygonoides Retz. Sparce Herb A P
68. Centella asiatica Common Herb A P
69. Cleome aspera Sparce Herb P P
70. Cleome gynandra L. Sparce Herb A P
71. Cleome viscosa L. Rare Herb A P
72. Clerodendrum phlomidis Sparce Herb A P
73. Colacacea esculanta Common Herb A P
74. Commelina benghalensis L. Sparce Herb A P
75. Commelina erecta L. Common Herb P P
76. Commelina longifolia Lam. Sparce Herb A P
77. Corchorus trilocularis L. Rare Herb A P
78. Crepis capillaris Common Herb A P
79. Crossandra undunaefolia Sparce Herb A P
80. Crotalaria retusa L. Common Herb A P
81. Crotalaria verrucosa L. Common Herb A P
82. Croton bonplandianus Baill. Common Herb A P
83. Cyanotis cristata Common Herb A P
84. Cyanotis tuberosa Common Herb A P
85. Datura metel L. Common Herb P P
86. Datura stramonium L. Sparce Herb A P
87. Dipteracanthus prostratus Common Herb P P
88. Eclipta alba(L.) L. Sparce Herb A P
89. Emilia sonchifolia Common Herb A P
90. Enicostemma axillare Common Herb A P
91. Euphorbia hirta L. Sparce Herb P P
92. Euphorbia pulcherima Rare Herb A P
93. Gomphrena celosioides Sparce Herb A P
94. Gomphrena serrata L. Common Herb A P
95. Grangea maderaspatana Sparce Herb A P
96. Heliotropium indicum L. Common Herb A P
97. Hemigraphis hirta Common Herb A P
98. Hybanthus enneaspermus Common Herb A P
99. Hygrophila auriculata Common Herb P P
100. Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. Common Herb P P
101. Impatiens balsamina L. Common Herb A P
102. Indigofera asplanthoides Common Herb A P
103. Indigofera cordifolia Common Herb A P
104. Indigofera linnaei Ali Common Herb A P
105. Indigofera tinctoria Common Herb A P
106. Indigofera umbellata Common Herb A P
107. Justicia procumbens L. Common Herb P P
108. Launaea sarmentosa Common Herb P P
109. Leucas aspera Common Herb P P
110. Leucas cephalotes Rare Herb A P

Page D-2

111. Ludwigia perennis L. Sparce Herb A P
112. Mimosa pudica L. Sparce Herb A P
113. Mollugo cerviana (L.) Ser. Common Herb A P
114. Mollugo nudicaulis Lam. Common Herb P P
115. Ocimum basilicum L. Rare Herb A P
116. Ocimum canum Sims Sparce Herb P P
117. Ocimum sanctum L. Common Herb P P
118. Oldenlandia umbellata L. Common Herb A P
119. Parthenium hysterophorus Sparce Herb A P
120. Pavonia zeylanica Cav. Rare Herb A P
121. Pedalium murex L. Common Herb A P
122. Phyllanthus amarus Sparce Herb P P
123. Phyllanthus virgatus Common Herb A P
124. Physalis minima L. Common Herb A P
125. Portulaca oleracea L. Common Herb A P
126. Portulaca quadrifida L. Common Herb P P
127. Rhynchosia beddomei Baker Sparce Herb A P
128. Sansevieria roxburghiana Common Herb A P
129. Scilla hyacinthina Sparce Herb A P
130. Sesamum alatum Thonn. Rare Herb A P
131. Sida acuta Burm.f. Rare Herb P P
132. Sida cordifolia L. Common Herb A P
133. Sida spinosa L. Common Herb P P
134. Solanum nigrum L. Rare Herb A P
135. Solanum surattense Sparce Herb A P
136. Sonchus arbensis Common Herb A P
137. Sphaeranthus indicus L. Sparce Herb A P
138. Striga angustifolia Common Herb A P
139. Striga densiflora Common Herb P P
140. Tephrosia purpurea Common Herb P P
141. Tephrosia villosa Common Herb A P
142. Trianthema portulacastrum Sparce Herb A P
143. Trichodesma indicum Common Herb A P
144. Tridax procumbens Common Herb A P
145. Triumfetta pentandra Sparce Herb A P
146. Tyhonium trilobatum Common Herb A P
147. Urena lobata Common Herb P P
148. Waltheria indica L. Common Herb A P
149. Zizyphus nummularia Common Herb P P
150. Ammannia baccifera L. Common Hydrophyte A P
151. Aponogeton natans Common Hydrophyte A P
152. Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. Common Hydrophyte A P
153. Lemna minor Hegelm. Common Hydrophyte A P
154. Limnophila R. Br. Sparce Hydrophyte A P
155. Marsilea quadrifolia L. Rare Hydrophyte A P
156. Nymphaea pubescens Common Hydrophyte A P
157. Nymphoides hydrophylla Common Hydrophyte P P
158. Operculina turpethum Rare Hydrophyte A P
159. Pistia Common Hydrophyte A P
160. Typha angustata Common Hydrophyte P P
161. Vallisneria L. Common Hydrophyte A P
162. Agave americana L. Common Shrub P P
163. Barleria cionotis L. Common Shrub A P
164. Caesalpinia bonduc Common Shrub A P
165. Calotropis gigantea Rare Shrub A P
166. Calotropis procera Common Shrub A P
167. Canna indica L. Common Shrub A P

Page D-3

168. Capparis sapiaria Common Shrub P P
169. Carissa carandas L. Sparce Shrub A P
170. Cascabela thevetia Common Shrub A P
171. Cassia alata L. Rare Shrub A P
172. Cassia auriculata L. Common Shrub A P
173. Euphorbia cactus L. Common Shrub A P
174. Euphorbia caducifolia Common Shrub P P
175. Euphorbia neriifolia L. Common Shrub P P
176. Euphorbia paralisL. Common Shrub A P
177. Euphorbia tirucalli L. Common Shrub A P
178. Euphorbia trans L. Common Shrub P P
179. Grewia flavescens Juss Common Shrub A P
180. Helicteres isora L. Sparce Shrub A P
181. Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Common Shrub A P
182. Jasminum roxburghianum Sparce Shrub A P
183. Jatropha glandulifera Common Shrub P P
184. Lantana camara L. Common Shrub P P
185. Leea asiatica Sparce Shrub A P
186. Leonotis nepetifolia Common Shrub A P
187. Martynia annua L. Sparce Shrub A P
188. Maytenus emarginata Rare Shrub A P
189. Opuntia dillenii Common Shrub P P
190. Opuntia elatior Mill. Sparce Shrub A P
191. Pandanus fascicularis Rare Shrub A P
192. Parkinsonia aculeata L Common Shrub A P
193. Randia dumetorum Common Shrub A P
194. Sarcostemma viminale Common Shrub A P
195. Solanum melongena L Sparce Shrub A P
196. Streblus asper Lour Common Shrub A P
197. Xanthium indicum Klatt Common Shrub P P
198. Xanthium strumarium Rare Shrub A P
199. Acacia auriculiformis Common Tree A P
200. Acacia leucophloea Sparce Tree A P
201. Acacia nilotica Common Tree P P
202. Adansonia digitata Rare Tree A P
203. Adenanthera pavonia Common Tree P P
204. Aegle mormelos Common Tree P P
205. Ailanthus excelsa Sparce Tree A P
206. Alangium salviifolium Common Tree A P
207. Albizia amara Common Tree A P
208. Albizia lebbeck Common Tree P P
209. Alstonia scholaris Common Tree A P
210. Amherstia nobilis Sparce Tree A P
211. Anacardium occidentale Sparce Tree A P
212. Annona reticulata Common Tree A P
213. Annona squamosa Common Tree A P
214. Anogeissus latifolia Rare Tree A P
215. Anthocephalus cadamba Common Tree A P
216. Artocarpus altilis Sparce Tree A P
217. Avicennia alba * Sparce Tree P P
218. Avicennia marina* Common Tree P P
219. Avicennia officinalis* Common Tree P P
220. Azadirachta indica Common Tree A P
221. Bambusa arundinacea Common Tree A P
222. Baringtonia asicatica Common Tree A P
223. Barringtonia acutangula Rare Tree A P
224. Bauhinia purpurea L. Common Tree P P

Page D-4

225. Bauhinia recemosa L. Rare Tree A P
226. Bixa orellana L. Common Tree A P
227. Borassus flabellifer L. Common Tree A P
228. Bruguiera gymnorrhiza* Common Tree A P
229. Butea monosperma Common Tree A P
230. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Common Tree A P
231. Callistemon citrinus Rare Tree A P
232. Calophyllum inophyllum Sparce Tree A P
233. Cardia dicotoma Common Tree A P
234. Cariota urens Common Tree A P
235. Cassia fistula L. Sparce Tree P P
236. Cassia renigera Common Tree A P
237. Cassia roxburghii Sparce Tree A P
238. Cassia siamea Lam. Common Tree A P
239. Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sparce Tree A P
240. Ceiba pentandra Common Tree A P
241. Chrysophylum cinito Common Tree A P
242. Clerodendron inerme Sparce Tree A P
243. Cochlospermum religiosum Common Tree A P
244. Cocos nucifera L. Common Tree A P
245. Cordia sebestena Common Tree P P
246. Couroupita guianensis Common Tree A P
247. Crataeva tatia Sparce Tree A P
248. Dalbergia sissoo Common Tree P P
249. Delonix regia Common Tree P P
250. Dendrocalamus strictus Common Tree A P
251. Dichrostachys cinerea Common Tree A P
252. Dillenia pentagina Common Tree A P
253. Diospyros melanoxylon Common Tree A P
254. Diospyros perigrina Common Tree A P
255. Dryoburghia roxburghi Common Tree A P
256. Erithrina varigata Sparce Tree A P
257. Eucalyptus globulus Common Tree P P
258. Excoecaria agallocha* Common Tree A P
259. Ficus benghalensis L. Sparce Tree A P
260. Ficus elastica Common Tree P P
261. Ficus hispida Common Tree A P
262. Ficus microcape Rare Tree A P
263. Ficus mollis Common Tree P P
264. Ficus racemosa Common Tree A P
265. Ficus religiosa L. Common Tree A P
266. Filicium decipiens Sparce Tree A P
267. Firmiana colorata Common Tree A P
268. Garuga pinnata Rare Tree A P
269. Gliricidia sepium Sparce Tree P P
270. Gmelina orborea Common Tree A P
271. Grewia hirsuta Common Tree P P
272. Guaiacum officinale Sparce Tree A P
273. Gyrocarpus americanus Common Tree A P
274. Haldina cordifolia Common Tree A P
275. Heterofragma quadriroculari Sparce Tree A P
276. Holoptelea integrifolia Common Tree A P
277. Hyphaeni decotoma Sparce Tree A P
278. Jacaranda mimosaefolia Common Tree A P
279. Kandelia candel Common Tree A P
280. Kigelia pinnata Sparce Tree A P
281. Kleinhovia hospida Common Tree A P

Page D-5

282. Lagerstroemia speciosa Sparce Tree P P
283. Lawsonia inermis L. Rare Tree A P
284. Leucaena leucocephala Sparce Tree A P
285. Libistonia chinensis Common Tree A P
286. Limonia acidissima L. Common Tree A P
287. Malotus philippensis Common Tree A P
288. Mangifera indica L. Sparce Tree A P
289. Manikara hexandra Common Tree A P
290. Melaleuca quinquenervia Common Tree A P
291. Melia azadirachta Common Tree A P
292. Mesua ferrea Sparce Tree A P
293. Michalea champaka Common Tree P P
294. Mimosops elangi Sparce Tree A P
295. Morinda citrifolia Common Tree A P
296. Morinda pubescens Common Tree A P
297. Morinda tinctoria Roxb. Common Tree A P
298. Moringa pterigosperma Common Tree A P
299. Murraya paniculata Rare Tree P P
300. Neolamarkia cadamba Rare Tree A P
301. Neolamarkia cadamba Common Tree A P
302. Nerium odoratum Lam. Common Tree P P
303. Nyctanthes arborstis Common Tree A P
304. Parkia biglandulosa Common Tree A P
305. Pavetta indica L. Sparce Tree A P
306. Peltophorum pterocarpum Common Tree P P
307. Phoenix sylvestris Common Tree P P
308. Phyllanthus emblica Common Tree A P
309. Pithecellobium dulce Common Tree P P
310. Plumeria alba Common Tree P P
311. Plumeria rubra Common Tree P P
312. Polyalthia longifolia Common Tree A P
313. Pongamia pinnata Common Tree A P
314. Prosopis chilensis Sparce Tree A P
315. Prosopis juliflora Common Tree A P
316. Pterospermum acerifolium Common Tree A P
317. Pterospermum xylocarpum Common Tree A P
318. Rhizophora mucronata* Common Tree P P
319. Roystonia regia Common Tree A P
320. Samanea saman Common Tree A P
321. Sapindus emarginatus Common Tree P P
322. Saraca asoka Common Tree A P
323. Schleichera oleosa Sparce Tree A P
324. Solanum grandiflorum Common Tree A P
325. Sonaratia alba* Common Tree P P
326. Sonneratia apetala* Sparce Tree A P
327. Soymida febrifuga Common Tree A P
328. Spathodea comapnulata Common Tree A P
329. Sterculia foetida Common Tree A P
330. Sterculia urens Common Tree P P
331. Streblus aspera Common Tree A P
332. Strychnos nux-vomica L. Common Tree A P
333. Swietina mahogani Common Tree A P
334. Syzygium cumini Common Tree A P
335. Tabebuia argentea Common Tree A P
336. Tabebuia megatotamica Common Tree A P
337. Tabebuia rosea Common Tree A P
338. Tamarindus indica Common Tree A P

Page D-6

339. Tecoma stans Common Tree A P
340. Tectona grandis Common Tree P P
341. Terminalia arjuna Common Tree A P
342. Terminalia bellarica Common Tree A P
343. Terminalia catappa Common Tree P P
344. Terminalia elliptica Common Tree A P
345. Terminalia tomentosa Common Tree A P
346. Thespesia populnea Common Tree P P
347. Thevitia peruviana Common Tree A P
348. Vitex negundo Common Tree P P
349. Wrightea tinctoria Common Tree A P
350. Ziziphus mauritiana Common Tree P P
351. Ziziphus oenopolia Common Tree P P
(P=Present; A=Absent)
Table D-2: Reptiles & Amphibians reported form the Project study area
S.no Scientific name Common name Endemism
/IUCN Status
Reptiles
1. Ahaetulla nasutus Common Green Whip Snake LC
2. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait LC
3. Calotes versicolor Common Garden Lizard LC
4. Cnemaspis littoralis Coastal Day Gecko END WG LR
5. Ptyas mucosus Common rat snake LC
6. Dendrelaphis tristis Common Indian Bronze Back or Tree LC
Snake
7. Hemidactylus brooki Brook’s Gecko LC
8. Hemidactylus forenatus Southern House Gecko LC
9. Typhlops hypomethes Coastal blind snake LR
10. Varanus bengalensis Common Indian Monitor LR
11. Vipera russelli Russels viper LC
12. Calotes rouxi Forest Calottes LC
13. Chamaeleo zeylanicus Chameleon LC
14. Enhydris enhydris Common Smooth Water Snake LC
15. Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake LC
16. Mabuya carinata Common Skink LC
17. Macropisthodon plumbicolor Green keel back LC
18. Sitana ponticeriana Fan-throated lizard LC
19. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keel back LC
Amphibians
1. Bufo melanostictus Common Indian Toad LC
2. Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skittering Frog LC
3. Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian Pond Frog LC
4. Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Indian Bull Frog LC
5. Polypedates maculates Common Tree Frog LC
LR = Lower Risk; LC = Least Concern; END = Endemic; WG = Western Ghats
Table D-3: Birds observed/reported in the study area

WPA
S. no. Common/scientific names IUCN status R/M
schedule
Family Phalacrocoracidae
1. Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV LC R
2. Great Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo IV LC R
3. Indian Shag Phalacrocorax fuscicollis IV LC R
Family Ardeidae
4. Eastern Cattle Egret Bubulcus coromandus IV LC R

Page D-7
WPA
schedule
5. Intermediate Egret Egretta intermedia IV LC R
6. Great Egret Egretta alba IV LC R
7. Little Egret Egretta garzetta IV LC R
8. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea IV LC R
9. Indian Pond-heron Ardeola grayii IV LC R
10. Purple Heron Ardea purpurea IV LC R
11. Western Reef-heron Egretta gularis IV LC M
12. Black-crowned Night-heron IV LC R
Nycticorax nycticorax
13. Striated Heron Butorides striata IV LC R
Family Ciconiidae
14. Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala IV NT R
15. Woolly-necked Stork Ciconia episcopus IV LC R
Family Threskiornithidae
16. Black-headed Ibis Threskiornis melanocephalus IV NT R
Family Anatidae
17. Northern Pintail Anas acuta IV LC M
18. Common Teal Anas crecca IV LC M
19. Indian Spot-billed Duck Anas poecilorhyncha IV LC R
20. Garganey Anas querquedula IV LC M
21. Northern Shoveller Anas clypeata IV LC M
Family Accipitridae
22. Black-winged Kite Elanus caeruleus I LC R
23. Black Kite Milvus migrans migrans/govinda I LC R
24. Brahminy Kite Haliastur indus I LC R
25. Black-eared Kite Milvus [migrans] lineatus I LC M
26. Shikra Accipiter badius I LC R
27. Western Marsh Harrier Circus aeruginosus I LC M
28. Booted Eagle Hieraaetus pennatus I LC M
29. Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga I LC M
30. Indian Spotted Eagle Aquila pomarina I VU R
Family Falconidae
31. Common Kestrel Falco tinnunculus IV LC R
Family Pandionidae
32. Western Osprey Pandion haliaetus I LC R
Family Phasianidae
33. Rain Quail Coturnix coromandelica - LC R
34. Jungle Bush-quail Perdicula asiatica - LC R
Family Turnicidae
35. Barred Buttonquail Turnix suscitator - LC R
36. Yellow-legged buttonquail Turnix tanki - LC R
Family Rallidae
37. Slaty-breasted Rail Gallirallus striatus IV LC R
38. Ruddy-breasted Crake Porzana fusca IV LC R
39. Brown Crake Porzana akool IV LC R
Family Charadriidae
40. Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus Indicus IV LC R
41. Lesser Sand Plover Charadrius mongolus IV LC M
42. Little Ringed Plover Charadrius dubius IV LC R
43. Pacific Golden Plover Pluvialis fulva IV LC M
44. Kentish Plover Charadrius alexandrines IV LC M
Family Scolopacidae
45. Common Snipe Gallinago gallinago IV LC R
46. Common Redshank Tringa totanus IV LC M
47. Wood Sandpiper Tringa glareola IV LC M
48. Common Sandpiper Tringa hypoleucos IV LC R

Page D-8
WPA
schedule
49. Common Greenshank Tringa nebularia IV LC M
50. Green Sandpiper Tringa ochropus IV LC M
51. Marsh Sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis IV LC M
52. ‘Western’ Black-tailed Godwit Limosa limosa IV LC M
53. Eurasian Curlew Numenius arquata IV LC M
54. Temminck’s Stint Calidris temminckii IV LC M
55. Little Stint Calidris minuta IV LC M
56. Curlew Sandpiper Calidris ferruginea IV LC M
57. Broad-billed Sandpiper Limicola falcinellus IV LC M
58. Ruff Philomachus pugnax IV LC M
59. Dunlin Calidris alpina IV LC M
60. Whimbrel Numenius phaeopus IV LC
Family Recurvirostridae
61. Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus IV LC R
Family Laridae
112. Gull-billed Tern Gelochelidon nilotica IV LC M
113. Whiskered Tern Chlidonias hybridus IV LC M
114. River Tern Sterna aurantia IV LC M
115. Brown-headed Gull Larus brunnicephalus IV LC M
116. Common Black-headed Gull Larus ridibundus IV LC M
Family Columbidae
117. Rock Pigeon Columba livia LC R
118. Laughing Dove Streptopelia senegalensis IV LC R
119. Eurasian Collared-dove Streptopelia decaocto IV LC R
120. Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis IV LC R
Family Psittacidae
121. Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV LC R
Family Cuculidae
122. Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus IV LC R
123. Greater Coucal (Southern Coucal) Centropus IV LC R
sinensis
124. Common Hawk-cuckoo Hierococcyx varius IV LC R
125. Jacobin Cuckoo Clamator jacobinus IV LC M
126. Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus IV LC R
Family Strigidae
127. Spotted Owlet Athene brama IV LC R
Family Apodidae
128. Little Swift Apus affinis LC R
129. Asian Palm-swift Cypsiurus balasiensis LC R
Family Alcedinidae
130. Lesser Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis IV LC R
131. White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV LC R
132. Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis IV LC R
Family Meropidae
133. Little Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis LC R
Family Coraciidae
134. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV LC R
Family Upupidae
135. Common Hoopoe Upupa epops LC M
Family Capitonidae
136. Coppersmith Barbet Megalaima haemacephala IV LC R
Family Picidae
137. Eurasian Wryneck Jynx torquilla IV LC R
Family Alaudidae
138. Ashy-crowned Finch-lark Eremopterix griseus IV LC R
139. Rufous-tailed Lark Ammomanes phoenicura IV LC R

Page D-9
WPA
schedule
140. Malabar Lark Galerida malabarica IV LC R
Family Motacillidae
141. Citrine Wagtail Motacilla citreola IV LC M
142. Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava IV LC M
143. Grey Wagtail Motacilla cinerea IV LC M
144. White Wagtail Motacilla alba IV LC M
145. White-browed Wagtail Motacilla IV LC R
maderaspatensis
146. Tree Pipit Anthus trivialis IV LC M
147. Paddyfield Pipit Anthus rufulus IV LC R
Family Hirundinidae
148. Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii IV LC R
149. Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica IV LC R
Family Campephagidae
150. Common Woodshrike Tephrodornis IV LC R
pondicerianus
151. Large Cuckoo-shrike Coracina macei IV LC R
Family Irenidae
152. Common Iora Aegithina tiphia IV LC R
Family Pycnonotidae
153. Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV LC R
154. White-eared Bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis IV LC R
Family Laniidae
155. Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus IV LC R
156. ‘Rufous-backed’ Long-tailed Shrike Lanius IV LC R
schach erythronotus group
157. Southern Grey Shrike Lanius meridionalis IV LC R
Family Muscicapidae
158. Yellow-eyed Babbler Chrysomma sinense IV LC R
159. Black Redstart Phoenicurus ochruros IV LC M
160. Oriental Magpie-robin Copsychus saularis IV LC R
161. Common Stonechat Saxicola torquatus IV LC M
162. Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata IV LC R
163. Isabelline Wheatear Oenanthe isabellina IV LC M
164. Indian Black Robin Saxicoloides fulicatus IV LC R
165. Bluethroat Luscinia svecica IV LC M
166. Zitting Cisticola Cisticola juncidis IV LC R
167. Plain Prinia Prinia inornata IV LC R
168. Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis IV LC R
169. Grey-breasted Prinia Prinia hodgsonii IV LC R
170. Indian Reed-warbler Acrocephalus [stentoreus] IV LC M
bruniscens
171. Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius IV LC R
172. Lesser Whitethroat Sylvia curruca IV LC M
173. White-browed Fantail Rhipidura albicollis IV LC M
Family Dicaeidae
174. Thick-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeum agile IV LC R
175. Pale-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeum IV LC R
erythrorhynchos
Family Nectariniidae
176. Purple Sunbird Cinnyris asiatica IV LC R
177. Purple-rumped Sunbird Leptocoma zeylonica IV LC R
Family Emberizidae
178. Red-headed Bunting Emberiza bruniceps IV LC M
179. Black-headed Bunting Emberiza melanocephala IV LC M
Family Estrildidae

Page D-10
WPA
schedule
180. Indian Silverbill Euodice malabarica IV LC R
181. Red Avadavat Amandava amandava IV LC R
182. Tricoloured Munia Lonchura malacca IV LC R
183. Scaly-breasted Munia Lonchura punctulata IV LC R
Family Passeridae
184. House Sparrow Passer domesticus IV LC R
185. Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus IV LC R
186. Black-breasted Weaver IV LC R
Ploceus benghalensis
187. Yellow-throated Sparrow IV LC R
Petronia xanthocollis
Family Sturnidae
188. Rosy Starling Sturnus roseus IV LC M
189. Brahminy Starling Temenuchus pagodarum IV LC R
190. Asian Pied Starling Gracupica contra IV LC R
191. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis IV LC R
192. Jungle Myna Acridotheres fuscus IV LC R
Family Oriolidae
193. Indian Golden Oriole Oriolus kundoo IV LC R
Family Dicruridae
194. Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus IV LC R
Family Corvidae
195. House Crow Corvus splendens V LC R
196. Indian Jungle Crow Corvus [macrorhynchos] IV LC R
culminatus
R=Resident M= Migrant
Table D-4: Mammals Reported/Observed in the Study Area

S.No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status
1. Bandicota indica Large bandicoot Rat Least concern
2. Funambulus palmarum Three striped squirrel Least concern
3. Golunda ellioti myothrix Indian bush rat Least concern
4. Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose Lower risk
5. Mus booduga Common Indian field mouse Least concern
6. Mus musculus homeurus Mouse Least concern
7. Mus musculus tytleri Home mouse Least concern
8. Nosokia indica indica Bandicoot rat Least concern
9. Rattus rattus gangutrianus Common Indian rat Least concern
10. Rattus rattus refescens Common Indian rat Least concern
11. Suncus murinus House shrew Least concern
12. Vandeleuria oleraua Long tailed tree mouse Lower risk
13. Rhinopoma hardwickii Lesser Mouse-Tailed Bat Least concern
14. Cynopterus sphinx Short-Nosed Fruit Bat Least concern
15. Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle Least concern
Table D-5: Invertebrates Reported/Observed in the Study Area

S.
Scientific Name Common Name Family
No.
1 Discolampa ethion Banded blue Pierrot Lycaenidae
2 Tarucus extricatus Rounded Pierrot Lycaenidae
3 Danaus genutia Stripped tiger Nymphalidae
4 Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow Pieridae
5 Cepora nerissa Common gull Pieridae
6 Borbo cinnara Rice Swift Hesperiidae
7 Taractrocera maevius Common Grass Dart Hesperiidae

Page D-11
S.
No.
8 Euchrysops cnejus Gram Blue Lycaenidae
9 Pseudozizeeria maha Pale Grass Blue Lycaenidae
10 Acraea terpsicore Tawny Coster Nymphalidae
11 Euploea core Common Indian Crow Nymphalidae
12 Pieris rapae Cabbage white Pieridae
13 Leptosia nina psyche Pieridae
14 Neptis hylas Common Sailer Nymphalidae
15 Phalanta phalantha Common Leopard Nymphalidae
16 Mycalesis perseus Common Bush Brown Nymphalidae
17 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger Nymphalidae
18 Atrophaneura aristolochiae Common rose Papilionidae
19 Atrophaneura hector Crimson Rose Papilionidae
20 Belenois aurota Pioneer Pieridae
21 Pantoporia hordonia Common Lascar Nymphalidae
22 Castalius rosimon Common Pierrot Lycaenidae
23 Junonia almana Peacock Pansy Nymphalidae
24 Tirumala limniace Blue Tiger Nymphalidae
25 Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy Nymphalidae
26 Ariadne ariadne Angled Castor Nymphalidae
27 Graphium agamemnon Tailed Jay Papilionidae
28 Delias eucharis Common jezebel Pieridae
29 Acorypha Sp. Praying Mantids Acrididae
30 Acrida Sp. Praying Mantids Acrididae
31 Acrida exaltata Praying Mantids Acrididae
32 Atractomorpha crenulata Praying Mantids Acrididae
33 Brachyxenia Sp. Praying Mantids Acrididae
34 Colemania sphenarioid Praying Mantids Acrididae
35 Gastriomargus Sp. Praying Mantids Tettigoniidae
36 Sathrophyllia Sp. Praying Mantids Tettigoniidae
37 Teratodus monticollis Praying Mantids Tettigoniidae
38 Brachytrypes portentosus Praying Mantids Gryllidae
39 Cecanthus indicus. Praying Mantids Gryllidae
40 Liogryllus bimaculatus Praying Mantids Gryllidae
41 Gryllotalpa Africana Praying Mantids Gryllotalpidae
42 Euantissa pulchra Praying Mantids Mantedae
43 Hestiasula brunneriana Praying Mantids Mantedae
44 Apis dorsata Honey Bee Apidae
45 Apis florae Honey Bee Apidae
46 Apis indica Honey Bee Apidae
47 Gerris Sp. Bug Gerridae
48 Lemuriana apicalis Bug Cicadoidae
49 Platypleura octoguttata Bug Cicadoidae
50 Platypleura sphinx Bug Cicadoidae
51 Ammophila Sp. Wasp Vespidae
52 Vespa cincta Wasp Vespidae
53 Acanthophorus serraticornis Beetle Cerambycidae
54 Batocera rufomaculata Beetle Cerambycidae
55 Coelosterna scabrator Beetle Cerambycidae
56 Cremnosterna sp. Beetle Cerambycidae
57 Diorthus sp. Beetle Cerambycidae
58 Hydrophilus sp. Beetle Hydrophilidae
59 Anthia sexguttata Beetle Carabidae
60 Calosoma orientale Beetle Carabidae
61 Nebria Sp. Beetle Carabidae
62 Mylabris pustulata Beetle Cantharidae
63 Ceocephalus carus Beetle Brenthidae

Page D-12
S.
No.
64 Hydrophilus Sp. Beetle Hydrophilidae
65 Endomychidae Beetle Hydrophilidae
66 Ischnura senegalensis Damsel fly Coenagronidae
67 Ictinogomphus rapax Damsel fly Gomphidae
68 Anax guttatus Dragon fly Aeshnidae
69 Anax immaculifrons Dragon fly Aeshnidae
70 Brachythemis contaminata Dragon fly Libellulidae

Page D-13
APPENDIX E
NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR
QUALITY STANDARDS
NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
CENTRAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009
No.B-29016/20/90/PCI-L—In exercise of the powers conferred by Sub-section (2) (h) of
section 16 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (Act No. 14 of 1981), and
in super session of the Notification No(s). S.O. 384(E), dated 11th April, 1994 and S.O. 935(E),
dated 14th October, 1998, the Central Pollution Control Board hereby notify the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards with immediate effect, namely:-
NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Concentration in Ambient
Air
Time Ecologically
S. Industrial, Methods of
Pollutant Weighted sensitive area
No. Residential, Measurement
average (notified by
Rural and
Central
Other Area
Govt.)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Annual* 50 20 • Improved West and
Sulphur Dioxide Geake
1
(SO2), μg/m3 24 hours** 80 80 • Ultraviolet
fluorescence
Annual* 40 30 • Modified Jacob &
Nitrogen Dioxide Hochheiser (Na-
2
(NO2), μg/m3 24 hours** 80 80 Arsenite)
• Chemiluminescence
Particulate Matter Annual* 60 60 • Gravimetric
3
(size less than 10 • TOEM
μm) or 24 hours** 100 100 • Beta attenuation
PM10μg/m3
Particulate Matter Annual* 40 40 • Gravimetric
4
(size less than 2.5 • TOEM
microns) or PM2.5 24 hours** 60 60 • Beta attenuation
μg/m3
8 hours ** 100 100 • UV photometric
5 Ozone (O3) μg/m 3
• Chemiluminescence
1 hour ** 180 180
• Chemical method
Annual* 0.5 0.5 • ASS / ICP method
after sampling on EPM
2000 or equivalent
6 Lead (Pb) μg/m3
24 hours** 1.0 1.0 filter paper
• ED – XRF using
Teflon filter
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
8 hours** 2 2 Non Dispersive Infra
Carbon Monoxide
7 RED (NDIR)
(CO) mg/m3 1 hour** 4 4
Spectroscopy
Annual* 100 100 • Chemiluminescence
Ammonia (NH3)
8 • Indophenol blue
μg/m3 24 hours** 400 400
method
• Gas chromatography
based continuous
Benzene (C6H6) analyser
9 Annual* 5 5
μg/m3 • Adsorption and
desorption followed by
GC analysis
Benzo (a) Pyrene Solvent extraction
(BaP) – followed by HPLC / GC
10 Annual* 1 1
particulate phase analysis
only ng/m3
AAS / ICP method after
Arsenic (As)
11 Annual* 6 6 sampling on EPM 2000
ng/m3
or equivalent filter paper
AAS / ICP method after
12 Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 Annual* 20 20 sampling on EPM 2000
or equivalent filter paper
* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site

taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.
** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with

98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two
consecutive days of monitoring.
Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring
exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered
adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.
APPENDIX F
NATIONAL AMBIENT NOISE
STANDARDS
SCHEDULE
(see rule 3(1) and 4(1))
Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
Area Category of Area / Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Code ------ ------------------------------
Day Time Night Time
(A) Industrial area 75 70

(B) Commercial area 65 55
(C) Residential area 55 45
(D) Silence Zone 50 40
Note:- 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.
2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
3. Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres
around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or
any other area which is declar ed as such by the competent
authority
4. Mixed c ategories of areas may be declared as one of the four
above mentioned categories by the competent authority.
* dB(A) Leq denotes the time w eighted av erage of the level of sound in
decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.
A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured.
“A”, in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequenc y weighting in the measurement of

noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human
ear.
Leq: It is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period.

APPENDIX G
PRIMARY WATER QUALITY
STANDARDS (SW-IV)
APPENDIX H
EMISSION STANDARDS FOR
DG SETS
EMISSION LIMITS FOR NEW DIESEL ENGINES (UPTO 800 KW) FOR GENERATOR SETS
(GENSETS) APPLICATIONS
(The Emission Limits for new diesel engines (upto 800 KW) for Generator Sets
(GENSETS) were notified by the Environment (Protection) Amendment Rules
2002 vide GSR 371(E), dated 17th May 2002 at Sl. No. 95 and as amended vide
GSR 520(E), dated 1st July 2003, GSR 448 (E) dated 12th July, 2004, GSR 520(E)
dated 12th August 2004 and GSR 280(E) dated 11th April, 2008 under
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986)
Emission Limits for New Diesel Engines (Upto 800 KW) for Generator Sets
(Gensets) Applications.
1. Emission Limits
The emission limits for new diesel engines up to 800 KW, for gensets
applications shall be as given in the Table below:
TABLE
Capacity of Date of Emission Limits Smoke Limit Test Cycle

diesel implem (g/kw-hr) for (light absorption
engines - coefficient, m-1)
entatio (at full load)
n
1 2 3 4 5
NO x HC CO PM Torque Weight-
% ing
factors
Upto 19 KW 1.7.2005 9.2 1.3 3.5 0.3 0.7 100 0.05

75 0.25
> 19 KW 1.1.2004 9.2 1.3 5.0 0.5 0.7 50 0.30

upto 176 KW 1.7.2004 9.2 1.3 3.5 0.3 0.7 25 0.30
> 176 KW upto 1.11.2004 9.2 1.3 3.5 0.3 0.7 10 0.10
800 KW
Explanation: This extension for engines upto 19 KW shall be applicable only to

those suppliers:
(I) who have obtained Type Approval Certificate for atleast one of their
engine models in this range upto 30th June, 2004.
Or
(II) who have submitted the bank guarantee and also contributed towards
the study being carried out by the Indian Institute of Science,
Bangalore, for development of genset diesel engines to comply with
emission limits.
2. Applicability
These rules shall apply to all new diesel engines for genset applications
(hereinafter referred to as ‘engine’) manufactured in India and all
diesel engines for genset applications and diesel gensets (hereinafter
referred to as ‘product’), imported into India, after the effective date:
Provided that these rules shall not apply to:-
a) any engine manufactured or engine or product imported for the

purpose of export outside India, or;
b) any engine or product intended for the purpose of sample only

and not for sale in India.
3. Requirement of certification
Every manufacturer of engine or every importer of engine or product

must have valid certificates of Type Approval and certificates of
Conformity of Production for each year, for all engine models being
manufactured or for all engine or product models being imported, after
the effective date with the emission limit as specified in paragraph 1.
4. Sale, import or use of engine or product not complying with these rules
No person shall sell, import or use of an engine or a product which is not

having a valid Type Approval certificate and Conformity of Production
certificate as per paragraph 3.
5. Requirement of conformance labelling
i) All the engines (individually or as part of the product) shall be

clearly engraved ‘Genset Engine’ on the cylinder block.
ii) The engine or the product must be affixed with a conformance

label meeting the following requirements:-
a) the label shall be durable and legible;
b) the label shall be affixed on a part necessary for normal

operation of the engine or the product and not normally
requiring replacement during the life of the engine or the
product.
iii) The conformance label must contain the following information;

a) name and address of the engine manufacturer or the
engine or product importer (if the address is given in the
owner’s manual, it may not be included in the label);
b) statement that ‘this engine or product conforms to the
Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986’;
c) type approval certificate number;
d) date of manufacture of engine or in case of import, the
date of import of the engine or the product.
6. Compliance with BIS specifications
All engines up to 19 kW (individually or as part of the product) shall

carry ISI mark and meet relevant BIS specifications (IS 10001).
7. Nodal agency
i) The Central Pollution Control Board shall be the nodal agency for
implementation of these rules.
ii) In case of any dispute or difficulty in implementation of these

rules the matter shall be referred to the nodal agency.
iii) The nodal agency shall constitute a Committee to advise it on all

matters, including the disputed matters, related to the
implementation of these rules.
8. Authorised agencies for certification
The following agencies are authorized to carry out such tests as they
deem necessary for giving certificates of Type Approval and
Conformity of Production tests for Diesel engines and to give such
certificates:-
i) Automotive Research Association of India, Pune.
ii) Vehicle Research and Development Establishment,

Ahmednagar.
iii) International Centre for Automotive Technology, Manesar

(Haryana)
9. Compliance and testing procedure
The compliance and testing procedure shall be prepared and

published by the Central Pollution Control Board with the help of the
Certification Agencies.
10. Fuel Specification
The specification of commercial fuel applicable for diesel gensets shall

be the same as applicable for commercial HSD (High Speed Diesel)
applicable for diesel vehicles in the area, from time to time.
EMISSION STANDARDS FOR DIESEL ENGINES (ENGINE RATING MORE THAN 0.8
MW (800 KW) FOR POWER PLANT, GENERATOR SET APPLICATIONS
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
(Emission Standards for Diesel Engines (Engine Rating more than 0.8 MW (800 KW)
were notified by the Environment (Protection) Third Amendment Rules 2002,
vide G.S.R. 489 (E), dated 9thJuly, 2002 at serial no. 96, under the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986.)
EMISSION STANDARDS FOR DIESEL ENGINES (ENGINE RATING MORE THAN 0.8
MW (800 KW) ) FOR POWER PLANT, GENERATOR SET APPLICATIONS AND OTHER
REQUIREMENTS
TABLE
Parameter Area Total engine Generator sets commissioning

Categor rating of the plant date
y (includes existing Before Between On or
as well as new 1.7.2003 1.7.2003 after
generator sets) and 1. 7.
1.7.2005 2005
NOx (as NO2) A Upto 75 MW 1100 970 710
(AT 15% O2 ) , dry basis, B Upto 150 MW
in ppmv A More then 75 MW 1100 710 360
B More then 150 MW
NMHC (as C)(at 15% Both 150 100
O2), mg/Nm3 A and B
PM (at Diesel Fuels- Both 75 75
15% HSD & LDO A and B
O2), Furnace Oils- Both 150 100
mg/Nm LSHS & FO A and B
3
CO (at 15% O2), Both 150 150

mg/Nm3 A and B
Sulphur Content in fuel A < 2%
B < 4%
Fuel specification For A only Up to 5MW Only Diesel fuels (HSD, LDO) shall
be used.
Stack height (for Stack height shall be maximum of the following, in meter:
generator sets (i) 14 Q0.3, Q= Total SO2 emission from the plant in kg/hr.
commissioned after (ii) Minimum 6 m. above the building where generator set
1.7.2003) is installed.
(iii) 30 m.
Note:
1. Acronyms used :
MW : Mega(10 6) Watt FO : Furnace Oil

NOx : Oxides of Nitrogen HSD : High Speed Diesel
NO2 : Nitrogen Dioxide LDO : Light Diesel Oil
O2 : Oxygen LSHS : Low Sulphur Heavy Stock
NMHC : Non-Methane Hydrocarbon kPa : Kilo Pascal
C : Carbon mm : Milli (10 -3) metre
PM : Particulate Matter kg/ hr : Kilo (10 3) gram per hour
CO : Carbon Monoxide mg/Nm3: milli (10 -3) gram per
SO2 : Sulphur Dioxide Normal meter cubic
ppmv : parts per million ( 10 6) by volume
2. Area categories A and B are defined as follows:
Category A: Areas within the municipal limits of towns/cities having

population more than 10 lakhs and also upto 5 km beyond the
municipal limits of such towns/cities.
Category B: Areas not covered by category A.
3. The standards shall be regulated by the State Pollution Control Boards or

Pollution Control Committees, as the case may be.
4. Individual units with engine ratings less than or equal to 800 KW are not
covered by this notification.
5. Only following liquid fuels viz. High Speed Diesel, Light Diesel Oil, Low Sulphur
Heavy Stock and Furnace Oil or liquid fuels with equivalent specifications
shall be used in these power plants and generator sets.
6. For expansion project, stack height of new generator sets shall be as per total
Sulphur Dioxide emission (including existing as well as additional load).
7. For multi engine plants, flues shall be grouped in cluster to get better plume
rise and dispersion. Provision for any future expansion should be made in
planning stage itself.
8. Particulate matter, Non- Methane Hydrocarbon and Carbon Monoxide

results are to be normalized to 25° C, 1.01 kilo Pascal (760 mm of mercury)
pressure and zero percent moisture (dry basis).
9. Measurement shall be performed at steady load conditions of more than

85% of the rated load.
10. Continuous monitoring of Oxides of Nitrogen shall be done by the plants
whose total engine capacity is more than 50 Mega Watt. However, minimum
once in six month monitoring for other parameters shall be adopted by the
plants.
11. Following methods may be adopted for the measurement of emission

parameters:-
Emission Measurement Methods

Sl.
Param
No.
eters
1. Particulates Gravimetric
2. SO2 Barium Perchlorate - Thorin indicator method
3. NOx Chemiluminescence, Non Dispersive infra
Red, Non Dispersive Ultra-violet (for
continuous measurement), Phenol
disulphonic method
4. CO Non Dispersive Infra Red
5. O2 Paramagnetic, Electrochemical sensor
6. NMHC Gas Chromatograph – Flame Ionisation
Detector
APPENDIX I
NOISE STANDARDS FOR DG
SETS
NOISE LIMIT FOR GENERATOR SETS RUN WITH DIESEL
(Noise Limit for Generator Sets run with Diesel were notified by
Environment (Protection) second Amendment Rules vide GSR 371(E), dated
17th May 2002 at serial no.94 and its amendments vide GSR No 520(E) dated
1st July 2003; GSR 448(E), dated 12th July 2004; GSR 315(E) dated 16th May
2005; GSR 464(E) dated 7th August 2006; GSR 566(E) dated 29th August 2007
and GSR 752(E) dated 24th October 2008; G.S.R. 215 (E), dated 15th March,
2011 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986)
Noise Limit for Generator Sets run with Diesel
1. Noise limit for diesel generator sets (upto 1000 KVA) manufactured on or
after the 1st January, 2005
The maximum permissible sound pressure level for new diesel generator (DG)
sets with rated capacity upto 1000 KVA, manufactured on or after the 1st
January, 2005 shall be 75 dB(A) at 1 metre from the enclosure surface.
The diesel generator sets should be provided with integral acoustic enclosure at
the manufacturing stage itself.
The implementation of noise limit for these diesel generator sets shall be
regulated as given in paragraph 3 below.
2. Noise limit for DG sets not covered by paragraph 1.
Noise limits for diesel generator sets not covered by paragraph 1, shall be as
follows:-
2.1 Noise from DG set shall be controlled by providing an acoustic

enclosure or by treating the room acoustically, at the users end.
2.2 The acoustic enclosure or acoustic treatment of the room shall be

designed for minimum 25 dB (A) insertion loss or for meeting the
ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher side ( if the actual
ambient noise is on the higher side, it may not be possible to check the
performance of the acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment. Under such
circumstances the performance may be checked for noise reduction upto
actual ambient noise level, preferably, in the night time). The
measurement for Insertion Loss may be done at different points at 0.5 m
from the acoustic enclosure/ room, then averaged.
2.3 The DG set shall be provided with proper exhaust muffler with
insertion loss of minimum 25 dB (A).
2.4 These limits shall be regulated by the State Pollution Control
Boards and the State Pollution Control Committees.
2.5 Guidelines for the manufacturers/ users of Diesel Generator sets shall
be as under:-
01. The manufacturer shall offer to the user a standard acoustic

enclosure of 25 dB (A) insertion loss and also a suitable exhaust
muffler with insertion loss of 25 dB(A).
02. The user shall make efforts to bring down the noise levels due to
the DG set, outside his premises, within the ambient noise
requirements by proper citing and control measures.
03. Installation of DG set must be strictly in compliance with the
recommendations of the DG set manufacturer.
04. A proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the
DG set should be set and followed in consultation with the DG set
manufacturer which would help prevent noise levels of the DG set
from deteriorating with use.
3.0 Limits of Noise for DG Sets (upto 1000 KVA) Manufactured on or after the
1st January, 2005
3.1 Applicability
01. These rules apply to DG sets upto 1000 KVA rated output, manufactured
or imported in India, on or after 1st January, 2005.
02. These rules shall not apply to –
a) DG sets manufactured or imported for the purpose of exports

outside India; and
b) DG sets intended for the purpose of sample and not for sale in
India.
3.2 Requirement of Certification
Every manufacturer or assembler or importer (hereinafter referred to as the

"manufacturer") of DG set (hereinafter referred to as "product") to which these
regulations apply must have valid certificates of Type Approval and also valid
certificates of Conformity of Production for each year, for all the product models
being manufactured or assembled or imported from 1st January, 2005 with the
noise limit specified in paragraph 1.
3.3 Sale, import or use of DG sets not complying with the rules prohibited
No person shall sell, import or use of a product model, which is not having a
valid Type Approval Certificate and Conformity of Production certificate.
3.4 Requirement of Conformance Labelling
i) The manufacturer of the 'product' must affix a conformance label on the

product meeting the following requirements:
(a) The label shall be durable and legible,
(b) The label shall be affixed on a part necessary for normal operation
of the 'product' and not normally requiring replacement during the
'product' life.
ii) The conformance label must contain the following information:
(a) Name & address of the manufacturer (if the address is described in
the owner’s manual, it may not be included in the label),
(b) Statement "this product conforms to the Environment (Protection)

Rules, 1986",
(c) Noise limit viz. 75 dB(A) at 1 m
(d) Type Approval certificate number
(e) Date of manufacture of the product
3.5 Nodal Agency
i) The Central Pollution Control Board shall be the nodal agency for
implementation of these regulations.
ii) In case of any dispute or difficulty in implementation of these regulations,

the matter shall be referred to the nodal agency.
iii) The nodal agency shall constitute a Committee to advise it on all matters;
including the disputed matters, related to the implementation of these
regulations.
3.6 Authorised agencies for certification
The following agencies are authorized to carry out such tests as they deem
necessary for giving certificates for Type Approval and Conformity of Production
testings of DG sets and to give such certificates:
i) Automotive Research Association of India, Pune;
ii) Naval Science & Technology Laboratory, Visakhapatanam;
iii) Fluid Control Research Institute, Palghat;

iv) National Aerospace Laboratory, Bangalore;
v) International Centre for Automotive Technology, Manesar, Haryana; and
vi) National Test House (Northern Region), Ghaziabad, Uttar Pradesh.
3.7 Compliance and Testing Procedure
The compliance and testing procedure shall be prepared and published by the
Central Pollution Control Board, with the help of the certification agencies.
4.0 Exemption from the provisions of paragraph 1 and 3, for the products
(diesel generator sets upto 30 KVA) purchased by the Ministry of Defence,
Government of India.
The products manufactured in or imported into India till 30th April, 2007 for the
purpose of supplying to the Ministry of Defence, shall be exempted from the
regulations given in paragraphs 1 to 3 above, subject to the following conditions,
namely:-
i) The manufacturer shall manufacture or import the products only after

getting purchase order from the Ministry of Defence and shall maintain the
record of receipts, production / import, dispatch, etc., for inspection by the
Central Pollution Control Board.
ii) The special dispensation for noise norms shall be only for the mobile
Defence vehicles which, with the present design / configuration, cannot
carry the gensets with acoustic enclosures.
iii) Director, Ministry of Defence shall ensure and maintain the serial number
of all gensets for the Army and he shall also direct the manufacturers of
these gensets to emboss on the engine and the main body of the gensets,
the words ”For the use of Army only’.
iv) The genset serial number shall be specially assigned by the Ministry of
Defence with the request for proposal and contract purchase order and
this information shall be forwarded to the Central Pollution Control Board
for inspection as and when required.
v) Registers shall be maintained at the manufacturers premises and in the

Ministry of Defence to ensure that the number of gensets manufactured
under special dispensation are not misused.
vi) The gensets procured under this dispensation shall be operated in the
remote areas and not in the cities.
vii) This shall be a one-time exemption during which the Army shall remodel
its vehicles to contain the new gensets and also obtain the necessary
Type Approval of the gensets.
5.0 Exemption from the provisions of paragraph 1 and 3 for sixteen Diesel
Generator sets of 45 KVA purchased by the Ministry of Defence,
Government of India.
The 45 KVA DG sets manufactured in India for the purpose of their use in
Mobile Decontamination System for use by the Ministry of Defence shall be
exempted from the regulations given in paragraph 1 to 3 above subject to the
following conditions, namely:-
i) The special dispensation for the noise norms shall be only for the DG sets
to be used in Mobile Decontamination System (MDS) by Army which, with
the present design/configuration cannot carry the gensets with acoustic
enclosures.
ii) The Director, Ministry of Defence, shall ensure and maintain the serial
numbers for sixteen gensets and he shall also direct the manufacturers of
these generator sets to emboss on the engine and main body of the
gensets, the words “For the use of Army only in Mobile Decontamination
System (MDS)”
iii) A register shall be maintained at the manufacturers premises and in the

Ministry of Defence to ensure that only sixteen numbers of 45 KVA
gensets are manufactured under special dispensation and are not
misused elsewhere.
6.0 Transportation of Diesel Generator Sets (above 250 KVA)
i) Diesel Generator set shall be transported after fulfilling the requirement of

certification specified in paragraph 3.2 as a complete unit with acoustic
enclosure, or dismantled, with relevant genset number specified on
acoustic enclosure and silencer for reassembling at the site of its
operation.
ii) Compliance with the noise norms shall be monitored after reassembling
the DG set at the location of the installation by the concerned State
Pollution Control Board or, as the case may be, the Union Territory
Pollution Control Committee.
APPENDIX J
NATIONAL FIRE
PROTECTION ASSOCIATION
(NFPA) CLASSIFICATION OF
HAZARDS
Appendix J NFPA Classification of Hazards

NFPA 704
S. Codes
Chemical Properties Health Hazard Precautionary Measures
No.
H F R/I
O
1. Flash Point : 32 C  
Inhalation can cause dizziness, Personal Protective equipment: Canister type gas
High Speed 1 2 0
headache and nausea, depresses mask. PVC or Rubber. Goggles giving complete
Diesel Boiling point/Range:
O central nervous system and has protection to eyes. Eye wash fountain with safety
(HSD) 215-376 C
an anesthetic effect. shower.
Specific gravity: 0.86 -  
Breathing of liquid droplets may Handling and storage precautions: Do not expose to
O
0.90 at 20 C lead to chemical pneumonia. heat and naked lights, keep containers and valves
 Ingestion can lead to nausea, closed when not in use
Lower explosive limit
(LEL) : 0.6% diarrhea and affect central  First Aid
nervous system.  Eyes: Flush with water for 15 min. Get medical
Upper explosive limit  Skin and Eye irritant. attention.
(UEL) : 6.0%  Prolonged contact can result in  Skin: Wash with warm water & soap.
skin drying and dermatitis.  Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Consult a
 Not listed as carcinogenic. physician if irritation persists.
 Ingestion: Do not induce vomiting. Do not give
liquids. Get medical help at once.
2.  Vapors or mists can cause
Crude Oil Flash point: <100°F 2 3 0 Personal precautions: Evacuate nonessential
irritation of the nose, throat, and
(38°) personnel and remove or secure all ignition sources.
lungs, headache, dizziness,
Consider wind direction; stay upwind and uphill, if
LEL: Variable drowsiness, loss of coordination,
possible.
fatigue, nausea and labored
UEL: Variable
breathing. Environmental precautions: Carefully contain and
Volatiles: 100 %  Exposure to hydrogen sulfide stop the source of the spill, if safe to do so. Protect
vapor above 200 ppm may cause bodies of water by diking, absorbents, or absorbent
Specific Gravity: < 1
irritation of mucous membranes, boom, if possible. Do not flush down sewer or drainage
inflammation of the lungs, systems, unless system is designed and permitted to
accumulation of fluid in the lungs, handle such material.
irregular heartbeats, and
 First Aid
unconsciousness with
 Inhalation: Move to fresh air. Administer oxygen or
convulsions or impaired breathing
with suffocation. artificial respiration if needed. Seek medical
attention immediately.
 May cause slight eye irritation.
Page J-1
NFPA 704
S. Codes
No.
H F R/I
 Moderate skin irritation may occur  Skin contact: Take off all contaminated clothing
upon short-term exposure. immediately. Wash off immediately with soap and
 Absorption through the skin may plenty of water. Seek medical attention if irritation
occur and produce toxic effects. or skin thermal burns occur.
 Ingestion May cause nausea,  Eye contact: In case of eye contact, immediately
vomiting, diarrhea, and flush with low pressure, cool water for at least 15
restlessness. May cause minutes, opening eyelids to ensure flushing. Hold
headache, dizziness, drowsiness, the eyelids open and away from the eyeballs to
loss of coordination, fatigue, ensure that all surfaces are flushed thoroughly.
nausea and labored breathing. Seek medical attention immediately.
 Inflammation and damage which  Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give
in severe cases may be fatal. anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Seek
medical attention immediately.
3.  Contact with liquid or vapor may
Kerosene Boiling Point: 149°C- 0 2 0 Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering
cause mild irritation.
(SKO) 325°C controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors
 May cause skin irritation with below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that
Auto-Ignition prolonged or repeated contact. eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to
Temperature: 210°C Practically non-toxic if absorbed the work-station location.
(410°F) following acute (single) exposure.
Liquid may be absorbed through Lab coat, Be sure to use an approved /certified
Flash Points: 38°C
the skin in toxic amounts if large respirator or equivalent, Gloves. Splash goggles, Full
(100.4°F)
areas of skin are repeatedly suit, Vapor respirator, Boots, Suggested protective
Lower Flammability exposed. clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist
Limit(LFL): 0.7%  The major health threat of BEFORE handling this product.
Lower Flammability ingestion occurs from the danger
 First Aid
Limit(UFL): 5%-7% of aspiration (breathing) of liquid
 Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case
drops into the lungs, particularly
of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of
Specific Gravity: from vomiting. Aspiration may
water for at least 15 minutes. Get medical
0.775-0.840 result in chemical pneumonia
attention.
(fluid in the lungs), severe lung
damage, respiratory failure and  In case of contact, immediately flush skin with
even death. Ingestion may cause plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an
emollient. Remove contaminated clothing and
gastrointestinal disturbances,
shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly
Page J-2
NFPA 704
S. Codes
No.
H F R/I
including irritation, nausea, clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention.
vomiting and diarrhea, and central  Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the
nervous system (brain) effects contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream.
similar to alcohol intoxication. In Seek immediate medical attention.
severe cases, tremors,  If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give
convulsions, loss of artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give
consciousness, coma, respiratory oxygen. Get medical attention immediately.
arrest, and death may occur.  Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as
 Excessive exposure may cause possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie,
irritations to the nose, throat, belt or waistband. If breathing is difficult, administer
lungs and respiratory tract. oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform
Central nervous system (brain) mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.
effects may include headache,
dizziness, loss of balance and
coordination, unconsciousness,
coma, respiratory failure, and
death.
4.  May cause slight irritation. Skin  Evacuate personnel to safe areas. Ventilate the area.
Naphtha Flash point: <-2°C (- 1 3 0
irritation leading to dermatitis may Remove all sources of ignition. Response and clean-up
28°F)
occur upon prolonged or repeated crews must be properly trained and must utilize proper
LFL: 0.9 %(V) contact. Can be absorbed through protective equipment.
skin.  Should not be released into the environment. Avoid
UFL: 7 % (V)
 Aspiration hazard if liquid is subsoil penetration. If the product contaminates rivers
Specific gravity: 0.71 inhaled into lungs, particularly and lakes or drains, inform respective authorities.
O
at 20 C from vomiting after ingestion.  Contain and collect spillage with non-combustible
Aspiration may result in chemical absorbent material, (e.g. sand, earth, diatomaceous
Boiling point: -12 to
pneumonia, severe lung damage, earth, vermiculite) and place in container for disposal
220 °C
respiratory failure and even death. according to local / national regulations.
 Vapors or mists from this material  First Aid
can irritate the nose, throat, and  If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give
lungs, and can cause signs and artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give
symptoms of central nervous oxygen. Seek medical attention immediately.
system depression, depending on  Immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Take
Page J-3
NFPA 704
S. Codes
No.
H F R/I
the concentration and duration of off contaminated clothing and shoes.
exposure. Inhalation of high  Seek medical advice if symptoms persist or
concentrations may cause central develop.
nervous system depression such  Remove contact lenses. In the case of contact with
as dizziness, drowsiness, eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water
headache, and similar narcotic  If swallowed Do NOT induce vomiting. Never give
symptoms, but no long-term anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
effects.
 Long-term exposure may cause
effects to specific organs, such as
to the liver, kidneys, blood,
nervous system, and skin.
Contains benzene, which can
cause blood disease, including
anemia and leukemia.
 Skin, Central nervous system,
Liver, Kidney, Blood
5.  Contact with liquid or vapor may  Use adequate local or general ventilation to keep vapor
Fuel Melting point/freezing 1 2 0
cause mild eye irritation. concentrations of this product below occupational
Oil/Furnace point: 32° - 80°C
 May cause skin irritation with exposure and flammability limits.
oil (89.6° - 176°F)
prolonged or repeated contact.  Safety glasses with side shields or goggles are
Initial boiling point & Single acute exposure not recommended where there is a possibility of splashing
range: 154 - 372 °C expected to cause allergic or spraying.
(310° - 702 °F) response. Liquid may be
 Gloves constructed of nitrile, neoprene, or PVC are
absorbed through the skin in toxic recommended. Chemical protective clothing.
Flash point: 60°C
amounts if large areas of skin are  NIOSH/MSHA-approved air-purifying respirator with
(140°F) minimum
repeatedly exposed. Symptoms organic vapor cartridges/ canisters should be used
Auto-ignition may include itching, irritation, pain where airborne concentrations are, or may be expected
temperature: >176°C and swelling. to be, above exposure limits or for odour or irritation.
(>350 °F)  Due to low viscosity, potential  First Aid
exists for aspiration (breathing) of  In case of contact with eyes, immediately flush with
liquid drops into the lungs, clean, low-pressure water for at least 15 minutes.
particularly from vomiting. Hold eyelids open to ensure adequate flushing.
Page J-4
NFPA 704
S. Codes
No.
H F R/I
Aspiration may result in chemical  Remove contaminated clothing. Wash
pneumonia (fluid in the lungs), contaminated areas thoroughly with soap and
severe lung damage, respiratory water.
failure and even death. Ingestion  DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Do not give liquids.
may cause gastrointestinal Obtain immediate medical attention. If
disturbances, including irritation, spontaneous vomiting occurs, lean victim forward
nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea, to reduce the risk of aspiration. Monitor for
and central nervous system breathing difficulties. Small amounts of material,
(brain) effects similar to alcohol which enter the mouth, should be rinsed out until
intoxication. the taste is dissipated.
 Excessive exposure may cause  Remove person to fresh air. If person is not
irritation to the nose, throat, lungs breathing provide artificial respiration. If necessary,
and respiratory tract. Central provide additional oxygen once breathing is
nervous system effects may restored if trained to do so. Seek medical attention
include headache, dizziness, loss immediately.
of balance and coordination and,
at extreme exposures,
unconsciousness, coma,
respiratory failure, and death.

Page J-5
L&T INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING LIMITED
6-3-1192/1/1, 5th Floor, Block No.3,
White House, Kundan Bagh, Begumpet, Hyderabad – 500 016
Ph: 91 -040 – 40354444 ; Fax: 91-040-40354430

EIA Jawahardweep

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

EIA Jawahardweep

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

MUMBAI PORT TRUST

EIA/EMP & RA for Construction of 5 th Oil Berth

DRAFT EIA/EMP & RA REPORT

L&T INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING LIMITED

UNDERTAKING BY THE PROJECT PROPONENT

TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN

Mumbai Port Trust (MbPT) has conducted an Environmental lmpact

Signature: Date: October 3, 2015

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

Reji Baby Varghese

Dr. Latha Bhaskar

I.Siva Rama Krishna

C.V. Sundara Rajan

7 GEO C.V. Sundara Rajan

C.V. Sundara Rajan

C.V. Sundara Rajan

*EIA coordinator contributed for this FA

Scope of Accreditation Annexure I

NAME OF THE CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION: L & T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd.

L & T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd., Hyderabad Page 2 of 19

List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations –170(as on Oct. 08, 2015)

Address: 8-2-5, Ravula Residency

Mining of minerals (Opencast only) A

Address: # 66/15, 1st floor, 1st cross,1st Main Road,

Tel.: 080- 23437714

LEA Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. * Highways, Railways, transport

97 Louis Berger Consulting Pvt. Ltd. * 29 Air ports A 7 (a)

2.7.5 Approach Trestle ....................................................................................................... 2-19

4.7 Bed Sediment Quality ......................................................................................................... 4-37

5.7.2 Potential Impact during Operation ............................................................................ 5-30

8.5 Employment Opportunities .................................................................................................... 8-3

Figure 2-2: Mumbai Port Layout ........................................................................................................... 2-2

Figure 7-1: Steps in Damage Calculations ........................................................................................... 7-4

IREL - Indian Rare Earths Limited

1.2 Details of Project Proponent

1.3 Brief Port Profile

Figure 1-1: Location of Mumbai Port

1.3.2 Existing Facilities

1.3.3 Existing Marine Oil Terminal Berths at Jawahar Dweep

1.3.4 Port Traffic/Throughput

1.4 Applicable Legal and Policy Framework

Table 1-3: Applicable/Relevant Environmental Regulation

1.5 Project Site

Figure 1-2: Location of Proposed Fifth Oil Berth

1.6 Need for the Project

1.7 Project Development Plan

1.8 Consultants Appointed by Mumbai Port Trust

Table 1-4: List of Consultants

1.9 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

1.10 Approach and Methodology

1.10.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area

1.10.2 Period of Study

1.10.3.1 Project Description

1.10.3.2 Analysis of Alternatives

1.10.3.3 Baseline Environmental Surveys

1.10.3.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

1.10.3.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme

1.10.3.6 Additional Studies

1.10.3.7 Project Benefits

1.10.3.8 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

1.10.3.9 Summary and Conclusion

1.10.3.10 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

Chapter 2 Project Description